GROUP INTERACTION JOURNAL ARTICLES.doc by censhunay

VIEWS: 417 PAGES: 299

									                     GROUP INTERACTION JOURNAL ARTICLES

                              Compiled by Lawrence R. Frey
                             University of Colorado at Boulder

Aamodt, M. G., & Kimbrough, W. W. (1982). Effects of group heterogeneity on quality of task
    solutions. Psychological Review, 50, 171-174.
Abbey, D. S. (1982). Conflict in unstructured groups: An explanation from control-theory.
    Psychological Reports, 51, 177-178.
Abele, A. E. (2003). The dynamics of masculine-agentic and feminine-communal traits: Findings
    from a prospective study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 768-776.
Abele, A., Gendolla, G. H. E., & Petzold, P. (1998). Positive mood and in-group—out-group
    differentiation in a minimal group setting. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24,
    1343-1357.
Aberson, C. L., Healy, M., & Romero, V. (2000). Ingroup bias and self-esteem: A meta-analysis.
    Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 157-173.
Abougendia, M., Joyce, A. S., Piper, W. E., & Ogrodniczuk, J. S. (2004). Alliance as a mediator
    of expectancy effects in short-term group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 8, 3-12.
Abraham, A. (1973a). Group tensions as measured by configurations of different self and
    transself aspects. Group Process, 5, 71-89.
Abraham, A. (1973b). A model for exploring intra and interindividual processes in groups.
    International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 23, 3-22.
Abraham, A. (1974-1975). Processes in groups. Bulletin de Psychogie, 28, 746-758.
Abraham, A., Geffroy, Y., & Ancelin-Schutzenberger, A. (1980). A method for analyzing group
    interaction: Development and application of a video observation grid. Connexions, 31, 145-
    166.
Abramo, J. L., Lundgren, D. C., & Bogart, D. H. (1978). Status threat and group dogmatism.
    Human Relations, 31, 745-752.
Abrams, D., Ando, K., & Hinckle, S. W. (1998). Psychological attachment to the group: Cross-
    cultural differences in organizational identification and subjective norms as predictors of
    workers’ turnover intentions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 1027-1039.
Abrahms, D., & Brown, R. (1989). Self-consciousness and social identity: Self-regulation as a
    group member. Social Psychology Quarterly, 52, 311-318.
Abrams, D., Henson, M., Marques, J., & Bown, N. (2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance
    within and between groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 906-912.
Abrams, D., & Hogg, M. A. (1988). Comments on the motivational status of using self-esteem in
    social identity and intergroup discrimination. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18,
    317-334.
Abrams, D., & Hogg, M. A. (1998). Prospects for research in group processes and intergroup
    relations. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 1, 7-20.
Abrams, D., Marques, J. M., Bown, N., & Dougill, M. (2002). Anti-norm and pro-norm deviance
    in the bank and on the campus: Two experiments on subjective group dynamics. Group
    Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 163-182.
Abrams, D., Marques, J. M., Bown, N., & Henson, M. (2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance
    within and between groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 906-912.
                                                                                               2


Abrams, D., Rudland, A., & Cameron, L. (2003). The development of subjective group
    dynamics: Children’s judgments of normative and deviant in-group and out-group
    individuals. Child Development, 74, 1840-1856.
Abrams, D., Wetherell, M., Cochrane, S., Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1990). Knowing what to
    think by knowing who you are: Self-categorization and the nature of norm formation,
    conformity and group polarization. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 97-119.
Adams, C. H. (1995). Self-directed teams in the classroom: Be careful what you ask for, your
    professor just might give it to you. CTAM Journal, 22, 143-154.
Adams, J. B., Adams, J., Rice, R. W., & Instone, D. (1985). Effects of perceived group
    effectiveness and group role on attributions of group performance. Journal of Applied Social
    Psychology, 15, 387-398.
Adams, J. S., & Rosenbaum, W. B. (1962). The relationship of worker productivity to cognitive
    dissonance about wage inequities. Journal of Applied Psychology, 46, 161-164.
Adams, S. (1953). Status congruency as a variable in small group performance. Social Forces,
    32, 16-22.
Adams, S. J., & Ayman, R. (2005). Communication medium and member familiarity: the effects
    on decision time, accuracy, and satisfaction. Small Group Research, 36, 321-353.
Adams, S. J., Roch, S. G., & Ayman, R. (2005). Communication medium and member
    familiarity: The effects on decision time, accuracy, and satisfaction. Small Group Research,
    36, 321-353.
Adler, P. A., & Adler, P. (1995). Dynamics of inclusion and exclusion in preadolesent cliques.
    Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, 145-162.
Adelson, J. P. (1975). Feedback and group development. Small Group Behavior, 6, 389-401.
Adkins, M., & Brashers, D. E. (1995). The power of language in computer-mediated groups.
    Management Communication Quarterly, 8, 289-322.
Adler, N. E., & Goleman, D. (1975). Goal setting, T-group participation, and self-rated change:
    An experimental study. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 11, 197-208.
Adler, P. A., Kless, S. J., & Adler, P. (1992). Socialization to gender roles: Popularity among
    elementary school boys and girls. Sociology of Education, 65, 169-187.
Adrianson, L. (2001). Gender and computer-mediated communication: Group processes in
    problem solving. Computers in Human Behavior, 17, 71-94.
Adrianson, L., & Hjelmquist, E. (1991). Group processes in face-to-face and computer-mediated
    communication. Behaviour & Information Technology, 10, 281-296.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1983). Theory of invisible group applied to individual and group-as-a-whole
    interpretations. Group: The Journal of the Eastern Group Psychotherapy Society, 7(2), 27-
    37.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1989). Group-as-a-whole systems theory and practice. Group, 13(3-4), 131-
    155.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1992). A systems approach to the group-as-a-whole. International Journal of
    Group Psychotherapy, 42, 177-203.
Agazarian, Y. M. (1999). Phases of development in the systems-centeredTM psychotherapy
    groups. Small Group Research, 30, 82-107.
Agazarian, Y., & Gantt, S. (2003). Phases of group development: Systems-centered hypotheses
    and their implications for research and practice. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 7, 238-252.
                                                                                               3


Agres, A. B. De Vreede, G-J., & Briggs, R. (2005). A tale of two cites: Case studies of group
    support systems transition. Group Decision & Negotiation, 14, 267-284.
Agrell, A., & Gustafson, R. (1994). The team climate inventory (TCI) and group innovation: A
    psychometric test on a Swedish sample of work groups. Journal of Occupational and
    Organizational Psychology, 67, 143-151.
Ahern, T. C. (1993). The effect of a graphic interface on participation, interaction, and student
    achievement in a computer-mediated small-group discussion. Journal of Educational
    Computing Research, 9, 535-548.
Ahern, T. C., & El-Hindi, A. E. (2000). Improving the instructional congruency of a computer-
    mediated small-group discussion: A case study in design and delivery. Journal of Research
    on Computing in Education, 32, 385-400.
Ahern, K. K., Ferris, G. R., Hochwarter, W. A., Douglas, C., & Ammeter, A. P. (2004). Leaders’
    political skills and team performance. Journal of Management, 30, 309-327.
Ahern, T. C., & Durrington, V. (1995). Effects of anonymity and group saliency on participation
    and interaction in a computer-mediated small-group discussion. Journal of Research on
    Computing in Education, 28, 133-147.
Ahlawat, S. S. (1999). Order effects and memory for evidence in individual versus group
    decision making in auditing. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 12, 71-88.
Ahlgren, A., & Walberg, H. J. (1978). Basic dimensions in characteristics of classroom groups.
    Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 24, 244-256.
Ahuja, M. K., Galletta, D. F., & Carley, K. M. (2003). Individual centrality and performance in
    virtual R&D groups: An empirical study. Management Science, 49, 21-38.
Ahuja, M. K., & Galvin, J. E. (2003). Socialization in virtual groups. Journal of Management,
    29, 161-185.
Aiello, J. R., & Douthitt, E. A. (2001). Social facilitation: From Triplett to electronic
    performance monitoring. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 163-180.
Aiello, J. R., & Jones, S. E. (1971). Field study of the proxemic behavior of young school
    children in three subcultural groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 19, 351-
    356.
Aiello, J. R., & Kolb, K. J. (1995). Electronic performance monitoring and social context: Impact
    on productivity and stress. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 339-353.
Aiello, J. R., Thompson, D. E., & Brodzinsky, D. M. (1983). How funny is crowding anyway?
    Effects of room size, group size, and the introduction of humor. Basic and Applied Social
    Psychology, 4, 193-207.
Aiken, E. G. (1965a). Changes in interpersonal descriptions accompanying the operant
    conditioning of verbal frequency in groups. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
    Behavior, 4, 243-247.
Aiken, E. G. (1965b). Interaction process analysis changes accompanying operant conditioning
    of verbal frequency in small groups. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21, 52-54.
Aiken, M., Hwang, C., De Magalhaes, R., & Martin, J. (1993). A comparison of Malaysian and
    American groups using a group decision support system. Journal of Information Science, 19,
    489-491.
Aiken, M., Kim, D., Hwang, C., & Lu, L. (1995). A Korean group decision support system.
    Information & Management, 28, 303-310.
Aiken, M., Krosp, J., Shirani, A., & Martin, J. (1994). Electronic brainstorming in small and
    large groups. Information & Management, 23(3), 141-149.
                                                                                                4


Aiken, M., Sloan, H., Paolillo, J., & Motiwalla, L. (1997). The use of two electronic idea
    generation techniques in strategy planning meetings. Journal of Business Communication,
    34, 370-382.
Aiken, M., Vanjani, M., & Krosp, J. (1995). Group decision support systems. Review of
    Business, 16, 38-42.
Aiken, M., & Waller, B. (2000). Flaming among first-time group support system users.
    Information and Management, 37, 95-100.
Akan, O. H. (2005). The role of concrescent conversation in the performing stage of work
     groups. Team Performance Management, 11, 51-62.
Akiba, D., & Miller, F. (2004). The expression of cultural sensitivity in the presence of African
    Americans: An analysis of motives. Small Group Research, 35, 623-642.
Alagna, S., & Reddy, D. M. (1985). Self and peer ratings and evaluations of group processes in
    mixed-sex and male medical training groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 15, 31-
    45.
Alavi, S. B., & McCormick, J. (2004). Theoretical and measurement issues for studies of
    collective orientation in team contexts. Small Group Research, 35, 111-127.
Alba, R. D. (1973). A graph-theoretic definition of a sociometric clique. Journal of
    Mathematical Sociology, 3, 113-126.
Albanese, R., & Van Fleet, D. D. (1985). Rational behavior in groups: The free-riding tendency.
    Academy of Management Review, 10, 244-255.
Alcock, J. E., & Mansell, D. (1977). Predisposition and behavior in a collective dilemma.
    Journal of Conflict Resolution, 21, 443-457.
Aldag, R. J., & Fuller, S. R. (1993). Beyond fiasco: A reappraisal of the groupthink phenomenon
    and a new model of group decision processes. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 533-552.
Alderfer, C. P. (1977). Improving organizational communication through long-term inter-group
    intervention. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 1, 193-210.
Alderfer, C. P. (1992). Contemporary issues in professional work with groups: Editor’s
    introduction. Journal of Applied Behavioral Sciences, 28, 9-14.
Alderfer, C. P. (1998). Group psychological consulting to organizations: A perspective on
    history. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research, 50, 67-77.
Alderson, S. (1993). Reframing management competence: Focusing on the top management
    team. Personnel Review, 22, 53-62.
Alderton, S. M. (1980). Attributions of responsibility for socially deviant behavior in decision-
    making discussions as a function of situation and locus of control. Central States Speech
    Journal, 31, 117-127.
Alderton, S. M. (1982). Locus of control-based argumentation as a predictor of group
    polarization. Communication Quarterly, 30, 381-387.
Alderton, S. M., & Frey, L. R. (1983). Effects of reactions to arguments on group outcome: The
    case of group polarization. Central States Speech Journal, 34, 88-95.
Alderton, S. M., & Jurma, W. E. (1980). Genderless/gender-related task leader communication
    and group satisfaction: A test of two hypotheses. Southern Speech Communication Journal,
    46, 48-60.
Alemi, F., Mosavel, M., Stephens, R. C., Ghadiri, A., Krishnaswamy, J., & Thakkar, H. (1996).
    Electronic self-help and support groups. Medical Care, 34, 32-44.
                                                                                               5


Alexander, J. A., Lichtenstein, R., Jinnett, K., D’Aunno, T. A., & Ullman, E. (1996). The effects
     of treatment team diversity and size on assessments of team functioning. Hospital and
     Health Services Administration, 41, 37-53.
Alge, B. J., Wiethoff, C., & Klein, H. J. (2003). When does the medium matter? Knowledge-
     building experiences and opportunities in decision-making teams. Organizational Behavior
     and Human Decision Processes, 91, 26-37.
Alicke, M. D., Braun, J. C., Glor, J. E., Klotz, M. L., Magee, J., Sederholm, H., & Siegel, R.
     (1992). Complaining behavior in social interaction. Personality and Social Psychology
     Bulletin, 18, 286-295.
Allen, B. C., Sargent, L. D., & Bradley, L. M. (2003). Differential effects of task and reward
     interdependence on perceived helping behavior, effort, and group performance. Small Group
     Research, 34, 716-740.
Allen, K., Blascovich, J., & Mendes, W. B. (2002). Cardiovascular reactivity in the presence of
     pets, friends, and spouses: The truth about cats and dogs. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 727-
     739.
Allen, K. M., Blascovich, J., Tomaka, J., & Kelsey, R. M. (1991). Presence of human friends and
     pet dogs as moderators of autonomic responses to stress in women. Journal of Personality
     and Social Psychology, 61, 582-589.
Allen, N. J., & Hecht, T. D. (2004). The “romance of teams”: Toward an understanding of the
     psychological underpinnings and implications. Journal of Occupational and Organizational
     Psychology, 77, 439-461.
Allen, R. D. (1993). Organizing mental health services following a disaster: A community
     systems perspective. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 179-188.
Allen, V. L. (1975). Social support for nonconformity. Advances in Experimental Social
     Psychology, 8, 2-43.
Allen, V. L., & Wilder, D. A. (1975). Categorization, belief similarity, and intergroup
     discrimination. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 971-977.
Allen, V. L., & Wilder, D. A. (1979). Group categorization and attribution of belief similarity.
     Small Group Behavior, 10, 73-80.
Allen, V. L., & Wilder, D. A. (1980). Impact of group consensus and social support on stimulus
     meaning: Mediation of conformity by cognitive restructuring. Journal of Personality and
     Social Psychology, 39, 1116-1124.
Allen, W. H., & Van Sickle, R. L. (1984). Learning teams and low achievers. Social Education,
     48, 60-64.
Allison, R. (1939). Changing concepts in the meaning and values of group discussion. Quarterly
     Journal of Speech, 25, 117-120.
Allison, S. T., Beggan, J. K., & Midgley, E. H. (1996). The quest for “similar instances” and
     “simultaneous possibilities”: Metaphors in social dilemma research. Journal of Personality
     and Social Psychology, 71, 479-497.
Allison, S. T., & Kerr, N. L. (1994). Group correspondence bias and the provision of public
     goods. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 688-698.
Allison, S. T., McQueen, L. R., & Schaerfl, L. M. (1992). Social decision making processes and
     the equal partitionment of shared resources. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28,
     23-42.
Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1985a). Effects of experience on performance in a
     replenishable resource trap. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 943-948.
                                                                                                 6


Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1985b). The group attribution error. Journal of Experimental
     Social Psychology, 21, 563-579.
Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1990). Social decision heuristics in the use of shared resources.
     Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 3, 195-204.
Allison, S. T., Worth, L. T., & King, M. C. (1990). Group decisions as social inference
     heuristics. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 801-811.
Allmendinger, J., Hackman J. R., & Lehman, E.V. (1996). Life and work in symphony
     orchestras. Musical Quarterly, 80, 194-219.
Allport, F. H. (1920). The influence of the group upon association and thought. Journal of
     Experimental Psychology, 3, 159-182.
Allport, F. H. (1934). The J-curve hypothesis of conforming behavior. Journal of Social
     Psychology, 5, 141-183.
Allport, F. H. (1961). The contemporary appraisal of an old problem. Contemporary Psychology,
     6, 195-197.
Allport, F. H. (1962). A structuronomic conception of behavior: Individual and collective. I.
     Structural theory and the master problem of social psychology. Journal of Abnormal and
     Social Psychology, 64, 3-30.
Allport, F. H., & Lepkin, M. (1943). Building war morale with news-headlines. Public Opinion
     Quarterly, 7, 211-221.
Alper, S., Tjosvold, D., & Law, K. S. (1998). Interdependence and controversy in group decision
     making: Antecedents to effective self-managing teams. Organizational Behavior and
     Human Decision Processes, 74, 33-52.
Altman, I., & Haythorn, W. W. (1967a). The ecology of isolated groups. Behavioral Science, 12,
     169-182.
Altman, I., & Haythorn, W. W. (1967b). The effects of social isolation and group composition on
     performance. Human Relations, 20, 313-340.
Alper, D., Tjosvold, D., & Law, K. S. (1998). Interdependence and controversy in group decision
     making: Antecedents to effective self-managing teams. Organizational Behavior and
     Human Decision Processes, 74, 33-52.
Alper, D., Tjosvold, D., & Law, K. S. (2000). Conflict management, efficacy, and performance
     in organizational teams. Personnel Psychology, 43, 625-642.
Altman, I., & Haythorne, W. W. (1967). The effects of social isolation and group composition on
     performance. Human Relations, 20, 313-340.
Altman, I., Taylor, D. A., & Wheeler, L. (1971). Ecological aspects of group behavior in social
     isolation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 1, 76-100.
Alvarez, A. R., & Cabbil, L. M. (2001). The MELD program: Promoting personal change and
     social justice through a year-long multicultural group experience. Social Work with Groups,
     24, 3-21.
Alvaro, E. M., & Crano, W. D. (1997). Indirect minority influence: Evidence for leniency in
     source evaluation and counterargumentation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
     72, 949-964.
Amaranto, E., & Bender, S. (1990). Individual psychotherapy as an adjunct to group
     psychotherapoy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40, 91-101.
Amarel, M. J., & Monteiro, M. B. (2002). To be without being seen: Computer-mediated
     communication and social identity management. Small Group Research, 36, 321-353.
                                                                                               7


Amason, A. C. (1996). Distinguishing the effects of functional and dysfunctional conflict on
   strategic decision making: Resolving a paradox for top management teams. Academy of
   Management Journal, 39, 123-148.
Amason, A. C., & Sapienza, H. J. (1997). The effects of top management team size and
   interaction norms on cognitive and affective conflict. Journal of Management, 23, 495-516.
Amason, A. C., Thompson, K. R., Hochwarter, W. A., & Harrison, A. W. (1985). Conflict: An
   important dimension in successful management teams. Organizational Dynamics, 24, 20-35.
Amir, Y. (1969). Contact hypothesis in ethnic relations. Psychological Bulletin, 71, 319-342.
Anastasio, P. A., Rose, K. C., & Chapman, J. G. 92005). The diverse coverage effect: How
   media cleave differences of opinion between social groups. Communication Research, 32,
   171-192.
Anawati, D., & Craig, A. (2006). Behavioral adaptation within cross-cultural virtual teams. IEEE
   Transactions on Professional Communication, 49, 44-56.
Ancock, D., & Chertkoff, J. M. (1983). Effects of group membership, relative performance, and
   self-interest on the division of outcomes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45,
   1256-1262.
Ancona, D. G. (1990). Outward bound: Strategies for team survival in an organization. Academy
   of Management Journal, 33, 334-365.
Ancona, D. G., & Caldwell, D. F. (1988). Beyond task and maintenance: Defining external
   functions in groups. Group and Organization Studies, 13, 468-494.
Ancona, D. G., & Caldwell, D. F. (1992a). Bridging the boundary: External activity and
   performance in organizational teams. Administrative Science Quarterly, 37, 634-665.
Ancona, D. G., & Caldwell, D. F. (1992b). Demography and design: Predictors of new product
   team performance. Organization Science, 3, 321-341.
Ancona, D. G., Friedman, R. A., & Kolb, D. M. (1991). The group and what happens on the way
   to “yes.” Negotiation Journal, 7, 155-173.
Andersen, A. B. (1975). Combined effects of interpersonal attraction and goal-path clarity on the
   cohesiveness of task oriented groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 68-
   75.
Anderson, A. (1968). Group counseling. Review of Educational Research, 33, 209-226.
Anderson, C., John, O. P., Keltner, D., & Kring, A. M. (2001). Who attains social status? Effects
   of personality and physical attractiveness in social groups. Journal of Personality and Social
   Psychology, 81, 116-132.
Anderson, C., Keltner, D., & Oliver J. (2003). Emotional convergence between people over time.
   Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1054-1068.
Anderson, C., & Slocum, J. W. (1973). Personality traits and their impact on T-group training
   success. Training & Development Journal, 27, 18-25.
Anderson, C. A., & Bushman, B. J. (1997). External validity of “trivial” experiments: The case
   of laboratory aggression. Review of General Psychology, 1, 19-41.
Anderson, C. M. (2001). Communication in the medical interview team: An analysis of patients’
   stories in the United States and Hong Kong. Howard Journal of Communications, 12, 61-72.
Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (1995). The effects of communication motives, interaction
   involvement, and loneliness on satisfaction: A model of small groups. Small Group
   Research, 26, 118-137.
                                                                                               8


Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (1999). The relationship of argumentativeness and verbal
   aggressiveness to cohesion, consensus, and satisfaction in small groups. Communication
   Reports, 12, 21-31.
Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (2002). Communication motives (state vs. trait?) and task
   group outcomes. Communication Research Reports, 19, 269-282.
Anderson, C. M., Martin, M. M., & Infante, D. A. (1999). Decision-making collaboration scale:
   Tests of validity. Communication Research Reports, 15, 245-255.
Anderson, C. M., Martin, M. M., & Riddle, B. L. (2001a). Attitudes, styles, and socialization:
   Predictors of commitment and satisfaction in workgroups. Communication Research
   Reports, 18, 241-254.
Anderson, C. M., Martin, M. M., & Riddle, B. L. (2001b). Small group relational satisfaction
   scale: Development, reliability and validity. Communication Studies, 52, 220-233.
Anderson, J. D. (1975). Human relations training and group work. Social Work, 20(3), 195-199.
Anderson, J. D. (1978). Growth groups and alienation: A comparative study of Rogerian
   encounter, self-directed encounter, and gestalt. Group and Organization Studies, 3, 85-107.
Anderson, J. D. (1985). Working with groups: Little-known facts that challenge well-known
   myths. Small Group Behavior, 16, 276 -283.
Anderson, L. E., & Balzer, W. K. (1991). The effects of timing of leaders’ opinions on problem-
   solving groups: A field experiment. Group & Organization Studies, 16, 86-101.
Anderson, L. F., & Robertson, S. E. (1985). Group facilitation: Functions and skills. Small
   Group Behavior, 16, 139-156.
Anderson, L. R. (1978). Groups would do better without humans. Personality and Social
   Psychology Bulletin, 4, 557-558.
Anderson, L. R. (1983). Management of the mixed-cultural work group. Organizational
   Behavior and Human Performance, 31, 303-330.
Anderson, L. R., & Ager, J. W. (1978). Analysis of variance in small group research. Personality
   and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 341-345.
Anderson, L. R., & Blanchard, P. N. (1982). Sex differences in task and social-emotional
   behavior. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 3, 109-139.
Anderson, L. R., & Tolson, J. (1991). Leaders’ upward influence in the organization: Replication
   and extensions of the Pelz Effect to include group-support and self-monitoring. Small Group
   Research, 22, 59-75.
Anderson, L. R., Tolson, J., Fields, M. W., & Thacker, J. W. (1990). Extension of the Pelz
   Effect: The impact of leader’s upward influence on group members’ control within the
   organization. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 11, 19-32.
Anderson, M. D. (1996). Using computer-mediated conferencing to facilitate group projects in
   an educational psychology course. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments and
   Computers, 28, 351-353.
Anderson, N. H., & Graesser, C. C. (1976). An information integration analysis of attitude
   change in group discussion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 210-222.
Anderson, N. R., De Dreu, C. K. W., & Nijstad, B. A. (2004). The routinization of innovation
   research: A constructively critical review of the state-of-the-science. Journal of
   Organizational Behavior, 25, 147-173.
Anderson, N. R., Hardy, G., & West, M. (1992). Management team innovation. Management
   Decision, 30, 17-21.
                                                                                                9


Anderson, N. R., & West, M. (1998). Measuring climate for work group innovation:
    Development and validation of the team climate inventory. Journal of Organizational
    Behavior, 19, 235-258.
Anderson, R. D., & Price, G. E. (2001). Experiential groups in counselor education: Student
    attitudes and instructor participation. Counselor Education and Supervision, 41, 111-119.
Anderson, S. D., & Wanberg, K. W. (1991). A convergent validity model of emergent leadership
    in groups. Small Group Research, 22, 380-397.
Andersson, L. (1985). Intervention against loneliness in a group of elderly women: An impact
    evaluation. Social Science and Medicine, 20, 355-364.
Andre, T., Schumer, H., & Whitaker, P. (1979). Group discussion and individual creativity.
    Journal of General Psychology, 100, 111-123.
Andres, H. P. (2006). The impact of communication medium on virtual team group process.
    Information Resources Management Journal, 19(2), 1-17.
Andrews, P. H. (1985). Ego-involvement, self-monitoring, and conformity in small groups: A
    communicative analysis. Central States Speech Journal, 36, 51-61.
Andrews, P. H. (1992). Sex and gender differences in group communication: Impact on the
    facilitation process. Small Group Research, 23, 74-94.
Ang, R. P., & Hughes, J. N. (2002). Differential benefits of skills training with antisocial youth
    based on group composition: A meta-analytic investigation. Social Psychology Review, 31,
    164-185.
Annesi, J. J. (1999). Effects of minimal group promotion on cohesion and exercise adherence.
    Small Group Research, 30, 542-557.
Annis, L. V., & Perry, D. F. (1977). Self-disclosure modeling in same-sex and mixed-sex
    unsupervised groups. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 24, 370-372.
Annis, L. V., & Perry, D. F. (1978). Self-disclosure in unsupervised groups: Effects of
    videotaped models. Small Group Behavior, 9, 102-108.
Anshel, M. H. (1955);. Examining social loafing among elite female rowers as a function of task
    duration and mood. Journal of Sport Behavior, 18, 39-49.
Anson, R., Bostrom, R., & Wynne, B. (1995). An experiment assessing group support system
    and facilitator effects on meeting outcomes. Management Science, 41, 189-209.
Anson, R., Fellers, J., Kelly, G. G., & Bostrom, R. P. (1996). Facilitating research groups with
    group support systems. Small Group Research, 27, 179-214.
Anthony, D., & Horne, C. (2003). Gender and cooperation: Explaining loan repayment in micro-
    credit groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 293-302.
Anthony, E. J. (1968). Reflections on twenty-five years of group psychotherapy. International
    Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 18, 277-301.
Anthony, J. L., & O’Brien, W. H. (2002). The effects of a group-based social support
    intervention on cardiovascular reactivity. Small Group Research, 33, 155-180.
Anzai, Y. (1977). Recognition of coalition by computer in three-person game. Behavioral
    Science, 22, 403-422.
Apker, J., Propp, K. M., & Zabava Ford, W. S. (2005). Negotiating status and identity tensions in
    healthcare team interactions: An exploration of nurse role dialectics. Journal of Applied
    Communication Research, 33, 93-115.
Archer, D. (1974). Ethical problems in small group observation. Small Group Behavior, 5, 222-
    243.
                                                                                                 10


Archer, N. P. (1990). A comparison of computer conferences with face-to-face meetings for
    small group business-decision. Behaviour & Information Technology, 9, 307-317.
Argyrakouli, E., & Zafiropoulou, M. (2007). Qualitative analysis of experiences of members of a
    psychoeducational assertiveness group. Psychological Reports, 100, 531-546.
Argote, L. (1993). Group and organizational learning curves: Individual, system and
    environmental components. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 31-51.
Argote, L., Devadas, R., & Melone, N. (1990). The base-rate fallacy: Contrasting processes and
    outcomes of group and individual judgment. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
    Processes, 46, 296-310.
Argote, L., Insko, C. A., Yovetich, N., & Romero, A. A. (1995). Group learning curves: The
    effects of turnover and task complexity on group performance. Journal of Applied Social
    Psychology, 25, 512-529.
Argote, L., Seabright, M. A., & Dyer, L. (1986). Individual versus group use of base-rate and
    individuating information. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 38, 65-
    75.
Argote, L., Turner, M. E., & Fichman, M. (1989). To centralize or not to centralize: The effects
    of uncertainty and threat on group structure and performance. Organizational Behavior and
    Human Decision Processes, 43, 58-74.
Aries, E. J. (1976). Interaction patterns and themes of male, female, and mixed groups. Small
    Group Behavior, 7, 7-18.
Aries, E. J. (1982). Verbal and nonverbal behavior in single-sex and mixed-sex groups: Are
    traditional sex roles changing? Psychological Reports, 51, 127-134.
Aries, E. J., Gold, C., & Weigel, R. H. (1983). Dispositional and situational influences on
    dominance behavior in small groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44,
    779-786.
Aritzeta, A., Senior B., & Swailes, S. (2005). Team role preference and cognitive styles: A
    convergent validity study. Small Group Research, 36, 404-436.
Arkin, R. M., & Burger, J. M. (1980). Effects of unit relation tendencies on interpersonal
    attraction. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 380-391.
Armstrong, S. J. & Priola, V. (2001). Individual differences in cognitive style and their effects on
    task and social orientations of self-managed work teams. Small Group Research, 32, 283-
    312.
Armstrong, S., & Roback, H. (1977). An empirical test of Schutz’ three dimensional theory of
    group process in adolescent dyads. Small Group Behavior, 8, 443-456.
Arnold, D. W., & Greenberg, C. I. (1980). Deviate rejection within differentially manned groups.
    Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 419-424.
Arnold, M. E., & Hughes, J. N. (1999). First do no harm: Adverse effects of grouping deviant
    youth for skills training. Journal of School Psychology, 37, 99-115.
Arnold, W. R., & Stiles, B. (1972). A summary of increasing use of “group methods” in
    correctional institutions. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22, 77-92.
Aronoff, J., & Messé, L. A. (1971). Motivational determinants of small-group structure. Journal
    of Personality and Social Psychology, 17, 319-324.
Aronson, E., & Bridgeman, D. (1978). Jigsaw groups and the desegregated classroom: In pursuit
    of common goals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 438-446.
Aronson, E., & Mills, J. (1959). The effects of severity of initiation on liking for a group.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59, 177-181.
                                                                                                  11


Arrow, H. (1997). Stability, bistability, and instability in small group influence patterns. Journal
    of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 75-85.
Arrow, H., & Crossen, S. (2003). Musical chairs: Membership dynamics in self-organized group
    formation. Small Group Research, 34, 523-556.
Arrow, H., & McGrath, J. E. (1993). Membership matters: How member change and continuity
    affect small group structure, process and performance. Small Group Research, 24, 334-361.
Arrow, H., & McGrath, J. E. (1995). Membership dynamics in groups at work: A theoretical
    framework. Research in Organizational Behavior, 17, 373-411.
Arrow, H., Poole, M. S., Henry, K. B., Wheelan, S., & Moreland, R. (2004). Time, change, and
    development: The temporal perspective on groups. Small Group Research, 35, 73-105.
Asbury, J. (1995). Overview of focus group research. Qualitative Health Research, 5, 414-420.
Asch, S. E. (1955). Opinions and social pressures. Scientific American, 193(5), 31-35.
Asch, S. E. (1956). Studies of independence and submission to group pressure I: A minority of
    one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70(9).
Ashburn-Nardo, L., Voils, C. I., & Monteith, M. J. (2001). Implicit associations as the seeds of
    intergroup bias: How easily do they take root? Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 81, 789-799.
Asher, S. R., & Paquette, J. A. (2003). Loneliness and peer relations in childhood. Current
    Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 75-78.
Ashkenas, R., & Tandon, R. (1979). An eclectic approach to small group facilitation. Small
    Group Behavior, 10, 224-241.
Ashworth, M. J., & Carley, K. M. (2006). Who you know vs. what you know: The impact of
    social position and knowledge on team performance. Journal of Mathematical Sociology,
    30, 43-75.
Askevis-Leherpeux, F. (2005).For and against: Perceived entitativity of supportive and
    oppositional opinion groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 27-38.
Association for Specialists in Group Work (ASGW). (1998). Association for Specialists in
    Group Work: Best practice guidelines. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 23, 237-244.
Association for Specialists in Group Work (ASGW). (1999). Association for Specialists in
    Group Work: Principals for diversity-competent group workers. Journal for Specialists in
    Group Work, 24, 7-14.
Association for Specialists in Group Work (ASGW). (2000). Association for Specialists in
    Group Work: Professional standards for the training of group workers. Journal for
    Specialists in Group Work, 25, 327-354.
Astrachan, B. (1970). Towards a social systems model of therapeutic groups. Social Psychiatry,
    5, 110-119.
Atkins, B. M. (1973). Judicial behavior and tendencies towards conformity in three member
    small group: A case study of dissent behavior on the U.S. Court of Appeals. Social Science
    Quarterly, 54, 41-53.
Attaran, M., & Nguyen, T. T. (2000). Creating the right structural fit for self-directed teams.
    Team Performance Management, 6, 25-33.
Au, W. T. (2004). Criticality and environmental uncertainty in step-level goods dilemmas.
    Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 40-61.
Au, W. T., & Ngai, M. Y. (2003). Effects of group size uncertainty and protocol of play in a
    common pool resource dilemma. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 265-284.
                                                                                                12


Aubert, B. A., & Kelsey, B. L. (2003). Further understanding of trust and performance in virtual
    teams. Small Group Research, 34, 575-618.
Auer-Rizzi, W., & Berry, M. (2000). Business vs. cultural frames of reference in group decision
    making: Interaction among Austrian, Finnish, and Swedish business students. Journal of
    Business Communication, 37, 264-292.
Auerbach, S. M., Kilmann, P. R., Gackenbach, J. I., & Julian, A., III. (1980). Profeminist group
    experience: Effects of group composition on males’ attitudinal and affective response. Small
    Group Behavior, 11, 50-65.
Augustinova, M., Oberle, D., & Stasser, G. L. (2005). Differential access to information and
    anticipated group interaction: Impact on individual reasoning. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 88, 619-632.
Austin, J. R. (2003). Transactive memory in organizational groups: The effects of content,
    consensus, specialization, and accuracy on group performance. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 88, 866-878.
Authier, J., & Fix, A. J. (1977). A step-group therapy program based on levels of interpersonal
    communication. Small Group Behavior, 8, 101-107.
Aveline, A. (1986). The use of written reports in brief group psychotherapy training.
    International Journal for Group Psychotherapy, 36, 477-482.
Avtgis, T. A. (1999). The relationship between unwillingness to communicate and family
    communication patterns. Communication Research Reports, 16, 333-338.
Awad, S. S., Fagan, S. P., Bellows, C., Albo, D., Green-Rashad, B., De La Garza, M., et al.
    (2005). Bridging the communication gap in the operating room with medical team training.
    American Journal of Surgery, 190, 770-774.
Axsom, D. (1989). Cognitive dissonance and behavior change in psychotherapy. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 234-252.
Ayman, R., Chemers, M. M., & Fiedler, F. (1995). The contingency model of leadership
    effectiveness: Its levels of analysis. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 147-167.
Azer, S. A. (2005). Challenges facing PBL tutors: 12 tips for successful group facilitation.
    Medical Teacher, 27, 676-681.
Azzopardi, A. (2000). A case study of a parents’ self-advocacy group in Malta: The concepts of
    “inclusion, exclusion and disabling barriers are analysed in the relationship that parents have
    with professionals. Disability & Society, 17, 1065-1072.
Baba, M. L. (1995). The cultural ecology of the corporation: Explaining diversity in work group
    responses to organizational transformation. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 31, 202-
    233.
Baba, M. L., Gluesing, J., Ranter, H., & Wagner, K. H. (2004). The contexts of knowing: Natural
    history of a globally distributed team. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 547-587.
Babad, E. Y., & Amir, L. (1978). Bennis and Shepard’s theory of group development: An
    empirical examination. Small Group Behavior, 9, 477-492.
Babad, E. Y., Birnbaum, M., & Benne, K. D. (1978). The C-group approach to laboratory
    learning. Group and Organization Studies, 3, 168-184.
Babad, E. Y., Tzur, A., Oppenheimer, B. T., & Shaltiel, A. (1977). An all-purpose model for
    group work. Human Relations, 30, 489-501.
Back, K. W. (1951). Influence through social communication. Journal of Abnormal and Social
    Psychology, 46, 9-23.
                                                                                                 13


Back, K. W. (1974). Intervention techniques: Small groups. Annual Review of Psychology, 25,
    367-387.
Back, K. W. (1979). The small group: Tightrope between sociology and personality. Journal of
    Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 283-294.
Back, K. W. (1992). This business of topology. Journal of Social Issues, 48(2), 51-66.
Badzinski, D. M., & Pettus, A. B. (1994). Nonverbal involvement and sex: Effects on jury
    decision making. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 22, 309-321.
Baier, J. L., & Williams, P. S. (1983). Fraternity hazing revisited: Current alumni and active
    member attitudes toward hazing. Journal of College Student Personnel, 24, 300-305.
Bailey, D. B., Buysse, V., Simeonsson, R. J., Smith, T., & Keyes, L. (1995). Individual and team
    consensus ratings of child functioning. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 37,
    246-249.
Bain, P., Mann, L., & Pirola-Merlo, A. (2001). The innovation imperative: The relationships
    between team climate, innovation and performance in research and development teams.
    Small Group Research, 32, 55-73.
Baird, J. E., Jr. (1974). A comparison of distributional and sequential structure in cooperative
    and competitive groups. Speech Monographs, 41, 226-232.
Baird, J. E., Jr. (1976). Sex differences in group communication: A review of relevant research.
    Quarterly Journal of Speech, 62, 179-192.
Baird, J. E., Jr. (1977). Some nonverbal elements of leadership emergence. Southern Speech
    Communication Journal, 42, 179-192.
Baird, J. S. (1982). Conversation of the commons: Effects of group cohesiveness and prior
    sharing. Journal of Community Psychology, 10, 210-215.
Bakeman, R., & Beck, S. (1974). The size of informal groups in public. Environment and
    Behavior, 6, 378-390.
Baker, D. C. (1990). A qualitative and quantitative analysis of verbal style and the elimination of
    potential leaders in small groups. Communication Quarterly, 38, 13-26
Baker, D. F. (2001). The development of collective efficacy in small task groups. Small Group
    Research, 32, 451-474.
Baker, D. P., & Salas, E. (1992). Principles for measuring teamwork skills. Human Factors, 34,
    469-475.
Baker, P. M. (1981). The development of mutuality in natural small groups. Small Group
    Behavior, 14, 301-311.
Baker, P. M. (1984). Seeing is behaving: Visibility and participation in small groups.
    Environment and Behavior, 16, 159-184.
Baker, P. M. (1988). Participation in small groups: Social, physical, and situational predictors.
    Small Group Behavior, 19, 3-18.
Baker, P. M., & Eaton, G. G. (1992). Seniority versus age as causes of dominance in social
    groups: Macaques and men. Small Group Research, 23, 322-343.
Baker, S. M., & Petty, R. E. (1994). Majority and minority influence: Source-position imbalance
    as a determinant of message scrutiny. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 5-
    19.
Balaguer, I., Duda, J. L., Attenza, F. L., & Mayo, C. (2002). Situational and dispositional goals
    as predictors of perceptions of individual and team improvement satisfaction, and coach
    ratings among elite female baseball teams. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 3, 293-308.
                                                                                              14


Balderson, S. J., & Broderick, A. J. (1996). Behavior in teams: Exploring occupational and
     gender differences. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 11(5), 33-42.
Baldwin, T. T., Bedwell, M. D., & Johnson, J. L. (1997). The social fabric of a team-based MBA
     program: Network effects on student satisfaction and performance. Academy of Management
     Journal, 40, 1369-1397.
Bales, R. F. (1950). A set of categories for the analysis of small group interaction. American
     Sociological Review, 15, 257-263.
Bales, R. F. (1955). How people interact in conferences. Scientific American, 192(3), 31-35.
Bales, R. F., & Hare, A. P. (1965). Diagnostic use of the interaction profile. Journal of Social
     Psychology, 67, 239-258.
Bales, R. F., & Strodtbeck, F. L. (1951). Phases in group problem solving. Journal of Abnormal
     and Social Psychology, 46, 485-495.
Bales, R. F., Strodtbeck, F. L., Mills, T. M., & Roseborough, M. E. (1951). Channels of
     communication in small groups. American Sociological Review, 16, 461-468.
Balgooyen, T. J. (1984). A group exercise in personal space. Small Group Behavior, 15, 553-
     563.
Ball, J. R., & Carron, A. V. (1976). The influence of team cohesion and participation motivation
     upon performance success in intercollegiate ice hockey. Canadian Journal of Applied Sport
     Sciences, 1, 271-275.
Ball, M. (1990). A case study of the Kennedy administration’s decision-making concerning the
     Diem coup of November, 1963. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 54, 557-574.
Ballard, D. I., & Seibold, D. R. (2000). Time orientation and temporal variation across work
     groups: Implications for group and organizational communication. Western Journal of
     Communication, 64, 218-242.
Ballard, D. I., & Seibold, D. R. (2004). Communication-related organizational structures and
     work group temporal experiences: The effects of coordination method, technology type, and
     feedback cycle on members’ construals and enactments of time. Communication
     Monographs, 71, 1-27.
Baltes, B. B., Dickson, M. W., Sherman, M. P., Bauer, C. C., & LaGanke, J. S. (2002).
     Computer-mediated communication and group decision making: A meta-analysis.
     Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 87, 156-179.
Balthazard, P., Potter, R. E., & Warren, J. (2004). Expertise, extraversion and group interaction
     styles as performance indicators in virtual teams. The DATA BASE for Advances in
     Information Systems, 35, 41-64.
Bamber, E. M., Hill, M. C., & Watson, R. T. (1998). Audit groups and GSS: A framework and
     propositions for future research. Journal of Information Systems, 12(2), 45-73.
Bamber, E. M., Watson, R. T., & Hill, M. C. (1996). The effects of group support system
     technology on audit group decision making. Auditing: A Journal of Practice and Theory, 15,
     122-134.
Bandow, D. 92001). Time to create sound teamwork. Journal for Quality and Participation, 24,
     41-47.
Bane, C. L. (1958). Evaluation of training in discussion. Western Speech, 22, 148-153.
Bangerter, A. (2002). Maintaining interpersonal continuity in groups: The role of collective
     memory processes in redistributing information. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
     5, 203-219.
                                                                                             15


Banker, B. S., & Gaertner, S. L. (1992). Achieving stepfamily harmony: An intergroup-relations
    approach. Journal of Family Psychology, 12, 310-325.
Banker, R. D., Field, J. M., Schroeder, R. G., & Singha, K. K. (1996). Impact of work teams on
    manufacturing performance: A longitudinal field study. Academy of Management Journal,
    39, 867-890.
Banner, D. K., Kalish, W. A., & Peery, N. S. (1992). Self managing work-teams (SWMT) and
    the human resource function. Management Decision, 30, 40-45.
Banta, H. D., & Fox, R. C. (1972). Role strains of a health care team in a poverty community:
    The Columbia Point experience. Social Science and Medicine, 6, 697-722.
Bantel, K. (1993). Comprehensiveness of strategic planning: The importance of heterogeneity of
    a top team. Psychological Reports, 73, 35-49.
Bantel, K. (1994). Strategic planning openness: the role of top team demography. Group &
    Organization Management, 19, 406-424.
Bantel, K. A., & Jackson, S. E. (1989). Top management and innovations in banking: Does the
    composition of the top team make a difference? Strategic Management Journal, 10, 107-
    124.
Bantz, C. R. (1993). Cultural diversity and group cross-cultural team research. Journal of
    Applied Communication Research, 21, 1-20.
Bardach, L., & Park, B. (1996). The effect of in-group and out-group status on memory for
    consistent and inconsistent behavior of an individual. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 22, 169-178.
Bar-On, D. (1995). Encounters between descendants of Nazi perpetrators and descendants of
    Holocaust survivors. Psychiatry, 58, 225-245.
Bar-On, D., & Kassem, F. (in press). Storytelling as a way to work-through intractable conflicts
    The TRT German-Jewish experience and its relevance to the Palestinian-Israeli context.
    Journal of Social Issues.
Barbara, F, Usher, J., & Barnes, N. (1978). The rules of “shouting” in drinking groups in Sydney
    public bars. Australian Journal of Social Issues, 13, 119-128.
Barber, W. H. (1988). Inpatient adolescent group therapy as a social system. Group, 12, 233-240.
Barchas, P. R. (1986). A sociopsychological orientation to small groups. Advances in Group
    Processes, 3, 209-246.
Barge, J. K. (1989). Leadership as medium: A leaderless group discussion model.
    Communication Quarterly, 37, 237-247.
Barge, J. K. (1994). On interlinking language games: New opportunities for group
    communication research. Communication Studies, 45, 52-67.
Barge, J. K., & Hirokawa, R. Y. (1989). Toward a communication competency model of group
    leadership. Small Group Behavior, 20, 167-189.
Barge, J. K., Schlueter, D. W., & Duncan, G. (1990). Task structure as a moderator of task and
    relational skills. Communication Studies, 41, 1-18.
Bargal, D. (2004). Structure and process in reconciliation-transformation workshops: Encounters
    between Israeli and Palestinian youth. Small Group Research, 35, 596-616.
Bargal, D., & Bar, H. (1992). A Lewinian approach to intergroup workshops for Arab Palestinian
    and Jewish youth. Journal of Social Issues, 48, 139-154.
Bargal, D., & Bar, H. (1994). The encounter of social selves: Intergroup workshops for Arab and
    Jewish youth. Social Work With Groups, 17(3), 39-59.
                                                                                              16


Barker, H. J., Williams, T. F., Zimmer, J. G., Van Buren, C., Vincent, S. J., & Pickrel, S. G.
    (1985). Geriatric consultation teams in acute hospitals: Impact on back-up of elderly
    patients. Journal of American Geriatrics Society, 33, 422-428.
Barker, J. R. (1993). Tightening the iron cage: Concertive control in self-managing teams.
    Administrative Science Quarterly, 38, 408-437.
Barker, J. R., Melville, C. W., & Pacanowsky, M. E. (1993). Self-directed teams at Xel: Changes
    in communication practices during a program of cultural transformation. Journal of Applied
    Communication Research, 21, 297-312.
Barker, V. L. & Patterson, P. W., Jr. (1996). Top management team tenure and top manager
    causal attributions at declining firms attempting turnarounds. Group & Organization
    Management, 21, 304-337.
Barker, V. E., Abrams, J. R., Tiyaamornwong, V., Seibold, D. R., Duggan, A., Sun Park, H., et
    al. (2000). New contexts for relational communication in groups. Small Group Research, 31,
    470-503.
Barkhi, R. (2005). Information exchange and induced cooperation in group decision support
    systems. Communication Research, 32, 646-678.
Barkhi, R., Jacob, V. S., Pipino, L., & Pirkul, H. (1998). A study of the effect of communication
    channel and authority on group decision processes and outcomes. Decision Support Systems,
    23, 205-226.
Barki, H., & Pinsonneault, A. (2001). Small group brainstorming and idea quality: Is electronic
    brainstorming the most effective approach? Small Group Research, 32, 158-205.
Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., & Fuhriman, A. (2000). Therapeutic applications of groups:
    From Pratt’s “thought control classes” to modern group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 115-134.
Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., Harding, J. A., & Behrman, J. (1997). Therapeutic focusing in
    time-limited group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1,
    254-266.
Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., Nebeker, R.S., & Anderson, E. (2000). Meta-analysis of
    medical self-help groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 50, 53-69.
Barlow, S. H., Hansen, W. D., Fuhriman, A. J., & Finley, R. (1982). Leader communication
    style: Effects on members of small groups. Small Group Behavior, 13, 518-531.
Barnard, W. A. (1991). Group influence and the likelihood of a unanimous majority. Journal of
    Social Psychology, 131, 607-614.
Barnard, W. A., Baird, C., Greenwalt, M., & Karl, R. (1992). Intragroup cohesiveness and
    reciprocal social influence in male and female discussion groups. Journal of Social
    Psychology, 132, 179-188.
Barnlund, D. C. (1955). Experiments in leadership training for decision-making discussion
    groups. Speech Monographs, 22, 1-14.
Barnlund, D. C. (1959). A comparative study of individual, majority, and group judgment.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 55-65.
BarNir, A. (1998). Can group and issue-related factors predict choice shift? A meta-analysis of
    group decisions on life dilemmas. Small Group Research, 29, 308-338.
Baron, R. S., Dion, K. L., & Miller, N. (1971). Group consensus and cultural values as
    determinants of risk taking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 446-455.
                                                                                                17


Baron, R. S., & Roper, G. (1976). Reaffirmation of social comparison views of choice shifts:
    Averaging and extremity effects in an autokinetic situation. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 33, 521-530.
Baron, R. S., Roper, G., & Baron, P. H. (1974). Group discussion and the stingy shift. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 538-545.
Baron, R. S., & Sanders, G. (1975). Group decision as a technique for obtaining compliance:
    Some added considerations concerning how altruism leads to callousness. Journal of
    Applied Social Psychology, 5, 281-295.
Baron, R. S., Vandello, J. A., & Brunsman, B. (1996). The forgotten variable in conformity
    research: Impact of task importance on social influence. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 71, 915-927.
Barr, S. H., & Conlon, E. J. (1994). Effects of distribution of feedback in work groups. Academy
    of Management Journal, 37, 641-655.
Barrett, C. J. (1978). Effectiveness of widows’ groups in facilitating change. Journal of
    Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46, 20-31.
Barretto, M., & Ellemers, N. (2000). You can’t always get what you want: Social identity and
    self-presentational determinants of the choice to work for a low-status group. Personality
    and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 891-906.
Barretto, M., & Ellemers, N. (2002a). The impact of anonymity and group identification on
    progroup behavior in computer-mediated groups. Small Group Research, 33, 590-610.
Barretto, M., & Ellemers, N. (2002b). The impact of respect versus neglect of self-identities on
    identification and group loyalty. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 629-639.
Barrick, M. B., Stewart, G. L., Neubert, M. J., & Mount, M. K. (1998). Relating member ability
    and personality to work-team processes and team effectiveness. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 83, 377-391.
Barrick, M. R., & Stewart, G. L. (1998). Relating member ability and personality to work-team
    process and team effectiveness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83, 377-391.
Barrick, M. R., Stewart, G. L., Neubert, M. J., & Mount, M. K. (1998). Relating member ability
    and personality to work-team processes and team effectiveness. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 83, 377-391.
Barrios, B., & Giesen, M. (1977). Getting what you expect: Effects of expectations on intragroup
    attraction and interpersonal distance. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 3, 87-90.
Barron, B. (2000). Achieving coordination in collaborative problem-solving groups. Journal of
    the Learning Sciences, 9, 403-436.
Barron, B. (2003). When smart groups fail. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12, 307-359.
Barry, B., & Stewart, G. L. (1997). Composition, process, and performance in self-managed
    groups: The role of personality. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 62-78.
Barsade, S. G. (2002). The ripple effect: Emotional contagion in groups. Administrative Science
    Quarterly, 47, 644-675.
Barsade, S. G., & Gibson, D. E. (1998). Group emotion: A view from top and bottom. Research
    on Managing Groups and Teams, 1, 81-102.
Barsade, S. G., Ward, A. J., Turner, J. D. F., & Sonnenfeld, J. A. (2000). To your heart’s content:
    A model of affective diversity in top management teams. Administrative Science Quarterly,
    45, 802-836.
                                                                                                18


Bar-Tal, Y., & Guinote, A. (2002). Who exhibits more stereotypical thinking? The effect of need
    and ability to achieve cognitive structure on stereotyping and perceived group variability.
    European Journal of Personality, 16, 313-331.
Bartel, C. A., & Saavedra, R. (2000). The collective construction of work group moods.
    Administrative Science Quarterly, 45, 197-231.
Barton, E. L. (1999). Informational and interactional functions of slogans and sayings in the
    discourse of a support group. Discourse & Society, 10, 461-486.
Bateman, T. S., Griffin, R. W., & Rubenstein, D. (1987). Social information processing and
    group-induced shits in response to task design. Group and Organization Studies, 12, 88-108.
Bartol, K. M., & Hagmann, L. L. (1992). Team-based pay plans: A key to effective team-work.
    Compensation & Benefits Review, 24, 24-29.
Barton, E. (2004). The construction of legal consciousness in discourse: Rule and relational
    orientations toward the law in a disability support group. Journal of Pragmatics, 36, 603-
    632.
Barton, W. A., Jr. (1926). The effect of group activity and individual effort in developing ability
    to solve problems in first year algebra. Educational Administration and Supervision, 12,
    412-518.
Bartunek, J. M., Benton, A. A., & Keys, C. B. (1975). Third party intervention and the
    bargaining behavior of group representatives. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 19, 532-557.
Bartunek, J. M., & Murnighan, J. K. (1984). The nominal group technique: Expanding the basic
    procedure and underlying assumptions. Group & Organization Studies, 9, 417-432.
Barua, A., Lee, C-H. S., & Whinston, A. B. (1995). Incentives and computing systems for team-
    based organizations. Organization Science, 4, 487-504.
Basadur, M., Graen, G. B. & Green, S. G. (1982). Training in creative problem solving: Effects
    on ideation and problem finding and solving in an industrial research organization.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 30, 41-70.
Basden, B. H., Basden, D. R., Bryner, S. & Thomas, R. L., III (1997). A comparison of group
    and individual remembering: Does collaboration disrupt retrieval strategies? Journal of
    Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 23, 1176-1189.
Bass, B. M. (1949). An analysis of the leaderless group discussion. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 33, 527-533.
Bass, B. M. (1954). The leaderless group discussion as a leadership evaluation instrument.
    Personnel Psychology, 7, 470-477.
Bass, B. M. (1980). Team productivity and individual member competence. Small Group
    Behavior, 11, 431-504.
Bass, B. M., & Klubeck, S. (1952). Effects of seating arrangements on leaderless group
    discussion. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 724-727.
Bass, B. M., McGhee, C. R., Hawkins, W. C., Young, P. C., & Gebel, A. S. (1953). Personality
    variables related to leaderless group discussion. Journal of Abnormal and Social
    Psychology, 48, 120-128.
Bass, B. M., & Norton, F-T. M. (1951). Group size and leaderless discussions. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 35, 397-400.
Bass, B. M., Pryer, M. W., Gaier, E. L., & Flint, A. W. (1958). Interacting effects on control
    motivation, group practice and problems difficulty on attempted leadership. Journal of
    Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56, 352-358.
                                                                                                 19


Bass, B. M., Wurster, C. R., Doll, P. A., & Clair, D. J. (1953). Situational and personality factors
    in leadership among sorority women. Psychological Monographs, 67, 16.
Bassin, M. (1998). Teamwork at General Foods: New and improved. Personnel Journal, 65(5),
    62-70.
Bat-Chava, Y. (1994). Group identification and self-esteem in deaf adults. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 494-502.
Batchelor, J. P., & Goethals, G. R. (1972). Spatial arrangements in freely formed groups.
    Sociometry, 35, 270-279.
Batemna, H., Bailey, P., & McLellan, H. (2003). Of rocks and safe channels: Learning to
    navigate as an interprofessional team. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 17, 141-150.
Bateman, T. S., Griffin, R. W., & Rubenstein, D. (1987). Social information processing and
    group-induced shits in responses to task design. Group and Organization Studies, 12, 88-
    108.
Bates, B., & Goodman, A. (1986). The effectiveness of encounter groups: Implications of
    research for counselling practice. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 14, 240-251.
Bates, T. (1995). Self-employment entry across industry groups. Journal of Business Ventuing,
   10, 143-156.
Bateson, C. D., Change, J., Orr, R., & Rowland, J. (2002). Empathy, attitudes, and action: Can
   feeling for a member of a stigmatized group motivate one to help the group? Personality and
   Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1656-1666.
Bateson, C. D., Polycarpou, M. P., Harmon-Jones, E., Imhoff, H. J., Mitchener, E. C., Bednar, L.
    L., et al. (1997). Empathy and attitudes: Can feeling for a member of a stigmatized group
    improve feelings toward the group? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 105-
    118.
Bateson, N. (1966). Familiarization, group discussion, and risk-taking. Journal of Experimental
    Social Psychology, 2, 119-129.
Batson, C. D., Polycarpou, M. P., Harmon-Jones, E., & Imhoff, H. J. (1997). Empathy and
    attitudes: Can feeling for a member of a stigmatized group improve feelings toward the
    group. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 105-118.
Battaglini, M., Benabou, R., & Tirole, J. (2005). Self-control in peer groups. Journal of
    Economic Theory, 123, 105-134.
Baugh, S. G., & Graen, C. B. (1997). Effects of team gender and racial composition on
    perceptions of team performance in cross-functional teams. Group and Organization
    Management, 22, 366-383.
Baum, A., Calesnick, L. E., Davis, G. E., & Gatchel, R. J. (1982). Individual differences in
    coping with crowding: Stimulus screening and social overload. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 43, 821-830.
Baum, A., Harpin, R. E., & Valins, S. (1975). The role of group phenomena in the experience of
    crowding. Environment and Behavior, 7, 185-198.
Baum, A., Shapiro, A., Murray, D., & Wideman, M. V. (1979). Interpersonal mediation of
    perceived crowding and control in residential dyads and triads. Journal of Applied Social
    Psychology, 9, 491-507.
Bauman, J. L., Gervey, R., & Siegel, K. (1992). Factors associated with cancer patients;
    participation in support groups. Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 10, 1-19.
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal
    attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497-529.
                                                                                              20


Baumeister, R. F., Twenge, J. M., & Nuss, C. K. (2002). Effects of social exclusion on cognitive
    processes: Anticipated aloneness reduces intelligent thought. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 83, 817-827.
Baumgartel, H., & Goldstein, J. W. (1967). Need and value shifts in college training groups.
    Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 3, 87-101.
Bavelas, A. (19476). A mathematical model for group structures. Applied Anthropology, 7, 16-
    30.
Bavelas, A. (1950). Communication patterns in task-oriented groups. Journal of the Acoustical
    Society of America, 22, 725-730.
Bavelas, A., Hastorf, A. H., Gross, A. E., & Kite, W. M. (1965). Experiments on the alteration of
    group structure. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 55-70.
Baxter, L. A., & Clark, C. L. (1996). Perceptions of family communication patterns and the
    enactment of family rituals. Western Journal of Communication, 60, 254-268.
Bayazit, M., & Mannix, E. A. (2003). Should I stay or should I go? Predicting team members’
    intent to remain in the team. Small Group Research, 34, 290-321.
Bayless, O. L. (1967). An alternate pattern for problem-solving discussion. Journal of
    Communication, 17, 188-197.
Bazerman, M. H., Giuliano, T., & Appelman, A. (1984). Escalation of commitment in individual
    and group decision making. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 33, 141-
    152.
Bazerman, M. H., Mannix, E. A., & Thompson, L. L. (1988). Groups as mixed-motive
    negotiations. Advances in Group Processes, 5, 195-216.
Bean, B. W., & Houston, B. K. (1978). Self-concept and self-disclosure in encounter groups.
    Small Group Behavior, 9, 549-554.
Beatty, M. J. (1989). Group members’ decision rule orientations and consensus. Human
    Communication Research, 16, 279-296.
Beauchamp, M. R., & Bray, S. R. (2001). Role ambiguity and role conflict within interdependent
    teams. Small Group Research, 32, 133-157.
Beauchamp, M. R., Bray, S. R., Eys, M. A., & Carron, A. V. (2002). Role ambiguity, role
    efficacy, and role performance: Multidimensional and mediational relationships within
    interdependent sport teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 229-242.
Beauchamp, M. R., Bray, S. R., Eys, M. A., & Carron, A. V. (2005). Leadership behaviors and
    multidimensional role ambiguity perceptions in team sports. Small Group Research, 36, 5-
    20.
Beauchamp, M. R., Maclachlan, A., & Lothian, A. (2005). Communication within sport teams:
    Jungian preferences and group dynamics. Sport Psychologist, 19, 203-221.
Bechler, C., & Johnson, S. D. (1995). Leadership and listening: A study of member perceptions.
    Small Group Research, 26, 77-85.
Beck, A. P., Eng, A. M., & Brusa, J. A. (1989). The evolution of leadership during group
    development. Group, 13, 155-164.
Beck, D., & Diehl, M. (1997). Advances in small group research: Contributions from German
    speaking countries between 1984 and 1995. European Psychologist, 2, 368-376.
Beck, D., & Fisch, R. (2000). Argumentation and emotional processes in group decision-
    making: Illustration of a multi-level interaction process analysis approach. Group Processes
    & Intergroup Relations, 3, 183-201.
                                                                                              21


Becker, J. A. H. (2005). A Goffmanian analysis of (in)attentiveness as involvement in group
     therapy sessions. Qualitative Research Reports in Communication, 6, 51-58.
Becker, P. M., McVey, L. J., Saltz, C. C., Feussner, J. R., & Cohen, H. J. (1987). Hospital-
     acquired complications in a randomized controlled clinical trial of a geriatric consultation
     team. Journal of the American Medical Association, 257, 697-722.
Becker, S. L. (1980). Directions of small group research for the 1980’s. Central States Speech
     Journal, 31, 221-224.
Becker-Beck, U. (2001). Methods for diagnosing interaction strategies: An application to group
     interaction in conflict situations. Small Group Research, 32, 259-273.
Becker-Beck, Y., & Fisch, R. (1987). Issues in the sequential analysis of group interaction
     processes. International Journal of Small Group Research, 3, 198-212.
Becker-Beck, U., Wintermantel, M., & Borg, A. (2005). Principles of regulating interaction in
     teams practicing face-to-face communication versus teams practicing computer-mediated
     communication. Small Group Research, 36, 499-536.
Beckhard, R. (1967). The confrontation meeting. Harvard Business Review, 45, 149-155.
Beckhard, R. (1972a). Optimizing team-building efforts. Journal of Contemporary Business, 1,
     23-32.
Beckhard, R. (1972b). Organizational issues in the team delivery of a comprehensive health care.
     Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 3, 287-316.
Beckwith, J., Iverson, M. A., & Render, M. E. (1965). Test anxiety, task relevance of group
     experience, and change in level of aspiration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
     1, 579-588.
Bednar, R. L., & Battersby, C. P. (1976). The effects of specific cognitive structure on early
     group development. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 12, 513-522.
Bednar, R. L., & Kaul, T. (1979). Experiential group research: What never happened. Journal of
     Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 311-319.
Beeber, A. R. (1988). A systems model of short-term, open-ended group therapy. Hospital &
     Community Psychiatry, 39, 537-542.
Beber, A. R. (1991). Psychotherapy with schizophrenics in team groups: A systems model.
     American Journal of Psychotherapy, 45, 78-83.
Bednar, R. L., Correy, G., Evans, N. J., & Gazda, G. M. (1987). Overcoming obstacles to the
     future development of research on group work. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 12,
     98-111.
Beersma, B., & De Drue, C. K. W. (2002). Integrative and distributive negotiation in small
     groups: Effects of task structure, decision rule, and social motive. Organizational Behavior
     and Human Decision Processes, 87, 227-252.
Behroozi, C. S. (1992). Groupwork with involuntary clients: Remotivating strategies.
     Groupwork, 5(2), 31-41.
Beilin, R., & Rabow, J. (1981). Status value, group learning, and minority achievement. Small
     Group Behavior, 12, 495-508.
Becker, B. (2005). The impact of the reference group on attitudes toward foreigners in East and
     West Germany. Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 34, 40-59.
Belanger, F. (1999). Communication patterns in distributed work groups: A network analysis.
     IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 42, 261-275.
Belanger, F., Collins, R. W., & Chesney, P. H. (2001). Technology requirements and work group
     communication for telecommuters. Information Systems Research, 12, 155-176.
                                                                                                22


Bell, B. S., & Koslowski, S. W. J. (2002). A typology of virtual teams: Implications for effective
     leadership. Group and Organization Management, 27, 14-50.
Bell, M. A. (1974) The effects of substantive and affective conflict in problem-solving groups.
     Speech Monographs, 41, 19-23.
Bell, M. A. (1979). The effects of substantive and affective verbal conflict on the quality of
     decisions of small problem-solving groups. Central States Speech Journal, 30, 75-82.
Bell, M. A. (1982). Phases in group problem-solving. Small Group Behavior, 13, 475-495.
Bell, M. A. (1983). A research note: The relationship of conflict and linguistic diversity in small
     groups. Central States Speech Journal, 34, 128-133.
Bell, P., & Jamieson, B. (1970). Publicity of initial decisions and the risky shift phenomenon.
     Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 6, 329-345.
Bem, D. J., Wallach, M. A., & Kogan, N. (1965). Group decision making under risk of aversive
     consequences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 453-460.
Benbasat, I., & Lim, L.-H. (1993). The effects of group, task, context, and technology variables
     on the usefulness of group support systems: A meta-analysis of experimental studies. Small
     Group Research, 24, 430-462.
Benbenishty, R., & Chen, W., (2003). Decision making by the child protection team of a medical
     center. Health and Social Work, 28, 284-292.
Benbuunan-Fich, R., & Hiltz, S. R. (1999). Impacts of asynchronous learning networks on
     individual and group problem solving: A field experiment. Group Decision and Negotiation,
     8, 409-426.
Benenson, J. F., Apostoleris, N. H., & Parnass, J. (1997). Age and sex differences in dyadic and
     group interaction. Developmental Psychology, 33, 538-543.
Benenson, J. F., Gordon, A. J., & Roy, R. (2000). Children’s evaluative appraisals of
     competition in tetrads versus dyads. Small Group Research, 31, 635-652.
Benenson, J. F., Tricerri, M., & Hamerman, S. (1999). Characteristics of children who interact in
     groups versus dyads. Developmental Psychology, 33, 528-543.
Benfari, R. C. (1976). Type A-B behavior and outcomes of group process. Psychological
     Reports, 38, 415-419.
Benne, K. D., & Sheats, P. (1948). Functional roles of group members. Journal of Social Issues,
     4(2), 41-49.
Bennett, E. (1955). Discussion, decision commitment, and consensus in “group decision.”
     Human Relations, 8, 251-273.
Bennett, N., & Kidwell, R. E., Jr. (2001). The provision of effort in self-designing work groups:
     The case of collaborative research. Small Group Research, 32, 727-744.
Bennis, W., Burke, R., Cutter, H., Harrington, H., & Hoffman, J. (1957). A note on some
     problems of measurement and prediction in a training group. Group Psychotherapy, 10, 328-
     341.
Bennis, W. G., & Shepard, H. A. (1956). A theory of group development. Human Relations, 9,
     415-437.
Benoit, J. H. (1982). The application of expectation states theory to the “risky shift.” Canadian
     Journal of Sociology, 7, 167-179.
Bentelspacher, C., De Silva, E., Goh, T., & LaRowe, K. (1997). A process evaluation of the
     cultural compatibility of psychoeducational family group treatment with ethnic Asian
     clients. Social Work With Groups, 19(3-4), 41-55.
                                                                                               23


Benton, A. A. ((1975a). Bargaining visibility and the attitudes and negotiation behavior of male
    and female group representatives. Journal of Personality, 43, 661-667.
Benton, A. A. (1975b). Distributive justice within unsuccessful groups. Representative Research
    in Social Psychology, 6, 29-36.
Benton, A. A., & Druckman, D. (1974). Constituent’s bargaining orientation and intergroup
    negotiations. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4, 141-150.
Berdahl, J. L. (1998). The dynamics of composition and socialization in small groups: Insights
    grained from developing a computational model. Composition: Research on Managing
    Groups and Teams, 1, 209-227.
Berdahl, J. L., & Anderson, C. (2005). Men, women, and leadership centralization in groups over
    time. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 45-57.
Berdahl, J., & Craig, K. (1996). Equality of participation and influence in groups: The effects of
    communication medium and sex composition. Computer Supported Cooperative Work
    CSCW, 4, 179-201.
Berg, D. M. (1967a). A descriptive analysis of the distribution and duration of themes discussed
    by task-oriented small groups. Speech Monographs, 34, 172-175.
Berg, D. M. (1967b). A thematic approach to the analysis of the task-oriented small group.
    Central States Speech Journal, 18, 285-291.
Berger, M. M. (1958). Nonverbal communication in group psychotherapy. International Journal
    of Group Psychotherapy, 8, 161-178.
Berger, S. E., & Anchor, K. N. (1978). The disclosure process in group interaction. Small Group
    Behavior, 9, 59-63.
Berkowitz, L. (1953). Sharing leadership in small, decision-making groups. Journal of Abnormal
    and Social Psychology, 48, 231-238.
Berkowitz, L. (1954). Group standards, cohesiveness, and productivity. Human Relations, 7,
    509-519.
Berkowitz, L. (1956). Group norms among bomber crews: Patterns of perceived crew attitudes,
    “active” crew attitudes, and crew liking related to aircrew effectiveness in Far Eastern
    combat. Sociometry, 19, 141-153.
Berkowitz, L. (1978). Decreased helpfulness with increased group size through lessening the
    effects of the needy individual’s dependency. Journal of Personality, 46, 299-310.
Berkowitz, L., Levy, B., & Harvey, A. R. (1957). Effects of performance evaluations on group
    integration and motivation. Human Relations, 10, 195-208.
Berl, J. E., McKelvey, R. D., Ordeshook, P. E., & Winer, M. D. (1976). An experimental test of
    the core in a simple n-person cooperative nonsidepayment game. Journal of Conflict
    Resolution, 20, 453-479.
Berman, J. J., & Zimpfer, D. G. (1980). Growth groups: Do the outcomes really last? Review of
    Educational Research, 50, 505-524.
Berman, S. L., & Wittig, M. A. (2004). An intergroup theories approach to direct political action
    among African Americans. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 19-34.
Berman-Rossi, T. (2002). My love affair with stages of group development. Social Work with
    Groups, 25, 151-158.
Bern, E. H., & Bern, L. L. (1984). A group program for men who commit violence towards their
    wives. Social Work With Groups, 7, 63-77.
Berndt, T. J. (1992). Friends and friends’ influence in adolescence. Current Directions in
    Psychological Science, 1, 156-159.
                                                                                                24


Bernert, E. H., & Ikle, F. C. (1952). Evacuation and the cohesion of urban groups. American
    Journal of Sociology, 58, 133-138.
Bernnard, D. F., & Jacobson, T. E. (2002). The committee that worked: Developing an
    information literacy course by group process. Research Strategies, 18, 133-142.
Bernstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1975). What a person thinks upon learning he has chosen
    differently from others: Nice evidence for the persuasive-arguments explanation of choice
    shifts. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 412-426.
Bernstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1977). Persuasive argumentation and social comparison as
    determinants of attitude polarization. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 315-
    332.
Bernthal, P. R., & Insko, C. A. (1993). Cohesiveness without groupthink: The interactive effects
    of social and task cohesion. Group and Organizational Management, 18, 66-87.
Bers, T. H. (1989). The popularity of problems of focus group research. College and University,
    64, 260-268.
Bettencourt, B. A., & Bartholow, B. D. (1998). The importance of status legitimacy for
    intergroup attitudes among numerical minorities. Journal of Social Issues, 54, 759-775.
Bettencourt, B. A., Brewer, M. B., Croak, M. R., & Miller, N. (1992). Cooperation and the
    reduction of intergroup bias: The role of reward structure and social orientation. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 301-309.
Bettencourt, B. A., Charlton, K., Dorr, N., & Hume, D. L. (2001). Status differences and in-
    group bias: A meta-analytic examination of the effects of status stability, status legitimacy,
    and group permeability. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 520-542.
Bettencourt, B. A., Charlton, K., & Kerahan, C. (1997). Numerical representation of groups in
    cooperative settings: Social orientation effects on ingroup bias. Journal of Experimental
    Social Psychology, 33, 630-659.
Bettencourt, B. A., Dorr, N., Charlton, K., & Hume, D. L. (2001). Status difference and in-group
    bias: A meta-analytic examination of the effects of status, stability, status legitimacy, and
    group permeability. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 520-542.
Bettencourt, B. A., & Sheldon, K. (2001). Social roles as mechanism for psychological need
    satisfaction within social groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 1131-
    1143.
Bettenhausen, K. L. (1991). Five years of group research: What we have learned and what needs
    to be addressed. Journal of Management, 17, 345-381.
Bettenhausen, K., & Murnighan, J. K. (1985). The emergence of norms in competitive decision-
    making groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 30, 350-372.
Bettenhausen, K., & Murnighan, J. K. (1991). The development of an intragroup norm and the
    effects of interpersonal and structural challenges. Administrative Science Quarterly, 36, 20-
    35.
Biernat, M., Crandall, C. S., Young, L. V., Kobrynowicz, D., & Halpin, S. M. (1998). All that
    you can be: Stereotyping of self and others in a military context. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 75, 301-317.
Biernat, M., & Kobrynowicz, D. (1997). Gender- and race-based standards of competence:
    Lower minimum standards but higher ability standards for devalued groups. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 544-557.
                                                                                              25


Biersner, R. J., McHugh, W. B., & Bennett, L. K. (1977). Cognitive and emotional factors
     representative of reinforcement patterns among an amateur softball team. Human Factors,
     19, 595-599.
Billig, M., & Cochrane, R. (1976). Judgements of values and group polarization: Test of the
     value-for-risk hypothesis. European Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 495-501.
Billig, M., & Tajfel, H. (1973). Social categorization and similarity in intergroup behavior.
     European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 27-52.
Billing, M., & Tajfel, H. (1973). Social categorization and similarity in intergroup behavior.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 27-52.
Billinger, K. (2005). A focus group investigation of care-provider perspectives in Swedish
    institutions for the coercive care of substance abusers. International Journal of Social
    Welfare, 14, 55.
Billings, A. G., McDowell, S. W., Gomberg, C. A., Kessler, M., & Weiner, S. (1978). The
     validity of time-sampling in group interactions. Journal of Social Psychology, 104, 223-230.
Binning, J. F., & Lord, R. G. (1980). Boundary condition for performance cue effects on group
     process ratings: Familiarity versus type of feedback. Organizational Behavior and Human
     Performance, 26, 115-130.
Bion, W. R. (1948a). Experiences in groups (Part I). Human Relations, 1, 314-320.
Bion, W. R. (1948b). Experiences in groups (Part II). Human Relations, 1, 487-496.
Bird, A. M. (1977). Team structure and success as related to cohesiveness and leadership.
     Journal of Social Psychology, 103, 217-223.
Bird, S. E. (1999). Chatting on Cynthia’s porch: Creating community in an e-mail fan group.
     Southern Communication Journal, 65, 49-65.
Bischop, J. W., & Scott, K. D. (2000). An examination of organizational and team commitment
     in a self-directed team environment. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 439-450.
Bishop, G. D., & Myers, D. G. (1974). Informational influence in group discussion.
     Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 12, 92-104.
Bishop, J. W., Scott, K. D., & Burroughs, S. M. (2000). Support, commitment, and employee
     outcomes in a team environment. Journal of Management, 26, 1113-1132.
Bishop, J. W., Scott, K. D., Goldsby, M. G., & Cropanzano, R. (2005). A construct validity study
      of commitment and perceived support variables: A multifoci approach across different
      team environments. Group & Organization Management, 30, 153-180.
Bixenstine, V. E., & Douglas, J. (1967). Effects of psychopathology on group consensus and
     cooperative choice in a six-person game. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5,
     32-37.
Bixenstein, V. E., Edwin, L. B., & Abascal, J. (1985). Another test of the effect of group
     composition on member behavior exchange. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 41, 620-628.
Bixenstine, V. E., & Rivera, E. (1981). Clinical; observations on group composition tested by
     simulated groups in the laboratory. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37, 108-110.
Black, E. B. (1955). A consideration of the rhetorical causes of breakdown in discussion. Speech
     Monographs, 22, 15-19.
Blair, I. V., Park, B., & Bachelor, J. (2003). Understanding intergroup anxiety: Are some people
     more anxious than others? Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 151-169.
Blanch, J., Rousaud, A., Hautzinger, M., Martinez, E. Peri, J. M., Andres, S., et al. (2002).
     Assessment of the efficacy of a cognitive-behavioural group psychotherapy programme for
                                                                                                26


    HIV-infected patients referred to a consultation-liaison psychiatry department.
    Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 71(2), 77-84.
Blanchard, C., Perreault, S., & Vallerand, R. J. (1998). Participation in team sport: A self-
    expansion perspective. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 29, 289-302.
Blanchard, C., Poon, P., Rodgers, W., & Pinel, B. (2000). Group environment questionnaire and
    its applicability in an exercise setting. Small Group Research, 31, 210-224.
Blanchard, F. A., Adelman, L., & Cook, S. W. (1975). Effect of group success and failure upon
    interpersonal attraction in cooperating interracial groups. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 31, 1020-1030.
Blanchard, F. A., & Cook, S. W. (1976). Effects of helping a less competent member of a
    cooperating interracial group on the development of interpersonal attraction. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1245-1255.
Blanchard, F. A., Weigel, R. H., & Cook, S. W. (1975). The effect of relative competence of
    group members upon interpersonal attraction in cooperating interracial groups. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 519-530.
Blanchard, P. D. (1975). Small group analysis and the study of school board conflict: An
    interdisciplinary approach. Small Group Behavior, 6, 229-237.
Blanning, R. R., & Reinig, B. A. (2002). Political event analysis using group support systems.
    Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 69, 153-172.
Blanton, H., Crocker, J., & Miller, D. T. (2000). The effects of in-group versus out-group social
    comparison on self-esteem in the context of a negative stereotype. Journal of Experimental
    Social Psychology, 36, 519-530.
Blascovich, J., & Ginsburg, G. P. (1974a). Emergent norms and choice shifts involving risks.
    Sociometry, 37, 205-218.
Blascovich, J., & Ginsburg, G. P. (1974b). Risky shifts and gambling: What’s at stake?
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 34, 725-733.
Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Howe, R. C. (1975). Blackjack and the risky shift, II:
    Monetary stakes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 224-232.
Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Howe, R. C. (1976). Blackjack, choice shifts in the field.
    Sociometry, 39, 274-276.
Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Veach, T. L. (1975). A pluralistic explanation of choice shifts
    on the risk dimension. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 422-429.
Blascovich, J., Mendes, W. B., Hunter, S. B., & Salomon, K. (1999). Social “facilitation” as
    challenge and threat. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 68-77.
Blau, G. (1995). Influence of group lateness on individual lateness: A cross-level examination.
    Academy of Management Journal, 38, 1483-1496.
Bliese, P. D., & Brit, T. W. (2001). Social support, group consensus and stressor-strain
    relationships: Social context matters. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 425-436.
Bliese, P. D., & Halverson, R. R. (1998). Group consensus and psychological well-being: A
    large field study. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 563-580.
Blignaut, R. J., & Venter, I. M. (1998). Teamwork: Can it equip university science students with
    more than rigid subject knowledge? Computers and Education, 31, 265-279.
Bloch, S., Brown, S., Davis, K., & Dishotsky, N. (1975). The use of a written summary in group
    psychotherapy supervision. American Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 1055-1057.
Bloch, S., Browning, S., & McGrath, G. (1983). Humor in group psychotherapy. British Journal
    of Medical Psychology, 56, 89-97.
                                                                                                27


Bloch, S., Crouch, E., & Reibstein, J. (1981). Therapeutic factors in group psychotherapy.
    Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 519-525.
Bloch, S., & Riebstein, J. (1980). Perceptions by patients and therapists of therapeutic factors in
    group psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 274-278.
Bloch, S., Reibstein, J., Crouch, R., Holroyd, P., & Themen, J. (1979). A method for the study of
    therapeutic factors in group therapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 123, 257-263.
Block, E., & Llewelyn, S. P. (1987). Leadership skills in self-help groups. British Journal of
    Guidance and Counseling, 15, 257-270.
Bloom, J. R. & Alexander J. A. 1982). Team nursing: Professional coordination or bureaucratic
    control? Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 23, 84-95.
Bobo, L., & Hutchings, V. L. (1996). Perceptions of racial group composition: Extending
    Blumer’s theory of group position to a multiracial social context. American Sociological
    Review, 61, 951-972.
Bochner, A. P. (1974). Task and instrumentation variables as factors jeopardizing the validity of
    published group communication research, 1970-71. Communication Monographs, 41, 169-
    178.
Bochner, A. P., & Bochner, B. (1972). A multivariate investigation of Machiavellianism and task
    structure in four-man groups. Speech Monographs, 39, 277-285.
Bochner, A. P., di Salvo, V., & Jonas, T. (1975). A computer-analysis of small group process:
    An investigation of two Machiavellian groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 187-203.
Boehm, C. (1996). Emergency decisions, cultural-selection mechanics, and group selection.
    Current Anthropology, 37, 763-793.
Boehringer, G. H., Zeruolis, V., Bayley, J., & Boehringer, K. (1974). Stirling: The destructive
    application of group techniques to a conflict. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 18, 257-275.
Boen, F., Vanbeselaere, N., & Cool, M. (2006). Group status as a determinant of organizational
    identification after a takeover: A social identity perspective. Group Processes & Intergroup
    Relations, 9, 547-560.
Boen, F., Vanbeselaere, N., & Swinnen, H. (2005). Predicting fan support in a merger between
    soccer teams: A social-psychological perspective. International Journal of Sport
    Psychology, 36, 65-85.
Boer, C., & Moore, C. (1994). Ecosystemic thinking in group therapy. Group Analysis, 27, 105-
    117.
Bogardus, E. S. (1954). Group behavior and groupability. Sociology and Social Research, 38,
    401-403.
Bohm, J., & Allison, L. (2001). An exploratory method for distinguishing destructive cults.
    Psychology Crime & Law, 7, 133-165.
Boivin, M., Dodge, K. A., & Coie, J. D. (1995). Individual-group behavioral similarity and peer
    status in experimental play groups of boys: The social misfit revisited. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 269-279.
Boje, D. M., & Murnighan, J. K. (1982). Group confidence pressures in iterative decisions.
    Management Science, 28, 1187-1197.
Boldry, J. G., & Gaertner, L. (2006). Separating status from power as an antecedent of intergroup
    perception. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 377-400.
Boldry, J. G., & Kashy, D. A. (1999). Intergroup perception in naturally occurring groups of
    differential status: A social relations perspective. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 127, 520-542.
                                                                                             28


Bollen, K. A., & Hoyle, R. H. (1990). Perceived cohesion: A conceptual and empirical
    examination. Social Forces, 69, 479-504.
Bolman, L. (1971). Some effects of trainers on their T-groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral
    Science, 7, 309-325.
Bonachich, P., Shure, G. H., Kahan, J. P., & Meeker, R. J. (1976). Cooperation and group size in
    the N-person Prisoner’s Dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 20, 687-706.
Bond, C. F. (1982). Social facilitation: A self-presentational view. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 42, 1042-1050.
Bond, C. F., Jr., Atoum, A. O., & VanLeeuwen, M. D. (1996). Social impairment of complex
    learning in the wake of public embarrassment. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 18, 31-
    44.
Bond, C. F., & Titus, L. J. (1983). Social facilitation: A meta-analysis of 241 studies.
    Psychological Bulletin, 94, 265-292.
Bond, J. R., & Vinacke, W. E. (1961). Coalitions in mixed-sex triads. Sociometry, 24, 61-75.
Bond, M. H., Chiu, C., & Wan, K. (1984). When modesty fails: The social impact of group-
    effacing attributions following success or failure. European Journal of Social Psychology,
    14, 335-338.
Bond, M. H., & Shiu, W. Y. (1997). The relationship between a group’s personality resources
    and the two dimensions of its group process. Small Group Research, 28, 194-217.
Bond, R. (2005). Group size and conformity. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 331-
    354.
Bonito, J. A. (2000). The effect of contributing substantively on perceptions of participation.
    Small Group Research, 31, 528-533.
Bonito, J. A. (2001). An information-processing approach to participation in small groups.
    Communication Research, 28, 275-303.
Bonito, J. A. (2002). The analysis of participation in small groups: Methodological and
    conceptual issues related to interdependence. Small Group Research, 33, 412-438.
Bonito, J. A. (2003a). Information processing and exchange in mediated groups:
    Interdependence and interaction. Human Communication Research, 29, 533-559.
Bonito, J. A. (2003b). A social relations analysis of participation in small groups.
    Communication Monographs, 70, 83-97.
Bonito, J. A. (2004). Shared cognition and participation in small groups: Similarity of member
    prototypes. Communication Research, 31, 704-730.
Bonito, J. A. (2006). A longitudinal social relations analysis of participation in small groups.
    Human Communication Research, 32, 302-321.
Bonito, J. A. (2007). A local model of information sharing in small groups. Communication
    Theory, 17, 252-280.
Bonito, J. A., & Lambert, B. L. (2005). Information similarity as a moderator of the effect of
    gender on participation in small groups: A multilevel analysis. Small Group Research, 36,
    139-165.
Bonney, M. E. (1947). Popular and unpopular children: A sociometric study. Sociometry
    Monographs, No. 99, A80.
Bonney, W. C. (1974). The maturation of groups. Small Group Behavior, 5, 445-461.
Bonney, W. C., Randall, D., & Cleveland, J. (1986). An analysis of client-perceived curative
    factors in a therapy group of former incest victims. Small Group Behavior, 17, 303-321.
                                                                                                29


Bonner, B. L. (2000). The effects of extroversion on influence in ambiguous group tasks. Small
    Group Research, 31, 225-244.
Bonner, B. L. (2004). Expertise in group problem solving: recognition, social combination, and
    performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 277-290.
Bonner, B. L., Gonzales, C. M., & Sommer, D. (2004). Centrality and accuracy in group quantity
    estimations. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 155-165.
Bonoma, T. V., & Rosenberg, H. (1978). Theory-based content analysis: A social influence
    perspective for evaluating group process. Social Science Research, 7, 213-256.
Boone C., van Olffen, W., & van Witteloostuijn, A. (1998). Psychological team make-up as a
    determinant of economic firm performance: An experimental study. Journal of Economic
    Psychology, 19, 43-73.
Boone, K. S., Beitel, P., & Kuhlman, J. S. (1997). The effects of the win/loss record on cohesion.
    Journal of Sport Behavior, 20, 125-134.
Boor, M. (1976). Effects of victim injury, victim competence, and defendant opportunism on the
    decisions of simulated jurors. Journal of Social Psychology, 100, 315-316.
Booth, A. (1972). Sex and social participation. American Sociological Review, 37, 183-193.
Booth-Butterfield, M., Booth-Butterfield, S., & Koester, J. (1988). The function of uncertainty
    reduction in alleviating primary tension in small groups. Communication Research Reports,
    5, 146-153.
Booth-Butterfield, M., & Jordan, F. (1989). Communication adaptation among racially
    homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Southern Communication Journal, 52, 253-272.
Bordeleau, L., Szalai, J. P., Ennis, M., Leszcz, M., Speca, M., Sela, M., et al. (2003). Quality of
    life in a randomized trial of group psychosocial support in metastic breast cancer: Overall
    effects of the intervention and an exploration of missing data. Journal of Clinical Oncology,
    21, 1944-1951.
Bordia, P., Difonzo, N., & Chang, A. (1999). Rumor as group problem solving: Development
    patterns in informal computer-mediated groups. Small Group Research, 30, 8-28.
Borg, W. R. (1957). The behavior of emergent and designated leaders in situational tasks.
    Sociometry, 20(2), 95-104.
Borg, W. R. (1960). Prediction of small group role behavior from personality variables. Journal
    of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 112-116.
Borgatta, M. L. (1961). Power structure and coalitions in three person groups. Journal of Social
    Psychology, 55, 287-300.
Borgatta, E. F. (1981). The small groups movement: Historical notes. American Behavioral
    Scientist, 24, 607-618.
Borgatta, E. F., & Bales, R. F. (1953). Task and accumulation of experience as factors in the
    interaction of small groups. Sociometry, 16, 239-252.
Borgatta, E. F., & Sales, R. F. (1953). Interaction of individuals in re-constituted groups.
    Sociometry, 16, 203-320.
Borgatta, E. F., & Bales, R. B. (1956). Sociometric status patterns and characteristics of
    interaction. Journal of Social Psychology, 43, 289-297.
Borke, H. (1969). The communication of intent: A revised procedure for analyzing family
    interaction from videotapes. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 31, 541-544.
Borkman, T. (1976). Experiential knowledge: A new concept for the analysis of self-help groups.
    Social Science Review, 50, 1173-1182.
                                                                                                30


Bormann, E. G. (1970). The paradox and promise of small group research. Speech Monographs,
    41, 169-178.
Bormann, E. G. (1980). The paradox and promise of small group communication revisited.
    Central States Speech Journal, 31, 214-220.
Bormann, E. G. (1994). Response to “Revitalizing the study of small group communication.”
    Communication Studies, 45, 86-91.
Bornstein, G. (1992). The free rider problem in intergroup conflicts over step-level and
    continuous public goods. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 597-602.
Bornstein, G. (2003). Intergroup conflict: Individual, group, and collective interests. Personality
    and Social Psychology Review, 7, 129-145.
Bornstein, G., Budescu, D., & Zamir, S. (1997). Cooperation in intergroup, N-person, and two-
    person games of chicken. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 41, 384-406.
Bornstein, G., Crum, L., Wittenbraker, J., Harring, K., Insko, C. A., & Thibaut, J. (1983). On the
    measurement of social orientations in the minimal group paradigm. European Journal of
    Social Psychology, 13, 321-350.
Bornstein, G., & Rappoport, A. (1988). Intergroup competition for the provision of step-level
    public goods: Effects of pre-play communication. European Journal of Social Psychology,
    18, 125-142.
Bornstein, G., Rappoport, A., Terpel, L., & Katz, T. (1989). Within- and between-group
    communication in intergroup competition for public goods. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 25, 422-436.
Borsig, C. A., & Frey, D. (1979). Satisfaction with group process and group decision as a
    function of group structure. Psychological Reports, 44, 699-705.
Boss, R. W. (1983). Team building and the problem of regression: The personal management
    interview as an intervention. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 19, 67-83.
Boster, F. J., & Hale, J. L. (1989). Response scale ambiguity as a moderator of choice shift.
    Communication Research, 16, 532-551.
Boster, F. J., Hunter, J. E., & Hale, J. L. (1991). An information-processing model of jury
    decision making. Communication Research, 18, 524-547.
Bostrom, R. N. (1970). Patterns of communicative interaction in small groups. Speech
    Monographs, 37, 257-263.
Bostwick, G. (1987). Where’s Mary? A review of the group treatment dropout literature. Social
    Work With Groups, 10(3), 117-132.
Bottger, P. C. (1984). Expertise and air time as bases of actual and perceived influence in
    problem-solving groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 69, 214-221.
Bottger, P. C., & Yetton, P. W. (1987). Improving group performance by training in individual
    problem solving. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 651-657.
Bottger, P. C., & Yetton, P. W. (1988). An integration of process and decision schemes
    explanations of group problem solving performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Decision Processes, 42, 234-249.
Bouas, K. S., & Arrow, H. (1996). The development of group identity in computer and face-to-
    face groups with membership change. Computer Supported Collaborative Work, 4, 153-178.
Bouas, K. S., & Komorita, S. S. (1996). Group discussion and cooperation in social dilemmas.
    Journal of Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 1144-1150.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1969). Personality, problem-solving procedure, and performance in small
    groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 1-29.
                                                                                             31


Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1972a). A comparison of two group brainstorming procedures. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 56, 418-421.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1972b). Training, motivation, and personality as determinants of the
    effectiveness of brainstorming groups and individuals. Journal of Applied Psychology, 56,
    324-331.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Barsaloux, J., & Drauden, G. (1974). Brainstorming procedure, group size,
    and sex as determinants of the problem-solving effectiveness of groups and individuals.
    Journal of Applied Psychology, 59, 135-138.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Drauden, G., & Barsaloux, J. (1974). A comparison of individual, subgroup,
    and total group methods of problem solving. Journal of Applied Psychology, 59, 226-227.
Bouchard, T. J., Jr., & Hare, M. (1970). Size, performance, and potential in brainstorming
    groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 54, 51-55.
Boutte, F. D., Jones, E. C., Hendricks, B., & Rodger, G. J. (1996). Group dynamics of video
    conferencing. Hydrocarbon Processing, 75, 139-143.
Bovard, E. W. (1951). Group structure and perception. Journal of Abnormal and Social
    Psychology, 46, 398-405.
Bovard, E. W. (1956). Interaction and attraction to the group. Human Relations, 9, 481-489.
Bowen, D. D. (1998). Team frames: The multiple realities of teams. Journal of Management
    Education, 22, 95-103.
Bowen, D. D., & Jackson, C. N. (1985-1986). Curing those “ol’ ohmigod-not-another-group-
    class “blues. Organizational Behavior Teaching Review, 10(4), 21-31.
Bowers, C. A., Pharmer, J. A., & Salas, E. (2000). When member homogeneity is needed in
    work teams—A metaanalysis. Small Group Research, 31, 305-327.
Bowers, C. A., Jentsch, F., Salas, E., & Braun, C. C. (1998). Analyzing communication
    sequences for team training needs assessment. Human Factors, 40, 672-679.
Bowers, C. A., Pharmer, J. A., & Salas, E. (2000). When member homogeneity is needed in
    work teams: A meta-analysis. Small Group Research, 31, 305-327.
Bowers, C. A., Salas, E., Prince, C., & Bannick, M. (1992). Games teams play: A method for
    investigating team coordination and performance. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments,
    & Computers, 24, 503-506.
Bowers, D. G., & Hausser, D. L. (1977). Work group types and intervention effects in
    organizational development. Administrative Science Quarterly, 22, 76-96.
Bowman, V., & DeLucia, J. L. (1993). Preparation for group therapy: The effects of preparer and
    modality on group process and individual functioning. Journal for Specialists in Group
    Work, 18, 67-79.
Boyatzis, R., Goleman, D., & McKee, A. (2002). The emotional reality of teams. Journal of
    Organizational Excellence, 21, 55-65.
Boyd, R. D. (1983). A matrix model of the small group. Small Group Behavior, 14, 405-418.
Boyd, R. D. (1984). A matrix model of the small group: II. Small Group Behavior, 15, 233-250.
Boyd, R. D., & Wilson, J. P. (1974). Three channel theory of communication in small groups.
    Adult Education, 24, 167-183.
Braatan, L. J. (1974/1975). Developmental phases of encounter groups: A critical review of
    models and a new proposal. Interpersonal Development, 75, 1144-1150.
Bradford, L., Meyers, R. A., & Kane, K. A. (1999). Latino expectations of communicative
    competence: A focus group interview study. Communication Quarterly, 47, 98-117.
                                                                                               32


Bradley, J., White, B. J., & Mennecke, B. E. (2003). Teams and tasks: A temporal framework for
    the effects of interpersonal interventions on team performance. Small Group Research, 34,
    353-387.
Bradley, P. H. (1978a). Power, status, and upward communication in small decision-making
    groups. Communication Monographs, 45, 33-43.
Bradley, P. H. (1978b). Pressure for uniformity: An experimental study of deviate responses in
    group discussions of policy. Small Group Behavior, 9, 149-160.
Bradley, P. H., MacHamon, C., & Harris, A. M. (1976). Dissent in small groups. Journal of
    Communication, 26, 155-159.
Bradshaw, S. D., & Stasson, M. F. (1998). Attributions of shy and not-shy group members for
    collective group performance. Small Group Research, 29, 283-307.
Brady, F. N. (2002). Lining up for Star-Wars tickets: Some ruminations on ethics and economics
    based on an Internet study of behavior in queues. Journal of Business Ethics, 38, 157-165.
Braithwaite, D. (1995). Ritualized embarrassment at “coed” wedding and baby showers.
    Communication Reports, 8, 145-157.
Braithwaite, D. O., Baxter, L. A., & Harper, A. M. (1998). The role of rituals in the management
    of the dialectical tensions of “old” and “new” blended families. Communication Studies, 49,
    101-120.
Braithwaite, D. O., Chad McBride, M., & Schrodt, P. (2003). “Parent teams” and the everyday
    interactions of co-parenting in stepfamilies. Communication Reports, 16, 93-112.
Braithwaite, D. O. Waldron, V. R., & Finn, J. (1999). Communication of social support in
    computer-mediated groups for people with disabilities. Health Communication, 11, 123-151.
Brams, S. J., & Hellman, J. G. (1974). When to join a coalition, and with how many others,
    depends on what you expect the outcome to be. Public Choice, 17, 11-25.
Brandenburg, E. (1950). Public discussion as a “propaganda” technique. Central States Speech
    Journal, 1, 29-32.
Brandes, N., & Todd, W. (1972). Discussion of a peer supervision group of individual
    psychotherapists. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22, 54-59.
Brandon, D. P., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1999). Collaborative learning and computer-supported
    groups. Communication Education, 48, 109-126.
Brandstätter, H. (1985). Social emotions in controversial discussions and in group decision
    making. Advances in Group Processes, 2, 249-281.
Brandstätter, H., Bleckwenn, M., & Kette, G. (1984). Decision-making of industrial tribunals as
    described by professional and lay judges. International Review of Applied Psychology, 33,
    137-159.
Brandstätter, H., & Farthofer, A. (1997). Personality in social influence across tasks and groups.
    Small Group Research, 28, 146-163.
Brandstätter, H., & Klein-Moddenborg, V. (1979). A modified proportional change model of
    attitude change by group discussion. European Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 363-380.
Brannan, M. J. (2005). Once more with feeling: Ethnographic reflections on the mediation of
    tension in a small team of call centre workers. Gender, Work & Organization, 12, 420-439.
Brannick, M. T., Roach, R. M., & Salas, E. (1993). Understanding team performance: A
    multimethod study. Human Performance, 6, 287-308.
Brännström, B., Tibblin, Å., & Löwenborg, C. (2000). Counseling groups for spouses of elderly
    demented patients: A qualitative evaluation study. International Journal of Nursing
    Practice, 6, 183-191.
                                                                                               33


Branscombe, N. R. (1998). Thinking about one's gender group’s privileges or disadvantages:
    Consequences for well-being in women and men. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37,
    167-184.
Branscombe, N. R., Schmitt, M. T., & Harvey, R. D. (1999). Perceiving pervasive discrimination
    among African-Americans: Implications for group identification and well-being. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 135-149.
Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., Ellemers, N., & Doosje, B. (2002). Intragroup and intergroup
    evaluation effects on group behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 744-
    753.
Branscombe, N. R., & Wann, D. L. (1991). The positive social and self concept consequences of
    sport team identification. Journal of Sport and Social Issues, 15, 115-127.
Branscombe, N. R., & Wann, D. L. (1994). Collective self-esteem consequences of outgroup
    derogation when a valued social identity is on trial. European Journal of Social Psychology,
    24, 641-657.
Branscombe, N. R., Wann, D. L., Noel, J. G., & Coleman, J. (1993). In-group and out-group
    extremity: Importance of threatened social identity. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 17, 381-388.
Brauer, M. (2001). Intergroup perception in the social context: The effects of social status and
    group membership on perceived out-group homogeneity and ethnocentrism. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 15-31.
Brauer, M., Judd, C. M., & Gliner, M. D. (1995). The effects of repeated expressions on attitude
    polarization during group discussions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68,
    1014-1029.
Brauer, M., Judd, C. M., & Jacquelin, V. (2001). The communication of social stereotypes: The
    effects of group discussion and information distribution on stereotypic appraisals. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 463-475.
Braun, M. J. (2001). Using self-directed teams to integrate service-learning into an
    organizational communication course. Southern Communication Journal, 66, 226-238.
Braver, S. L., & Wilson, L. A. (1986). Choices in social dilemmas: Effects of communication
    within subgroups. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 30, 51-62.
Brawley, L. R., Carron, A. V., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1987). Assessing the cohesion of sport
    teams: Validity of the Group Environment Questionnaire. Journal of Sport Psychology,. 9,
    275-294.
Brawley, L. R., Carron, A. V., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1988). Exploring the relationship between
    cohesion and resistance to disruption. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 10, 199-
    213.
Brawley, L. R., Carron, A. V., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1993). The influence of the group and its
    cohesiveness on perceptions of goal-related variables. Journal of Sport Psychology, 15, 245-
    260.
Bray, S. R. (2004). Collective efficacy, group goals, and group performance of a muscular
    endurance task. Small Group Research, 35, 230-238.
Bray, S. R., & Brawley, L. R. (2002). Role clarity, role efficacy, and role performance
    effectiveness. Small Group Research, 33, 233-253.
Bray, S. R., Brawley, L. R., & Carron, A. V. (2002). Efficacy for interdependent role functions:
    Evidence from the sport domain. Small Group Research, 33, 644-666.
                                                                                                34


Bray, R. M., Johnson, D., & Chilstrom, J. T., Jr. (1982). Social influence by group members with
    minority opinions: A comparison of Hollander & Moscovici. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 43, 78-88.
Bray, R. M., Kerr, N. L., & Atkin, R. S. (1978). Effects of group size, problem difficulty, and sex
    on group performance and member reactions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    36, 1224-1240.
Bray, R. M., & Noble, A. M. (1978). Authoritarianism and decisions of mock juries: Evidence of
    jury bias and group polarization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 1424-
    1430.
Bray, R. M., & Sugarman, R. (1980). Social facilitation among interacting groups: Evidence for
    the evaluation-apprehension hypothesis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 6, 137-
    142.
Bray, S. R. (2004). Collective efficacy, group goals, and group performance of a muscular
    endurance task. Small Group Research, 35, 230-238.
Bray, S. R., Brawley, L. R., & Carron, A. V. (2002). Efficacy for interdependent role functions:
    Evidence from the sport domain. Small Group Research, 33, 644-666.
Breaugh, J. A., Klimoski, R. J., & Shapiro, M. B. (1980). Third-party characteristics and
    intergroup conflict resolution. Psychological Reports, 47, 447-451.
Brechner, K. C. (1977). An experimental analysis of social traps. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 13, 552-564.
Brehm, J. W., & Festinger, L. (1957). Pressures toward uniformity of performance in groups.
    Human Relations, 10, 85-89.
Brehm, J. W., & Mann, M. (1975). Effect of importance of freedom and attraction to group
    members on influence produced by group pressure. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 31, 816-824.
Brekheimer, S. E., & Nelson, R. O. (1976). Group methods for reducing racial prejudice and
    discrimination. Psychological Reports, 39, 1259-1268.
Brekke, J. S. (1989). The use of orientation groups to engage hard-to-reach clients: Model,
    method, and evaluation. Social Work With Groups, 12(2), 75-88.
Brett, J. M. (1991). Negotiating group decisions. Negotiation Journal, 7, 191-310.
Breu, K., & Hemingway, C. J. (2004). Making organizations virtual: The hidden costs of
    distributed teams. Journal of Information Technology, 19, 191-202.
Brewer, M. B. (1979). In-group bias in the minimal intergroup situation: A cognitive-
    motivational analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 307-324.
Brewer, M. B. (1993). Social identity, distinctiveness, and in-group homogeneity. Social
    Cognition, 11, 150-164.
Brewer, M. B. (1997). The social psychology of intergroup relations: Can research inform
    practice? Journal of Social Issues, 53, 197-211.
Brewer, M. B. (1999). The psychology of prejuidice: Ingroup love or outgroup hate? Journal of
    Social Issues, 55, 429-444.
Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. (1996). Who is this “we”? Levels of collective identity and self
    representations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 83-93.
Brewer, M. B., & Kramer, R. (1985). The psychology of intergroup attitudes and behaviors.,
    Annual Review of Psychology, 36, 219-243.
                                                                                                 35


Brewer, M. B., & Kramer, R. M. (1986). Choice behavior in social dilemmas: Effects of social
     identity, group size, and decision framing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
     50, 543-549.
Brewer, M. B., Manzi, J. M., & Shaw, J. S. (1993). In-group identification as a function of
     depersonalization, distinctiveness, and status. Psychological Science, 4, 88-92.
Brewer, M. B., & Weber, J. G. (1994). Self-evaluation effects of interpersonal versus intergroup
     social comparisons. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 268-275.
Brickner, M. A., Harkins, S. G., & Ostrom, T. M. (1986). Effects of personal involvement:
     Thought-provoking implications for social loafing. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 51, 763-770.
Briggs, G. E., & Naylor, J. C. (1965). Team versus individual training, training task fidelity, and
     task organization effects on transfer performance by three-man teams. Journal of Applied
     Psychology, 49, 387-392.
Briggs, M. H. (1993). Team talk: Communication skills for early intervention teams. Journal of
     Childhood Communication Disorders, 15, 33-40.
Briggs, R. O., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Sprague, R. H., Jr. (1998). 1001 unanswered research
     questions in GSS. Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 3-21.
Briggs, R. O., Renig, B. A., & de Vreede, G-J. (2006). Meeting satisfaction for technology-
     supported groups: An empirical validation of a goal-attainment model. Small Group
     Research, 37, 585-611.
Briggs, R. O., & Vreede, G. J. de (1997). Meetings of the future: Enhancing group collaboration
     with group support systems. Journal of Creativity and Innovation Management, 6, 106-116.
Brightman, H. J., Lewis, D. J., & Verhoeven, P. (1983). Nominal and interaction groups as
     Baysian information processors. Psychological Reports, 53, 101-102.
Brilhart, J. K. (1960). Fostering group thinking. Today’s Speech, 8(2), 9-11, 19.
Brilhart, J. K. (1966). An experimental comparison of three techniques for communicating a
     problem-solving pattern to members of a discussion group. Speech Monographs, 33, 169-
     177.
Brilhart, J. K., & Jochem, L. M. (1964). Effects of different patterns on outcomes of problem
     solving discussion. Journal of Applied Psychology, 48, 175-179.
Brinthaupt, T. M., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1991). Sources of optimism among
     prospective group members. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 36-43.
Britt, T. W., Boniecki, K. A.,. Vescio, T. K., Biernat, M., & Brown, L. M. (1996). Intergroup
     anxiety: A person X situation interaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22,
     1177-1188.
Brodbeck, F. C., & Greitemeyer, T. (2000). Effects of individual versus mixed individual and
     group experience in rule induction on group member learning and group performance.
     Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 621-648.
Brodbeck, F. C., Kerschreiter, R., Mojzisch, A., Frey, D., & Schulz-Hardt, S. (2002). The
     dissemination of critical, unshared information in decision-making groups: The effects of
     pre-discussion dissent. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 35-56.
Brodbeck, F. C., Kerschreiter, R., Mojzisch, A., & Schulz-Hardt, S. (in press). Group decision
     making under conditions of distributed knowledge: The information assymetries model.
     Academy of Management Review.
Brodsky, C. M. (1968). Communication and behavior on a small psychiatric unit.
     Comprehensive Psychiatry, 9, 525-535.
                                                                                             36


Brodt, S., & Thompson, L. (2001). Negotiating teams: A levels of analysis approach. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 208-219.
Bromley, D. G. (1985). Cult facts and fiction. VCU Magazine, 14(2), 10-15.
Brooke, M. E., & Ng, S. H. (1986). Language and social influence in small conversational
    groups. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 5, 201-210.
Broome, B. J. (1997). Designing a collective approach to peace: Interactive design and problem-
    solving workshops with Greek-Cypriot and Turkish-Cypriot communities in Cyprus.
    International Negotiation, 2, 381-407.
Broome, B. J. (2001). Participatory planning and design in a protracted conflict situation:
    Applications with citizen peace-building groups in Cyprus. Systems Research and
    Behavioral Science, 18, 1-9.
Broome, B. J., & Chen, M. (1992). Guidelines for computer-assisted group problem-solving:
    Meeting the challenges of complex issues. Small Group Research, 23, 216-236.
Broome, B. J., & Christakis, A. N. (1988). A culturally-sensitive approach to tribal governance
    issue management. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 12, 107-123.
Broome, B. J., & Cromer, I. L. (1991). Strategic planning for tribal economic development: A
    culturally appropriate model for consensus building. International Journal of Conflict
    Management, 2, 217-234.
Broome, B. J., & Fulbright, L. (1995). A multi-stage influence model of barriers to group
    problem solving. Small Group Research, 26, 25-55.
Broome, B. J., & Keever, D. B. (1989). Next generation group facilitation: Proposed principles.
    Management Communication Quarterly, 3, 107-127.
Brossart, D. F., Patton, M. J., & Wood, P. K. (1998). Assessing group process: An illustration
    using tuckerized growth curves. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 3-17.
Brower, A. (1989). Group development as a constructed social reality: A social-cognitive
    understanding of group formation. Social Work With Groups, 12, 23-39.
Brown, B. B., & Lohr, N. (1987). Peer-group affiliation and adolescent self-esteem: An
    integration of ego-identity and symbolic-interaction theories. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 52, 47-55.
Brown, B. B., Mounts, N., Lamborn, S. D. & Steinberg, L. (1993). Parenting practices and peer
    group affiliation in adolescence. Child Development, 64, 467-482.
Brown, D., Reschley, D., & Sabers, D. (1974). Using group contingencies with punishment and
    positive reinforcement to modify aggressive behaviors in a Head Start classroom,
    Psychological Record, 24, 491-496.
Brown, N. J., & Abrams, D. (2003). Despicability in the workplace: Effects of behavioral
    deviance and unlikeability on the evaluation of in-group and out-group members. Journal of
    Applied Social Psychology, 33, 2413-2426.
Brown, N. R. (2002). “Community” metaphors online: A critical and rhetorical study concerning
    online groups. Business Communication Quarterly, 65, 92-100.
Brown, R. (1974). Further comment on the risky shift. American Psychologist, 29, 468-470.
Brown, R., Condor, S., Matthews, A., Wade, G., & Williams, J. (1986). Explaining intergroup
    differentiation in an industrial organization. Journal of Occupational Psychology, 59, 273-
    286.
Brown, R., & Wooten-Millward, L. (1993). Perceptions of group homogeneity during group
    formation and change. Social Cognition, 11, 126-149.
                                                                                              37


Brown, R. A., Spenser, A., & Dlin, R. (1990). Formulation in groups, or understanding what is
    going on. Group, 14(2), 69-79.
Brown, R. J. (1984). The effects of intergroup similarity and cooperative vs. competitive
    orientation on intergroup discrimination. British Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 21-33.
Brown, R. J., & Abrams, D. (1986). The effects of intergroup similarity and goal
    interdependence on intergroup attitudes and task performance. Journal of Experimental
    Social Psychology, 22, 78-92.
Brown, R. J., Condor, S., Matthews, A., Wade, G., & Williams, J. A. (1986). Explaining
    intergroup differentiation in an industrial organization. Journal of Occupational Psychology,
    59, 273-286.
Brown, R., Hinckle, S. Ely, P. G., Fox-Caramone, L., Maras, P., & Taylor, L. A. (1992).
    Recognizing group diversity: Individualist-collectivist and autonomous-relational social
    orientations and their implications for intergroup processes. British Journal of Social
    Psychology, 31, 327-342.
Brown, R., Maras, P., Masser, B., Vivian, J., & Hewstone, M. (2001). Life on the ocean wave:
    Testing some intergroup hypotheses in a naturalistic setting. Group Processes & Intergroup
    Relations, 4, 81-97.
Brown, R., Vivian, J., & Hewstone, M. (1999). Changing attitudes through intergroup contact:
    The effect of group membership salience. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 741-
    764.
Brown, R. J., & Wade, G. (1987). Superordinate goals and intergroup behavior: The effects of
    role ambiguity and status on intergroup attitudes and task performance. European Journal of
    Social Psychology, 17, 131-142.
Brown, R. J., & Williams, J. A. (1984). Group identification: The same thing to all people?
    Human Relations, 37, 547-564.
Brown, T. C. (2004). The effect of verbal self guidance training on collective efficacy and team
    performance. Personnel Psychology, 56, 935-964.
Brown, T. C., & Latham, G. P. (1999). The effectiveness of behavioral outcome goals, learning
    goals, and self-talk training in developing an individual’s team-playing behavior.
    Proceedings of Administrative Sciences Association of Canada, 20, 39-48.
Brown, T. M., & Miller, C. E. (2000). Communication networks in task-performing groups:
    Effects of task complexity, time pressure, and interpersonal dominance. Small Group
    Research, 31, 131-157.
Brown, V. R., & Paulus, P. B. (1996). A simple dynamic model of social factors in group
    brainstorming. Small Group Research, 27, 91-114.
Brown, V. R., & Paulus, P. B. (2002). Making group brainstorming more effective:
    Recommendations from an associative memory perspective. Current Directions in
    Psychological Science, 11, 208-212.
Brown, V., Tumeo, M., Larey, T. S., & Paulus, P. B. (1998). Modeling cognitive interactions
    during group brainstorming. Small Group Research, 29, 495-526.
Brunsting, S., & Postmes, T. (2002). Social movement participation in the digital age: Predicting
    offline and online collective action. Small Group Research, 37, 271-294.
Bruss, J. (2005). Proud but isolated? Effects of in-group favouratism and acculturation
    preferences on inter-ethnic attitudes and contact between German, Turkish and resettler
    adolescents. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 31, 3-27.
                                                                                               38


Bryson, N. (1997). Supporting consensus formation in group support systems using the
    qualitative discriminant process. Annals of Operations Research, 71, 75-91.
Buban, S. L. (1976). Focus control and prominence in triads. Sociometry, 39, 281-288.
Buch, K., & Spangler, R. (1990). The effects of quality circles on performance and promotions.
    Human Relations, 43, 573-582.
Buchanan, J. (1965). An economic theory of clubs. Economica, 32, 1-14.
Buchanan, L. J., Jr., & Lindgren, H. C. (1973). Brainstorming in large groups as a facilitator of
    children’s creative responses. Journal of Psychology, 83, 117-122.
Buchanan, H., & Coulson, N. S. (2007). Accessing dental anxiety online support groups: An
    exploratory qualitative study of motives and experiences. Patient Education and
    Counseling, 66, 263-269.
Buchholtz, A. K., Amason, A. C., & Rutherford, M. A. (2005). The impact of board monitoring
    and involvement on top management team affective conflict. Journal of Managerial Issues,
    17, 405-422.
Budescu, D. V., Suleiman, R., & Rapoport, A. (1995). Positional order and group size effects in
    resource dilemmas with uncertain resources. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
    Processes, 61, 225-238.
Budge, S. (1981). Group cohesiveness revisited. Group, 5, 10-18.
Budman, S. H., Colley, S., Demby, A., Koppenall, G., Koslof, J., & Powers, T. (1996). A model
    of time-effective group psychotherapy for patients with personality disorders: The clinical
    model. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 329-355.
Budman, S. H., Demby, A., Feldstein, M., & Gold, M. (1984). The effects of time-limited group
    psychotherapy: A controlled study. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 587-
    603.
Budman, S. H., Demby, A., Soldz, S., & Merry, J. (1996). Time-limited group psychotherapy for
    patients with personality disorders: Outcomes and dropouts. International Journal of Group
    Psychotherapy, 46, 357-377.
Budman, S. H., Soldz, S., Demby, A., Feldstein, M., Springer, T., & Davis, M. S. (1989).
    Cohesion, alliance and outcome in group psychotherapy. Psychiatry, 52, 339-350.
Buggs, C., Valadez, A. M., & Lund, C. A. (1993). Evaluating the effectiveness of an intravenous
    therapy team. Nursing Economics, 11, 249-255.
Buller, P. F. (1986). The team building-task performance relation: Some conceptual and
    methodological refinement. Group and Organization Studies, 11, 147-168.
Buller, P. F., & Bell, C. H. (1986). Effects of team building and goal setting on productivity: A
    field experiment. Academy of Management Journal, 29, 305-328.
Bullivant, B. M. (1978). Towards a neo-ethnographic method for small-group research.
    Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, 14[Part Oct.], 239-249.
Bultz, B., Speca, M., Brasher, P., Geggie, P., & Page, S. (2000). A randomized controlled trial of
    a brief psychoeducational support group for partners of early stage breast cancer patients.
    Pscho-Oncology, 9, 303-313.
Bunderson, J. S. (2003). Recognizing and utilizing expertise in work groups: A status
    characteristics perspective. Administrative Science Quarterly, 48, 557-591.
Bunker, B. B. (1992). From theory to practice: A review of recent books on small groups.
    Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 28, 137-155.
Burchard, E., Michaels, J., & Kotkov, B. (1948). Criteria for the evaluation of group therapy.
    Psychosomatic Medicine, 10, 257-274.
                                                                                               39


Burgess, J. W. (1984). Do humans show a “species-typical” group size? Age, sex, and
    environmental differences in the size and composition of naturally-occurring casual groups.
    Ethology and Sociobiology, 5, 51-57.
Burgoon, J. K. (1977). Unwillingness to communicate as a predictor of small group discussion
    behaviors and evaluations. Central States Speech Journal, 28, 122-133.
Burgoon, J. K., LePoire, B. A., Beutler, L. E., & Engle, D. (1993). Nonverbal indices of arousal
    in group psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, 30, 635-645.
Burke, K., Aytes, K. G., Chidambaram, L., & Johnson, L. L. (1999). A study of partially
    distributed work groups: The impact of media, location, and time on perceptions and
    performance. Small Group Research, 30, 453-490.
Burke, K., & Chidambaram, L. (1995). Developmental differences between distributed and face-
    to-face groups in electronically supporting meeting environments. Group Decision and
    Negotiation, 4, 213-233.
Burke, K., & Chidambaram, L. (1999). How much bandwidth is enough? A longitudinal
    examination of media characteristics and group outcomes. MIS Quarterly, 23, 557-580.
Burke, P. J. (1967). The development of task and social-emotional role differentiation.
    Sociometry, 30, 379-392.
Burke, P. J. (1974). Participation and leadership in small groups. American Sociological Review,
    39, 832-842.
Burke, S. M., Carron, A. V., Patterson, M. M., Estabrooks, P. A., Hill, J. L., Lougehead, T. M.,
    et al. (2005). Cohesion as shared beliefs in exercise classes. Small Group Research, 36, 267-
    288.
Burkhalter, S., Gastil, J., & Kelshaw, T. (2002). A conceptual definition and theoretical model of
    public deliberation in small face-to-face groups. Communication Theory, 12, 398-422.
Burkley, M., & Blanton, H. (2005). When am I my group? Self-enhancement versus self-
    justification accounts of perceived prototypicality. Social Justice Research, 18, 445-463.
Burleson, B. R., Levine, B. J., & Samter, W. (1984). Decision-making procedure and decision
    quality. Human Communication Research, 10, 557-574.
Burlingame, G. M., Earnshaw, D. Hoag, M., Barlow, S. H., Richardson, E. J., Donnel, A. J., et
    al. (2002). A systematic program to enhance clinician group skills in an inpatient psychiatric
    hospital. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 52, 555-587.
Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Drescher, S. (1984). Scientific inquiry into small group
    process: A multidimensional approach. Small Group Behavior, 15, 441-470.
Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Johnson, J. E. (2001). Cohesion in group psychotherapy.
    Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 38, 373-379.
Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Mosier, J. (2003). The differential effectiveness of group
    psychotherapy: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 7, 3-12.
Burlingame, G. M., & Layne, C. M. (Eds.). (2001). Group-based interventions for trauma
    survivors. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 243-314.
Burningham, C., & West, M. A. (1995). Individual, climate, and group interaction processes as
    predictors of work team innovation. Small Group Research, 26, 106-117.
Burnand, G. (1990). Group development phases as working through six fundamental human
    problems. Small Group Research, 21, 255-273.
Burnett, A., & Badzinski, D. M. (2000). An exploratory study of argument in the jury decision-
    making process. Communication Quarterly, 48, 380-396.
                                                                                                   40


Burns, G. (1995). The secrets of team facilitation. Training and Development, 49(6), 46-52.
Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1973). Testing two classes of theories about group-induced shifts
    in individual choice. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 123-137.
Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1975). What a person thinks upon learning he has chosen
    differently from others: Nice evidence for the persuasive-arguments explanation of choice
    shifts. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 412-426.
Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1977). Persuasive arguments and social comparison as
    determinants of attitude polarization. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 315-
    332.
Burnstein, E., Vinokur, A., & Pichevin, M. F. (1974). What do differences between own,
    admired, and attributed choices have to do with group induced shifts in choice? Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 428-443.
Burnstein, E., Vinokur, A., & Trope, Y. (1973). Interpersonal comparison versus persuasive
    argumentation: A more direct test of alternative explanations for group induced shifts in
    individual choice. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 236-245.
Burnstein, E., & Worchel, P. (1962). Arbitrariness of frustration and its consequences for
    aggression in a social situation. Journal of Personality, 30, 528-540.
Burrow, T. (1927). The group method of analysis. Psychoanalytic Review, 10, 268-280.
Burrow, T. (1928). The basis of group analysis of the analysis of normal and neurotic
    individuals. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 8, 198-206.
Burton, G. E. (1987). The “clustering effect”: An idea-generation phenomenon during nominal
    grouping. Small Group Behavior, 18, 224-238.
Burtt, H. E. (192). Sex differences in the effect of discussion. Journal of Experimental
    Psychology, 3, 390-395.
Busch, E., Hamalainen, M., Suh, Y., Whinston, A., & Holsapple, C. W. (1991). Issues and
    obstacles in the development of team support systems. Journal of Organizational
    Computing, 2, 161-186.
Bushe, G. R., & Johnson, A. L. (1989). Contextual and internal variables affecting task group
    outcomes in organizations. Group & Organization Studies, 14, 462-482.
Butkovich, P., Carlisle, J., Duncan, R., & Moss, M. (1975). Social system and psychoanalytical
    approaches to group dynamics: Complementary or contradictory? International Journal of
    Group Psychotherapy, 25, 3-31.
Butler, J. K., Jr., & Crano, M. D. (1992). Effects of initial tendency and real risk on choice shift.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 53, 14-34.
Butler, T., & Fuhriman, A. (1980). Patient perspective on the curative process: A comparison of
    day treatment and outpatient psychotherapy groups. Small Group Behavior, 11, 271-288.
Butler, T., & Fuhriman, A. (1983a). Curative factors in group therapy: A review of the recent
    literature. Small Group Behavior, 14, 131-142.
Butler, T., & Fuhriman, A. (1983b). Level of functioning and length of time in treatment
    variables influencing patients' therapeutic experience in group psychotherapy. International
    Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 489-505.
Vuton, F., Fontayne, P., Heuzé, J-P., Bosselut, G., & Raimbault, N. (2007). The Q-AG-a” An
    analog version of the questionnaire sur l’ambiance du groupe for measuring the dynamic
    nature of group cohection. Small Group Research, 38, 235-264.
                                                                                               41


Butterfield, D., A., & Powell, G. N. (1981). Effect of group performance, leader sex, and rater
    sex on ratings of leader behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 28,
    129-141.
Butterill, D., O’Hanlon, J., & Book, H. (1992). When the system is the problem, don’t blame the
    patient: Problems inherent in the interdisciplinary inpatient team. Canadian Journal of
    Psychiatry, 37, 168-172.
Buunk, B. P., & Hoorens, V. (1992). Social support and stress: The role of social comparison
    and social exchange processes. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 31, 445-457.
Buys, C. J. (1978a). Humans would do better without groups. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 4, 123-125.
Buys, C. J. (1978b). On humans would do better without groups: A final note. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 568.
Buzaglo, G., & Wheelan, S. A. (1999). Facilitating work team effectiveness: Case studies from
    Central America. Small Group Research, 30, 108-129.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Lowell, C. A. (1981). Sex differences in the aspects of team sport
    participation viewed as enjoyable. Journal of Sport Psychology, 3, 190-195.
Cadinu, M. R., & Reggiori, C. (2002). Discrimination of a low-status outgroup: The role of
    ingroup threat. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 501-515.
Cadinu, M. R., & Rothbart, M. (1996). Self-anchoring and differentiation processes in the
    minimal group setting. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 661-677.
Cady, S. H., & Valentine, J. (1999). Team innovation and perceptions of consideration: What
    differences does it make? Small Group Research, 30, 730-750.
Cain, E. N., Kohorn, E. I., Quinlan, D. M., Latimer, K., & Schwartz, P. E. (1985). Psychosocial
    benefits of a cancer support group. Cancer, 57, 183-189.
Caine, B. T., & Schlenker, B. R. (1979). Role position and group performance as determinants of
    egotistical perceptions in cooperative groups. Journal of Psychology, 101, 149-156.
Calder, B. J., Insko, C. A., & Yandell, B. (1974). The relation of cognitive and memorial
    processes to persuasion in a simulated jury trial. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4,
    62-93.
Caldwell, D. F., & O’Reilly, C. A., III. (2003). The determinants of team-based innovation in
    organizations: The role of social influence. Small Group Research, 34, 497-517.
Caldwell, M. (1976). Communication and sex effects in a five-person prisoner’s dilemma game.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 273-280.
Callan, H. M., Chance, M. R. A., & Pitcairn, T. K. (1973). Attention and advertence in human
    groups. Social Sciences Information/Information sur les Sciences Sociales, 12(2), 27-41.
Callaway, M. R., & Esser, J. K. (1984). Groupthink: Effects of cohesiveness and problem-
    solving procedures on group decision making. Social Behavior and Personality, 12, 157-
    164.
Callaway, M. R., Marriott, R. G., & Esser, J. K. (1985). Effects of dominance on group decision
    making: Toward a stress-reduction explanation of groupthink. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 49, 949-952.
Calsyn, R. J. (1976). Group responses to territorial intrusion. Journal of Social Psychology, 100,
    51-58.
Calsyn, R., & Becker, L. J. (1976). Group size and population density in the probability of
    joining or leaving free-forming groups. Psychological Reports, 39, 199-202.
                                                                                              42


Camacho, L. M., & Paulus, P. B. (1995). The role of social anxiousness in group brainstorming.
   Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 1071-1080.
Cameron, J. A., Alvarez, J. M., Ruble, D. N., & Fuligni, A. J. (2001). Children’s lay theories
   about ingroups and outgroups: Reconceptualizing research on prejudice. Personality and
   Social Psychology Review, 5, 118-128.
Cameron, J. E. (2001). Social identity, modern sexism, and perceptions of personal and group
   discrimination by women and men. Sex Roles, 45, 743-766.
Cameron, J. E., Duck, J. M., Terry, D. J., & Lalonde, R. N. (2005). Perceptions of self and group
   in the context of a threatened national identity: A field study. Group Processes & Intergroup
   Relations, 8, 73-88.
Campbell, D. T. (1958a). Common fate, similarity, and other indices of the status of aggregates
   of persons as social entities. Behavioral Science, 3, 14-25.
Campbell, J. (1997). The impact of videoconference meetings on the pattern and structure of
   organisational communication. Singapore Management Review, 19, 77-93.
Campbell, J., & Stasser, G. (2006). The influence of time and task demonstrability on decision-
   making in computer-mediated and face-to-face groups. Small Group Research, 37, 271-294.
Campbell, J. P., & Dunnette, M. D. (1968). Effectiveness of T-group experiences in managerial
   training and development. Psychological Bulletin, 70, 73-104.
Campbell, K., & Wright, K. B. (2002). On-line support groups: An investigation of relationships
   among source credibility, dimensions of relational communication, and perceptions of
   emotional support. Communication research Reports, 19, 183-193.
Campbell, L., Simpson, J. A., Stewart, M., & Manning, J. G. (2002). The formation of status
   hierarchies in leaderless groups: The role of male waist-to-hip ratio. Human Nature, 13,
   345-362.
Campion, M. A., Medsker, G. J., & Higgs, A. C., (1993). Relations between work group
   characteristics and effectiveness: Implications for designing effective work groups.
   Personnel Psychology, 46, 823-850.
Campion, M. A., Papper, E. M., & Medsker, G. J. (1996). Relations between work team
   characteristics and effectiveness: A replication and extension. Personnel Psychology, 49,
   429-452.
Canary, D. J., Brossmann, J. E., Brossmann, B. G., & Weger, H., Jr. (1995). Toward a theory of
   minimally rational argument: Analyses of episode-specific effects of argument structures.
   Communication Monographs, 62, 185-212.
Canary, D. J., Brossman, B. G., & Seibold, D. R. (1987). Argument structures in decision-
   making groups. Southern Speech Communication Journal, 53, 18-37.
Cannavale, F. J., Scarr, H. A., & Pepitone, A. (1970). Deindividuation in the small group:
   Further evidence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16, 141-147.
Cannella, A. A., & Rowe, W. G. (1995). Leader capabilities, succession, and competitive
   context: A study of professional baseball teams. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 69-88.
Cannon, M. D., & Edmondson, A. C. (2001). Confronting failure: Antecedents and consequences
   of shared beliefs about failure in organizational work groups. Journal of Organizational
   Behavior, 22, 161-177.
Cannon-Bowers, J. A., Salas, E., & Converse, S. A. (1990). Cognitive psychology and team
     training: training shared mental models and complex systems. Human Factors Society
     Bulletin, 33, 1-4.
                                                                                                43


Cantzler, I., & Leijon, S. (2005). Team building in small businesses owned by women. Team
      Performance Management, 11, 12-26.
Caplan, T., & Thomas, H. (1995). Safety and comfort, content and process: Facilitating open
    group work with men who batter. Social Work With Groups, 18, 33-51.
Caplan, T., & Thomas, H. (1997-1998). “Don’t worry, it’s just a stage he’s going through”: A
    reappraisal of the stage theory of group work as applied to an open model treatment group
    for men who abuse women. Groupwork, 10, 231-250.
Caple, R. (1978). The sequential stages of group development. Small Group Behavior, 9, 470-
    476.
Caplow, T. A. (1956). A theory of coalitions in the triad. American Sociological Review, 21,
    489-493.
Caplow, T. A. (1959). Further development of a theory of coalitions in the triad. American
    Journal of Sociology, 64, 488-493.
Caproni, V., Levine, D., O’Neal, E., McDonald, P., & Garwood, G. (1977). Seating position,
    instructor’s eye contact availability, and student participation in a small seminar. Journal of
    Social Psychology, 103, 315-316.
Caravia, P., & Lunca, M. (1977). Variability in the communication network under different
    group conditions. Revista de Psihologie, 23, 429-446.
Carbonell, D., & Parteleno-Barehgmi, C. (1999). Psychodrama groups for girls coping with
    trauma. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49, 285-306.
Carew, D. K., Parisi-Carew, E., & Blanchard, K. H. (1986). Group development and situational
    leadership: A model for managing groups. Training and Development Journal, 40(6), 46-50.
Carey, J. M., & Kacmar, C. J. (1997). The impact of communication mode and task complexity
    on small group performance and member satisfaction. Computers in Human Behavior, 13,
    23-49.
Cargile, A. C., Bradac, J. J., & Cole, T. (2006). Theories of intergroup conflict: A report of lay
    attributions. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 25, 47-63.
Carless, S. A., & De Paola, C. (2000). The measurement of cohesion in work teams. Small
    Group Research, 31, 71-88.
Carletta, J., Anderson, A. H., & McEwan, R. (2000). The effects of multimedia communication
    technology on non-collocated teams: A case study. Ergonomics, 43, 1237-1251.
Carletta, J., Garrod, S., & Fraser-Krauss, H. (1998). Placement of authority and communication
    patterns in workplace groups. Small Group Research, 29, 531-539.
Carley, K. M. (1991). A theory of group stability. American Sociological Review, 56, 331-354.
Carli, L. L. (1999). Gender, interpersonal power, and social influence. Journal of Social Issues,
    55, 81-99.
Carli, L. L. (2001). Gender and social influence. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 725-741.
Carlson, J., & Clive, D. (1971). Cultural values and the risky shift: A cross-cultural test in
    Uganda and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 393-399.
Carlston, D. E. (1977). Effects of polling order on social influence in decision-making groups.
    Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 115-123.
Carnevale, P. J. (1985). Accountability of group representations and intergroup relations.
    Advances in Group Processes, 2, 227-248.
Carpenter, M. A. (2001). Top management teams, global strategic posture, and the moderating
    role of uncertainty. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 533-545.
                                                                                              44


Carpenter, M. A., Geletanycz, M. A., & Sanders, W. G. (2004). Upper echelons research
    revisited: Antecedents, elements, and consequences of top management team composition.
    Journal of Management, 30, 749-778.
Carpenter, S., & Radhakrishnan, P. (2000). Allocentrism and idiocentrism as predictors of in-
    group perceptions: An individual difference extension of cultural patterns. Journal of
    Research in Personality, 34, 262-268.
Carron, A. V. (1981). Processes of group interaction in sports teams. Quest, 33, 245-270.
Carron, A. V. (1982). Cohesiveness in sports groups: Interpretations and considerations. Journal
    of Sport Psychology, 4, 123-128.
Carron, A. V., & Ball, J. R. (1977). An analysis of the cause-effect characteristics of
    cohesiveness and participation motivation in intercollegiate hockey. International Review of
    Sport Sociology, 12, 49-60.
Carron, A. V., Ball, J. R., & Chelladurai, P. (1977). Motivation for participation, success in
    performance and their relationship to individual and group satisfaction. Perceptual and
    Motor Skills, 45, 835-841.
Carron, A. V., & Brawley, L. R. (2000). Cohesion: Conceptual and measurement issues. Small
    Group Research, 31, 89-106.
Carron, A. V., Brawley, L. R., Bray, S. R., Eys, M. A., Dorsch, K. D., Estabrooks, P. A., et al.
    (2004). Using consensus as a criterion for groupness: Implications for the cohesion-group
    success relationship. Small Group Research, 35, 466-491.
Carron, A. V., Brawley, L. R., Eyes, M. A., Bray, S., Coleman, M., Dorsch, K., et al. (2003). Do
    individual perceptions of group cohesion reflect shared beliefs? An empirical analysis. Small
    Group Research, 34, 468-496.
Carron, A. V., Brawley, L. R., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1990). The impact of group size in an
    exercise setting. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 12, 376-387.
Carron, A. V., Bray, S. R., & Eys, M. A. (2002). Team cohesion and team success in sport.
    Journal of Sport Sciences, 20, 119-126.
Carron, A. V., & Chelladurai, P. (1981). The dynamics of group cohesion in sport. Journal of
    Sport Psychology, 3, 123-139.
Carron, A. V., Colman, M. M., Wheeler, J., & Stevens, D. (2002). Cohesion and performance in
    sport: A meta analysis. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 24, 168-188.
Carron, A. V., Estabrooks, P. A., Horton, H., Prapavessis, H., & Hausenblas, H. A. (1999).
    Reductions in the social anxiety of women associated with group membership: Distraction,
    anonymity, security, or diffusion of evaluation? Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 3, 152-160.
Carron, A. V., Prapevessis, H., & Grove, L. R. (1994). Group effects and self-handicapping.
    Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 16, 246-258.
Carron, A. V., & Spink, K. S. (1992). Internal consistency of the group environment
    questionnaire modified for an exercise setting. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 74, 1075-1078.
Carron, A. V., & Spink, K. S. (1993). Team building in an exercise setting. Sport Psychologist,
    7, 8-18.
Carron, A. V., & Spink, K. S. (1995). The group-size cohesion relationship in minimal groups.
    Small Group Research, 26, 86-105.
Carron, A. V., Widmeyer, W. N., & Brawley, L. R. (1985). The development of an instrument to
    assess cohesion in sports teams: The Group Environment Questionnaire. Journal of Sport
    Psychology, 7, 244-266.
                                                                                              45


Carron, A. V., Widmeyer, W. N., & Brawley, L. R. (1988). Group cohesion and individual
    adherence to physical activity. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 10, 127-138.
Carter, E. F., Mitchell, S. L., & Krautheim, M. D. (2001). Understanding and addressing clients’
    resistance to group counseling. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 26, 66-80.
Carter, L. F. (1954). Recording and evaluating the performance of individuals as members of
    small groups. Personnel Psychology, 7, 477-484.
Carter, L., Haythorn, W., Meirowitz, B., & Lanzetta, J. (1951). The relations of categorizations
    and ratings in the observation of group behavior. Human Relations, 4, 239-254.
Carter, L., Haythorn, W., Shriver, B., & Lanzetta, J. (1951). The behavior of leaders and other
    group members. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 589-595.
Carter, S. M., & West, M. A. (1998). Reflexivity, effectiveness, and mental health in BBC-TV
    production teams. Small Group Research, 29, 583-601.
Cartwright, D. (1951). Achieving change in people: Some applications of group dynamics
    theory. Human Relations, 4, 381-392.
Cartwright, D. (1971). Risk taking by individuals and groups: An assessment of research
    employing choice dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 361-378.
Cartwright, D. S., Howard, K. I., & Reuterman, N. A. (1980). Multivariate analysis of gang
    delinquency: IV. Personality factors in gangs and clubs. Multivariate Behavioral Research,
    15, 3-22.
Cartwright, D., & Lippitt, R. (1957). Group dynamics and the individual. International Journal
    of Psychotherapy, 7, 86-102.
Carvalho, E. R., & Brito, V. C. A. (1995). Sociometric intervention in family therapy: A case
    study. Journal of Group Psychotherapy, Psychodrama & Sociometry, 47, 147-164.
Cascio, W., & Shurygailo, S. (2003). E-leadership and virtual teams. Organizational Dynamics,
    31, 362-376.
Casey, J. T., Gettys, C. F., Pliske, R. M., & Mehle, T. (1984). A partition of small group
    predecision performance into informational and social components. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Performance, 34, 112-139.
Casey, J. T., Mehle, T., & Gettys, C. F. (1981). A partition of group performance into
    informational and social components in a hypothesis generation task. Catalog of Selected
    Documents in Psychology, 11, 9.
Casey, N. A., & Solomon, L. (1971). The effect of seating arrangement of T-group interaction
    and sociometric choices. Interpersonal Development, 2, 9-20.
Cashman, H. R. (2005). Identities at play: Language preference and group membership in
    bilingual talk in interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 37, 301-315.
Cass, K., Heintz, T. J., & Kaiser, K. M. (1992). An investigation of satisfaction when using a
    voice-synchronous GDSS in dispersed meetings. Information and Management, 23, 173-
    182.
Cassidy, R. G., & Mangold, J. (1975). Coalition behavior in n-person conflicts. Journal of
    Mathematical Sociology, 4, 61-82.
Castano, E., Paladino, M. P., Coull, A., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (2002). Protecting the ingroup
    stereotype: Ingroup identification and the management of deviant ingroup members. British
    Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 365-385.
Castano, E., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (1998). The highs and lows of group homogeneity. Behavioural
    Processes, 42, 219-238.
                                                                                                46


Castano, E., Yzerbyt, V. Y., Paladino, M., & Sacchi, S. (2002). I belong, therefore, I exist:
    Ingroup identification, ingroup entitativity, and ingroup bias. Personality and Social
    Psychology Bulletin, 28, 135-143.
Castle, N. G., & Banaszak-Goll, J. (1997). Top management team characteristics and innovation
    in nursing homes. Gerontologist, 37, 572-580.
Castonguay, L. G., Pincus, A. L., Agras, W. S., & Hines, C. E. (1998). The role of emotion in
    group cognitive-behavioral therapy for binge eating disorders: When things have to feel
    worse before they get better. Psychotherapy Research, 8, 225-238.
Castore, C. H., & Murnighan, J. K. (1978). Determinants of support for group decisions.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 22, 75-92.
Cattell, R. B. (1948). Concepts and methods in the measurement of group syntality.
    Psychological Review, 55, 48-63.
Cattell, R. B. (1951). New concepts for measuring leadership, in terms of group syntality.
    Human Relations, 4, 161-184.
Cattell, R. B., Saunders, D. R., & Stice, G. F. (1953). The dimensions of syntality in small
    groups. Human Relations, 6, 331-356.
Cawyer, C. S., & Smith-Dupre’, A. (1995). Communicating social support: Identifying
    supportive episodes in an HIV/AIDS support group. Communication Quarterly, 43, 243-
    258.
Cecil, J. S., Hans, V. P., & Wiggins, E. C. (1991). Citizen comprehension of difficult issues:
    Lessons from civil jury trials. American University Law Review, 40, 727-774.
Cegala, D. J., Wall, V. D., & Rippey, G. (1987). An investigation of interaction involvement and
    the dimensions of SYMLOG: Perceived communication behaviors of persons in task-
    oriented groups. Central States Speech Journal, 38, 81-93.
Cella, D. F., & Yellen, S. B. (1993). Cancer support groups: The state of the art. Cancer
    Practice, 1, 56-61.
Certo, S. T., Lester, R. H., Dalton, C. M., & Dalton, D. R. (2006). Top management teams,
    strategy and financial performance: A meta-analytic examination. Journal of Management
    Studies, 43, 813-839.
Cervin, V. (1956). Individual behavior in social situations: Its relation to anxiety, neuroticism,
    and group solidarity. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 51, 161-168.
Cestaro, M. (1952). Group work with men—A case study. Religious Education, 47, 398-401.
Chalos, P., & Pickard, S. (1985). Information choice and cue use: An experiment in group
    information processes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 70, 634-641.
Champanis, A., Oschman, R., Parrish, R., & Weeks, G. (1972). Studies in interactive
    communication: the effects of four communication modes on the behavior of teams during
    cooperative problem solving. Human Factors, 14, 487-509.
Chamberlin, J. (1974). Provision of collective goods as a function of group size. Political
    Science Review, 68, 707-713.
Chamberlin, J. R. (1978). The logic of collective action: Some experimental results. Behavioral
    Science, 23, 441-445.
Chan, C. A., Eutrekin, L., & Pearson, C. (2003). Examining the effect of internal and external
    team learning on team performance. Team performance Management, 9, 174-181.
Chandler, G. N., Honig, B., & Wiklund, J. (2005). Antecedents, moderators, and performance
    consequences of membership change in new venture teams. Journal of Business Venturing,
    20, 705-725.
                                                                                            47


Chaney, M. V., & Vinacke, W. E. (1960). Achievement and nurturance in triads varying in
    power distribution. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 175-181.
Chang, A., & Bordia, P. (2001). A multidimensional approach to the group cohesion-group
    performance relationship. Small Group Research, 32, 379-405.
Chang, A., Bordia, P., & Duck, J. (2003). Punctuated equilibrium and linear progression: Toward
    a new understanding of group development. Academy of Management Journal, 46, 106-118.
Chang, A., Duck, J., & Bordia, P. (2006). Understanding the multidimensionality of group
    development. Small Group Research, 37, 327-350.
Chanin, M. N., & Shapiro, H. J. (1984). Dialectical and devil’s advocate problem-solving. Asia
    Pacific Journal of Management, 1, 159-170.
Chansler, P. A., Swamidass, P. M., & Cammann, C. (2003). Self-managing work teams: An
    empirical study of group cohesiveness in “natural work groups” at a Harley-Davidson Motor
    Company plant. Small Group Research, 34, 101-120.
Chapanis, A., Oschman, R. B., Parrish, R. N., & Weeks, G. D. (1972). Studies in interactive
    communication: The effects of four communication modes on the behavior of teams during
    cooperative problem solving. Human Factors, 14, 487-509.
Chapanis, A., & Overbey, C. M. (1974). Studies in interactive communication: III. Effects of
    similar and dissimilar communication channels and two interactive options on team problem
    solving. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 38, 343-374.
Chapel, G., Peterson, K. M., & Joseph, J. (1999). Exploring anti-gang advertisements: Focus
    group discussions with gang members and at-risk youth. Journal of Applied Communication
    Research, 27, 237-247.
Chapko, M. K., & Revers, R. R. (1976). Contagion in a crowd: The effects of crowd size and
    initial discrepancy from unanimity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 382-
    386.
Chark, C. W., & Mangel, M. (1986). The evolutionary advantages of group foraging.
    Theoretical Population Biology, 30, 45-75.
Charlton, G. S., & Barrow, C. J. (2002). Coping and self-help group membership in Parkinson’s
    disease: An exploratory qualitative study. Health & Social Care in the Community, 10, 472-
    478.
Charlton, K., & Bettencourt, B. A. (2001). In-group members’ perceptions of a social mobility
    attempt: Effects of boundary permeability and outcome. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 5, 81-91.
Chatterjee, A. (1972). The organizational variables of group cohesiveness. Indian Journal of
    Psychometry and Education, 3(2), 43-52.
Chattoe, E., & Hamill, H. (2005). It’s not who you know—It’s what you know about people you
    don’t know that counts—Extending the analysis of crime groups as social networks. British
    Journal of Criminology, 45, 860-876.
Chattopadhyay, P., Tluchowska, M., & George, E. (2004). Identifying the ingroup: A closer look
    at the influence of demographic dissimilarity on employee social identification. Academy of
    Management Review, 29, 180-202.
Chein, W.T., & Chan, S., & Morrissey, J. (2005). Effectiveness of a mutual support group for
    families of patients with schizophrenia. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 51, 595-608.
Chell, E. (1979). Organizational factors and participation in committees. British Journal of
    Social and Clinical Psychology, 18, 53-57.
                                                                                                 48


Chemers, M. M. (2000). Leadership research and theory: A functional integration. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 27-43.
Chen, C., Tseng, Y., Chou, F., & Wang, S. (2000). Effects of support group interventions in
    post-natally distressed women: A controlled study in Taiwan. Journal of Psych-somatic
    Research, 49, 395-399.
Chen, E. C., & Mallinckrodt, B. (2002). Attachment, group attraction and self-other agreement in
    interpersonal circumplex problems and perceptions of group members. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 311-324.
Chen, E., Touyz, S. W., Beumont, P. J. V., Fairburn, C. G., Griffiths, R., Butow, P., et al. (2003).
    Comparison of group and individual cognitive-behavioral therapy for patients with bulimia
    nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 241-254.
Chen, F. F., & Kenrick, D. T. (2002). Repulsion or attraction? Group membership and assumed
    attitude similarity. Journal of Personal and Social Psychology, 83, 111-125.
Chen, G. (2005). Newcomer adaptation in teams: Multilevel antecedents and outcomes. Academy
    of Management Journal, 48, 101-116.
Chen, X. P. (1996). The group-based binding pledge as a solution to public goods problems.
    Occupational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 66, 192-202.
Chen, X. P., & Komorita, S. S. (1994). The effects of communication and commitment in a
    public goods social dilemma. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 60,
    367-386.
Chen, Z., Lawson, R. B., Gordon, L. R., & McIntosh, B. (1996). Groupthink: Deciding with the
    leader and the devil. Psychological Record, 46, 581-590.
Cheng, Z. C., & Li, Z. L. (1987). A review of group counseling and psychology. Chinese
    Journal of Mental health, 3, 179-215.
Chesebro, J. W., Cragan, J. F., & McCullough, P. (1973). The small group technique of the
    radical revolutionary: A synthetic study of consciousness-raising. Speech Monographs, 40,
    136-146.
Chesler, M. A., Barbarin, O. A., & Lebo-Stein, J. (1984). Patterns of participation in a self-help
    group for parents of children with cancer. Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 2(3-4), 41-64.
Chesney, B. K., & Chesler, M. A. (1993). Activism through self-help group membership:
    Reported life changes of parents with children with cancer. Small Group Research, 24, 258-
    273.
Cheung, Y. W., Mok, B-H., & Cheung, T-S. (2005). Personal empowerment and life satisfaction
    among self-help group members in Honk Kong. Small Group Research, 36, 254-377.
Cheyne, J. A., & Efran, M. G. (1972). The effect of spatial and interpersonal variables on the
    invasion of group controlled territories. Sociometry, 35, 477-487.
Chidambaram, L. (1996). Relational development in computer-supported groups. MIS Quarterly,
    20, 143-163.
Chidambaram, L., & Bostrom, R. P. (1993). Evolution of group performance over time: A
    repeated measures study of GDSS effects. Journal of Organizational Computing, 3, 443-
    469.
Chidambaram, L., & Bostrom, R. P. (1996). Group development (I): A review and synthesis of
    developmental models. Group Decisions and Negotiation, 6, 159-187.
Chidambaram, L., Bostrom, R. P., & Wynne, B. (1990). A longitudinal study of the impact of
    group decision support systems on group development. Journal of Management Information
    Systems, 7, 7-25.
                                                                                              49


Chidambaram, L., & Jones, B. (1993). Impact of communication medium and computer support
    on group perceptions and performance: A comparison of face-to-face and dispersed
    meetings. MIS Quarterly, 17, 465-492.
Chidambaram, L., & Tung, L. L. (2005). Is out of sight, out of mind? An empirical study of
    social loafing in technology-supported groups. Information Systems Research, 16, 149-160.
Chilberg, J. C. (1989). A review of group process designs for facilitating communication in
    problem-solving groups. Management Communication Quarterly, 3, 51-70.
Chin, W. W., & Gopal, A. (2995). Adoption intention in GSS: Relative importance of beliefs.
    Data Base, 26(2-3), 42-63.
Chin, W. W., Salisbury, Wm. D., Pearson, A. W., & Stollak, M. J. (1999). Perceived cohesion in
    small groups: Adapting and testing the perceived cohesion scale in a small-group setting.
    Small Group Research, 30, 751-767.
Chirumbolo, A., Mannetti, L., Pierro, A., Areni, A., & Kruglanski, A. W. (2005). Motivated
    closed-mindedness and creativity in small groups. Small Group Research, 36, 59-82.
Chiu, M. M., & Khoo, L. (2005). A new method for analyzing sequential processes: Dynamic
    multilevel analysis. Small Group Research, 36, 600-631.
Chlewinski, Z. (1975). Cognitive conservatism and radicalism in individual and group decision.
    Polish Psychological Bulletin, 6, 139-146.
Cho, H., & Hallfors, D., & Sanchez, V. (2005). Evaluation of a high school peer group
    intervention for at-risk youth. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 33, 363-374.
Choi, J. N. (2002). External activities and team effectiveness: Review and theoretical
    development. Small Group Research, 33, 181-208.
Choi, J. N., & Kim, M. U. (1999). The organizational application of groupthink and its
    limitations in organizations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 84, 297-306.
Christensen, E. W. (1983). Study circles: Learning in small groups. Journal for Specialists in
    Group Work, 8, 211-217.
Christensen, P. N., & Kashy, D. A. (1998). Perceptions of and by lonely people in initial social
    interaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 322-329.
Christensen, T., & Kline, W. (2001). Anxiety as a condition for learning in group supervision.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 385-396.
Christian, A. (2005). Contesting the myth of the “wicked stepmother”: Narrative analysis of an
    online stepfamily support group. Western Journal of Communication, 69, 27-47.
Christian, J., Porter, L. W., & Moffitt, G. (2006). Workplace diversity and group relations: An
    overview. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 459-466.
Christopher, S. C., & Dodd, S. C. (1972). Three causes of achieved consensus, controlled in two
    person groups. International Review of Modern Sociology, 2, 240-254.
Chung, J. Y, & Magraw, M. M. (1992). A group approach to psychosocial issues faced by HIV-
    positive women. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 43, 891-894.
Chung, K. H., & Ferris, M. J. (1971). An inquiry of the nominal group process. Academy of
    Management Journal, 14, 520-524.
Cialdini, R. B., & Goldstein, N. J. (2004). Social influence: Compliance and conformity. Annual
    Review of Psychology, 55, 591-621.
Ciano, R., Rocco, P., Angarano, A., Biasin, E., & Balestrieri, M. (2002). Group-analytic and
    psychoeducation therapies for binge-eating disorders: An exploratory study on efficacy and
    persistence of effects. Psychotherapy Research, 12, 231-239.
                                                                                               50


Ciarrochi, J. V., & Forgas, J. P. (1999). On being tense yet tolerant: The paradoxical effects of
    trait anxiety and aversive mood on intergroup judgments. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 3, 227-238.
Cini, M. A., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1993). Group staffing levels and responses to
    prospective and new group members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65,
    723-734.
Cissna, K. N. (1984). Phases in group development: The negative evidence. Small Group
    Behavior, 15, 3-32.
Citron, M., Solomon, P., & Draine, J. (1999). Self-help groups for families of persons with
    mental illness: Perceived benefits of helpfulness. Community Mental Health Journal, 35, 12-
    30.
Clark, A. W., & Powell, R. J. (1984). Changing drivers’ attitudes through peer group decision.
    Human Relations, 37, 155-162.
Clark, L. P., & Arenson, S. J. (1980). Effects of social and spatial density on group performance
    of an interactive motor task. Journal of Social Psychology, 111, 205-230.
Clark, M. A., Anand, V., & Robertson, L. (2000). Resolving meaning: Interpretation in diverse
    decision-making groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 211-221.
Clark, N. K., Stephenson, G. M., & Kniveton, B. (1990). Social remembering: Quantitative
    aspects of individual and collaborative remembering by police officers and students. British
    Journal of Psychology, 81, 73-94.
Clark, P. G. (1997). Values in health care professional socialization: Implications for geriatric
    education in interdisciplinary teamwork. Gerontologist, 37, 441-451.
Clark, R. D., III. (1990). Minority influence: The role of argument refutation on the majority
    position and social support for the minority position. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 20, 489-497.
Clark, R. D., III. (1999). Effect of number of majority defectors on minority influence. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 303-312.
Clark, R. D., III. (2001). Effects of majority defection and multiple minority sources on minority
    influence. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 57-62.
Clark, R. D., III, Crockett, W. H., & Archer, R. L. (1971). Risk-as-value hypothesis: The
    relationship between perception of self, others, and the risky shift. Journal of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 20, 425-429.
Clark, R. D., III, & Maass, A. (1990). The effects of majority size on minority influence.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 99-117.
Clark, S. E., Hori, A., Putnam, A., & Martin, T. P. (2000). Group collaboration in recognition
    memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 1578-
    1588.
Clarke, J., Gannon, M., Hughes, I., Keogh, C., Singer, G., & Wallace, M. (1977). Adjunctive
    behavior in humans in a group gambling situation. Physiology and Behavior, 18, 159-161.
Clarkin, J. E., Marziali, E., & Monroe-Blum, H. (1991). Group and family treatment for
    borderline personality disorder. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 42, 1038-1043.
Clawson, R. A., Kegler, E., & Waltenburg, E. (2003). Supreme Court legitimacy and
    group-centric forces: Black support for capital punishment and affirmative action. Political
    Behavior, 25, 289-311.
Clawson, V. R., Bostrom, R. P., & Anson, R. (1993). The role of the facilitator in computer
    supported meetings. Small Group Research, 24, 547-565.
                                                                                              51


Claypoole, S., Moody, E., & Peace, S. (2000). Moral dilemma discussions: An effective group
    intervention for juvenile offenders. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 394-411.
Clement, D. E., & Schiereck, J. J., Jr. (1973). Sex composition and group performance in a visual
    signal detection task. Memory and Cognition, 1, 251-255.
Clendenen, V. I., Herman, C. P., & Polivy, J. (1994). Social facilitation of eating among friends
    and strangers. Appetite, 23, 1-13.
Clément, R., & Noels, K. A. (1992). Towards a situated approach to ethnolinguistic identity: The
    effects of status on individuals and groups. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 11,
    203-232.
Cline, R. (1990). Detecting groupthink: Methods for observing the illusion of unanimity.
    Communication Quarterly, 38, 112-126.
Cline, R. J., & Cline, T. R. (1980). A structural analysis of risky-shift and cautious-shift
    discussions: The diffusion of responsibility theory. Communication Quarterly, 28, 26-36.
Cline, T. R., & Cline, R. J. (1979). Risky and cautious decision shifts in small groups. Southern
    Speech Communication Journal, 44, 252-263.
Clow, K. A., & Esses, V. M. (2005). The development of group stereotypes from descriptions of
    group members: An individual different approach. Intergroup Processes & Intergroup
    Relations, 8, 429-446.
Cluck, G. G., & Cline, R. J. (1986). The circle of others: Self-help groups for the bereaved.
    Communication Quarterly, 34, 306-325.
Coats, S., Smith, E. R., Claypool, H. M., & Banner, M. J. (2000). Overlapping mental
    representations of self and in-group: Reaction time evidence and its relationship with
    explicit measures of group identification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36,
    304-315.
Coche, E., Dies, R. R., & Goettelman, K. (1991). Process variables mediating changes in
    intensive group therapy training. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 41, 279-
    297.
Coet, L. J., & McDermott, P. J. (1979). Sex, instructional set,. And group make-up: Organismic
    and situational factors influencing risk-taking. Psychological Reports, 44, 1283-1294.
Cognburn, D. L., & Levinson, N. S. (2003). U.S-Africa virtual collaboration in globalization
    studies: Success factors for complex, cross-national learning teams. International Studies
    Perspectives, 4, 31-54.
Cohen, A. M. (1962). Changing small group communication networks. Administrative Science
    Quarterly, 6, 443-462.
Cohen, B. D., Ettin, M. F., & Fiedler, J. W. (1998). Conceptions of leadership: The “analytic
    stance” of the group psychotherapist. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2,
    118-131.
Cohen, B. P., & Zhou, X. (1991). Status processes in enduring work groups. American
    Sociological Review, 56, 179-188.
Cohen, D. J., Whitmyre, J. W., & Funk, W. H. (1960). Effect of group cohesiveness and training
    upon group thinking. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44, 319-322.
Cohen, G. B. (1968). Communication network and distribution of “weight” of group members as
    determinants of group effectiveness. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 4, 302-
    314.
Cohen, G. L. (2003). Party over policy: The dominating impact of group influence on
    political beliefs. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 85, 808-822.
                                                                                              52


Cohen, H., Rubin, A. M., & Gombash, L. (1992). The team approach to treatment of the dizzy
    patient. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 73, 703-708.
Cohen, J. L. (1979). Social facilitation: Increased evaluation apprehension through permanency
    of record. Motivation and Emotion, 3, 19-33.
Cohen, M. B. (1994). Who wants to chair the meeting? Group development and leadership
    patterns in a community action group of homeless people. Social Work with Groups, 17, 71-
    87.
Cohen, S. G., & Bailey, D. E. (1997). What makes teams work: Group effectiveness research
    from the shop floor to the executive suite. Journal of Management, 23, 239-290.
Cohen, S. G., Chang, L., & Ledford, G. E. J. (1997). A hierarchical construction of self-
    management leadership and its relationship to quality of work life and perceived work group
    effectiveness. Personnel Psychology, 50, 275-308.
Cohen, S. G., & Ledford, G. E., Jr. (1994). The effectiveness of self-managing teams: A quasi-
    experiment. Human Relations, 47, 13-41.
Cohen, S. G., Ledford, G. E., & Spreitzer, G. M. (1996). A predictive model of self-managing
    work team effectiveness. Human Relations, 49, 643-676.
Colarelli, S. M., & Boos, A. L. (1992). Sociometric and ability-based assignment to work
    groups: Some implications for personnel selection. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 13,
    187-196.
Coleman, M. M., & Caroon, A. V. (2001). The nature of norms in individual sport teams. Small
    Group Research, 32, 206-222.
Coleman, V. E., & Harris, G. N. (1989). A support group for individuals recently testing HIV
    positive: A psycho-educational group model. Journal of Sex Research, 26, 539-548.
Collaros, P. A., & Anderson, L. R. (1969). The effect of perceived expertness upon creativity of
    members of brainstorming groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 159-163.
Collier, P. J., & Morgan, D. L. (2002). Community service through facilitating focus groups: The
    case for a methods-based service-learning course. Teaching Sociology, 30, 185-199.
Colman, A. M. (1991). Crowd psychology in South African murder trials. American
    Psychologist, 46, 1071-1079.
Colom, F., Vieta, E., Martinez-Aran, A., Reinares, M., Goikolea, J. M., Benabarre, A., et al.
    (2003). Randomized trial on the efficacy of group psochoeducation in the prophylaxis of
    recurrences in bipolar patients whose disease is in remission. Archives of General
    Psychiatry, 60, 402-407.
Colquitt, J. A., Hollenbach, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., LePine, J. A., & Sheppard, L. (2002). Computer-
    assisted communication and team decision-making performance: The moderating effect of
    openness to experience. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 402-410.
Colquitt, J. A., Noe, R. A., & Jackson, C. L. (2002). Justice in teams: Antecedents and
    consequences for performance. Social Networks, 25, 197-210.
Comadena, M. E. (1984). Brainstorming groups: Ambiguity tolerance, communication
    apprehension, task attraction, and individual productivity. Small Group Behavior, 15, 241-
    264.
Comer, D. R. (1995). A model of social loafing in real work groups. Human Relations, 48, 647-
    667.
Comer, E., & Meier, A., & Galinsky, M. (2004). Development of innovative group work practice
    using the intervention research paradigm. Social Work, 49, 250-260.
                                                                                               53


Compas, B. E. (1981). Psychological sense of community among treatment analogue group
   members. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 11, 151-165.
Comstock, D. E., & Scott, W. R. (1977). Technology and the structure of subunits:
   Distinguishing individual and workgroup effects. Administrative Science Quarterly, 22, 177-
   202.
Concannon, C. (1995). The senior-senior team. Group, 19, 71-78.
Conger, R. D., & McLeod, D. (1977). Describing behavior in small groups with the datamyte
   event recorder. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation, 9, 418-424.
Connaughton, S. L., & Shuffler, M. (2007). Multinational and multicultural distributed teams: A
   review and future agenda. Small Group Research, 38, 387-412.
Connolly, T. (1990). Effects of anonymity and evaluative tone on idea generation in computer
   mediated groups. Management Science, 36, 689-703.
Connolly, T., Jessup, L., & Valachich, J. S. (1990). Effects of anonymity and evaluative tone on
   idea generation in computer-mediated groups. Management Science, 36, 689-703.
Connolly, T., Routhieaux, R., & Schneider, S. (1993). On the effectiveness of group
   brainstorming: Test of one underlying cognitive mechanism. Small Group Research, 24,
   490-503.
Conover, P. J., & Feldman, S. (1984). Group identification, values, and the nature of political
   beliefs. American Politics Quarterly, 12, 151-175.
Constantine, M. (1995). Retired female athletes in transition: A group counseling intervention.
   Journal of College Student Development, 36, 604-605.
Considine, J., Meyers, R. A., & Timmerman, C. E. (2006). Evidence use in group quiz
   discussions: How do students support preferred choices? Journal of Excellence in College
   Teaching, 17, 65-89.
Contractor, N. S., & Seibold, D. R. (1993). Theoretical frameworks for the study of structuring
   processes in group decision support systems: Adaptive structuration theory and self-
   organizing systems theory. Human Communication Research, 19, 528-563.
Contractor, N. S., Seibold, D. R., & Heller, M.A. (1996). Interactional influence in the
   structuring of media use in groups: Influence in members’ perceptions of group decision
   support system use. Human Communication Research, 22, 451-481.
Conway, L. G., & Schaller, M. (1998). Methods for the measurement of consensual beliefs
   within groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 241-252.
Conyne, R. K., & Rapin, L. S. (1979). Programmed groups: A process analysis of facilitator- and
   self-directed treatments. Small Group Behavior, 8, 403-414.
Conyne, R. K., Wilson, F. R., Tang, M., & Shi, K. (1999). Cultural similarities and differences in
   group work: Pilot study of a U.S.-Chinese group comparison. Group Dynamics: Theory,
   Research, and Practice, 3, 40-50.
Cook, S. W. (1978). Interpersonal and attitudinal outcomes in cooperating interracial groups.
   Journal of Research and Development in Education, 12, 97-113.
Cook, S. W., & Pelfrey, M. (1985). Reactions to being helped in cooperating interracial groups:
   A context effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1231-1245.
Cooke, C. (1997). Reflections on the health care team: My experiences in an interdisciplinary
   program. Journal of the American Medical Association, 277, 1091.
Cooke, N. J., Kiekel, P. A., Salas, E., Stout, R., Bowers, C., & Cannon-Bowers, J. (2003).
   Measuring team knowledge: A window to the cognitive underpinnings of team performance.
   Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 179-199.
                                                                                                54


Cooke, R. A., & Szumal, J. L. (1994). The impact of group interaction styles of problem-solving
    effectiveness. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 40, 415-437.
Cooks, L. (2000). Toward a practical theory for training in social justice: Participation, identity
    and power among women’s groups in Panama. World Communication, 29(2), 3-24.
Cooley, E. (1994). Training an interdisciplinary team in communication and decision-making
    skills. Small Group Research, 25, 5-25.
Coombs, G. (1973). Networks and exchange: The role of social relationships in a small voluntary
    association. Journal of Anthropological Research, 29, 96-112.
Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2001). Cultural orientation in the United States:
    (Re)examining differences among ethnic groups. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32,
    348-364.
Cooney, R. (2004). Empowered self-management and the design of work teams. Personnel
    Review, 33, 677-692.
Cooper, C. L. (1972a). An attempt to assess the psychologically disturbing effects of T-group
    training. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 11, 342-345.
Cooper, C. L. (1972b). Coping with life stress after sensitivity training. Psychological Reports,
    31, 602.
Cooper, C. L. (1973). A bibliography of current encounter and T-group research: 1971-1973.
    Interpersonal Development, 4, 65-68.
Cooper, C. L. (1975). How psychologically dangerous are T-groups and encounter groups?
    Human Relations, 28, 249-260.
Cooper, C. L. (1981). Social support at work and stress management. Small Group Behavior, 12,
    285-297.
Cooper, C. L., & Kobayashi, K. (1976). Changes in self-actualization as a result of sensitivity
    training in England and Japan. Small Group Behavior, 7, 387-396.
Cooper, L., & Gustafson, J. P. (1981). Family-group development: Planning in organizations.
    Human Relations, 34, 705-730.
Cooper, M. R., & Wood, M. T. (1974). Effects of member participation and commitment in
    group decision making on influence, satisfaction, and decision riskiness. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 59, 127-134.
Cooper, W. H., Gallupe, R. B., Pollard, S., & Cadsby, J. (1998). Some liberating effects of
    anonymous electronic brainstorming. Small Group Research, 29, 147-178.
Cope, D. G. (1995). Functions of a breast cancer support group as perceived by the participants:
    An ethnographic study. Cancer Nursing, 18, 472-478.
Copeland, B. W., & Straub, W. F. (1995). Assessment of team cohesion: A Russian approach.
    Perceptual and Motor Skills, 81, 443-450.
Copeland, B. W., & Wida, K. (1996). Resolving team conflict: Coaching strategies to prevent
    negative behavior. Journal of Physical Recreation and Dance, 67(4), 52-54.
Cordery, J. L., Mueller, W. S., & Smith, L. M. (1991). Attitudinal and behavioral effects of
    autonomous group working: A longitudinal field study. Academy of Management Journal,
    34, 464-476.
Coreil, J., & Behar, R. (1999). Man to man prostate cancer support groups. Cancer Practice,
    7(3), 122-129.
Corfman, K. P., Steckel, J. H., & Lehmann, D. R. (1990). Longitudinal patterns of group
    decisions: An exploratory analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 25, 249-273.
                                                                                                 55


Corman, S. R., & Kuhn, T. (2005). The detectability of socio-egocentric group speech: A quasi-
    Turing test. Communication Monographs, 72, 117-143.
Corner, P., & Kinicki, A. (1997). A proposed mediator between top team demography and
    financial performance. Academy of Management Best Paper Proceedings, 57, 7–11.
Corning, A. F., & Myers, D. J. (2002). Individual orientation toward engagement in social
    action. Political Psychology, 23, 703-729.
Corrigan, P. W., Calabrese, J. D., Diwan, S. E., Keogh, C. B., Keck, L., & Mussey, C. (2002).
    Some recovery processes in mutual-help groups for persons with mental illness, I:
    Qualitative analysis program materials and testimonies. Community Mental Health Journal,
    38, 287-301.
Corrigan, P. W., Sloppen, N., Gracia, G., Phelan, S., Keogh, C. B., & Keck, L. (2005). Some
    recovery processes in mutual help groups for persons with mental illness, II: Qualitative
    analysis of participant interviews. Community Mental Health Journal, 41, 721-735.
Corsini, R., & Rosenberg, B. (1955). Mechanisms of group psychotherapy: Process and
    dynamics. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 406-411.
Cosgrove, J. L., Nicholas, J. J., Barmark, J., Brewer, C., Mientus, J. M., McConnell, R. L., et al.
    (1998). Team treatment. American Journal of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 30,
    253-260.
Coskun, H. (2005). Cognitive simulation with convergent and divergent thinking exercises in
    brainwriting: Incubation, sequence priming, and group context. Small Group Research, 36,
    466-498.
Coskun, H., Paulus, P. B., Brown, V., & Sherwood, J. J. (2000). Cognitive stimulation and
    problem presentation in idea-generating groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 4, 307-329.
Costanzo, P. R., Reitan, H. T., & Shaw, M. E. (1968). Conformity as a function of
    experimentally induced minority and majority competence. Psychonomic Science, 10, 329-
    330.
Cota, A. A., & Dion, K. L. (1986). Salience of gender and sex composition of ad hoc groups: An
    experimental test of distinctiveness theory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    50, 770-776.
Cota, A. A., Evans, C. R., Dion, K. L., Kilik, L., & Longman, R. S. (1995). The structure of
    group cohesion. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 572-580.
Cota, A., Longman, R., Evans, C., Dion, K., & Kilik, L. (1995). Using and misusing factor
    analysis to explore group cohesion. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 51, 308-316.
Cotton, J. L., & Baron, R. S. (1980). Anonymity, persuasive argument, and choice shifts. Social
    Psychology Quarterly, 43, 391-404.
Couch, R. D. (1995). Four steps for conducting a pre-group screening interview. Journal for
    Specialists in Group Work, 20, 18-25.
Couchman, W. (1995). Joint education for mental health teams. Nursing Standard, 10, 32-34.
Coughlin B. C., & Venkatesh S. A. (2003). The urban street gang after 1970. Annual Review of
    Sociology, 29, 41-64.
Coultas, J. C. (2004). When in Rome . . . An evolutionary perspective on conformity. Group
    Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 317-332.
Counselman, E. F. (1991). Leadership in a long-term leaderless women’s group. Small Group
    Research, 22, 240-257.
                                                                                               56


Courtright, J. A. (1978). A laboratory investigation of groupthink. Communication Monographs,
    43, 229-246.
Coward, D. D. (2003). Facilitation of self-transcendence in a breast cancer support group: II.
    Oncology Nursing Forum, 30, 291-300.
Cox, S. A. (1999). Group communication and employee turnover: How coworkers encourage
    peers to voluntarily exit. Southern Communication Journal, 64, 181-192.
Cox, S. A., & Kramer, M. W. (1995). Communication during employee dismissals: Social
    exchange principles and group influence on employee exit. Management Communication
    Quarterly, 9, 156-190.
Cox, T. H., Lobel, S. A., & McLeod, P. L. (1991). Effects of ethnic group cultural differences on
    cooperative and competitive behavior on a group task. Academy of Management Journal,
    34, 827-847.
Coyne, R. K., Wilson, F. R., Tang, M., & Shi, K. (1999). Cultural similarities and differences in
    group work: Pilot study of a U.S.-Chinese task group comparison. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 40-50.
Craddock, A. E. (1985). Centralized authority as a factor in small group and family problem
    solving: A reassessment of Tallman’s propositions. Small Group Behavior, 16, 59-73.
Cragan, J. F., Shields, D. C., & Wright, D. W. (1994). Revitalizing the study of small group
    communication: A thematic critique. Communication Studies, 45, 92-96.
Cragan, J. F., & Wright, D. W. (1980). Small group communication research of the 1970s: A
    synthesis and critique. Central States Speech Journal, 31, 197-213.
Cragan, J. F., & Wright, D. W. (1990). Small group communication research of the 1980s: A
    synthesis and critique. Communication Studies, 41, 212-236.
Cragan, J. F., & Wright, D. W. (1993). The functional theory of small group decision-making: A
    replication. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 165-174.
Craig, J. M., & Sherif, C. W. (1986). The effectiveness of men and women in problem-solving
    groups as a function of gender composition. Sex Roles, 14, 453-366.
Craig, K. M. (1996). Are all newcomers judged similarly? Distinctiveness and time of entry in
    task-oriented groups. Small Group Research, 27, 383-397.
Craig, K. M., & Rand, K. A. (1998). The perceptually “privileged” group member:
    Consequences of solo status for African Americans and Whites in task groups. Small Group
    Research, 29, 339-358.
Craig, R. T., & Tracy, K. (1995). Grounded practical theory: The case of intellectual discussion.
    Communication Theory, 5, 248-272.
Craig, T. Y., & Kelly, J. R. (1999). Group cohesiveness and creative performance. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 243-256.
Cramton, C. D., & Webber, S. S. (in press). Relationships among geographic dispersion, team
    processes, and effectiveness in software development teams. Journal of Business Research.
Crandall, C. S. (1988). Social contagion of binge eating. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 55, 588-598.
Crandall, C. S., Schiffauer, K. L., & Harvey, R. (1997). Friendship pair similarity as a measure
    of group value. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 133-143.
Crandall, R. (1978). The assimilation of newcomers into groups. Small Group Behavior, 9, 331-
    336.
Crano, W. D. (2000). Milestones in the psychological analysis of social influence. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 68-80.
                                                                                                57


Cravens, R. W., & Worchell, P. (1977). The differential effects of rewarding and coercive
    leaders on group members differing in locus of control. Journal of Personality, 45, 150-168.
Crichton, M. (2005). Attitudes to teamwork, leadership, and stress in oil industry drilling teams.
    Safety Science, 43, 679-696.
Crisp, R. J., & Beck, S. R. (2005). Reducing intergroup bias: The mediating role of ingroup
    identification. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 173-186.
Crisp, R. J., & Hewstone, M. (1999). Differential evaluation of crossed category groups:
    Patterns, processes, and reducing intergroup bias. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
    2, 307-333.
Crisp, R. J., & Hewstone, M. (2000). Crossed categorization and intergroup bias. The
    moderating roles of intergroup and affective context. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 36, 357-383.
Crisp, R. J., & Hewstone, M. (2001). Multiple categorization and implicit intergroup bias:
    Differential category dominance and the positive-negative asymmetry effect. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 45-62.
Crisp, R. J., Hewstone, M., & Rubin, M. (2001). Does multiple categorization reduce intergroup
    bias? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 76-89.
Crocker, J., & Luhtanen, R. (1990). Collective self-esteem and ingroup bias. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 60-67.
Crocker, J., & Schwartz, I. (1985). Prejudice and ingroup favoritism in a minimal intergroup
    situation: Effects of self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 379-386.
Crocker, J., Luhtanen, R., Blaine, B., & Broadnax, S. (1994). Collective self-esteem and
    psychological well-being among White, Black, and Asian college students. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 503-513.
Crocker, J., & Schwartz, I. (1985). Prejudice and ingroup favoritism in a minimal intergroup
    situation: Effects of self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 379-386.
Crockett, W. H. (1955). Emergent leadership in small, decision-making groups. Journal of
    Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 378-383.
Croft, S. E. (1999). Creating locales through storytelling: An ethnography of a group home for
    men with mental retardation. Western Journal of Communication, 63, 329-347.
Cronshaw, S. F., & Ellis, R. J. (1991). A process investigation of self-monitoring and leader
    emergence. Small Group Research, 22, 403-420.
Crosbie, P. V. (1979). Effects of status inconsistency: Negative evidence from small groups.
    Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 110-125.
Crosbie, P. V., Stitt, B. G., & Petroni, F. A. (1974). Relevance in the small groups laboratory.
    Humboldt Journal of Social Relations, 1(2), 83-88.
Crott, H., & Albers, W. (1981). The equal division kernel: An equity approach to coalition
    formation and payoff distribution in N-person games. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 11, 285-305.
Crott, H. W., Zuber, J. A., & Schermer, T. (1986). Social decision schemes and choice shift: An
    analysis of group decisions among bets. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 1-
    21.
Crouch, R. D. (1995). Four steps for conducting a pregroup screening interview. Journal for
    Specialists in Group Work, 20, 18-25.
Crowell, L. (1958). Group- or problem-centered discussion? Western Speech, 22, 134-137.
                                                                                              58


Crowell, L., Katcher, A., & Miyamoto, S. F. (1955). Self-concepts of communication skill and
    performance in small group discussions. Speech Monographs, 22, 20-27.
Crowell, L., & Scheidel, T. M. (1961). Categories for analysis of idea-development in discussion
    groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 54, 155-168.
Crown, D. F. (2000). Building a multidimensional, context-relevant categorixzation heuristic for
    organizational work teams: The TOS-TAB typology. Research in Personnel and Human
    Resource Management, 18, 93-136.
Crown, D. F. (2007). Effects of structurally competitive multilevel goals for an interdependent
    task. Small Group Research, 38, 265-288.
Crown, D. F., & Rosse, J. G. (1995). Yours, mine, and ours: Facilitating group productivity
    through the integration of individual and group goals. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Decision Processes, 64, 138-150.
Cruz, M. G., Boster, F. J., & Rodriguez, J. L. (1997). The impact of group size and proportion of
    shared information on the exchange and integration of information in groups.
    Communication Research, 24, 291-313.
Cruz, M. G., Henningsen, D. D., & Smith, B. A. (1999). The impact of directive leadership on
    group information sampling, decisions, and perceptions of the leader. Communication
    Research, 26, 349-369.
Cruz, M. G., Henningsen, D. D., & Williams, M. L. M. (2000). The presence of norms in the
    absence of groups? The impact of normative influence under hidden-profile conditions.
    Human Communication Research, 26, 104-124.
Cuijpers, P., & Stam, H. (2000). Burnout among relatives of psychiatric patients attending
    psychoeducational support groups. Psychiatric Services, 51, 375-379.
Culbert, S. A. (1968). Trainer self-disclosure and member growth in two T-groups. Journal of
    Applied Behavioral Science, 4, 47-73.
Cummings, J. N. (2004). Work groups, structural diversity, and knowledge sharing in a global
    organization. Management Science, 50, 352-364.
Cummings, J. N., & Cross, R. (2003). Structural properties of work groups and their
    consequences for performance. Social Networks, 25, 197-281.
Cummings, J. N., Sproull, L., & Kiesler, S. B. (2002). Beyond hearing: Where the real-world and
    online support meet. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 78-88.
Cummings, L. L., Huber, G. P., & Arendt, E. (1974). Effects of size and spatial arrangements on
    group decision making. Academy of Management Journal, 17, 460-475.
Cummings, S., Long, J., Peterson-Hazen, S., & Harrison, J. (1998). The efficacy of a group
    treatment model in helping spouses meet the emotional and practical challenges of early
    stage caregiving. Clinical Gerontologist, 20, 29-45.
Cummings, T. G. (1978). Self-regulating work groups: A socio-technical synthesis. Academy of
    Management Review, 3, 625-634.
Cunningham, A., Edmonds, C., Jenkins, G., & Lockwood, G. (1995). A randomized comparison
    of two forms of a brief, group psychoeducational program for cancer patients: Weekly
    sessions versus a “weekend intensive.” International Journal of Psychiatric Medicine, 25,
    172-189.
Cunningham, G. B., & Chelladurai, P. (2004). Affective reactions to cross-functional teams: the
    impact of size, relative performance, and common in-group identity. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 83-97.
                                                                                               59


Curran, J., & Loganbill, C. R. (1983). Factors affecting the attractiveness of a group leader.
    Journal of College Student Personnel, 24, 350-355.
Currall, S. C., Hammer, T. H., Baggett, L. S., & Doniger, G. M. (1999). Combining qualitative
    and quantitative methodologies to study group processes: An illustrative study of a corporate
    board of directors. Organizational Research Methods, 2, 5-36.
Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Ruback, R. B. (1984). Vocal patterns in male and female groups. Personality
    and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 518-525.
Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Ruback, R. B. (1987). Dimensions of group process: Amount and structure
    of vocal interaction. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 20, 123-169.
Dadich, A. (2003-2004). Self-help support groups and issues in research. International Journal
    of Self-Help and Self-Care, 2, 41-55.
Dahlbäch, O. (2003). A conflict theory of group risk taking. Small Group Research, 34, 251-289.
Dahlin, K. B., Weingart, L. R., & Hinds, P. J. (2005). Team diversity and information use.
    Academy of Management Journal, 48, 1107-1123.
Dailey, R. C. (1977). The effects of cohesiveness and collaboration on work groups: A
    theoretical model. Group and Organization Studies, 2, 461-469.
Dailey, R. C. (1978a). Perceived group variables as moderators of the task characteristics-
    individual performance relationship. Journal of Management, 4(2), 69-80.
Dailey, R. C. (1978b). Relationship between locus of control, perceived group cohesiveness, and
    satisfaction with coworkers. Psychological Reports, 42, 311-316.
Daily, B., Whatley, A., Ash, S. R., & Steiner, R. L. (1996). The effects of a group decision
    support system on culturally diverse and culturally homogeneous group decision making.
    Information & Management, 30, 281-289.
Daley, J. A., McCroskey, J. C., & Richmond, V. P. (1977). Relationships between vocal activity
    and perception of communicators in small group interaction. Western Journal of Speech
    Communication, 41, 175-187.
Daly, B. L. (1993). The influence of face-to-face versus computer-mediated communication
    channels on collective induction. Accounting, Management, and Information Technologies,
    3, 1-22.
Daniels, M. (2002). Teaching small group communication using first class software. Qualitative
    Research Reports in Communication, 3, 32-38.
Daniolos, P. T. (1994). House calls: A support group for individuals with AIDS in a residential
    setting. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 44, 133-152.
Danish, S. J. (1971). Factors influencing changes in empathy following a group experience.
    Journal of Counseling Psychology, 18, 262-267.
Danowski, J. A. (1979). Group attitude uniformity and connectivity of organizational
    communication networks for production, innovation, and maintenance context. Human
    Communication Research, 6, 299-308.
Darley, J. (1992). Social organization for the production of evil. Psychological Inquires, 3, 199-
    218.
Darley, J. M., & Teger, A. I. (1973). Do groups always inhibit individuals’ responses to potential
    emergencies? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 26, 395-399.
Dashiell, J. F. (1930). An experimental analysis of some group effects. Journal of Abnormal and
    Social Psychology, 25, 190-199.
                                                                                               60


Dasgupta, B., Banaji, M. R., & Abelson, R. P. (1999). Group entitativity and group perception:
    Associations between physical features and psychological judgment. Journal of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 77, 991-1003.
D’Augelli, A. R. (1974). Changes in self-reported anxiety during a small group experience.
    Journal of Counseling Psychology, 21, 202-205.
D’Augelli, A. R., & Chinsky, J. M. (1974). Interpersonal skills and pretraining: Implications for
    the use of group procedures for interpersonal learning and for the selection of
    nonprofessional mental health workers. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 42,
    65-72.
D’Augelli, A. R., Chinsky, J. M., & Getter, H. (1974). The effect of group composition and
    duration on sensitivity training. Small Group Behavior, 5, 56-64.
Davey, A., & Olson, D. (1998). Multiple criteria decision making models in group decision
    support. Group Decision and Negotiation, 7, 55-75.
David, B., & Turner, J. C. (1996). Studies in self-categorization and minority conversion: Is
    being a member of the out-group an advantage. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35,
    179-199.
David, C., Cappella, J. N., & Fishbein, M. (2006). The social diffusion of influence among
    adolescents: Group interaction in a chat room environment about antidrug advertisements.
    Communication Theory, 16, 118-140.
David, F. R., Pearce, J. A., II, & Randolph, W. A. (1989). Linking technology and structure to
    enhance group performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 233-241.
Davies, D., & Kuypers, B. C. (1985). Group development and interpersonal feedback. Group
    and Organization Studies, 10, 184-208.
Davies, J. (2003). Expression of gender: An analysis of pupils’ gendered discourse styles in
    small group classroom discussions. Discourse and Society, 14, 115-132.
Davis, J. A. (1977). Sociometric triads as multi-variate systems. Journal of Mathematical
    Sociology, 5, 41-59.
Davis, J. H. (1969). Individual-group problem solving, subject preference, and problem type.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 362-374.
Davis, J. H. (1973). Group decision and social interaction: A theory of social decision schemes.
    Psychological Review, 80, 97-125.
Davis, J. H. (1992). Some compelling intuitions about group consensus decisions, theoretical and
    empirical research, and interpersonal aggregation phenomena: Selected examples, 1950-
    1990. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 52, 3-38.
Davis, J. H., Holt, R. W., Spitzer, C. E., & Stasser, G. (1981). The effects of consensus
    requirements and multiple decisions on mock juror verdict preferences. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 17, 1-15.
Davis, J. H., Hulbert, L., Au, W. T., Chen, X., & Zarnoth, P. (1997). Effects of group size and
    procedural influence on consensual judgments of quantity: The examples of damage awards
    and mock civil juries. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 703-718
Davis, J. H., Kameda, T., Parks, C., Stasson, M., & Zimmerman, S. (1989). Some social
    mechanics of group decision making: The distribution of opinion, polling sequence, and
    implications for consensus. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 1000-1012.
Davis, J. H., Kerr, N. L., Atkin, R. S., Hold, R., & meek, D. (1975). The decision processes of 6-
    and 12-person mock juries assigned unanimous and two-thirds majority rules. Journal of
    Personal and Social Psychology, 32, 1-14.
                                                                                               61


Davis, J. H., Kerr, N. L., Stasser, G., Meek, D., & Holt, R. (1977). Victim consequences,
    sentence severity, and decision processes in mock juries. Organizational Behavior and
    Human Performance, 18, 346-365.
Davis, J. H., Kerr, N., Sussman, M., & Rissman, A. K. (1974). Social decision schemes under
    risk. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 248-271.
Davis, J. R., & Restle, F. (1963). The analysis of problems and prediction of group problem
    solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66, 103-116.
Davis, J. H., Laughlin, P. R., & Komorita, S. S. (1976). The social psychology of groups:
    Cooperative and mixed-motive interactions. Annual Review of Psychology, 27, 501-541.
Davis, J. H., Stasser, G., Spitzer, C. E., & Holt, R. W. (1976). Changes in group members’
    decision preferences during discussion: An illustration with mock juries. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1177-1187.
Davis, J. H., & Stasson, M. F. (1988). Small group performance: Past and present research
    trends. Advances in Group Processes, 5, 245-277.
Davis, J. H., Stasson, M., Ono, K., & Zimmerman, S. (1988). Effects of straw polls on group
    decision making: Sequential voting pattern, timing, and local majorities. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 918-926.
Davis, J. H., Stasson, M. F., Parks, C. D., Hulbert, L., Kameda, T., Zimmerman, S., et al. (1993).
    Quantitative decisions by groups and individuals: Voting procedures and monetary awards
    by mock civil juries. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 29, 326-346.
Davis, J. H., Tindale, R. S., Nagao, D. H., Hinsz, V. B., & Robertson, B. (1984). Order effects in
    multiple decisions by groups: A demonstration with mock juries and trial procedures.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 1003-1012.
Davis, L. (1979). Racial composition in groups. Social Work, 24, 208-213.
Davis, L., & Burnstein, E. (1981). Preference for racial composition of groups. Journal of
    Psychology, 109, 359-367.
Davis, L. E., Cheng, L. C., & Strube, M. J. (1996). Differential effects of racial composition on
    male and female groups: Implication for group work practice. Social Work Research, 20,
    157-166.
Davis, T. B., Frye, R. L., & Joure, S. (1975). Perceptions and behaviors of dogmatic subjects in a
    T-group setting. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 41, 375-381.
Davison, K. P., Pennebaker, J. W., & Dickerson, S. S. (2000). Who talks? The social psychology
    of illness support groups. American Psychologist, 55, 205-217.
Davison, R., & Jordan, E. (1988). Group support systems: Barriers to adoption in a cross-cultural
    setting. Journal of Global Information Technology Management, 1(2), 37-50.
Davison, R. M., & Vogel, D. R. (2001). Group support systems in Hong Kong: An action
    research project. Information Systems Journal, 10, 3-20.
Dawes, R. M. (1974). Formal models of dilemmas in social decision-making. Bulletin [Oregon
    Research Institute], 14(12).
Dawe, H. C. (1934). The influence of size of kindergarten group upon performance. Child
    Development, 5, 295-303.
Dawes, R. M. (1980). Social dilemmas. Annual Review of Psychology, 31, 169-193.
Dawes, R. M., McTavish, J., & Shaklee, H. (1977). Behavior, communication, and assumptions
    about other people’s behavior in a common dilemma situation. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 35, 1-11.
                                                                                               62


Dawes, R. M., Orbell, J., Simmons, R., & van de Kragt, A. (1986). Organizing groups for
    collective action. American Political Science Review, 80, 1171-1185.
Dawes, R. M., McTavish, J., & Shaklee, H. (1997). Behavior, communication, and assumptions
    about other people’s behavior in a commons dilemma situation. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 35, 1-11.
Dawes, R. M., van de Kragt, A. J. C., & Orbell, J. M. (1988). Not me or thee but we: The
    importance of group identity in eliciting cooperation in dilemma situations: Experimental
    manipulations. Acta Psychologica, 29, 871-893.
Dean, J. W. (1985). The decision to participate in quality circles. Journal of Applied Behavioral
    Science, 21, 317-327.
Dean, J. W., Jr., & Sharfman, M. P. (1996). Does decision process matter? A study of strategic
    decision-making effectiveness. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 368-396.
Dean, S. R. (1970-1971). Self-help group psychotherapy: Mental patients rediscover will power.
    International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 17, 72-78.
Deans, G., Bennett-Emslie, G. B., Weir, J., Smith, D. C., & Kaye, S. B. (1988). Cancer support
    groups—Who joins and why? British Journal of Cancer, 58, 670-674.
De Cremer, D. (2000). Leadership selection in social dilemmas—not all prefer it: The
    moderating effect of social value orientation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 4, 330-337.
De Cremer, D., & Leonardelli, G. J. (2003). Cooperation in social dilemmas and the need to
    belong: The moderating effect of group size. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 7, 168-174.
De Cremer, D., & Oosterwegel, A. (2000). Collective self-esteem, personal self-esteem, and
    collective-efficacy in in-group evaluations. Current Psychology, 18, 326-339.
De Cramer, D., & Tyler, T. R. (2005). Am I respected or not?: Inclusion and reputation as issues
    in group membership. Social Justice Research, 18, 121-153.
De Cramer, D., & Van Dijk, E. (2002). Reactions to group success and failure as a function of
    identification level: A test of the goal-transformation hypothesis in social dilemmas. Journal
    of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 435-442.
De Cremer, D., & Van Vugt, M. (2002). Intergroup and intragroup aspects of leadership in social
    dilemmas: A relational model of cooperation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
    38, 126-136.
Dedrick, D. K. (1978). Deviance and sanctioning within small groups. Social Psychology, 12,
    10-16.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & De Vries, N. K. (1996). Differential processing and attitude change
    following majority versus minority arguments. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 77-
    90.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & Van Vianen, A. E. M. (2001). Managing relationship conflict and the
    effectiveness of organizational teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 308-328.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & Weingart, L. R. (2003). Task versus relationship conflict, team
    performance, and team member satisfaction: A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 88, 741-749.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & West, M. A. (2001). Minority dissent and team innovativeness: The
    importance of participation in decision making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 1191-
    1201.
                                                                                               63


Deeter-Schmelz, D. R., & Kennedy, K. N. (2003). Patient care teams and customer satisfaction:
     The role of team cohesion. Journal of Services Marketing, 17, 666-684.
Deep, S. D., Bass, B., & Vaughn, J. A. (1967). Some effects of business gaming of previous
     quasi-group afflictions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 51, 426-431.
DeFranciso, V. L. (1996). The world of designing women: A narrative account of focus group
     plans for a women’s university. Communication Education, 45, 330-337.
De Grada, E., & Glanski, A. W. (1999). Motivated cognition and group interaction: Need for
     closure affects the contents and processes of collective negotiation. Journal of Experimental
     Social Psychology, 35, 346-365.
De Grada, E., Kruglanski, A. W., Mannetti, L., & Pierro, A. (1999). Motivated cognition and
     group interaction: Need for closure affects the contents and processes of collective
     negotiations. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 346-365.
De Jong, A., De Ruyter, K., & Lemmink, J. (2004). Antecedents and consequences of the service
     climate in boundary-spanning self-managing service teams. Journal of Marketing, 68, 18-
     35.
De Jong, R. D., Bouhuys, S. A., & Barhoorn, J. C. (1999). Personality, self-efficacy and
     functioning in management teams: A contribution to validation. International Journal of
     Selection and Assessment, 7, 46-49.
De Jong, T. L., & Gorey, K. (1996). Short-term versus long term group work with female
     survivors of childhood sexual abuse: A brief meta-analytic review. Social Work With
     Groups, 19(1), 19-27.
DeJulio, S., Bentley, J., & Cockayne, T. (1979). Pregroup norm setting: Effects on encounter
     group interaction. Small Group Behavior, 10, 368-388.
De Kelaita, R., Munroe, P. T., & Tootell, G. (2001). Self-initiated status transfer: A theory of
     status gain and status loss. Small Group Research, 32, 406-425.
DeLamater, J. (1974). A definition of “group.” Small Group Behavior, 5, 30-44.
de la Roche, R. S. (1996). Collective violence as social control. Sociological Forum, 11, 97-128.
de la Roche, R. S. (2002). Why is collective violence collective? Sociological Theory, 19, 126-
     144.
Delbecq, A. L., & Van de Ven, A. H. (1971). A group process model for problem identification
     and program planning. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 7, 466-492.
DeLucia, J. L., Bowman, V. E., & Bowman, R. L. (1989). The use of parallel process in
     supervision and group counseling to facilitate counselor and client growth. Journal for
     Specialists in Group Work, 14, 232-238.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (1997). Measuring the effectiveness of group work: A review and analysis
     of process and outcome measures. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 277-293.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (1999). Supervision for counselors working with eating disorder groups:
     Countertransference issues related to body image, food, and weight. Journal of Counseling
     and Development, 77, 379-388.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (2000a). Effective group work in the schools. Journal for Specialists in
     Group Work, 25, 131-132.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (2000b). The field of group work: Past, present, and future. Journal for
     Specialists in Group Work, 25, 323-326.
DeLucia-Waack, J. L. (2002). A written guide for planning and processing group sessions in
     anticipation of supervision. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 27, 341-352.
                                                                                             64


DeMatteo, J. S., Eby, L. T., & Sundstrom, E. (1998). Team-based rewards: Current empirical
    evidence and directions for future research. Research in Organizational Behavior, 20, 141-
    183.
DeMeuse, K. P. (1996). Management must relinquish control if they are to establish effective
    work-teams. Small Business Forum, 14(1), 85-88.
DeMuse, K. P., & Liebowitz, S. J. (1981). An empirical analysis of team building. Group and
    Organizational Studies, 6, 357-378.
Denison, D. R. (1982). Socio-technical design and self-managing work-groups: The impact on
    control. Journal of Occupational Behavior, 3, 297-314.
Denison, D. R., Hart, S. G., & Kahn, J. A. (1996). From chimneys to cross-functional teams:
    Developing and validating a diagnostic model. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 1005-
    1023.
Dennis, A. R. (1996). Information exchange and use in group decision making: You can lead a
    group to information, but you can't make it think. MIS Quarterly, 20, 433-455.
Dennis, A. R., Aronson, J. E., Heninger, W. G., & Walker, E. D. (1999). Structuring time and
    task in electronic brainstorming. MIS Quarterly, 23, 95-108.
Dennis, A. R. & Garfield, M. (2003). The adoption and use of GSS in project teams: Toward
    more participative processes and outcomes. MIS Quarterly, 27, 289-323.
Dennis, A. R., George, J. F., Jessup, L. M., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Vogel, D. R. (1988).
    Information technology to support electronic meetings. MIS Quarterly, 12, 591-624.
Dennis, A. R., Heminger, A. R., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Vogel, D. (1990). Bringing automated
    support to large groups: The Burr-Brown experience. Information and Management, 18,
    111-121.
Dennis, A. R., Hilmer, K. M., & Taylor, N. J. (1998). Information exchange and use in GSS and
    verbal group decision making: Effects of minority influence. Journal of Management
    Information Systems, 14, 61-88.
Dennis, A. R., Tyran, C. K., Vogel, D. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1997). Group support
    systems for strategic planning. Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 155-184.
Dennis, A. R., & Valachich, J. S. (1993). Computer brainstorming: More heads are better than
    one. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 531-537.
Dennis, A. R., & Valacich, J. S. (1994). Group, sub-group, and nominal group in idea
    generation: New rules for a new media? Journal of Management, 20, 723-736.
Dennis, A. R., & Valacich, J. S. (1999). Research note: Electronic brainstorming: Illusions and
    patterns of productivity. Information Systems Research, 10, 375-377.
Dennis, A. R., Valacich, J. S., Connolly, T., & Wynne, B. E. (1996). Process structuring in
    electronic brainstorming. Information Systems Research, 7, 268-277.
Dennis, A. R., Valachich, J. S., & Nunamaker, J. F. (1990). An experimental investigation of
    small, medium, and large groups in an electronic meeting system environment. IEEE
    Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, 20, 1049-1057.
Dennis, A. R., & Williams, M. L. (2005). A meta analysis of groupsize effects in electronic
    brainstorming: More heads are better than one. International Journal of e-Collaboration, 1,
    24-42.
Dennis, A. R., & Wixom, B. H. (2002). Investigating the moderators of the group support
    systems use with meta-analysis. Journal of Management Information Systems, 18, 235-257.
Dennis, A. R., Wixom, B. H., & Vandenburg, R. J. (2001). Understanding fit and appropriation
    effects in group support systems via meta-analysis, MIS Quarterly, 25, 167-196.
                                                                                              65


Derlega, V. J., Cukur, C. S., Kuang, J. C., & Forsyth, D. R. (2002). Interdependent construal of
    self and the endorsement of conflict resolution strategies in interpersonal, intergroup and
    international disputes. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 610-625.
DeSanctis, G., & Gallupe, R. B. (1987). A foundation for the study of group decision support
    systems. Management Science, 33, 589-609.
DeSanctis, G., & Poole, M. S. (1997). Transitions in teamwork in new organizational forms.
    Advances in Group Processes, 14, 157-176.
DeSanctis, G., Poole, M. S., Dickson, G. W., & Jackson, B. M. (1993). Interpretive analysis of
    team use of group technologies. Journal of Organizational Computing, 3, 1-29.
Deschamps, J. C., & Brown, R. (1983). Superordinate goals and intergroup conflict. British
    Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 189-195.
Desmond, R. E., & Seligman, M. (1977). A review of research on leaderless groups. Small
    Group Behavior, 8, 3-24.
DeStephen, R. S. (1983a). Group interaction differences between high and low consensus
    groups. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 47, 340-363.
DeStephen, R. S. (1983b). High and low consensus groups: A content and relational interaction
    analysis. Small Group Behavior, 14, 143-162.
DeStephen, R. S. (1983). High and low consensus groups: A content and relational interaction
    analysis. Small Group Behavior, 14, 143-162.
DeStephen, R. S., & Hirokawa, R. Y. (1988). Small group consensus: Stability of group support
    of the decision, task process, and group relationships. Small Group Behavior, 19, 227-239.
De Souza, G., & Klein, H. (1995). Emergent leadership in the group goal-setting process. Small
    Group Research, 26, 475-495.
Deutsch, M. (1949a). An experimental study of the effects of cooperation and competition upon
    group process. Human Relations, 2, 199-231.
Deutsch, M. (1949b). A theory of cooperation and competition. Human Relations, 2, 129-152.
Deutsch, M., & Gerard, H. B. (1955). A study of normative and informational social influences
    upon individual judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 629-636.
Deutscher, V., & Deutscher, I. (1955). Cohesion in a small group: A case study. Social Forces,
    33, 336-341.
Devine, D. D., Clayton, L. D., Dunford, B. B., Seying, R., & Price, J. (2001). Jury decision
    making: 45 years of empirical research on deliberating groups. Psychology, Public Policy
    and Law, 7, 622-727.
Devine, D. J. (1999). Effects of cognitive ability, task knowledge, information sharing, and
    conflict on group decision-making effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30, 678-711.
Devine, D. J. (2002). A review and integration of classification systems relevant to teams in
    organizations. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 291-310.
Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Dunford, B. B., Seying, R., & Pryce, J. (2001). Jury decision
    making: 45 years of empirical research on deliberating groups. Psychology, Public Policy,
    and Law, 7, 622-727.
Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Phillips, J. L., Dunford, B. B., & Melner, S. B. (1999). Teams in
    organizations: Prevalence, characteristics, and effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30,
    678-811.
Devine, D. J., & Philips, J. L. (2001). Do smarter teams do better: A meta-analysis of cognitive
    ability and team performance. Small Group Research, 32, 508-533.
                                                                                               66


Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Philips, J. L., Dunford, B. B., & Melner, S. B. (1999). Teams in
    organizations: Prevalence, characteristics, and effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30,
    678-711.
DeVries, D. L., & Edwards, K. J. (1973). Learning games and student teams: Their effects on
    classroom processes. American Educational Research Journal, 10, 307-318.
DeVries, D. L., Edwards, K. J., & Slavin, R. E. (1978). Biracial learning teams and race relations
    in the classroom: Four field experiments on Teams-Games-Tournament. Journal of
    Educational Psychology, 70, 356-362.
de Vries, R. E., van den Hoof, B., & de Ridder, J. A. (2006). Explaining knowledge sharing: The
    role of team communication styles, job satisfaction, and performance beliefs.
    Communication Research, 33, 115-135.
De Weaver, B., Schellens, T., Valcke, M., & Van Keer, H. (in press). Content analysis schemes
    to analyze transcripts of online asynchronous discussion groups: A review. Computers and
    Education.
di Maco, N. (1973). T-group and workgroup climates and participants’ thoughts about transfer.
    Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 9, 757-764.
Di Salvo, V. S., Nikkel, E., & Monroe, C. (1989). Theory and practice: A field investigation and
    identification of group members' perceptions of problems facing natural work groups. Small
    Group Behavior, 20, 551-567.
Diamond, M. A., & Allcorn, S. (1987). The psychodynamics of regression in work groups.
    Human Relations, 40, 525-543.
DiBeradinis, J. P. (1978). The effects of videotape feedback on group and self-satisfaction.
    Group and Organization Studies, 3, 108-114.
Dickens, M. (1955). A statistical formula to quantify the “spread of participation” in group
    discussion. Speech Monographs, 22, 28-30.
Dickens, M., & Heffernan, M. (1949). Experimental research in group discussion. Quarterly
    Journal of Speech, 35, 23-29.
Dickson, G. W., Partridge, J. L., & Robinson, L. (1993). Exploring modes of facilitative support
    for GDSS. MIS Quarterly, 17, 173-194.
Dickson, J. W. (1978). The effects of normative models on individual and group choice.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 91-107.
Diehl, M. (1988). Social identity and minimal groups: The effects of interpersonal and intergroup
    attitudinal similarity on intergroup discrimination. British Journal of Social Psychology, 27,
    289-300.
Diehl, M., & Stroebe, W. (1987). Productivity loss in brainstorming groups: Toward the solution
    of a riddle. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 497-509.
Diehl, M., & Stroebe, W. (1991). Productivity loss in idea-generating groups: Tracking down the
    blocking effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 392-403.
Diener, E. (1976). Effects of prior destructive behavior, anonymity, and group presence on
    deindividuation and aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 497-507.
Diener, E., Liusk, R., DeFour, D., & Flax, R. (1980). Deindividuation: Effects of group size,
    density, number of observers, and group member similarity on self-consciousness and
    disinhibited behavior. Journal of Personality and Social psychology, 39, 449-459.
Diener, E., Westford, K. L., Dineen, J., & Fraser, S. C. (1973). Beat the pacifists: The
    deindividuating effects of anonymity and group presence. Proceedings of the 81st Annual
    Convention of the American Psychological Association, 8, 221-222.
                                                                                              67


Dies, R. R. (1979). Group psychotherapy: Reflections on three decades of research. Journal of
    Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 361-373.
Dietz-Uhler, B., & Murrell, A. (1998). Effects of social identity and threat on self-esteem and
    group attributions. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 24-35.
Dijke, M. v., & Poppe, M. (2004). Social comparison of power: Interpersonal versus intergroup
    effects. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 13-26.
Dilberto, J-J. A. (1992). A communication study of possible relationships between psychological
    sex type and decision-making effectiveness. Small Group Research, 23, 379-407.
Dillon, P. C., Graham, W. K., & Aidells, A. L. (1972). Brainstorming on a “hot” problem:
    Effects of training and practice on individual and group performance. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 56, 487-490.
Dion, K. L. (1973). Cohesiveness as a determinant of ingroup—outgroup bias. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 28, 163-171.
Dion, K. L. (1979). Status equity, sex composition of group, and intergroup bias. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulleting, 5, 240-244.
Dion, K. L. (2000). Group cohesion: From “field of forces” to multidimensional construct.
    Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 7-26.
Dion, K. L., & Evans, C. R. (1992). On cohesiveness: Reply to Keyton and other critics of the
    construct. Small Group Research, 23, 242-250.
Dirks, K. T. (1999). The effects of interpersonal trust on work group performance. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 84, 445-455.
Dirks, K. T. (2000). Trust in leadership and team performance; Evidence from NCAA basketball.
    Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 1004-1012.
Dishion, T. J., McCord, J., & Poulin, F. (1999). When interventions harm: Peer groups and
    problem behavior. American Psychologist, 54, 755-765.
Dishman, P., & Aytes, K. (1996). Exploring group support systems in sales management
    applications. Journal of Personal Selling & Sales Management, 16, 65-77.
Dixon, R., Smith, P., & Jenks, C., (2004). Bullying and difference: A case study of peer group
    dynamics in one school. Journal of School Violence, 3(4), 41-58.
Dobbins, G. H., & Zaccaro, S. J. (1986). The effects of group cohesion and leader behavior on
    subordinate satisfaction. Group and Organization Studies, 11, 203-219.
Doise, W. (1969). Intergroup relations and polarization of individual and collective judgments.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 136-143.
Doll, B., Murphy, P., & Song, S. Y. (2003). The relationship between children’s self-reported
    recess problems, and peer acceptance and friendships. Journal of School Psychology, 41,
    113-130.
Doll, R. E., & Gunderson, E. K. E. (1971). Group size, occupational status, and psychological
    symptomatology in an extreme environment. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24, 196-198.
Dommel, H.-P., & Garcia-Luna-Aceves, J. J. (2000). A coordination framework and architecture
    for internet groupware. Journal of Network and Computer Applications, 23, 401-427.
Domminick, P. G., Reilly, R. R., & McGourty, J. W. (1997). The effects of peer feedback on
    team member behavior. Group & Organization Management, 22, 508-525.
Doms, M., & Van Avermaet, E. (1980). Majority influence, minority influence and conversation
    behavior: A replication. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 283-292.
Donnerstein, E., & Donnerstein, M. (1973). Variables in interracial aggression: Potential in-
    group censure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 143-150.
                                                                                             68


Donohue, W. A., Hawes, L. C., & Mabee, T. (1981). Testing a structural model of group
    decision making using Markov analysis. Human Communication Research, 7, 133-146.
Doojse, B., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1998). Guilty by association:
    When one’s group has a negative history. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75,
    872-886.
Doolen, T. L., Hacker, M. E., & Van Aken, E. M. (2003). The impact of organizational context
    on work team effectiveness: A study of production teams. IEE Transactions on Engineering
    Management, 50, 285-297.
Dooley, R. S., & Fryxell, G. E. (1999). Attaining decision quality and commitment from dissent:
    the moderating effects of loyalty and competence in strategic decision-making teams.
    Academy of Management Journal, 42, 389-402.
Doosje, B. J., & Branscombe, N. R. (2003). Attributions for the negative historical actions of a
    group. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 235-248.
Dossje, B., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1998). Guilty by association:
    When one’s group has a negative history. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75,
    872-886.
Dossje, B., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (2006). Antecedence and
    consequences of group-based guilt: The effects of ingroup identification. Group Processes
    & Intergroup Relations, 9, 325-338.
Doosje, B., Ellemers, N., & Spears, R. (1995). Perceived intragroup variability as a function of
    group status and identification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 410-436.
Doosje, B., Haslam, S. A., Spears, R., Oakes, P. J., & Koomen, W. (1998). The effect of
    comparative context on central tendency and variability judgements and the evaluation of
    group characteristics. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 173-184.
Doosje, B., Spears, R., & Ellemers, N. (1997). Sticking together or falling apart: In-group
    identification as a psychological determinant of group commitment versus individual
    mobility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 617-626.
Doosje, B., Spears, R., & Ellemers, N. (2002). Social identity as both cause and effect: the
    development of group identification in response to anticipated and actual changes in the
    intergroup status hierarchy. British Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 57-76.
Dorado, M. A., Medina, F. J., Munduate, L., Cisneros, I. F. J., & Euwema, M. (2002). Computer-
    mediated negotiation of an escalated conflict. Small Group Research, 33, 509-525.
Dorando, S., Stratis, G., O’Donnell, L., & O’Donnell, B. T., Sr. (1993). Observations on
    performance of GDSS-mediated groups in a business environment. Office Systems Research
    Journal, 12(1), 13-20.
Doreian, P. (1979). On the “social law of effect: for task-oriented groups. Social Psychology
    Quarterly, 42, 222-231.
Doreian, P. (1986). Measuring relative standing in small groups and bounded social networks.
    Social Psychology Quarterly, 49, 247-259.
Dorfman, P. W., & Stephan, W., G. (1984). The effects of group performance on cognitions,
    satisfaction, and behavior: A process model. Journal of Management, 10, 173-192.
Dose, J. J. (1999). The relationship between work values similarity and team-member and
    leader-member exchange relationships. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice,
    3, 20-32.
Dougan, W. L. (1999). Extending mathematical aggregation strategies to multiparamter group
    decisions. Small Group Research, 30, 188-208.
                                                                                                 69


Douglas, K., & McGarty, C. (2001). Identifiability and self-presentation: Computer-mediated
    communication and intergroup interaction. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 399-
    416.
Douglas, M. S., & Mueser, K. T. (1990). Teaching conflict resolution skills to the chronically
    mentally ill: Social skills training groups for briefly hospitalized patients. Behavior
    Modification, 14, 519-547.
Dovidio, J. F., Gaertner, S. L., Isen, A. M., & Lowrance, R. (1995). Group representations and
    intergroup bias: Positive affect, similarity, and group size. Personality and Social
    Psychology Bulletin, 21, 856-865.
Dovidio, J. F., Maruyama, G., & Alexander, M. G. (1998). A social psychology of national and
    international; group relations. Journal of Social Issues, 54, 831-846.
Downs, C. W., & Pickett, T. (1977). An analysis of the effects of nine leadership group
    compatibility contingencies upon productivity and member satisfaction. Communication
    Monographs, 44, 220-230.
Doyle, R., & McLaughlin, C. (2005). “I hate you. Please help me”: A case study from a classic
    boxall nurture group. Pastoral Care in Education, 23, 3-11.
Drabek, T. E., & Key, W. H. (1976). The impact of disaster on primary group linkages. Mass
    Emergencies, 1, 89-105.
Drach-Zahavy, A. (2004). Exploring team support: The role of team’s design, values, and
    leader’s support. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 235-252.
Drach-Zahavy, A., & Somech, E. (2001). Understanding team innovation: The role of team
    processes and structure. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 111-123.
Dreachslin, J. L., Hunt, P. L., & Sprainer, E. (1999). Communication patterns of group
    composition: Implications for patient-centered team effectiveness. Journal of Healthcare
    Management, 44, 252-266.
Driekurs, R. (1932). Early experiments with group psychotherapy. American Journal of
    Psychotherapy, 13, 882-891.
Driekurs, R. (1956). The contribution of group psychotherapy to psychiatry. Group
    Psychotherapy, 9, 115-125.
Dreiss, J. E. (1985). Building cohesiveness in adolescent therapy group. Journal of Child and
    Adolescent Psychotherapy, 3, 22-28.
Drescher, S., Burlingame, G., & Fuhriman, A. (1985). Cohesion: An odyssey in empirical
    understanding. Small Group Behavior, 16, 3-30.
Drinka, T. J. K. (1991). Development and maintenance of an interdisciplinary health care team:
    A case study. Gerontology and Geriatrics Education, 12, 111-127.
Drinka, T. J. K. (1994). Interdisciplinary geriatric teams: Approaches to conflict as indicators of
    potential to model teamwork. Educational Gerontology, 20, 87-103.
Drinka, T. J. K. (1996). Applying learning from self-directed work teams in business curriculum
    development for interdisciplinary geriatric teams. Educational Gerontology, 22, 433-450.
Driskell, G. W., & Polansky, B. (1995). Relinquishing power in the classroom: A case study of
    self-directed teams in the classroom. CTAM Journal, 22, 115-131.
Driksell, J. E., Hogan, R., & Salas, E. (1988). Personality and group performance. Review of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 417-440.
Driskell, J. E., Olmstead, B., & Salas, E. (1993). Task cues, dominance cues and influence in
    small groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 51-60.
                                                                                                70


Driskell, J. E., Radtke, P. H., & Salas, E. (2003). Virtual teams: Effects of technological
    mediation on team performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 297-
    323.
Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1991). Group decision making under stress. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 76, 473-478.
Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1992). Collective behavior and team performance. Human Factors,
    34, 277-288.
Driskell, J. E., Salas, E., & Johnston, J. (1999). Does stress lead to a loss of team perspective?
    Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 291-302.
Droge, D. Arnston, P., & Norton, R. (1986). The social support function in epilepsy self-help
    groups. Small Group Behavior, 17, 139-163.
Druskat, V. U., & Kayes, C. (2000). Learning versus performance in short-term project teams.
    Small Group Research, 31, 328-353.
Druskat, V. U., & Wheller, J. V. (2003). Managing from the boundary: The effective leadership
    of self-managing work teams. Academy of Management Journal, 46, 435-457.
Druskat, V. U., & Wolff, S. B. (1999). Effects and timing of developmental peer appraisals in
    self-managing work groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 84, 58-74.
Druskat, V. U., & Wolff, S. B. (2001). Building the emotional intelligence of groups. Harvard
    Business Review, 79, 80-90.
Dubner, M. A. (1998). Envy in the group-therapy process. International Journal of Group
    Psychotherapy, 48, 519-531.
Dubrovsky, V. J., Kiesler, S., & Sethna, B. N. (1991). The equalization phenomenon: Status
    effects in computer-mediated and face-to-face decision making groups. Human-Computer
    Interaction, 6, 119-146.
Duck, J. M., Terry, D. J., & Hogg, M. A. (1998). Perceptions of a media campaign: the role of
    social identity and the changing intergroup context. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 24, 3-16.
Duckitt, J., & Mphuthing, T. (1998). Group identification and intergroup attitudes: A
    longitudinal analysis in South Africa. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 8-
    85.
Duffy, M. E. (2003). Web of hate: A fantasy theme analysis of the rhetorical vision of hate
    groups online. Journal of Communication Inquiry, 27, 291-312.
Duffy, M. K., & Shaw, J. D. (2000). The Salieri syndrome: Consequences of envy in groups.
    Small Group Research, 31, 3-23.
Duggleby, W. (2005). What about focus group interaction data? Qualitative Health Research,
    15, 832-840.
Dugo, J. M., & Beck, A. P. (1997). Significance and complexity of early phases in the
    development of the co-therapy relationship. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 1, 294-305.
Dulebohn, J. H., & Martocchio, J. J. (1988). Employee perceptions of the fairness of work group
    incentive pay plans. Journal of Management, 24, 469-488.
Dunbar, R. I. M. (1992). Neocortex size as a constraint on group size in primates. Journal of
    Human Evolution, 20, 469-493.
Duncan, S. L. (1976). Differential social perception and attribution of intergroup violence:
    Testing the lower limits of stereotyping of Blacks. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 34, 590-598.
                                                                                              71


Duncan, W. J. (1985). The superiority theory of humor at work: Joking relationships as
    indicators of formal and informal status patterns in small, task-oriented groups. Small Group
    Behavior, 16, 556-564.
Duncan, W. J., & Beeland, J. L. (1980). Choice consistency of interpersonal relations:
    Diversified task-oriented groups. Small Group Behavior, 11, 209-228.
Dunnette, M. D., Campbell, J., & Jaastad, R. (1963). The effect of group participation on
    brainstorming effectiveness for two industrial samples. Journal of Applied Psychology, 47,
    30-37.
Dunning, D. G. (1985). Edification in a Christian women’s support group: Toward a model of
    prayer request sequences. Religious Communication Today, 8, 8-20.
Dunphy, D. C. (1963). The social structure of urban adolescent peer groups. Sociometry, 26,
    230-246.
Dunphy, D. C. (1968). Phases, roles, and myths in self-analytical groups. Journal of Applied
    Behavioral Science, 12, 523-542.
Dunphy, D., & Bryant, B. (1996). Teams: Panaceas or prescriptions for improved performance?
    Human Relations, 49, 677-699.
Durham, C. C., Knight, D., & Locke, E. A. (1997). Effects of leader role, team-set goal
    difficulty, efficacy, and tactics on team effectiveness. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Decision Processes, 72, 203-231.
Durham, C. C., Locke, E. A., Poon, J. M. L., & McLeod, P. L. (2000). Effects of group goals and
    time pressure on group efficacy, information-seeking strategy, and performance. Human
    Performance, 13, 115-138.
Durham, M. G. (1999). Girls, media, and the negotiation of sexuality: A study on race, class, and
    gender in adolescent peer groups. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 76, 193-
    216.
Durkin, H. E. (1972). General systems theory and group therapy: An introduction. International
    Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22(2b), 159-166.
Durkin, H. E. (1989). Mothergroup as a whole formation and systemic boundarying evens.
    Group, 13(3-4), 198-211.
Durrett, R., & Levin, S. (2005). Can stable social groups be maintained by homophilous
   imitation alone? Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 57, 267-286.
Dyce, J. A., & Cornell, J. (1996). Factorial validity of the group environment questionnaire
    among musicians. Journal of Social Psychology, 136, 263-264.
Dyce, J. A., & O’Connor, B. P. (1992). Personality complementarity as a determinant of group
    cohesion in bar bands. Small Group Research, 23, 185-198.
Dyck, D. G., Hendryx, M. S., Short, R. A., Voss, W. D., & McFarlane, W. R. (2002). Service use
    among patients with schizophrenia in psychoeducational multiple-family group treatment.
    Psychiatric Services, 63, 749-754.
Dyck, D., Short, R., Hendryz, M., Norrell, D., Myers, M., Patterson, T. et al. (2000).
    Management of negative symptoms among patients with schizophrenia attending multiple-
    family groups. Psychiatric Services, 51, 513-519.
Dynes, R. R., & Quarantelli, E. L. (1968). Group behavior under stress: A required convergence
    of organizational and collective behavior perspectives. Sociology and Social Research, 52,
    416-429.
Dyson, J. W., Godwin, P. H. B., & Hazelwood, L. A. (1976). Group composition, leadership
    orientation, and decisional outcomes. Small Group Behavior, 7, 114-128.
                                                                                                72


E’guya Dilworth, J., Mokrue, K., & Elias, M. J. (2002). The efficacy of a video-based teamwork-
   building series with urban elementary school students—a pilot investigation. Journal of
   School Psychology, 40, 329-346.
Eagle, J., & Netwon, P., M. (1981). Scapegoating in small groups: An organizational approach.
   Human Relations, 34, 283-301.
Eagly, A. H. (1970). Leadership style and role differentiation as determinants of group
    effectiveness. Journal of Personality, 38, 509-524.
Eagly, A. H., & Karay, S. J. (1991). Gender and the emergence of leaders: A meta-analysis.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 685-710.
Eagly, A. H., Wood, W., & Fishbaugh, L. (1981). Sex differences in conformity: Surveillance by
    the group as a determinant of male nonconformity. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 40, 384-394.
Eakin, B. A. (1975). An empirical study of the effect of leadership influence on decision
    outcomes in different sized jury panels. Kansas Journal of Sociology, 11, 109-126.
Eargle, A. E., Guerra, N. G., & Tolan, P. H. (1994). Preventing aggression in inner-city children:
    Small group training to change cognitions, social skills, and behavior. Journal of Child and
    Adolescent Group Therapy, 4, 229-242.
Earley, P. C. (1989). Social loafing and collectivism: A comparison of the United States and the
    People’s Republic of China. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34, 565-581.
Earley, P. C. (1993). East meets West meets Mideast: Further explorations of collectivist and
    individualist work groups. Academy of Management Journal, 36, 319-348.
Earley, P. C. (1994). Self or group? Cultural effects of training on self-efficacy and performance.
    Administrative Science Quarterly, 39, 89-117.
Earley, P. C., & Mosakwoski, E. (2000). Creating hybrid team cultures: An empirical test of
    transnational team functioning. Academy of Management Journal, 1, 26-49.
Eash, M. J. (1961). Grouping: What have we learned? Educational Leadership, 18, 429-434.
Easton, A. C., Eickelmann, N. S., & Flatley, M. E. (1994). Effects of an electronic meeting
    system group writing tool on the quality of written documents. Journal of Business
    Communication, 31, 27-40.
Easton, A. C., Vogel, D. R., & Nunamaker, J. F. (1992). Interactive versus stand-along group
    decision support systems for stakeholder identification and assumption surfacing in small
    groups. Decision Support Systems, 8, 159-168.
Easton, G., Easton, A., & Belch, M. (2003). An experimental investigation of electronic focus
    groups. Information and Management, 40, 717-727.
Easton, G. K., George, J. F., Nunamaker, J. F., & Pendergast, M. O. (1990). Using two different
    electronic meeting system tools for the same task: An experimental comparison. Journal of
    Management Information Systems, 7, 85-100.
Ebbesen, E. B., & Powers, R. J. (1974). Proportion of risky to conservative arguments in a group
    discussion and choice shifts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 316-327.
Ebersole, G., Leiderman, P., & Yalom, I. D. (1969). Training the non-professional group
    therapist: A controlled study. Journal of Nervous Mental Disorders, 149, 294-302.
Eby, L., & Dobbins, G. H. (1997). Collectivistic orientation in teams: An individual and group-
    level analysis. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 18, 275-295.
Eccleston, C. P., & Major, B. N. (2006). Attributions to discrimination and self-esteem: The role
    of group identification and appraisals. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 147-162.
                                                                                              73


Echabe, A. E., & Castro, J. L. G. (1996). Images of immigrants: A study of the xenophobia and
    permeability of intergroup boundaries. European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 341-
    352.
Edelman, S., Craig, A., & Kidman, A. (2000). Group interventions with cancer patients: Efficacy
    of psychoeducational versus support groups. Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 18(3), 67-
    85.
Edelman, S., Lemon, J., & Kidman, A. (2005). Group cognitive behavior therapy for breast
    cancer patients: A qualitative evaluation. Psychology, Health & Medicine, 10, 139-144.
Edelson, J. L., & Syers, M. (1991). The effects of group treatment for men who batter: An 18-
    month follow-up study. Research on Social Work With Practice, 1, 227-243.
Eden, C., & Ackermann, F. (1996). Horses for courses—A stakeholder’s view of GDSS. Group
    Decision & Negotiation, 5, 501-519.
Eden, D. (1986). Team development: Quasi-experimental confirmation among compact
    companies. Group and Organization Studies, 11, 133-146.
Edgar, L., Rosberger, Z., & Collet, J. (2001). Lessons learned: Outcomes and methodology of a
    coping skills intervention trial comparing individual and group formats for patients with
    cancer. International Journal of Psychiatric Medicine, 31, 289-304.
Edmondson, A. (1996). Learning from mistakes is easier said than done: Group and organization
    influences on the detection and correction of human error. Journal of Applied Behavioral
    Science, 32, 5-28.
Edmonston, A. (1999). Psychological safety and learning behaviors in work teams.
    Administrative Science Quarterly, 44, 250-383.
Edmondson, A. C. (2002). The local and variegated nature of learning in organizations: A group-
    level perspective. Organization Science, 13, 128-146.
Edmondson, A. (2003). Speaking up in the operating room: How team leaders promote learning
    in interdisciplinary action teams. Journal of Management Studies, 409, 1419-1452.
Edmonston, A., Bohmer, R., & Pisano, G. (2001a). Disrupted routines: Team learning and new
    technology implementation in hospitals. Administrative Science Quarterly, 46, 685-716.
Edmonston, A., Bohmer, R., & Pisano, G. (2001b). Speeding up team learning. Harvard
    Business Review, 79(9), 125-134.
Edmondson, A., Roberto, M. A., & Watkins, M. (2003). A dynamic model of top management
    team effectiveness: Managing unstructured task streams. Leadership Quarterly, 14, 297-325.
Edney, J. J., & Bell, P. A. (1984). Sharing scarce resources: Group-outcome orientation, external
    disaster, and stealing in a simulated commons. Small Group Behavior, 15, 87-108.
Edney, J. J., & Grundmann, M. J. (1979). Friendship, group size, and boundary size: Small group
    spaces. Small Group Behavior, 10, 124-135.
Edney, J. J., & Bell, P. A. (1984). Sharing scarce resources: Group-outcome orientation, external
    disaster, and stealing in a simulated commons. Small Group Behavior, 15, 87-108.
Edney, J. J., & Grundmann, M. J. (1979). Friendship, group size, and boundary size: Small group
    spaces. Small Group Behavior, 10, 124-135.
Edney, J. J., & Uhlig, S. R. (1977). Individual and small group territories. Small Group
    Behavior, 8, 457-468.
Edwards, C. A. (1994). Leadership in groups of school-age girls. Developmental Psychology, 30,
    920-927.
Edwards, K. J., DeVries, D. L., & Snyder, J. P. (1972). Games and teams: A winning
    combination. Simulation and Games, 3, 247-269.
                                                                                                74


Egerbladh, T. (1976). The function of group size and ability level on solving a multidimensional
     complementary task. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 805-808.
Egerbladh, T. (1981). A social decision scheme approach on group size, task difficulty, and
     ability level. European Journal of Social Psychology, 11, 161-171.
Egerbladh, T., & Sjodin, S. (1981). Group problem solving: Ability level, group size, and
     subsequent individual performance. Journal of General Psychology, 105, 3-12.
Eggins, R. A., Haslam, S. A., & Reynolds, R. J. (2002). Social identity and negotiation:
     Subgroup representation and superordinate consensus. Personality and Social Psychology
     Bulletin, 28, 887-899.
Eguiluz, I., Gonzalez, T., Munoz, P., Guadilla, M., & Gonzalez, G. (1998). Evaluation of the
     efficacy of psychoeducational groups in schizophrenic patients. Actas Luso Esp Neuyrol
     Psiquiarty Cienc Afines, 26, 29-34.
Ehrhart, M. G., & Naumann, S. E. (2004). Organizational citizenship behavior in work groups: A
     group norms approach. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89, 960-974.
Eidelman, S., & Biernat, M. (2003). Derogating black sheep: Individuals or group protection?
     Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 602-609.
Eidelson, R. J., & Eidelson, J. I. (2003). Dangerous ideas: Five beliefs that propel groups toward
     conflict. American Psychologist, 58(3), 192-192.
Eils, L. C., & John, R. S. (1980). A criterion validation of multiattribute utility analysis and of
     group communication strategy. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 25, 268-
     288.
Einhorn, H. J., Hogarth, R. M., & Klempner, E. (1977). Quality of group judgment.
     Psychological Bulletin, 84, 158-172.
Eisenberg, E. M., Murphy, A., & Andrews, L. (1998). Openness and decision making in the
     search for a university provost. Communication Monographs, 65, 1-23.
Eisenhardt, K., Kahwajy, J., & Bourgeois, L. J. (1997a). Conflict and strategic choice: How top
     management teams disagree. California Management Review, 39(2), 42-62.
Eisenhardt, K., Kahwajy, J., & Bourgeois, L. J. (1997b). How management teams can have a
     good fight. Harvard Business Review, 75, 77-85.
Eisenhardt, K., & Schoonhoven, C. (1990). Organizational growth: Linking founding team,
     strategy, environment and growth among U.S. semiconductor ventures, 1978-1988.
     Administrative Science Quarterly, 35, 504-529.
Elder, T. J., Sutton, R. M., & Douglas, K. M. (2005). Keeping it to ourselves: Effects of audience
     size and composition on reactions to criticisms of the ingroup. Group Processes &
     Interpersonal Relations, 8, 231-244.
El-Shinnawy, M., & Vinze, A. S. (1997). Technology, culture, and persuasiveness: A study of
     choice-shifts in group settings. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 473-
     496.
El-Shinnawy, M., & Vinze, A. S. (1998). Polarization and persuasive argumentation: A study of
     decision making in group settings. MIS Quarterly, 22, 165-198.
Elias, F. G., Johnson, M. E., & Fortman, J. B. (1989). Task-focused self-disclosure: Effects on
     group cohesiveness, commitment to task, and productivity. Small Group Behavior, 20, 87-
     96.
Elfant, A. B. (1997). Submergence of the personal and unique in developmental models of
     psychotherapy groups and their leaders. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice,
     1, 311-315.
                                                                                                75


Ellemers, N., Dossje, B., van Knippenberg, A., & Wilke, H. (1992). Status protection in high
     status minority groups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 123-140.
Ellemers, N., Doosje, B., & Spears, R. (2004). Sources of respect: The effects of being liked by
     ingroups and outgroups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 155-172.
Ellemers, N., Kortekaas, P., & Ouwerkerk, J. W. (1999). Self-categorization, commitment to the
     group and group self-esteem as related but distinct aspects of social identity. European
     Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 371-389.
Ellemers, N., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (1997). Sticking together or falling apart: In-group
     identification as a psychological determinant of group commitment versus individual
     mobility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 617-626.
Ellemers, N., van Knippenberg, A., de Vries, N., & Wilke, H. (1988). Social identification and
     permeability of group boundaries. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 497-513.
Ellemers, N., van Knippenberg, A., & Wilke, H. (1990). The influence of permeability of group
     boundaries and stability of group status on strategies of individual mobility and social
     change. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 233-246.
Ellemers, N., & van Rijswijk, W. (1997) Identity needs versus social opportunities: The use of
     group-level and individual-level identity management strategies. Social Psychology
     Quarterly, 60, 52-65.
Ellemers, N., van Rijswijk, W., Roefs, M., & Simons, C. (1997). Bias in intergroup perceptions:
     Balancing group identity with social reality. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23,
     186-198.
Ellemers, N., Wilke, H., & van Knippenberg, A. (1993). Effects of the legitimacy of low group
     or individual status on individual and collective self-enhancement strategies. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 766-778.
Ellemers, N., Wilke, H., & van Knippenberg, A. (1993). Effects of the legitimacy of low group
     or individual status on individual and collective status-enhancement strategies. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 766-778.
Eller, A., & Abrahms, D. (2004). Come together: Longitudinal comparisons of Pettigrew’s
     reformulated intergroup contact model and the common ingroup identity model in Anglo-
     French and Mexican American contexts. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 229-
     256.
Ellingson, L. L. (2003). Interdisciplinary health care teamwork in the clinic backstage. Journal of
     Applied Communication Research, 31, 93-117.
Elliott, G. C., & Meeker, B. F. (1984). Modifiers of the equity effect: Group outcome and causes
     for individual performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 586-597.
Elliott, G. C., & Meeker, B. F. (1986). Achieving fairness in the face of competing concerns: The
     different effects of individual and group characteristics. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 50, 754-760.
Elliott, J. (2005). Comparing occupational segregation in Great Britain and the United States:
     The benefits of using a multi-group measure of segregation. Work, Employment and Society,
     19, 153-174.
Ellis, A. P., Bell, B. S., Ployhart, R. E., Hollenbeck, J. R., & Ilgen, D. R. (2005). An evaluation
     of generic teamwork skills training with action teams: Effects on cognitive and skill-based
     outcomes. Personnel Psychology, 58, 641-672.
Ellis, A. P., Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., Porter, C., West, B. J., & Moon, H. (2003). Team
     learning: Collectively connecting the dots. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 831-835.
                                                                                             76


Ellis, A. P., Ilgen, D. R., & Hollenbeck, J. R. (2006). The effects of team leader race on
     performance evaluations: An attributional perspective. Small Group Research, 37, 295-322.
Ellis, D. G. (1979). Relational control in two group systems. Communication Monographs, 46,
     153-166.
Ellis, D. G., & Fisher, B. A. (1975). Phases of conflict in small group development: A Markov
     analysis. Human Communication Research, 1, 195-212.
Ellis, D. G., & McCallister, L. (1980). Relational control sequences in sex-typed and
     androgynous groups. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 44, 35-49.
Ellis, D. G., Werbel, W. S., & Fisher, B. A. (1978). Toward a systemic organization of groups.
     Small Group Behavior, 9, 451-469.
Ellis, R. J. (1988). Self-monitoring and leadership emergence in groups. Personality and Social
     Psychology Bulletin, 14, 681-693.
Ellis, R. J., Adamson, R. S., Deszca, G., & Cawsey, T. F. (1988). Self-monitoring and leadership
     emergence. Small Group Behavior, 19, 312-324.
Ellis, R. J., & Cronshaw, S. F. (1992). Self-monitoring and leader emergence. Small Group
     Research, 23, 114-115.
Elloy, D. F., & Randolph, A. (1997). The effect of superleader behavior on autonomous work
     groups in a government-operated railway service. Public Personnel Management, 26, 257-
     272.
Elizur, D. (1990). Quality circles and quality of work life. International Journal of Manpower,
     11, 3-7.
Elman, D., & Rupple, D. (1978). Group discussion members’ reactions to a structured opening
     exercise. Small Group Behavior, 9, 363-371.
Elmes, M. B., & Gemmill, G. (1990). The psychodynamics of mindlessness and dissent in small
     groups. Small Group Research, 21, 28-44.
Elmuti, D. (1996). Sustaining high performance through self-managed work-teams. Industrial
     Management, 38(2), 4-9.
Elsass, P. M., & Graves, L. M. (1997). Demographic diversity in decision-making groups: The
     experiences of women and people of color. Academy of Management Review, 22, 964-973.
Ely, R. J., & Thomas, D. A. (2001). Cultural diversity at work: The moderating effects of work
     group perspectives on diversity. Administrative Science Quarterly, 46, 229-273.
Emerick, R. E. (1989). Group demographics in the mental patient movement: Group location,
     age, and size as structural factors. Community Mental Health Journal, 25, 277-300.
Emerson, R. M. (1966). Mount Everest: A case study of communication feedback and sustained
     goal-striving. Sociometry, 29, 213-227.
Emurian, H. H., Bigelow, G. E., Brady, J. V., & Emurian, C. S. (1975). Small group performance
     maintenance in a continuously programmed environment. Catalog of Selected Documents in
     Psychology, 5, 187.
Emurian, H. H., & Brady, V. (1979). Small group performance and the effects of contingency
     management in a programmed environment: A progress report. Catalog of Selected
     Documents in Psychology, 9, 58.
Emurian, H. H., & Brady, J. V. (1984). Behavioral and biological effects of changes in group
     size and membership. Psychological Documents, 14, 25.
Emurian, H. H., Brady, J. V., Meyerhoff, J. L., & Mougey, E. H. (1983). Small groups in
     programmed environments: Behavioral and biological interactions. Palovian Journal of
     Biological Science, 18, 199-210.
                                                                                                77


Emurian, H. H., Emurian, C. S., Bigelow, G. E., & Brady, J. V. (1976). The effects of a
    cooperation contingency on behavior in a continuous three-person environment. Journal of
    the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25, 293-302.
Emurian, H. H., Emurian, C. S., & Brady, J. V. (1978). Effects of a pairing contingency on
    behavior in a three-person programmed environment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
    of Behavior, 29, 319-329.
Emurian, H. H., Emurian, C. S., & Bradsy, J. V. (1985). Positive and negative reinforcement
    effects on behavior in a three-person microsociety. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
    Behavior, 44, 157-175.
English, A., Griffith, R. L., & Steelman, L. A. (2004). Team performance: The effect of team
    consciousness and task type. Small Group Research, 35, 643-656.
Enos, R. L. (1985). Classical rhetoric and group decision making: A relationship warranting
    further inquiry. Small Group Behavior, 16, 235-244.
Ensari, N., & Miller, N. (1998). Effect of affective reactions by an out-group on preferences for
    crossed categorization discussion partners. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    75, 1503-1527.
Ensari, N., & Miller, N. (2002). The outgroup must not be so bad after all: The effects of
    disclosure, typicality and salience on intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 83, 313-329.
Ensari, N., & Miller, N. (2005). Prejudice and intergroup attributions: The role of personalization
    and performance feedback. Intergroup Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 391-410.
Ensley, M. D., & Pearce, C. L. (2001). Shared cognition in top management teams: Implications
    for new venture performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 145-160.
Entin, E. E., & Serfaty, D. (1999). Adaptive team coordination. Human Factors, 41, 312-325.
Entwisle, D. R., & Webster, M., Jr. (1974). Expectations in mixed racial groups. Sociology of
    Education, 47, 301-308.
Entwhistle, N., Tait, H., & McCune, V. (2000). Patterns of response to an approach to studying
    inventory across contrasting groups and contexts. European Journal of Psychology of
    Education, 15, 33-48.
Eoyang, C. K. (1974). Effects of group size and privacy in residential crowding. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 389-392.
Epley, N., & Gilovich, T. (1999). Just going along: Nonconscious priming and conformity to
    social pressure. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 578-589.
Erbert, L. A., Mearns, G. M., & Dena, S. (2005). Perceptions of turning points and dialectical
    interpretations in organizational team development. Small Group Research, 36, 21-58.
Erev, I., Bornstein, G., & Galili, R. (1993). Constructive intergroup competition as a solution to
    the free rider problem: A field experiment. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 29,
    463-478.
Erez, A., Lepine, J. A., & Elms, H. (2002). Effects of rotated leadership and peer evaluation on
    the functioning and effectiveness of self-managed teams: A quasi-experiment. Personnel
    Psychology, 55, 929-948.
Erez, M., & Somech, A. (1996). Is group productivity loss the rule or the exception? Effects of
    culture and group based motivation. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 1513-1537.
Erffmeyer, R. C., & Lane, I. M. (1984). Quality and acceptance of an evaluative task: The effects
    of four group decision-making formats. Group & Organization Studies, 9, 509-529.
                                                                                                 78


Erickson, B., & Perkins, M. (1994). Interdisciplinary team approach in the rehabilitation of hip
     and knee arthropolasies. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 48, 439-445.
Erickson, D.H. (2003). Group cognitive behavioral therapy for heterogeneous anxiety disorders.
     Cognitive Behavior Therapy, 32(4), 179-186.
Eskilson, A., & Wiley, M. G. (1976). Sex composition and leadership in small groups.
     Sociometry, 39, 183-194.
Espinoza, J. A., & Garza, R. T. (1985). Social group salience and intergroup cooperation.
     Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 380-392.
Esses, V. M., & Dovidio, J. F. (2002). The role of emotions in determining willingness to engage
     in intergroup contact. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1202-1214.
Esser, A. H. (1973). Cottage fourteen: Dominance and territoriality in a group of institutionalized
     boys. Small Group Behavior, 4, 131-146.
Esser, J. K. (1998). Alive and well after 25 years: A review of groupthink research.
     Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 116-141.
Esser, J. K., & Lindoerfer, J. S. (1989). Groupthink and the space shuttle Challenger accident:
     Toward a quantitative case analysis. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 2, 167-177.
Estabrooks, P., Brawley, L. R., Paskevich, D. M., & Carron, A. V. (1999). Advances in group
     cohesion research in exercise and sport. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 21, S14.
Estabrooks, P. A., & Carron, A. V. (1999a). Group cohesion in older adult exercises: Prediction
     and intervention effects. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 22, 575-588.
Estabrooks, P. A., & Carron, A. V. (1999b). The influence of the group with elderly exercisers.
     Small Group Research, 30, 438-452.
Estabrooks, P. A., & Carron, A. V. (2000). The physical activity group environment
     questionnaire: An instrument for the assessment of cohesion in exercise classes for older
     adults. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 230-243.
Estabrooks, P. A., Munroe, K. J., Fox, E. H., Gyurcsik, N. C., Hill, J. L., Lyon, R., et al. (2004).
     Leadership in physical activism groups for older adults: A qualitative analysis. Journal of
     Aging & Physical Activity, 12, 232-245.
Estrada, C., Yzerbyt, V. V., & Seron, E. (2004). The effects of subjective essentialism on lay
     theories of group differences. Psicothema, 16, 181-186.
Ettin, M. F. (1986). Within the group’s view: Clarifying dynamics through metaphoric and
     symbolic imagery. Small Group Behavior, 17, 407-426.
Ettin, M. F. (1988). “By the crowd they have been broken, by the crowd they shall be healed”:
     The advert of group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 38, 139-
     167.
Ettin, M. F. (1989). “Come on, Jack, tell us about yourself”: The growth spurt of group
     psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 39, 35-57.
Ettin, M. F. (2000). From identified patient to identifiable group: The alchemy of the group as a
     whole. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 50, 137-162.
Ettin, M. F., Cohen, B. D., & Fidler, J. W. (1997). Group-as-a-whole theory viewed in its 20th-
     century context. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 329-340.
Evans, C. R., & Dion, K. L. (1991). Group cohesion and performance: A meta-analysis. Small
     Group Research, 22, 175-186.
Evans, G. W. (1979). Behavioral and physiological consequences of crowding in humans.
     Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 9, 27-46.
                                                                                                 79


Evans, G., W., & Lepore, S. J. (1992). Conceptual and analytic issues in crowding research.
     Journal of Environmental Psychology, 12, 163-173.
Evans, G. W., Palsane, M. N., Lepore, S. J., & Martin, J. (1989). Residential density and
     psychological health: The mediating effects of social support. Journal of Personality and
     Social Psychology, 57, 994-999.
Evans, N. J. (1984). The relationship of interpersonal attraction and attraction to the group in a
     growth group setting. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 9, 172-178.
Evans, N. J., & Jarvis, P. A. (1980). Group cohesion: A review and reevaluation. Small Group
     Behavior, 11, 359-370.
Evans, N. J., & Jarvis, P. A. (1986). The group attitude scale: A measure of attraction to group.
     Small Group Behavior, 17, 203-216.
Evans, R. L., & Connis, R. T. (1995). Comparison of brief group therapies for depressed cancer
     patients receiving radiation treatment. Public Health Reports, 110, 306-311.
Eveland, J. D., & Bikson, T. K. (1988). Work group structures and computer support: A field
     experiment. Transactions on Office Information Systems, 6, 354-379.
Evensen, E. P., & Bednar, R. L. (1978). Effects of specific cognitive and behavioral structure on
     early group behavior and atmosphere. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 25, 66-75.
Everett, J. J., Smith, R. E., & Williams, K. D. (1992). Effects of team cohesion and identifiability
     on social loafing in relay swimming performance. International Journal of Sport
     Psychology, 23, 311-324.
Exline, R. V. (1957). Group climate as a factor in the relevance and accuracy of social
     perception. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 55, 382-388.
Eys, M. A., & Carron, A. V. (2001). Role ambiguity, task cohesion and task self-efficacy. Small
     Group Research, 32, 356-373.
Eys, M. A., Carron, A. V., Beauchamp, M. R., & Bray, S. R. (2005). Athletes’ perceptions of the
     sources of role ambiguity. Small Group Research, 36, 383-403.
Eys, M. A., Carron, A. V., Bray, S. R., & Beauchamp, M. R. (2003). Role ambiguity in sport
     teams. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 25, 534-550.
Ezzamel, M., & Willmott, H. (1998). Accounting for teamwork: A critical study of group-based
     systems of organizational control. Administrative Science Quarterly, 43, 358-396.
Faith, M. S., Wong, F. Y., & Carpenter, K. M. (1995). Group sensitivity training: Update, meta-
     analysis, and recommendations. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 42, 390-399.
Falk, G. (1981). Unanimity versus majority rule in problem-solving groups: A challenge to the
     superiority of unanimity. Small Group Behavior, 12, 377-399.
Falk, G. (1982). An empirical study measuring conflict in problem-solving groups which are
     assigned different decision rules. Human Relations, 35, 1123-1138.
Falk, G., & Falk, S. (1981). The impact of decision rules on the distribution of power in
     problem-solving teams with unequal power. Group and Organization Studies, 6, 211-223.
Falke, R. L., & Taylor, S. E. (1983). Support groups for cancer patients. UCLA Cancer Center
     Bulletin, 10, 13-15.
Fall, K. A., & Levitov, J. E. (2002). Using actors in experiential group counseling leadership
     training. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 27, 122-135.
Falloon, I. R. H., Lindley, P., McDonald, R., & Marks, I. M. (1977). Social skills training of
     outpatient groups: A controlled study of rehearsal and homework. British Journal of
     Psychiatry, 131, 599-609.
                                                                                                   80


Falomir-Pichastor, J. M., Staerkle, C., & Depuiset, M. (2005). Democracy justifies the means:
     political group structure moderates the perceived legitimacy of intergroup aggression.
     Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1683-1695.
Fals-Stewart, W., Marks, A. P., & Schaffer, J. (1993). A comparison of behavioral group therapy
     and individual behavior therapy in treating obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of
     Nervous and Mental Disease, 181, 189-193.
Farzj, S., & Sprull, L. (2000). Consulting expertise in software development teams. Management
     Science, 46, 1554-1568.
Farmer, S., & Galaris, D. (1993). Support groups for children of divorce. American Journal of
     Family Therapy, 21, 40-50.
Farmer, S. M., & Hyatt, C. W. (1994). Effects of task language demands and task complexity on
     computer-mediated work groups. Small Group Research, 25, 331-366.
Farmer, S. M., & Roth, J. (1998). Conflict-handling behavior in work groups: Effects of group
     structure, decision processes, and time. Small Group Research, 29, 669-713.
Farnsworth, P. R. (1928). Concerning so-called group effects. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
     35, 587-594.
Farr, J. L. (1976). Incentive schedules, productivity, and satisfaction in work groups: A
     laboratory study. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 17, 159-170.
Farrell, M. (1976). Patterns in the development of self-analytic groups. Journal of Applied
     Behavioral Science, 12, 523- 42.
Farrell, M. P. (1979). Collective projection and group structure: The relationship between
     deviance and projection in groups. Small Group Behavior, 10, 81-100.
Farrell, M. P. (1982). Artists’ circles and the development of artists. Small Group Behavior, 13,
     451-474.
Farrell, M. P., Heinemann, G. D., & Scnmitt, M. H. (1986). Informal roles, rituals, and styles of
     humor in interdisciplinary health care teams: Their relationship to stages of group
     development. International Journal of Small Group Research, 2, 143-162.
Farrell, M. P., Schmitt, M. H., & Heinemann, G. D. (2001). Informal roles and the stages of
     interdisciplinary team development. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 15, 281-295.
Farris, D. R., & Sage, A. P. (1975). Introduction and survey of group decision making with
     applications to worth assessment. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, 5,
     346-358.
Farris, G. F. (1972). The effect of individual roles on performance in innovative groups. R and D
     Management, 3, 23-28.
Faulkner, P., Smith, P. O., & Vidrine, M. (2002). Equine-facilitated group psychotherapy
     applications for therapeutic vaulting. Issues of Mental Health Nursing, 23, 587-603.
Fay, N. G., Garrod, S., & Carletta, J. (2000). Group discussion as interactive dialogue or as serial
     monologue: The influence of group size. Psychological Science, 11, 481-486.
Fazal, B. A., Telzak, E. E., Blum, S., Pollard, C. L., Bar, M., Ernst, J. A., et al. (1995). Impact of
     a coordinated tuberculosis team in an inner-city hospital in New York City. Infection
     Control and Hospital Epidemiology, 16, 340-343.
Federico, C. M. (1999). The interactive effects of social dominance orientation, group status, and
     perceived stability on favoritism for high-status groups. Group Processes & Intergroup
     Relations, 2, 119-144.
                                                                                                81


Feenstra, R. C., Yang, T. H., & Hamilton, G. G. (1999). Business groups and product variety in
    trade: Evidence from South Korea, Taiwan and Japan. Journal of International Economics,
    48, 71-100.
Feiger, S. M., & Schmitt, M. H. (1979). Collegiality in interdisciplinary health teams: Its
     measurement and its effects. Social Science and Medicine, 13A, 217-229.
Feinberg, B. J., Ostroff, C., & Burke, W. W. (2005). The role of within-group agreement in
     understanding transformational leadership. Journal of Occupational & Organizational
     Psychology, 78, 471-488.
Feldman, D. C. (1984). The development and enforcement of group norms. Academy of
     Management Review, 9, 47-53.
Feldman, R. A. (1968). Interrelationships among three bases of group integration. Sociometry,
     31, 30-46.
Feldman, R. A. (1973). Power distribution, integration, and conformity in small groups.
     American Journal of Sociology, 79, 639-664.
Feldman, R. A. (1974). An experimental study of conformity behavior as small group
     phenomenon. Small Group Behavior, 5, 404-426.
Felix-Ortiz, M., & Salazar, M. R. (2000). A qualitative evaluation of an assisted self-help group
     for drug-addicted clients in a structured outpatient treatment setting. Community Mental
     Health Journal, 36, 339-350.
Felsenthal, D. S. (1979). Group versus individual gambling behavior: Reexamination and
     limitation. Behavioral Science, 24, 334-345.
Feltz, D. L., & Lirgg, C. D. (1998). Perceived team and play efficacy in hockey. Journal of
     Applied Psychology, 83, 557-564.
Ferencik, M. (1990). The supportive and remedial exchange in group therapy. Small Group
     Research, 21, 360-373.
Ferencik, M. (1992). The helping process in group therapy: A review and discussion. Group, 16,
     113-124.
Ferrari, A. (1990). Social complexity, threat, ego defenses, and labeling the other a deviant: A
     “racial” incident in the development of a small group. Small Group Research, 21, 538-553.
Ferris, G. R., & Rowland, K. M. (1983). Social facilitation effects on behavioral and perceptual
     task performance measures: Implications for work behavior. Group and Organization
     Studies, 8, 421-438.
Ferris, G. R., & Wagner J. A., III. (1985). Quality circles in the United States: A conceptual re-
     evaluation. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 21, 155-167.
Festinger, L. (1950). Informal social communication. Psychological Review, 57, 271-282.
Festinger, L. (1954). A theory of social comparison processes. Human Relations, 7, 117-140.
Festinger, L., Pepitone, A., & Newcomb, T. (1952). Some consequences of deindividuation in a
     group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 382-389.
Festinger, L., & Thibaut, J. (1951). Interpersonal communication in small groups. Journal of
     Abnormal Psychology, 46, 92-99.
Fichten, C. (1982). Social exchange processes applied to small group discussions: Practicing
     what we preach. Tires A Part, 3, 20-24.
Fidler, J. W. (1987). Group therapy and society. American Journal of Social Psychiatry, 7, 24-
     26.
                                                                                              82


Fiechtner, S. B., & Krayer, K. J. (1986). Variations in dogmatism and leader-supplied
     information: Determinants of perceived behavior in task-oriented groups. Group &
     Organization Studies, 11, 403-419.
Fiedler, F. E. (1954). Assumed similarity measures as predictors of team effectiveness. Journal
     of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49, 381-388.
Fiedler, F. E. (1955). The influence of leader-keyman relations on combat crew effectiveness.
     Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 227-235.
Fiedler, F. E. (1966). The effect of leadership and cultural heterogeneity on group performance:
     A test of the contingency model. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2, 237-264.
Fiedler, F. E., Hutchins, E. B., & Dodge, J. S. (1959). Quasi-therapeutic relations in small
     college and military groups. Psychological Monographs, 73, No. 473.
Fiedler, F. E., & Meuwese, W. A. T. (1963). Leader’s contribution to task performance in
     cohesive and uncohesive groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 83-87.
Fiedler, F. E., Meuwese, W. A. T., & Oonk, S. (1961). Performance of laboratory tasks requiring
     group creativity. Acta Psychologica, 18, 100-119.
Fiedler, F. E., Warrington, W. G., & Blaisdell, F. J. (1952). Unconscious attitudes as correlates
     of sociometric choice in a social group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47,
     790-796.
Fielding, K. S., & Hogg, M. A. (1997). Social identity, self-categorization, and leadership: A
     field study of small interactive groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1,
     39-51.
Fielding, K. S., & Hogg, M. A. (2000). Working hard to achieve self-defining group goals: A
     social identity analysis. Zeitschrift fűr Sozialpsychologie, 31, 191-203.
Fields, D. L., & Blum, T. C. (1997). Employee satisfaction in work groups with different gender
     composition. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 18, 181-196.
Fieldsteel, N. (1995). The process of termination in long-term psychoanalytic group
     psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 25-39.
Filardo, E. K. (1996). Gender patterns in African American and White adolescents in social
     interactions in same-race, mixed gender groups. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 71, 71-82.
Finchilescu, G. (1986). Effects of incompatibility between internal and external group
     membership criteria on intergroup behavior. European Journal of Social Psychology, 16,
     83-87.
Fine, G. A. (1979). Small groups and culture creation: The ideoculture of little league baseball
     teams. American Sociological Review, 44, 733-745.
Fine, G. A. (1986). Behavioral change in group space: A reintegration of Lewinian theory in
     small group research. Advances in Group Processes, 3, 23-50.
Fine, G. A., & Holyfield, L. (1996). Secrecy, trust, and dangerous leisure: Generating group
     cohesion in voluntary organizations. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 22-38.
Fine, S., Forth, A., Gilbert, M., & Haley, G. (1991)(l.; Group therapy for adolescent depressive
     disorder: A comparison of social skills and therapeutic support. Journal of the American
     Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 30, 79-85.
Fineholt, T., & Sproull, L. S. (1990). Electronic groups at work. Organizational Science, 1, 41-
     64.
Finer, W. D., Uataluoma, J. E., & Bloom, L. J. (1980). The effects of severity and pleasantness
     of initiation on attraction to a group. Journal of Social Psychology, 111, 301-302.
                                                                                              83


Finkelstein, S. (1992). Power in top management teams: Dimensions, measurement, and
     validation. Academy of Management Journal, 35, 505-538.
Finkelstein, S., & Hambrick, D. C. (1990). Top management team tenure and organizational
     outcomes: The moderating role of managerial discretion. Administrative Science Quarterly,
     35, 484-503.
Finigan, M. (1982). The effects of token representation on participation in small decision-making
     groups. Economic and Industrial Democracy, 3, 531-550.
Finkelstein, P., Wenegrat, B., & Yalom, I. (1982). Large group awareness training. Annual
     Review of Psychology, 33, 515-539.
Finlay, K. A., & Stephan, W. G. (2000). Improving intergroup relations: The effects of empathy
     on racial attitudes. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 30, 1720-1737.
Finn, J. (1985). Men’s domestic violence treatment groups: A statewide survey. Social Work
     With Groups, 8, 81-984.
Finn, J. (1999). An exploration of helping processes in an on-line self-help group focusing on
     issues of disability. Health and Social Work, 24, 220-240.
Finn, J., & Lavitt, M. (1994). Computer-based self-help groups for sexual abuse survivors. Social
     Work with Groups, 17, 21-47.
Fiol, C., & O’Connor, E. (2005). Identification in face-to-face, hybrid, and pure virtual teams:
     Untangling the contradictions. Organization Science, 16, 19-32.
Fiorelli, J. S. (1988). Power in work groups: Team members’ perspectives. Human Relations, 41,
     1-12.
Firestein, R. L. (1990). Effects of creative problem-solving training on communication behaviors
     in small groups. Small Group Research, 21, 507-521.
Firestien, R. L., & McCowan, R. J. (1988). Creative problem solving and communication
     behavior in small groups. Creativity Research Journal, 1, 106-114.
Fisek, M. H., Berger, J., & Norman, R. Z. (1991). Participation in heterogeneous and
     homogeneous groups: A theoretical integration. American Journal of Sociology, 97, 114-
     142.
Fish, W. W. (2006). Perceptions of parents with autism towards the IEP meeting: A case study of
     one family support group chapter. Education, 127, 56-68.
Fisher, B. A. (1970a). Decision emergence: Phases in group decision-making. Speech
     Monographs, 37, 53-66.
Fisher, B. A. (1970b). The process of decision modification in small discussion groups. Journal
     of Communication, 20, 51-64.
Fisher, B. A. (1971). Communication research and the task-oriented group. Journal of
     Communication, 21, 136-149.
Fisher, B. A. (1979). Content and relationship dimensions of communication in decision-making
     groups. Communication Quarterly, 27, 3-11.
Fisher, B. A. (1985). Leadership as medium: Treating complexity in group communication
     research. Small Group Behavior, 16, 167-196.
Fisher, B. A., & Hawes, L. C. (1971). An interact system model: Generating a grounded theory
     of small groups. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 57, 444-453.
Fisher, B. A., & Stutman, R. K. (1987). An assessment of group trajectories: Analyzing
     development breakpoints. Communication Quarterly, 35, 105-124.
                                                                                                84


Fisher, G. G., & Opper, F. H. (1996). An interdisciplinary nutrition support team improves
     quality of care in a teaching hospital. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 96, 176-
     178.
Fisher, M., Thompson, G. S., & Silverberg, D. A. (2004/2005). Effective group dynamics in e-
     learning: Case study. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 33, 205-222.
Fisher, R. J. (1983). Third party consultation as a method of intergroup conflict resolution: A
     review of studies. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 27, 301-334.
Fisher, R. J. (1994). Generic principles for resolving intergroup conflict. Journal of Social
     Issues, 50(1), 47-66.
Fisher, R. J., & Keashly, L. (1988). Third-party interventions in intergroup conflict: Consultation
     is NOT mediation. Negotiation Journal, 4, 381-393.
Fisher, S. G., Macrosson, W. D. K., & Wong, J. (198). Cognitive style and team role preference.
     Journal of Managerial Psychology, 13, 544-557.
Fiske, J., Davis, D. M., & Horrocks, P. (1995). A self-help group for complete denture wearers.
     British Dental Journal, 178, 18-22.
Fiske, S. T., & Goodwin, S. A. (1994). Social cognition research and small group research, a
     West Side Story or . . . ? Small Group Research, 25, 147-171.
Fjermestad, J., & Hiltz, R. (1999). An assessment of group support systems experimental
     research: Methodology and results. Journal of Management Information Systems, 15(3), 7-
     149.
Fjermestad, J., & Hiltz, R. (2000). Group support systems: A descriptive evaluation of case and
     field studies. Journal of Management Information Systems, 17, 112-157.
Flanagin, A. J., Park, H. S., & Seibold, D. R. (2004). Group performance and collaborative
     technology: A longitudinal and multilevel analysis of information quality, contribution
     equity, and members’ satisfaction in computer-mediated groups. Communication
     Monographs, 71, 352-372.
Flanagin, A. J., Stohl, C., & Bimber, B. (2006). Modeling the structure of collective action.
     Communication Monographs, 73, 29-54.
Flanagin, A. J., Tiyaamornwong, V., O’Connor, J., & Seibold, D. R. (2002). Computer-mediated
     group work: The interaction of member sex and anonymity. Communication Research, 29,
     66-93.
Flanders, J. P., & Thistlethwaite, D. L. (1967). Effects of familiarization and group discussion
     upon risk taking. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5, 91-97.
Fleischer, R. A., & Chertkoff, J. M. (1986). Effects of dominance and sex on leader selection in
     dyadic work groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 94-99.
Flin, R. (1995). Crew resource management for teams in the offshore oil industry. Journal of
     European Industrial Training, 19, 23-27.
Flippin, A. R. (1999). Understanding groupthink from a self-regulatory perspective. Small Group
     Research, 30, 139-165.
Flippen, A. R., Hornstein, H. A., Siegal, W. E., & Weitzman, E. A. (1966). A comparison of
     similarity and interdependence as triggers for in-group formation. Personality and Social
     Psychology Bulletin, 22, 882-893.
Flores, J. C., & Alonso, A. (1991). Using focus groups in educational research. Evaluation
     Review, 19, 84-101.
                                                                                                85


Florin, P., Giamartino, G. A., Kenny, D. A., & Wandersman, A. (1990). Levels of analysis and
     effects: Clarifying group influence and climate by separating individual and group effects.
     Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20, 881-900.
Flowers, M. L. (1977). A laboratory test of some implications of Janis’s groupthink hypothesis.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 888-896.
Foddy, M., & Smithson, M. (1996). Relative ability, paths of relevance, and influence in task-
     oriented groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 140-153.
Fodor, E. M. (1976). Group stress, authoritarian style of control, and use of power. Journal of
     Applied Psychology, 61, 313-318.
Fodor, E. M. (1985). The power motive, group conflict, and physiological arousal. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1408-1415.
Fodor, E. M., & Riordan, J. M. (1995). Leader power motive and group conflict as influences on
     leader behavior and group member self-affect. Journal of Research in Personality, 29, 418-
     431.
Fodor, E. M., & Smith, T. (1982). The power motive as an influence on group decision making.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 178-185.
Foels, R., Driskell, J. E., Mullen, B., & Salas, E. (2000). The effects of democratic leadership on
     group member satisfaction: An integration. Small Group Research, 31, 676-701.
Foldesi, T. (1978). Investigation for the objective measurement of cooperative ability among the
     members of rowing teams. International Review of Sport Sociology, 13, 49-69.
Ford, D. L., Jr. (1983). Effects of personal control beliefs: An exploratory analysis of bargaining
     outcomes in intergroup negotiations. Group and Organization Studies, 8, 113-125.
Ford, D. L., Jr., Nemiroff, P. M., & Pasmore, W. A. (1977). Group decision-making performance
     as influenced by group tradition. Small Group Behavior, 8, 223-228.
Forester-Miller, H., & Duncan, J. A. (1990). The ethics of dual relationships in the training of
     group counselors. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 15, 88-93.
Forgas, J. P. (1977). Polarization and moderation of person perception judgements as a function
     of group interaction style. European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 175-187.
Forgas, J. P. (1978). Social episodes and social structure in an academic setting: The social
     environment of an intact group. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 434-448.
Forgas, J. P. (1981). Responsibility attribution by groups and individuals: The effects of the
     interaction episode. European Journal of Social Psychology, 11, 87-99.
Forgas, J. P. (1990). Affective influences on individual and group judgements. European Journal
     of Social Psychology, 20, 441-453.
Forgas, J. P., Brennan, G., Howe, S., Kane, J., & Sweet, S. (1980). Audience effects on squash
     players’ performance. Journal of Social Psychology, 111, 41-47.
Forgas, J. P., & Fiedler, K. (1996). Us and them: Mood effects on intergroup discrimination.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 28-40.
Forgas, J. P., O’Connor, K. V., & Morris, S. L. (1983). Smile and punishment: The effects of
     facial expression on responsibility attribution by groups and individuals. Personality and
     Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 587-596.
Forsyth, D. R. (2000). The social psychology of groups and group psychotherapy: One view of
     the next century. Group, 24, 147-155.
Forsyth, D. R., Berger, R. E., & Mitchell, T. (1981). The effects of self-serving vs. other-serving
     claims of responsibility on attraction and attribution in groups. Social Psychology Quarterly,
     44, 59-64.
                                                                                               86


Forsyth, D. R., & Kelley, K. N. (1994). Attribution in groups: Estimations of personal
    contributions to collective endeavors. Small Group Research, 25, 367-383.
Forsyth, D. R., & Schlenker, B. R. (1977). Attributing the causes of group performance: Effects
    of performance quality, task importance, and future testing. Journal of Personality, 45, 220-
    236.
Forsyth, D. R., Zyzniewski, L. E., & Giammanco, C. A. (2002). Responsibility diffusion in
    cooperative collectives. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 54-65.
Forward, J., & Zander, A. (1971). Choice of unattainable group goals and effects on
    performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 6, 184-199.
Foss, R. D. (1976). Group decision processes in the simulated trial jury. Sociometry, 39, 305-
    316.
Foss, R. D. (1981). Structural effects in simulated jury decision making. Journal of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 40, 1055-1062.
Foster, D. H., & Finchilescu, G. (1985). Group-induced decision polarization: Further
    generalizations. South African Journal of Psychology, 15, 47-54.
Foster, M. D., & Matheson, K. (1999). Perceiving and responding to the personal/group
     discrimination discrepancy. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1319-1329.
Fouilleux, E., Maillard, J., & Smith, A. (2005). Technical or political? The working groups of the
     EU Council of Ministers. Journal of European Public Policy, 12, 609-623.
Foulds, M. L., Guinan, J. F., & Warehime, R. G. (1974). Marathon group: Changes in a measure
    of dogmatism. Small Group Behavior, 5, 387-392.
Fountain, M. J. (1993). Key roles and issues of the multidisciplinary team. Seminars in Oncology
    Nursing, 9, 25-31.
Fouriezos, N. T., Hutt, M. L., & Guetzkow, H. (1950). Measurement of self-oriented needs in
    discussion groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 45, 682-690.
Foushee, H. C. (1984). Dyads and triads at 35,000 feet: Factors affecting group process and
    aircrew performance. American Psychologist, 39, 886-893.
Fox, W. M. (1989). The improved nominal group technique. Journal of Management
    Development, 8, 20-27.
Foy, D. W., Eriksson, C. B., & Trice, G. A. (2001). Introduction to group interventions for
    trauma survivors. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 246-251.
Foy, D. W., Glynn, S. M., Ruzek, J. L., Riney, S. J., & Gusman, F. D. (1997). Trauma focus
    group therapy for combat-related PTSD. In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice, 3(4), 59-73.
Fox, J., & Guyer, M. (1977). Group size and cooperation in n-person Prisoner’s Dilemma.
    Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 469-481.
Fraidin, S. N. (2004). When one head is better than two: Interdependent information in group
    decision making. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 93, 102-113.
Frank, F., & Anderson, L. R. (1971). Effects of task and group size upon group productivity and
    member satisfaction. Sociometry, 34, 135-149.
Frank, J. D. (1957). Some determinants, manifestations, and effects of cohesiveness in therapy
    groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 7, 53-63.
Frank, M. G., Feeley, T. H., Paolantonio, N., & Servoss, T. J. (2004). Individual and small group
    accuracy in judging truthful and deceptive communication. Group Decision and
    Negotiation, 13, 45-59.
Frank, M. G., Paolantonio, N., Feeley, T., & Servoss, T. (2004). Individual and small
                                                                                               87


    group advocacy in judging truthful and deceptive communication. Group Decision &
    Negotiation, 13, 45-59.
Franklin, R., & Pack-Brown, S. (2001). Team brothers: An africentric approach to group work
    with African-American Male adolescents. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 26, 237-
    245.
Franko, D. L. (1987). Anorexia nervosa and bulimia: A self-help group. Small Group Behavior,
    18, 398-407.
Franz, C. R., & Jin, K. G. (1995). The structure of group conflict in a collaborative work group
    during information systems development. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 23,
    108-127.
Franz, T. M., & Larson, J. R., Jr. (2002). The impact of experts on information sharing during
    group discussion. Small Group Research, 33, 383-411.
Fraser, C. (1971). Group risk taking and group polarization. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 1, 493-510.
Fraser, K. L., & Russell, G. M. (2000). The role of the group in acquiring self-defense skills:
    Results of a qualitative study. Small Group Research, 31, 397-423.
Fraser, S. C., Diener, E., Beaman, A. L., & Kelem, R. T. (1977). Two, three, or four heads are
    better than one: Modifications of college performance by peer monitoring. Journal of
    Educational Psychology, 69, 101-108.
Fraser, S. N., & Spink, K. S. (2002). Examining the role of social support and group cohesion in
    exercise compliance. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 25, 233-249.
Frederiksen, C. H., (1999). Learning to reason through discourse in a problem-based learning
    group. Discourse Processes, 27, 135-150.
Free, M., Oei, T., & Sander, M. (1991). Treatment outcome of a group cognitive therapy
    program for depression. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 41, 533-547.
Freedman, J. L. (1979). Reconciling apparent differences between responses of humans and
    other animals to crowding. Psychological Review, 86, 80-85.
Freedman, J. L., & Perlick, D. (1979). Crowding, contagion, and laughter. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 295-303.
Freedman, S. M., & Hurley, J. R. (1980). Perceptions of helpfulness and behaviors in group.
    Group, 4, 51-58.
Freeman, C., & Munro, J. (1988). Drug and group treatments for bulimia/bulimia nervosa.
    Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 32, 647-660.
Freeman, K. A. (1996). Attitudes toward work in project groups as predictors of academic
    performance. Small Group Research, 27, 265-282.
Freeman, L. C. (1979). Centrality in social networks: I. Conceptual clarification. Social
    Networks, 1, 215-239.
Freeman, S. J. (1991). Group facilitation of the grieving process with those bereaved by suicide.
    Journal of Counseling & Development, 69, 328-431.
Freese, L. (1974). Conditions for status equity in formal task groups. Sociometry, 37, 174-188.
French, D. C., & Stright, A. L. (1991). Emergent leadership in children’s small groups. Small
    Group Research, 22, 187-199.
French, D. C., Waas, G. A., Stright, A. L., & Baker, J. A. (1986). Leadership asymmetries in
    mixed-age children’s groups. Child Development, 57, 1277-1283.
French, J. R. P., Jr. (1941). The disruption and cohesion of groups. Journal of Abnormal and
    Social Psychology, 36, 361-377.
                                                                                              88


Frey, J., & Fontana, A. (1991). The group interview in social research. Social Science Journal,
     28, 175-187.
Frey, L. R. (1989). Exploring the input-throughput-output relationship in small groups:
     Communicative predispositions, argumentation and leadership. World Communication,
     18(2), 43-70.
Frey, L. R. (1994a). Introduction: Revitalizing the study of small group communication.
     Communication Studies, 45, 1-6.
Frey, L. R. (1994b). The naturalistic paradigm: Studying small groups in the postmodern era.
     Small Group Research, 25, 551-577.
Frey, L. R. (1994c). Introduction: Revitalizing the study of small group communication.
     Communication Studies, 45, 1-6.
Frey, L. R. (2000). Diversifying our understanding of diversity and communication in groups:
     Dialoguing with Clark, Anand, and Roberson (2000). Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
     and Practice, 4, 222-229.
Frey, L. R., Adelman, M. B., Flint, L. J., & Query, J. L., Jr. (2000). Weaving meanings together
     in an AIDS residence: Communicative practices, perceived health outcomes, and the
     symbolic construction of community. Journal of Health Communication, 5, 53-72.
Frey, L. R., Adelman, M. B., & Query, J. L., Jr. (1996). Communication practices in the social
     construction of health in an AIDS residence. Journal of Health Psychology, 1, 383-397.
Frey, L. R., & Sunwolf. (2004). The symbolic-interpretive perspective on group dynamics. Small
     Group Research, 35, 277-306.
Friedkin, N. E. (1999). Choice shift and group polarization. American Sociological Review, 64,
     856-875.
Friedkin, N. E., & Simpson, M. J. (1985). Effects of competition on members’ identification with
     their subunit. Administrative Science Quarterly, 30, 377-394.
Friedlander, F. (1967). The impact of organizational training laboratories upon the effectiveness
     of ongoing work groups. Personnel Psychology, 20, 289-307.
Friedlander, F. (1968). A comparative study of consulting processes and group development.
     Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 4, 377-379.
Friedlander, M. L., Thibodeau, J. R., Nichols, M. P., Tucker, C., & Snyder, J. (1985).
     Introducing semantic cohesion analysis: A sturdy of group talk. Small Group Behavior, 16,
     285-302.
Friedman, P. G. (1989). Upstream facilitation: A proactive approach to managing problem-
     solving groups. Management Communication Quarterly, 3, 33-50.
Friedman, R., & Handle, O. (2002). Facilitating individuation processes in supervision groups
     comprised of co-therapists conducting group treatment with bereaved parents. Group, 26(1),
     95-105.
Fristad, M. A., Goldberg, G., Arnold, J., & Gavazzi, S. (2002). Multifamily psychoeducation
     groups (MFPG) for families of children with bipolar disport. Bipolar Disorders, 4, 254-262.
Fristad, M. A., & Sisson, D. P. (2004). Creating partnerships between consumer groups and
     professional psychologists. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 36, 477-480.
Fromme, D. K., & Close, S. R. (1976). Group compatibility and the modification of affective
     verbalizations. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 15, 189-197.
Fry, L. W., & Slocum, J. W. (1984). Technology, structure, and workgroup effectiveness: A test
     of a contingency model. Academy of Management Journal, 27, 221-246.
                                                                                             89


Fuehrer, A., & Keys, C. (1988). Group development in self-help groups for college students.
    Small Group Behavior, 19, 325-341.
Frye, R. L., & Bass, B. M. (1963). Behavior in a group related to tested social acquiescence.
    Journal of Social Psychology, 61, 263-266.
Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1990). Consistency of matter: A comparative analysis of
    individual and group process variables. Counseling Psychologist, 18, 6-63.
Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1994). Measuring small group process: A methodological
    application of chaos theory. Small Group Research, 25, 502-519.
Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (2001). Group psychotherapy training and effectiveness.
    International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 51, 399-416.
Fuhriman, A., Drescher, S., & Burlingame, G. (1984). Conceptualizing small group process.
    Small Group Behavior, 15, 427-440.
Fuller, S. R., & Aldag, R. J. (1998). Organizational tonypandy: Lessons from a quarter century
    of groupthink phenomenon. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73,
    163-184.
Fuirst, S., Blackburn, R., & Rosen, B. (1999). Virtual team effectiveness: A proposed research
    agenda. Information Systems Journal, 9, 249-269.
Fuller, M. A., Hardin, A. M., & Davison, R. M. (2007). Efficacy in technology-mediated
    distributed teams. Journal of Management Information Systems, 23, 221-247.
Fuller, M. G., & Jordan, M. L. (1994). The substance abuse consultation team addressing the
    problem of hospitalized substance abusers. General Hospital Psychiatry, 16, 73-77.
Furst, S., Blackburn, R., & Rosen, B. (1999). Virtual team effectiveness: A proposed research
    agenda. Info Systems, 9, 249-269.
Furst, S. A., Reeves, M., Rosen, B., & Blackburn, R. S. (2004). Managing the life cycle of
    virtual teams. Academy of Management Executive, 18, 6-20.
Futoran, G. C., Kelly, J. R., & McGrath, J. E. (1989). TEMPO: A time-based system for analysis
    of group interaction processes. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 10, 211-232.
Gabbert, B., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1986). Cooperating learning, group-to-individual
    transfer, process gain, and the acquisition of cognitive reasoning strategies. Journal of
    Psychology, 120, 265-278.
Gabrenya, W., Latané, B., & Wang, Y. (1983). Social loafing in cross-cultural perspective:
    Chinese on Taiwan. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 14, 368-384.
Gabrenya, W. K., Wang, Y., & Latané, B. (1985). Social loafing on an optimizing task: Cross-
    cultural differences among Chinese and Americans. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
    16, 223-242.
Gaenslen, F. (1980). Democracy vs. efficiency: Some arguments from the small group. Political
    Psychology, 2, 15-29.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Anastasio, P. A., Bachman, B. A., & Rust, M. C. (1993a). The
    common ingroup identity model: Recategorization and the reduction of intergroup bias.
    European Review of Social Psychology, 4, 2-26.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Anastasio, P. A., Bachman, B. A., & Rust, M. C. (1993b).
    Reducing intergroup bias: The common ingroup identity model. European Review of Social
    Psychology, 4, 1-20.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., & Bachman, B. A. (1996). Revisiting the contact hypothesis: The
    induction of a common ingroup identity. International Journal of Intercultural Relations,
    20, 271-290.
                                                                                               90


Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Banker, B. S., Houlette, M., Johnson, K. M., & McGlynn, E. A.
    (2000). Reducing intergroup conflict: From superordinate goals to decategorization,
    recategorization, and mutual differentiation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 4, 98-114.
Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Rust, M. C., Nier, J. A., Banker, B. S., Ward, C. M., Mottola, G.
    R., & Houlette, M. (1999). Reducing intergroup bias: Elements of intergroup cooperation.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 388-402.
Gaertner, S. L., & Insko, C. A. (2000). Intergroup discrimination in the minimal group paradigm:
    Categorization, reciprocation, or fear? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79,
    787-794.
Gaertner, S. L., & Insko, C. A. (2001). On the measurement of social orientations in the minimal
    group paradigm: Norms as moderators of the expression of intergroup bias. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 143-154.
Gaetner, S. L., Mann, J. A., Dovidio, J. F., Murrell, A. J., & Pomare, M. (1990). How does
    cooperation reduce intergroup bias? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 692-
    704.
Gaetner, S. L., Mann, J. A., Murrell, A. J., & Dovidio, J. F. (1989). Reducing intergroup bias:
    The benefits of categorization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 239-249.
Gaertner, S. L., Mann, J. A., Dovidio, J. G., Murrell, A. J., & Pomare, M. (1990). How does
    cooperation reduce intergroup bias? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 692-
    704.
Gaetner, S. L., Rust, M. C., Dovidio, J. F., Bachman, B. A., & Anastasio, P. A. (1994). The
    contact hypothesis: The role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup bias.
    Small Group Research, 25, 224-249.
Gaertner, S. L., & Shopler, J. (1998). Perceived ingroup entitativity and intergroup bias: An
    interconnection of self and others. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 963-980.
Gage, M. (1998). From independence to interdependence: Creating synergistic health-care teams.
    Journal of Nursing Administration, 28(4), 17-26.
Gagné, M., & Zuckerman, M. (1999). Performance and learning goal orientation as moderators
    of social loafing and social facilitation. Small Group Research, 30, 524-541.
Gaines, S., & Gaines, W. (2000). Impact of small-group decision making in reducing stress
    conditions. Journal of Anthropological Archaeology, 19, 103-130.
Galagan, P. (1986). Work teams that work. Training and Development Journal, 11, 33-35.
Galanes, G. J. (2003). In their own words: An exploratory study of bona fide group leaders.
    Small Group Research, 34, 741-770.
Galanter, M. (1988). Zealous self-help groups as adjuncts to psychiatric treatment: A study of
    Recovery, Inc. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 1248-1253.
Galegher, J., & Kraut, R. E. (1994). Computer-mediated communication for intellectual
    teamwork: An experiment in group writing. Information Systems Research, 5, 110-138.
Galegher, J., Sproull, L., & Kiesler, S. (1998). Legitimacy, authority, and community in
    electronic support groups. Written Communication, 15, 493-530.
Galinsky, A. D., & Kray, L. J. (2004). From thinking about what might have been to sharing
    what we know: The effects of counterfactual mind-sets on information sharing in groups.
    Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 606-618.
                                                                                               91


Galinsky, A. D., Ku, G., & Wang, C. S. (2005). Perspective-taking and self-other overlap:
    Fostering social bonds and facilitating social coordination. Group Processes & Intergroup
    Relations, 8, 109-124.
Galinsky, A. D., & Moskowitz, G. B. (2992). Perspective-taking: Decreasing stereotype
    expression, stereotype accessibility, and in-0group favoritism. Journal of Personal and
    Social Psychology, 78, 708-724.
Galinsky, M. J., & Schopler, J. H. (1977). Warning: Groups may be dangerous for your health.
    Social Work, 22, 89-93.
Galinsky, M. J., & Schopler, J. H. (1989). Development patterns in open-ended groups. Social
    Work with Groups, 12, 99-114.
Galinsky, M. J., & Schopler, J. H. (1994). Negative experiences in support groups. Social Work
    in Health Care, 20(1), 77-95.
Galinsky, M. J., Schopler, J. H., & Abell, M. D. (1997). Connecting group members through
    telephone and computer groups. Health & Social Work, 22, 181-188.
Gallupe, R. B., Bastianutti, L. M., & Cooper, W. H. (1991). Unblocking brainstorms. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 76, 137-142.
Gallupe, R. B., & Cooper, W. H. (1993). Brainstorming electronically. Sloan Management
    Review, 35, 27-36.
Gallupe, R. B., Dennis, A. R., Cooper, W. H., Valachich, J. S., Bastianutti, L., & Nunamaker, J.
    F., Jr. (1992). Electronic brainstorming and group size. Academy of Management Journal,
    35, 350-369.
Gallupe, R. B., DeSanctis, G., & Dickson, G. W. (1988). Computer based support for group
    problem-finding: An experimental investigation. MIS Quarterly, 12, 277-296.
Gallupe, R. B., & McKeen, J. D. (1990). Enhancing computer-mediated communication: An
    experimental investigation into the use of a group decision support system for face-to-face
    versus remote meetings. Information and Management, 18, 1-13.
Gamble, W. A., & Strain, P. S. (1978). The effects of group-administered reinforcement on
    group consensual decisions. Education, 98, 47-52.
Gammage, K. L., Carron, A. V., & Estabrooks, P. A. (2001). Team cohesion and individual
    productivity: The influence of the norm for productivity and the identifiability of individual
    effort. Small Group Research, 32, 3-18.
Gannon, T. M. (1966). Emergence of the “defensive” group norm. Federal Probation, 30(4), 44-
    47.
Ganster, D. C., Williams, S., & Poppler, P. (1991). Does training in problem solving improve the
    quality of group decision. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, 479-483.
Ganzarain, R. (1974-1975). A psychoanalytic study of sensitivity training. Interpersonal
    Development, 5, 60-70.
Garcia, A. L., Miller, D. A., Smith, E. R., & Mackie, D. M. (2006). Thanks for the compliment?
    Emotional reactions to group-level versus individual-level compliments and insults. Group
    Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 307-324.
Garcia, S. M., Weaver, K., Moskowitz, G. B., & Darley, J. M. (2002). Crowded minds: The
    implicit bystander effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 843-853.
Gardham, K., & Brown, R. (2001). Two forms of intergroup discrimination with positive and
    negative outcomes: Explaining the positive-negative asymmetry effect. British Journal of
    Social Psychology, 40, 23-34.
                                                                                              92


Gardner, D. E., Shields, D. L., Bredemeier, B. J., & Bostrom, A. (1996). The relationship
    between perceived coaching behaviors and team cohesion among baseball and softball
    players. Sport Psychologist, 10, 367-381.
Garibaldi, A. M. (1979). Affective contributions of cooperative and group goal structures.
    Journal of Educational Psychology, 71, 788-794.
Garland, H., & Beard, J. F. (1979). Relationship between self-monitoring and leader emergence
    across two task situations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 64, 403-420.
Garlick, R. (1993). Single, double, and triple minorities and the evaluations of persuasive
    arguments. Communication Studies, 44, 273-284.
Garlick, R., & Mongeau, P. A. (1992). Majority/minority size and the evaluations of persuasive
    arguments. Communication Research Reports, 9, 43-53.
Garlick, R., & Mongeau, P. A. (1993). Argument quality and group member status as
    determinants of attitudinal minority influence. Western Journal of Communication, 57, 289-
    308.
Garrod, S. C., & Doherty, G. M. (1994). Conversation, co-ordination, and convention: An
    empirical investigation of how groups establish linguistic conventions. Cognition, 53, 181-
    215.
Garside, C. (1996). Look who’s talking: A comparison of lecture and group discussion teaching
    strategies in developing critical thinking skills. Communication Education, 45, 212-227.
Garza, R. T., Lipton, J. P., & Isonio, S. A. (1989). Group ethnic composition, leader ethnicity,
    and task performance: An application of social identity theory. Genetic, Social, and General
    Psychology Monographs, 115, 297-314.
Garza, R. T., Romero, G. J., Cox, B. G., & Ramirez, M. (1982). Biculturalism, locus of control,
    and leader behavior in ethnically mixed small groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
    12, 237-253.
Garza, R. T., & Santos, S. J. (1991). Ingroup/outgroup balance and interdependent interethnic
    behavior. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27, 124-137.
Gastil, J. (1992). A definition of small group democracy. Small Group Research, 23, 278-301.
Gastil, H. (1993). Identifying obstacles to small group democracy. Small Group Research, 24, 5-
    27.
Gastil, J. (1994). A meta-analytic review of the productivity and satisfaction of democratic and
    autocratic leadership. Small Group Research, 25, 384-410.
Gastil, J., Burkhalter, S., & Black, L. W. (2007). Do juries deliberate? A study of deliberation,
    individual difference, and group member satisfaction at a municipal courthouse. Small
    Group Research, 38, 337-359.
Gavin, L. A., & Furman, W. (1989). Age differences in adolescents’ perceptions of their peer
    groups. Developmental Psychology, 25, 827-834.
Gear, T. E., Marsh, N. R., & Sergent, P. (1985). Semi-automated feedback and team behavior.
    Human Relations, 38, 707-721.
Gebhardt, L. J., & Meyers, R. A. (1995). Subgroup influence in decision-making groups:
    Examining consistency from a communication perspective. Small Group Research, 26, 147-
    168.
Geier, J. G. (1967). A trait approach to the study of leadership in small groups. Journal of
    Communication, 17, 316-323.
Geist, P., & Chandler, T. (1984). Account analysis of influence in group decision-making.
    Communication Monographs, 51, 66-78.
                                                                                              93


Geist, R., Heinman, M., Stephens, D., Davis, R., & Katzman, D. (2000). Comparison of family
    therapy and family psychoeducation in adolescents with anorexia nervosa. Canadian
    Journal of Psychiatry, 45, 173-178.
Geister, S., Konradt, U., & Hertel, G. (2006). Effects of process feedback on motivation,
    satisfaction, and performance in virtual teams. Small Group Research, 37, 459-489.
Gellatly, I. R. (1995). Individual and group determinants of employee absenteeism: Test of
    causal model. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 16, 469-485.
Gemmill, G. (1986). The mythology of the leader role in small groups. Small Group Behavior,
    17, 41-50.
Gemmill, G. (1989). The dynamics of scapegoating in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 20,
    406-418.
Gentry, G. W. (1980). Group size and attitudes toward the simulation experience. Simulation and
    Games, 11, 451-460.
Gentry, M. E. (1982). Consensus as a form of decision making. Journal of Sociology and Social
    Welfare, 9, 233-244.
George, J. F., Dennis, W. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1992). An experimental investigation of
    facilitation in an EMS decision room. Group Decision and Negotiation, 1, 57-70.
George, J. F., Easton, G. K., Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., & Northcraft, G. B. (1990). A study of
    collaborative group work with and without computer-based support. Information Systems
    Research, 1, 394-415.
George, J. F., & Jessup, L. M. (1997). Groups over time: What are we really studying?
    International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 497-511.
George, J. M. (1990). Personality, affect, and behavior in groups. Journal of Applied Psychology,
    75, 107-116.
George, J. M. (1995). Leader positive mood and group performance: The case of customer
    service. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 778-795.
George, J. M., & Bettenhausen, K. (1990). Understanding prosocial behaviors, sales
    performance, and turnover: A group-level analysis in a service context. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 75, 698-709.
George, J. M., & James, L. R. (1993). Personality, affect, and behavior in groups revisited:
    Comment on aggression, levels of analysis, and a recent application of within and between
    analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 798-804.
George, W. W. (1977). Task teams for rapid growth. Harvard Business Review, 55, 71-80.
Gerard, H. B. (1953). The effect of different dimensions of disagreement on the communication
    process in small groups. Human Relations, 6, 249-271.
Gerard, H. B. (1964). Conformity and commitment to the group. Journal of Abnormal and Social
    Psychology, 68, 209-211.
Gerard, H. B., & Hoyt, M. F. (1974). Distinctiveness of social categorization and attitude toward
    ingroup members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 836-842.
Gerard, H. B., & Mathewson, G. C. (1966). The effects of severity of initiation on liking for a
    group: A replication. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2, 278-287.
Gerard, H. B., Wilhelmy, R. A., & Connolley, E. S. (1968). Conformity and group size. Journal
    of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 79-82.
Germain, M., Knoeffel, F., Wieland, D., & Rubenstein, L. Z. (1995). A geriatric assessment and
    intervention team for hospital inpatients awaiting transfer to a geriatric unit: A randomized
    trial. Aging: Clinical and Experimental Research, 1, 55-60.
                                                                                                94


Gero, A. (1985). Conflict avoidance in consensual decision processes. Small Group Behavior,
    16, 487-499.
Gershenoff, A. B., & Foti, R. J. (2003). Leader emergence and gender roles in all-female groups:
    A contextual examination. Small Group Research, 34, 170-196.
Gersick, C. J. G. (1988). Time and transitions in work teams: Toward a new model of group
    development. Academy of Management Journal, 31, 9-41.
Gersick, C. J. G. (1989). Marking time: Predictable transitions in task groups. Academy of
    Management Journal, 32, 274-309.
Gersick, C. J. G., & Hackman, J. R. (1990). Habitual routines in task-performing groups.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 47, 65-97.
Ghiselli, E., & Lodahl, T. (1958). Patterns of managerial traits and group effectiveness. Journal
    of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57, 61-66.
Gibb, J. R. (1951). The effects of group size and of threat upon certainty in a problem-solving
    situation. American Psychologist, 6, 324.
Gibbard, G., & Hartman, J. (1973). The Oedipal paradigm in group development: A clinical and
    empirical study. Small Group Behavior, 4, 305-354.
Gibson, C. B. (1999). Do they do what they believe they can? Group-efficacy and group
    effectiveness across tasks and cultures. Academy of Management Journal, 42, 138-152.
Gibson, C. B. (2003). Quality of team service: The role of field independent culture, quality
    orientation, and quality improvement focus. Small Group Research, 34, 619-646.
Gibson, C. B. (2001a). From accumulation to accommodation: The chemistry of collective
    cognition in work groups. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 121-134.
Gibson, C. B. (2001b). Me and us: Differential relationships among goal setting training,
    efficacy, and effectiveness at the individual and team level. Journal of Organizational
    Behavior, 22, 789-808.
Gibson, C. B. (2003). The efficacy advantage: Factors related to the formation of group efficacy.
    Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 33, 2153-2186.
Gibson, C. B., & Gibbs, J. L. (2006). Unpacking the concept of Virtuality: The effects of
    geographic disperson, electronic dependence, dynamic structure, and national diversity on
    team innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 51, 451-495.
Gibson, C. B., Randall, A. E., & Earley, P. C. (2000). Understanding group efficacy: An
    empirical test of multiple assessment models. Group & Organization Management, 25, 67-
    97.
Gibson, C. B., & Saxton, T. (2005). Thinking outside the black box: Outcomes of team decisions
    with third-party interventions. Small Group Research, 36, 208-236.
Gibson, C. M., & Vermuelen, F. (2003). A healthy divide: Subgroups as a stimulus for team
    learning. Administrative Science Quarterly, 48, 202-239.
Gibson, C. B., Zellmer-Bruhn, M., & Schwab, D. P. (2003). Team effectiveness in multinational
    organizations: Development across contexts. Group and Organization Management, 28,
    444-474.
Gibson, D. R. (2003). Participation shifts: Order and differentiation in group conversation. Social
    Forces, 81, 1335-1380.
Giesen, M., & Hendrick, C. (1974). Effects of seating distance and room illumination on the
    affective outcomes of small group interaction. Social Behavior and Personality, 2, 87-96.
Giesen, M., & Hendrick, C. (1977). Physical distance and sex in moderated groups: Neglected
    factors in group interaction. Memory and Cognition, 5, 79-83.
                                                                                               95


Giesen, M., & McClaren, H. A. (1976). Discussion, distance, and sex: Changes in impressions
     and attraction during small group interaction. Sociometry, 39, 60-70.
Giffin, K., & Ehrlich, L. (1963). The attitudinal effects of a group discussion on a proposed
     change in company policy. Speech Monographs, 30, 377-379.
Gigone, D., & Hastie, R. (1993). The common knowledge effect: Information sharing and group
     judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 629-636.
Gigone, D., & Hastie, R. (1997a). The impact of information on small group choice. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 132-140.
Gigone, D., & Hastie, R. (1997b). Proper analysis of the accuracy of group judgments.
     Psychological Bulletin, 121, 149-167.
Gil-White, F. J. (2001). Are ethnic groups biological “species” to the human brain? Essentialism
     in our conception of social categories. Current Anthropology, 42, 515-554.
Gilchrist, J. C. (1952). The formation of social groups under conditions of success and failure.
     Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 174-187.
Gilchrist, J. C., Shaw, M. E., & Walker, L. C. (1954). Some effects of unequal distribution of
     information in a wheel group structure. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49,
     554-556.
Gill, A. A., Veigl, V. L., Shuster, J. J., & Notelovitz, M. (1984). A well woman’s health
     maintenance study comparing physical fitness and group support program. Occupational
     Therapy Journal of Research, 4, 286-308.
Gill, D. L. (1979). The prediction of group motor performance from individual member abilities.
     Journal of Motor Behavior, 11, 113-122.
Gill, D. L., & Martens, R. (1977). The role of task type and success-failure in group competition.
     International Journal of Sport Psychology, 8, 160-177.
Gill, S. J., Menlo, A., & Keel, L. P. (1984). Antecedents to member participation within small
     groups: A review of theory and research. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 9, 68-76.
Gillett, R. (1977). Collective indecision. Behavioral Science, 22, 383-390.
Gillies, R. M., & Ashman, A. F. (1995). The effects of gender and ability on students’ behaviors
     and interactions in classroom-based work groups. British Journal of Educational
     Psychology, 65, 211-225.
Gilmartin, K. M., & MacKannon, W. J. (1974). The effects of staff retraining and SPAN
     decision making on group problem solving. Newsletter for Research in Mental Health and
     Behavior Sciences, 16(2), 9-11.
Gilstein, K. W., Wright, E. W., & Stone, D. R. (1977). The effects of leadership style on group
     interactions in differing sociopolitical subcultures. Small Group Behavior, 8, 313-331.
Ginter, G., & Lindskold, S. (1975). Rate of participation and expertise as factors influencing
     leader choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 1085-1089.
Girdon, B., Chesler, M., & Chesney, B. (1991). Cultural aspects of self-help groups: A
     comparison of participants and non-participants in Israel and the U.S. Society and Welfare,
     12, 139-150.
Gist, M. E., Locke, E. A., & Taylor, M. S. (1987). Organizational behavior: Group structure,
     process and effectiveness. Journal of Management, 13, 237-257.
Gladstein, D. L. (1984). Groups in context: A model of task group effectiveness. Administrative
     Science Quarterly, 29, 499-517.
Gladstein, D. L., & Caldwell, N. P. (1985). Group decision making under threat: The tycoon
     game. Academy of Management Journal, 28, 613-627.
                                                                                                96


Gladstein, D. L., & Reilly, N. P. (1985). Group decision making under threat: The tycoon game.
    Academy of Management Journal, 28, 613-627.
Glaser, S. R. (1994). Teamwork and communication: A 3-year case study of change.
    Management Communication Quarterly, 7, 282-296.
Gleason, J. M., & Harris, V. A. (1975). Race, socio-economic status, and perceived similarity as
    determinants of judgments by simulated jurors. Social Behavior and Personality, 3, 175-
    0180
Gleason, J. M., & Harris, V. A. (1976). Group discussion and defendant’s socio-economic status
    as determinants of judgments by simulated jurors. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 6,
    186-101.
Gleason, J. M., Seaman, F. J., & Hollander, E. P. (1978). Emergent leadership processes as a
    function of task structure and Machiavellianism. Social Behavior and Personality, 6, 33-36.
Glisson, C. (1986). The group versus the individual as the unit of analysis in small group
    research. Research in Social Group Work, 9(3), 15-30.
Glisson, C., & James, L. R. (2002). The cross-level effects of culture and climate in human
    service teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 23, 767-794.
Glomb, T. A., & Liao, H. (2003). Interpersonal aggression in work groups: Social influence,
    reciprocal, and individual effects. Academy of Management Journal, 46, 486-496.
Glover, J. A. (1977). Risky shift and creativity. Social Behavior and Personality, 5, 317-320.
Glover, J. A. (1979). Group structure and creative responding. Small Group Behavior, 10, 62-72.
Glover, J. A., & Chambers, T. (1978). The creative production of the group: Effects of small
    group structure. Small Group Behavior, 9, 387-399.
Glunk, U., Heijtjes, M. G., & Olie, R. (2001). Design characteristics and functioning of top
    management teams in Europe. European Management Journal, 19, 291-300.
Goar, C., & Sell, J. (2005). Using task definition to modify racial inequality within task groups.
    Sociological Quarterly, 46, 525-543.
Godwin, W. F., & Restle, F. (1974). The road to agreement: Subgroup pressures in small group
    consensus processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 500-509.
Goethals, G. R., & Zanna, M. P. (1979). The role of social comparison in choice shifts. Journal
    of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1469-1476.
Goetsch, G. G., & McFarland, D. D. (1980). Models of the distribution of acts in small
    discussion groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 173-183.
Goetze, L., Glover, T. F., & Biswas, B. (1993). The effects of group size and income on
    contributions to the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. Public Choice, 77, 407-414.
Goktepe, J. R., & Schneier, C. E. (1988). Sex and gender effects in evaluating emergent leaders
    in small groups. Sex Roles, 19, 29-36.
Goldbart, S., & Cooper, L. (1976). Safety in groups: An existential analysis. Small Group
    Behavior, 7, 237-256.
Goldberg, A. (1960). An experimental study of the effects of evaluation upon group behavior.
    Quarterly Journal of Speech, 46, 274-283.
Goldberg, S. C. (1955). Influence and leadership as a function of group structure. Journal of
    Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 119-122.
Goldman, E. K. (1975). Need achievement as a motivational basis for the risky shift. Journal of
    Personality, 43, 346-356.
Goldman, F. W., & Goldman, M. (1981). The effects of dyadic group experience in subsequent
    individual performance. Journal of Social Psychology, 115, 83-88.
                                                                                             97


Goldman, M. (1965). A comparison of individual and group performance for varying
    combinations of initial ability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 210-216.
Goldman, M. (1966). A comparison of group and individual performance where subjects have
    varying tendencies to solve problems. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 604-
    607.
Goldman, M., & Fraas, L. A. (1965). The effects of leader selection on group performance.
    Sociometry, 28, 82-88.
Goldman, M., Stockbauer, J. W., & McAuliffe, T. G. (1977). Intergroup and intragroup
    competition and cooperation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 81-88.
Gologar, E. (1977). Group polarization in non-risk-taking culture. Journal of Cross-Cultural
    Psychology, 8, 331-346.
Goltz, S. M., Citera, M., Jensen, M., Favero, J., & Komaki, J. L. (1989). Individual feedback:
    Does it enhance effects of group feedback? Journal of Organizational behavior
    Management, 10, 77-92.
Gomez, C., Kirkman, B. L., & Shapiro, D. L. (2000). The impact of collectivism and in-
    group/out-group membership on the evaluation of generosity of team members. Academy of
    Management Journal, 43, 1097-1106.
González, M. G., Burke, M. J., Santuzzi, A. M., & Bradley, J. C. (2003). The impact of group
    process variables on the effectiveness of distance collaboration groups. Computers in
    Human Behavior, 19, 629-648.
Gonzalez, R., & Brown, R. J. (2003). Generalization of positive attitude as a function of
    subgroup and superordinate group identification in intergroup contact. European Journal of
    Social Psychology, 33, 195-214.
Gonzalez, R., & Griffin, D. (2002). Modeling the personality of dyads and groups. Journal of
    Personality, 70, 901-924.
Good, L. R., & Nelson, D. A. (1973). Effects of person-group and intra-group attitude similarity
    on perceived group attractiveness and cohesiveness. Psychological Reports, 33, 551-560.
Goodacre, D. M. (1951). The use of a sociometric test as a predictor of combat unit
    effectiveness. Sociometry, 14, 148-152.
Goodacre, D. M. (1953). Group characteristics of good and poor performing combat units.
    Sociometry, 16, 168-178.
Goodbody, J. (2005). Critical success factors for global virtual teams. Strategic Communication
    Management, 9, 18-21.
Goodge, P. (1978). Intergroup conflict: A rethink. Human Relations, 31, 475-487.
Goodman, D. W., Randolph, D. L., & Brown, H. J. D. (1978). Attitudinal group-centered
    counseling: Effects on openmindedness. Small Group Behavior, 9, 403-408.
Goodman, P. S., & Leyden, D. P. (1991). Familiarity and group productivity. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 76, 578-586.
Goodman, P. S., Ravlin, E. C., & Schminke, M. (1987). Understanding groups in organizations.
    Research in Organizational Behavior, 9, 121-173.
Goodstein, L. D., & Dovio, M. (1979). The decline and fall of the small group. Journal of
    Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 320-328.
Goodwin, M. H. (2002). Exclusion in girls’ peer groups: Ethnographic analysis of language
    practices on the playground. Human Development, 45, 392-415.
Goodwin, P. J. (2004). Support groups in breast cancer: When a negative result is positive.
    Journal of Clinical Oncology, 22, 4244-4246.
                                                                                              98


Goodwin, P. J., Leszcz, M., Ennis, M., Koopmans, J., Vincent, L., Guther, H., et al. (2001). The
    effect of group psychosocial support on survival in metastic breast cancer. New England
    Journal of Medicine, 345, 1719-1726.
Goodwin, W. F., & Restle, F. (1974). The road to agreement: Subgroup pressures in small group
    consensus processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 500-509.
Gopal, A., Bostrom, R., & Chin, W. (1992). Applying adaptive structuration theory to investigate
    the process of group support system use. Journal of Management Information Systems, 9(3),
    45-69.
Gopal, A., Miranda, S. M., Robichaux, B. P., & Bostrom, R. P. (1997). Leveraging diversity with
    information technology: Gender, attitude, and intervening influences in the use of group
    support systems. Small Group Research, 28, 29-71.
Gopal, A., & Prasad, P. (2000). Understanding GDSS in symbolic context: Shifting the focus
    from technology to interaction. MIS Quarterly, 24, 509-546.
Gordijn, E. H., De Vries, N. K., & De Dreu, C. K. W. (2002). Minority influence on focal and
    related attitudes: Change in size, attributions and information processing. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1315-1326.
Gordon, J. (1992). Work teams—How far have they come? Training, 29(10), 59-65.
Gordon, K. (1924). Group judgments in the field of lifted weights. Journal of Experimental
    Psychology, 7, 389-400.
Gordon, R. D. (1985). The self-disclosure of interpersonal feedback: The “dyadic effect” in a
    group context. Small Group Behavior, 16, 411-413.
Gordond, C. (2003). Aligning as a team: Forms of conjoined participation in (stepfamily)
    interaction. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 36, 395-431.
Gorey, K. M., & Cryns, A. G. (1991). Group work as intervention modality with the older
    depressed client: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 16, 137-
    157.
Gorman, M. E., Gorman, M. E., Latta, R. M., & Cunningham, G. (1984). How disconfirmatory,
    confirmatory and combined strategies affect group problem solving. British Journal of
    Psychology, 75, 65-79.
Gorum, H., & Bornstein, G. (2000). The effects of intragroup communication on intergroup
    cooperation in the repeated intergroup prisoner’s dilemma (IPD) game. Journal of Conflict
    Resolution, 44, 700-719.
Gottman, J. M., Guralnick, M. J., Wilson, B., Swanson, C. C., & Murray, J. D. (1997). What
    should be the focus of emotion regulation in children? A nonlinear dynamic mathematical
    model of children’s peer interaction in groups. Development and Psychopathology, 9, 421-
    452.
Gottschalk, L. A. (1966). Psychoanalytic notes on T-groups at the Human Relations Laboratory,
    Bethel, Maine. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 7, 472-487.
Gould, P., & Greenwalt, N. J. (1981). Some methodological perspectives on the analysis of team
    games. Journal of Sport Psychology, 3, 283-304.
Gouran, D. S. (1969). Variables related to consensus in group discussions of questions of policy.
    Speech Monographs, 37, 217-218.
Gouran, D. S. (1970). Response to “The paradox and promise of small group research.” Speech
    Monographs, 37, 217-218.
Gouran, D. S. (1973a). Correlates of member satisfaction in group decision-making discussions.
    Central States Speech Journal, 24, 91-96.
                                                                                                 99


Gouran, D. S. (1973b). Group communication: Perspectives and priorities for future research.
    Quarterly Journal of Speech, 58, 22-29.
Gouran, D. S. (1976). The Watergate coverup: Its dynamics and its implications. Communication
    Monographs, 43, 176-186,
Gouran, D. S. (1981). Unanswered questions in research on communication in the small group:
    A challenge for the 1980s. Communication, 10, 17-31.
Gouran, D. S. (1984). Communicative influences related to the Watergate coverup: The failure
    of collective judgment. Central States Speech Journal, 35, 260-268.
Gouran, D. S. (1991). Rational approaches to decision-making and problem-solving discussion.
    Quarterly Journal of Speech, 77, 343-358.
Gouran, D. S. (1994). The future of small group communication research: Revitalization or
    continued good health? Communication Studies, 45, 29-39.
Gouran, D. S. (1994). The future of small group communication research: Revitalization or
    continued good health? Communication Studies, 45, 29-39.
Gouran, D. S., & Andrews, P. H. (1984). Determinants of punitive responses to socially
    proscribed behavior: Seriousness, attribution of responsibility, and status of the offender.
    Small Group Behavior, 15, 525-543.
Gouran, D. S., & Baird, J. E., Jr. (1972). An analysis of distributional and sequential structure in
    problem-solving and informal group discussions. Speech Monographs, 39, 18-22.
Gouran, D. S., Brown, C. R., & Henry, D. R. (1978). Behavioral correlates of perceptions of
    quality in decision-making discussions. Communication Monographs, 45, 51-63.
Gouran, D. S., & Geonetta, S. C. (1977). Patterns of interaction in decision-making groups at
    varying distances from consensus. Small Group Behavior, 8, 511-524.
Gouran, D. S., Hirokawa, R. Y., & Martz, A. E. (1986). A critical analysis of factors related to
    decisional processes involved in the Challenger disaster. Central States Speech Journal, 37,
    119-135.
Gouran, D. S., Ketrow, S. M., Spear, S., & Metzger, J. (1984). Social deviance and occupational
    status: Group assessment of penalties. Small Group Behavior, 15 63-86.
Gouran, D. S., & Whitehead, J. L., Jr. (1971). An investigation of ratings of discussion
    statements by participants and observers. Central States Speech Journal, 22, 263-268.
Graebner, W. (1986). The small group and democratic social engineering, 1900-1950. Journal of
    Social Issues, 42, 137-154.
Graetz, K. A., Boyle, E., Kimble, C. E., Thompson, P., & Garloch, J. L. (1998). Information
    sharing in face to face, teleconferencing, and electronic chat groups. Small Group Research,
    29, 714-743.
Graffigna, G., & Bosio, A. C. (2006). The influence of setting on findings produced in
    qualitative health research: A comparison between face-to-face and online discussion groups
    about HIV/AIDS. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(3), 1-16.
Graham, C. R. (2002). Factors for effective learning groups in face-to-face and virtual
    environments. Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 3, 307-319.
Graham, C. R. (2003). A model of norm development for computer-mediated teamwork. Small
    Group Research, 34, 322-352.
Graham, E. E., Papa, M. J., & McPherson, M. B. (1997). An applied test of the functional
    communication perspective of small group decision-making. Southern Communication
    Journal, 62, 269-279.
                                                                                             100


Graham, W. K. (1977). Acceptance of ideas generated through individual and group
    brainstorming. Journal of Social Psychology, 101, 231-234.
Graham, W. K., & Dillon, P. C. (1974). Creative supergroups: Group performance as a function
    of individual performance on brainstorming tasks. Journal of Social Psychology, 93, 101-
    105.
Granic, I., Hollerstein, T., Dishion, T. J., & Patterson, G. R. (2003). Longitudinal analysis of
    flexibility and reorganization in early adolescence: A dynamic systems study of family
    interactions. Developmental Psychology, 39, 606-617.
Grant, B. C. (1993). Focus groups versus mock trials: Which should you use? Trial
    Diplomacy Journal, 16, 15-22.
Grant, P. R. (1992). Ethnocentrism between groups of unequal power in response to perceived
    threat to social identity and valued resources. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 24,
    348-370.
Grant, P. R. (1993). Reactions to intergroup similarity: Examination of the similarity-
    differentiation and the similarity-attraction hypotheses. Canadian Journal of Behavioural
    Science, 25, 28-44.
Grawitch, M. J., Munz, D. C., Elliott, K. K., & Mathis, A. (2003). Promoting creativity in
    temporary problem-solving groups: The effects of positive mood and autonomy in problem
    definition on idea-generating performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 7, 200-213.
Grawitch, M. J., Munz, D. C., & Kramer, T. J. (2003). Effects of member mood states on
    creative performance in temporary workgroups. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and
    Practice, 7, 41-54.
Gray, L., N., & Griffith, W. I. (1984). On differentiation in small-group power relations. Social
    Psychology Quarterly, 47, 391-396.
Gray, L., Griffith, W. I., von Broembsen, M. H., & Sullivan. M. J. (1982). Group differentiation:
    Temporal effects of reinforcement. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 44-049.
Gray, L., N., & von Brombsen, M. H. (1976). On the generalizability of the Law of Effect:
    Social psychological measurement of group structures and processes. Sociometry, 39, 175-
    183.
Gray, R. E., Carroll, J. C., Fitch, M., Greenberg, M., Chart, P., & Orr, V. (1999). Cancer self-
    help groups and family physicians. Cancer Practice, 7, 10-15.
Gray, R., Fitch, M., Davis, C., & Phillips, C. (1997). A qualitative study of breast cancer self-
    help groups. Psycho-oncology, 6, 279-289.
Graziano, W. G., French, D. C., Brownell, C. A., & Hartup, W. W. (1976). Peer interaction in
    same- and mixed-age triads in relation top chronological age and incentive condition. Child
    Development, 47, 707-714.
Graziano, W. G., Hair, E. C., & Finch, J. F. (1997). Competitiveness mediates the link between
    personality and group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73,
    1394-1408.
Green, E. H. (1933). Group play and quarreling among pre-school children. Child Development,
    4, 302-307.
Green, R. B., & Mack, J. (1978). Would groups do better without social psychologists? A
    response to Buys. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 561-563.
Green, S. G., & Taber, T. D. (1980). The effects of three social decision schemes on decision
    group process. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 25, 97-106.
                                                                                              101


Green, T. B. (1975). An empirical analysis of nominal and interacting groups. Academy of
    Management Journal, 18, 63-70.
Greenbaum, C. W. (1979). The small group under the gun: Uses of small groups in battle
    conditions. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 392-405.
Greenbaum, H. H., Kaplan, I. T., & Damiano, R. (1991). Organizational group measurement
    instruments: An integrated survey. Management Communication Quarterly, 5, 126-148.
Greenbaum, H. H., Kaplan, I. T., & Metlay W. (1988). Evaluation of problem-solving groups:
    The case of quality circle programs. Group & Organization Studies, 13, 133-147.
Greenberg, C. I., Wang, Y-de., & Dossettt, D. I. (1982). Effects of work group size and task size
    on observers’ job characteristics ratings. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 3, 53-66.
Greenberg, J. (1976). The role of seating position in group interaction: A review, with
    applications for group trainers. Group and Organization Studies, 1, 310-327.
Geernberg, J. (1979). Group vs individual equity judgments: Is there a polarization effect?
    Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 504-512.
Greenberg, J., Williams, K. D., & O’Brien, M. K. (1986). Considering the harshest verdict first:
    Biasing effects on mock juror verdicts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 41-
    50.
Greenblat, C. S. (1980). Group dynamics and game design: Some reflections. Simulation and
    Games, 11, 35-58.
Greene, C. N. (1989). Cohesion and productivity in work groups. Small Group Behavior, 20, 70-
    86.
Greene, C. N., & Schreisheim, C. A. (1980). Leader-group interactions: A longitudinal field
    investigation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65, 50-59.
Greene, L. R. (1976). Body image boundaries and small group seating arrangements. Journal of
    Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 44, 244-249.
Greene, L. R., Morrison, T. L., & Tischler, N. G. (1981). Gender and authority: Effects on
    perceptions of small group co-leaders. Small Group Behavior, 12, 401-413.
Greene, R. J. (1986). Applying the creative process to circles. Quality Circles Journal, 9, 25-30.
Greenland, K., & Brown R. (1999). Categorization and intergroup anxiety in contact between
    British and Japanese nationals. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 503-521.
Greenwood, C. R., Hops, H., Delquardi, J., & Guild, J. (1974). Group contingencies for group
    consequences in classroom management: A further analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior
    Analysis, 7, 413-425.
Greer, D. L. (1983). Spectator booing and the home advantage: A study of social influence in the
    basketball arena. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 252-261.
Gregoire, I., Kalogeropoulos, D., & Corcos, J. (1997). The effectiveness of a professionally led
    support group for men with prostate cancer. Urology Nursing, 17(2), 58-66.
Greitmeyer, T., & Schultz-Hardt, S. (2003). Preference-consistent evaluation of information in
    the hidden profile paradigm: Beyond group-level explanations for the dominance of shared
    information in group decisions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 322-339.
Greitmeyer, T., Schultz-Hardt, S., Brodbeck, F. C., & Frey, D. (2006). Information sampling and
    group decision making: The effects of an advocacy decision procedure and task experience.
    Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 12, 31-42.
Grieve, P. G., & Hogg, M. A. (1999). Subjective uncertainty and intergroup discrimination in the
    minimal group situation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 926-940.
                                                                                              102


Gribas, J. (1995). Self-directed teams in the classroom: Three strikes and they’re out! CTAM
    Journal, 22, 132-142.
Gribas, J. (1999). Organizational sports metaphors: Reconsidering gender bias in the team
    concept. Communication Research Reports, 16, 55-64.
Gribas, J., & Downs, C. W. (2002). Metaphoric manifestations of talking “team” with team
    novices. Communication Studies, 53, 112-128.
Griffin, M. (2001). The phenomenology of the alone condition: More evidence for the role of
    aloneness in social facilitation. Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary & Applied, 135,
    125-127.
Griffith, J. (1988). Measurement of group cohesion in U.S. army units. Basic & Applied Social
    Psychology, 9, 149-171.
Griffith, T. L., Fiochman, M., & Moreland, R. L. (1989). Social loafing and social facilitation:
    An empirical test of the cognitive-motivational model of performance. Basic and Applied
    Social Psychology, 10, 253-271.
Griffith, T. L., & Neale, M. A. (2001). Information processing in traditional, hybrid, and virtual
    teams: From nascent knowledge to transactive memory. Research in Organizational
    Behavior, 23, 379-421.
Griffith, T. L., Sawyer, J. E., & Neale, M. A. (2003). Virtualness and knowledge in teams:
    Managing the love triangle of organizations, individuals, and information technology. MIS
    Quarterly, 27, 265-287.
Griffith, W. I., & Gray, L. N. (1978). The effects of external reinforcement on power structure in
    task oriented group. Social Forces, 57, 222-235.
Griffiths, L. (1998). Humour as resistance to professional dominance in community mental
    health teams. Sociology of Health and Illness, 20, 874-895.
Grissinger, J. A. (1955). The comparative influence on audience opinion of panel discussion and
    formal debate. Speech Monographs, 22, 60-67.
Grob, L., Meyers, R., & Schuh, R. (1997). Powerful/powerless language use in group
    interactions: Sex differences or similarities? Communication Quarterly, 45, 282-303.
Groffman, B. (1974). Helping behavior and group size: Some exploratory stochastic models.
    Behavioral Science, 19, 210-224.
Groffman, B., & Owe, G. (1982). A game theoretic approach to measuring degree of centrality in
    social networks. Social Networks, 4, 213-224.
Grofman, B., Feld, S. L., & Owen, G. (1984). Group size and the performance of a composite
    group majority: Statistical truth and empirical results. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Performance, 33, 350-359.
Grofman, B., & Owen, G. (1982). A game theoretic approach to measuring degree of centrality
    in social networks. Social Networks, 4, 213-224.
Grofman, B., Owen, G., & Feld, S. L. (1982). Average competence, variability in individual
    competence, and accuracy of statistically pooled group decisions. Psychological Reports,
    50, 683-688.
Gross, E. (1954). Primary functions of the small group. American Journal of Sociology, 60, 24-
    30.
Gross, E. (1956). Symbiosis and consensus as integrative factors in small groups. American
    Sociological Review, 21, 174-179.
Gross, N., & Martin, W. (1952). On group cohesiveness. American Journal of Sociology, 57,
    533-546.
                                                                                            103


Gross, S. R., & Miller, N. (1997). The “golden section” and bias in perceptions of social
    consensus. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1, 241-271.
Grosse, C. U. (2002). Managing communication within virtual intercultural teams. Business
    Communication Quarterly, 65, 22-38.
Gruen, W. (1979). Energy in group therapy: Implications for the therapist of energy
    transformation and generation as a negentropic system. Small Group Behavior, 10, 23-39.
Gruenfeld, D. H., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1993). Sociocognition in work groups: The evolution
    of group integrative complexity and its relation to task performance. Small Group Research,
    24, 383-405.
Gruenfeld, D. H., Mannix, E. A., Williams, K. Y., & Neale, M. A. (1996). Group composition
    and decision making: How member familiarity and information distribution affect process
    and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 67, 1-15.
Gruenfeld, D. H., Martorana, P. V., & Fan, E. T. (2000). What do groups learn from their
    worldliest members? Direct and indirect influence in dynamic teams. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 92, 45-59.
Gruenfeld, D. H., Thomas-Hunt, M. C., & Kim, P. H. (1998). Cognitive flexibility,
    communication strategy, and integrative complexity in groups: Public versus private
    reactions to majority and minority status. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34,
    202-226.
Gruenfeld, L. W., & Lin, T-R., (1984). Social behavior of field independent and dependents in
    an organic group. Human Relations, 37, 721-741.
Grunebaum, H. (1975). A soft-hearted review of hard-nosed research on groups. International
    Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 25, 185-197.
Guadagno, R. E., & Cialdini, R. B. (2002). Online persuasion: An examination of gender
    differences in computer-mediated interpersonal influence. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 6, 38-51.
Guarnaschelli, S., McKelvey, R. D., & Palfrey, T. R. (2000). An experimental study of jury
    decision rules. American Political Science Review, 94, 407-423.
Guastello, S. J. (1995). Facilitative style, individual innovation, and emergent leadership in
    problem solving groups. Journal of Creative Behavior, 29, 225-239.
Guastello, S. J. (1998). Creative problem solving groups at the edge of chaos. Journal of
    Creative Behavior, 32, 38-57.
Guastello, S. J. (2000). Symbolic dynamic patterns of written exchanges: Hierarchical structures
    in an electronic problem-solving group. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology, and Life
    Sciences, 4, 169-189.
Guastello, S. J., & Guastello, D. D. (1998). Origins of coordination and team effectiveness: A
    perspective from game theory and nonlinear dynamics. Journal of Applied Psychology, 7,
    83, 423-437.
Guastello, S. J., Hyde, T., & Odak, M. (1998). Symbolic dynamic patterns of verbal exchange in
    a creative problem-solving group. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology, and Life Sciences, 2,
    35-58. Erratum: NDPLS, 1999, 3, 127-128.
Guastello, S. J., & Phillipe, P. 91997). Dynamics in the development of large information
    exchange groups and virtual communities. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology , and Life
    Sciences, 1, 123-149.
Gudykunst, W. B., Gao, G., Schmidt, K. L., Nashida, T., Bond, M. H., Leung, K., et al. (1992).
    The influence of individualism-collectivism, self-monitoring, and predicted-outcome value
                                                                                                104


    on communication in ingroup and outgroup relationships. Journal of Cross-Cultural
    Psychology, 23, 196-213.
Gudykunst, W. B., & Shapiro, R. B. (1996). Communication in everyday interpersonal and
    intergroup encounters. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20, 19-45.
Guerin, B. (1983). Social facilitation and social monitoring: A test of three models. British
    Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 203-214.
Guerin, B. (1986). Mere presence effects in humans: A review. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 22, 38-77.
Guerin, B. (1999). Social behaviors as determined by different arrangements of social
    consequences: Social loafing, social facilitation, deindividuation, and a modified social
    loafing. Psychological Record, 49, 565-578.
Guerin, B., & Innes, J. M. (1982). Social facilitation and social monitoring: A new look at
    Zajonc’s mere presence hypothesis. British Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 7-18.
Guetzkow, H., & Gyr, J. (1954). An analysis of conflict in decision-making groups. Human
    Relations, 7, 367-382.
Guetzkow, H., & Dill, W. R. (1957). Factors in the organizational development of task-oriented
    groups. Sociometry, 20, 175-204.
Guetzkow, H., & Simon, D. A. (1955). The impact of certain communication nets upon
    organization and performance in task-oriented groups. Management Science, 1, 233-250.
Guimerà, R., Uzzi, B., Spiro, J., & Amaral, L. (2005). Team assembly mechanisms determine
   collaboration network structure and team performance. Science, 308, 697-702.
Guimond, A., & Dubé-Simard, L. (1983). Relative deprivation theory and the Quebec nationalist
    movement: The cognitive-emotion distinction and the personal-group deprivation issue.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 526-535.
Guimond, S. (2000). Group socialization and prejudice: The social transmission of intergroup
    attitudes and beliefs. European Journal of Social Psychology, 309, 335-354.
Guimond, S., Dif, S., & Aupy, A. (2002). Social identity, relative status, and intergroup attitudes:
    When favorable outcomes change intergroup relations . . . for the worse. European Journal
    of Social Psychology, 32, 739-760.
Guimond, S., & Dubé-Simard, L. (1983). Relative deprivation theory and the Quebec Nationalist
    Movement: The cognition-emotion and the personal-group deprivation issue. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 526-535.
Guimond, S., Palmer, D., L., & Bégin, G. (1989). Education, academic program and intergroup
    attitudes. Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology, 26, 193-216.
Guinote, A. (2001). The perception of intragroup variability in a minority and non-minority
    context: When adaptation leads to outgroup differentiation. British Journal of Social
    Psychology, 40, 117-132.
Guinote, A., & Fiske, S. T. (2003). Being in the outgroup territory increases stereotypic
    perceptions of outgroups: Situational sources of category activation. Group Processes &
    Intergroup Relations, 6, 323-332.
Guinote, A., Judd, C. M., & Brauer, M. (2002). Effects of power on perceived and objective
    group variability: Evidence that more powerful groups are more variable. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 708-721.
Gully, S. M., Devine, D. J., & Whitney, D. J. (1995). A meta-analysis of cohesion and
    performance: Effects of level of analysis and task interdependence. Small Group Research,
    26, 497-520.
                                                                                              105


Gully, S. M., Incalcaterra, K. A., Joshi, A., & Beaubien, J. M. (2002). A meta-analysis of team-
    efficacy, potency, and performance: Interdependence and level of analysis as moderators of
    observed relationships. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 819-832.
Gundersen, D. E., Davis, D. L., & Davis, D. F. (1995). Can DSS technology improve group
    decision performance for end users?: An experimental study. Journal of End User
    Computing, 7(2), 3-10.
Gunderson, E. K. E., & Nelson, P. D. (1963). Adaptation of small groups to extreme
    environments. Aerospace Medicine, 34, 1111-1115.
Gunderson, R. G. (1950). Group dynamics—Hope or hoax? Quarterly Journal of Speech, 36, 34-
    38.
Gurman, E. B. (1968). Creativity as a function of orientation and group participation.
    Psychological Reports, 22, 471-478.
Gurnee, H. (1973a). A comparison of collective and individual judgments of facts. Journal of
    Experimental Psychology, 21, 106-112.
Gurnee, H. (1937b). Maze learning in the collective situation. Journal of Experimental
    Psychology, 11, 348-368, 437-464.
Gustafson, D. H., Shukla, R. M., Delbecq, A. L., & Walster, G. W. (1973). A comparative study
    of differences in subjective likelihood estimates made by individuals, interacting groups,
    Delphi groups, and nominal groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 9,
    280-291.
Gustafson, J. P. (1976). The passive small group: Working concepts. Human Relations, 29, 793-
    803.
Gustafson, J. P., & Cooper, L. (1979). Unconscious planning in small groups. Human Relations,
    32, 1039-1064.
Gustafson, J. P., Cooper, L., Lathrop, N. C., Ringler, K., Seldin, G. A., & Wright, M. K. (1981a).
    Cooperating and clashing interests in small groups: Part 1. Theory. Human Relations, 34,
    315-339.
Gustafson, J. P., Cooper, L., Lathrop, N. C., Ringler, K., Seldin, G. A., & Wright, M. K. (19812).
    Cooperating and clashing interests in small groups: Part II. Group narratives. Human
    Relations, 34, 367-378.
Guthrie, J. P., & Hollensbe, E. C. (2004). Group incentives and performance: A study of
    spontaneous goal setting, goal choice, and commitment. Journal of Management, 30, 263-
    285.
Gutwin, C., & Greenberg, S. (1999). The effects of workspace awareness support on the usability
    of real-time distributed groupware. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 6,
    243-281.
Guzzo, R. A., & Dickson, M. W. (1996). Teams in organizations: Recent research on
    performance and effectiveness. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 307-338.
Guzzo, R. A., Wagner, D. B., McGuire, E., Herr, B., & Hawley, C. (1986). Implicit theories and
    the evaluation of group processes and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Decision Processes, 37, 279-295.
Guzzo, R. A., & Waters, J. A. (1982). The expression of affect and the performance of decision-
    making groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 67-74.
Guzzo, R. A., Yost, P. R., Campbell, R. J., & Shea, G. P. (1993). Potency in groups: Articulating
    a construct. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 87-106.
                                                                                            106


Hackman, J. R. (1968). Effects of task characteristics on group products. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 4, 162-187.
Hackman, J. R., Brousseau, K. R., & Weiss, J. A. (1976). The interaction of task design and
    group performance strategies in determining group effectiveness. Organizational Behavior
    and Human Performance, 16, 350-365.
Hackman, J. R., & Gersick, C. J. G. (1990). Habitual routines in task-performing groups.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 47, 65-97.
Hackman, J. R., Jones, L. E., & McGrath, J. E. (1967). A set of dimensions for describing the
    general properties of group-generated written passages. Psychological Bulletin, 67, 379-390.
Hackman, J. R., & Kaplan, R. E. (1974). Interventions into group process: An approach to
    improving the effectiveness of groups. Decision Processes, 5, 459-480.
Hackman, J. R., & Vidmar, N. (1970). Effects of size and task type on group performance and
    member reactions. Sociometry, 33, 37-54.
Hackman, J. R., & Wageman, R. (2005). A theory of team coaching. Academy of Management
    Review, 30, 269-287.
Hadley, C. (2005). Ethnic expansions and between-group differences in children’s health: A case
    study from the Rukwa Valley, Tanzania. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 128,
    682-692.
Hagen, B. H. (1983). Managing conflict in all-women groups. Social Work With Groups, 6(3-4),
    95-104.
Hagen, B. H., & Burch, G. (1985). The relationship of group processes and group task
    accomplishment to group member satisfaction. Small Group Behavior, 16, 211-233.
Hagendoorn, L., & Henke, R. (1991). The effect of multiple category membership on intergroup
    evaluations in a north Indian context: Class, caste, and religion. British Journal of Social
    Psychology, 30, 247-260.
Haiman, F. S. (1963). Effects of training in group processes on open-mindedness. Journal of
    Communication, 13, 236-245.
Hains, S. C., Hogg, M. A., & Duck, J. M. (1997). Self-categorization and leadership: Effects of
    group prototypicality and leader stereotypicality. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 23, 1087-1100.
Hale, J. L., & Boster, F. J. (1988). Comparing effect coded models of choice shifts.
    Communication Research Reports, 5, 180-186.
Haleblian, J., & Finkelstein, S. (1993). Top management team size, CEO dominance, and firm
    performance: The moderating role of environmental turbulence and discretion. Academy of
    Management Journal, 36, 844-863.
Haley, H., & Sidanius, J. (2005). Person—organization congruence and the maintenance of
    group-based social hierarchy: A social dominance perspective. Group Processes &
    Intergroup Relations, 8, 187-203.
Halfhill, T., Nielsen, T. M., Sundstrom, E., & Weilbaecher, A. (2005). Group personality
    composition and performance in military service teams. Military Psychology, 17, 41-54.
Halfhill, T., Sundstrom, E., Lahner, J., Calderone, W., & Nielson, T. M. (2005). Group
    personality composition and group effectiveness: An integrative review of empirical
    research. Small Group Research, 36, 83-105.
Hall, B. J., & Gudykunst, W. B. (1986). The intergroup theory of second language ability.
    Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 5, 291-301.
                                                                                                 107


Hall, J., & Watson, W. H. (1970). The effects of a normative intervention on group decision
    making performance. Human Relations, 23, 299-317.
Hall, J., & Williams, M. S. (1966). A comparison of decision-making performances in
    established and ad hoc groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 214-222.
Hall, J., & Williams, M. S. (1970). Group dynamics training and improved decision making.
    Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 6, 39-68.
Halliday, K. W. (1982). Group power and social reinforcement. Psychological Reports, 51, 618.
Hallinan, M. T. (1979). Structural effects on children’s friendships and cliques. Social
    Psychology Quarterly, 42, 43-54.
Halloran, M. J., & Kashima, E. S. (2004). Social identity and worldview validation: The effects
    of ingroup identity primes and mortality salience on value endorsement. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 915-925.
Halperin, D. (1987). The self-help group: The mental health professional’s role. Group, 11, 47-
    53.
Halstead, L. S. (1976). Team care in chronic illness: A critical review of the literature of the past
    25 years. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 57, 507-511.
Halstead, L. S., Rintala, D. H., Kanellos, M., Griffin, B., Higgins, L., Rheinecker, N., et al.
    (1986). The innovative rehabilitation team: An experiment in team building. Archives of
    Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 67, 357-361.
Halverson, S. K., Murphy, S. E., & Riggio, R. E. (2004). Charismatic leadership in crisis
    situations: A laboratory investigation of stress and crisis. Small Group Research, 35, 495-
    514.
Hamblin, R. L. (1958). Group integration during a crisis. Human Relations, 11, 67-76.
Hambrick, D. C. (1994). Top management groups: A conceptual integration and reconsideration
    of the “team” label. Research in Organizational Behavior, 16, 171-213.
Hambrick, D. C., Cho, T. S., & Chen, M-J. (1996). The influence of top management team
    heterogeneity on firms’ competitive moves. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41, 659-684.
Hambrick, D. C., & D’Aveni, R. (1992). Top team deterioration as part of the downward spiral
    of large corporate bankruptcies. Management Science, 38, 1445-1466.
Hambrick, D. C., Davison, S. C., Snell, S. A., & Snow, C. C. (1998). When groups consist of
    multiple nationalities: Toward a new understanding of the implications. Organization
    Studies, 19, 181-205.
Hamburger, H., Guyer, M., & Fox, J. (1975). Group size and cooperation. Journal of Conflict
    Resolution, 19, 503-531.
Hamby, R. R. (1978a). Effects of gender and sex-role on tension and satisfaction in small groups.
    Psychological Reports, 42, 403-410.
Hamby, R. R. (1978b). Gender and sex-role behavior in problem solving groups. Sociological
    Focus, 11, 211-219.
Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (1996). Perceiving persons and groups. Psychological Review,
    103, 336-355.
Hancock, C., Storey, A., Downing, J., & Szewczak, S. M. (2001). Interagency resource teams: A
    model for collaborative approaches to environmental education. Conservation Biology, 15,
    596-602.
Hancock, R. D., & Sorrentino, R. M. (1980). The effects of expected future interaction and prior
    group support on the conformity process. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16,
    261-269.
                                                                                             108


Handlin, V., Breed, G., Noll, G., & Watkins, J. (1974). Encounter groups process as a function of
    group length: The race toward confrontation, support, and living in the here and now. Small
    Group Behavior, 5, 259-273.
Haney, C., Banks, C., & Zimbardo, P. (1973). Interpersonal dynamics in a simulated prison.
    International Journal of Criminology and Psychology, 1, 69-97.
Hanlon, S. C., & Taylor, R. R. (1991). An examination of changes in work group communication
    behaviors following installation of a gainsharing plan. Group & Organization Management,
    16, 238-267.
Hans, V. P., Hannaford-Agor, P. L., Mott, N. L., & Munsterman, G. T. (2003). The hung jury:
    The American Jury’s insights and contemporary understanding. Criminal Law Bulletin, 39,
    33-50.
Hansell, S., Tackaberry, S. N., & Slavin, R. E. (1981). Cooperation, competition, and the
    structure of student peer groups. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 12, 46-62.
Hansen, M. C., & Hayes, P. A. (1998). Integrating students into interdisciplinary teams:
    Extending the caring circle. Seminars for Nurse Managers, 6, 214-218.
Hara, A., & Ichimura, T., & Yoshida, K. (2005). Discovering multiply diagnostic rules from
    coronary heart disease database using automatically defined groups. Journal of Intelligent
    Manufacturing, 16, 645-661.
Harai, W., & Graham, W. K. (1975). Task and task consequences as factors in individual and
    group brainstorming. Journal of Social Psychology, 95, 61-65.
Harasty, A. S. (1997). The interpersonal nature of social stereotypes: Differential discussion
    patterns about ingroups and outgroups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 270-
    284.
Harcum, E. R., & Badura, L. L. (1990). Social loafing as a response to an appraisal of
    appropriate effort. Journal of Psychology, 124, 629-637.
Hardin, A. M., Fuller, M. A., & Davison, R. M. (2007). I know I can, but can we? Culture and
    efficacy belief in global virtual teams. Small Group Research, 38, 130-155.
Hardin, A. M., Fuller, M. A., & Valachich, J. S. (2006). Measuring group efficacy in virtual
    teams: New questions in an old debate. Small Group Research, 37, 65-85.
Hardy, C. J. (1990). Social loafing: Motivational losses in collective performance. International
    Journal of Sport Psychology, 21, 305-327.
Hardy, C. J., & Crace, R. K. (1991). The effects of task structure and teammate competence on
    social loafing. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 13, 372-381.
Hardy, C. J., & Crace, R. K. (1997). Foundations of team building: Introduction to the team
    building primer. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 67, 357-361.
Hardy, C., & Latané, B. (1986). Social loafing on a cheering task. Social Science, 71(2-3), 165-
    172.
Hardy, C., & Latané, B. (1988). Social loafing in cheerleaders: Effects of team membership and
    competition. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 10, 109-114.
Hardy, J., Eys, M. A., & Carson, A. V. (2005). Exploring the potential disadvantages of high
    cohesion in sports teams. Small Group Research, 36, 166-187.
Hare, A. P. (1952). A study of interaction and consensus in different sized groups. American
    Sociological Review, 17, 261-267.
Hare, A. P. (1953). Small group discussions with participatory and supervisory leadership.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 273-275.
                                                                                             109


Hare, A. P. (1967). Small group development in the relay assembly testroom. Sociological
    Inquiry, 37, 169-182.
Hare, A. P. (1972). Bibliography of small group research: 1959-1969. Sociometry, 35, 1-150.
Hare, A. P. (1973a). Group decision by consensus: Reaching unity in the Society of Friends.
    Sociological Inquiry, 43, 75-84.
Hare, A. P. (1973b). Theories of group development and categories for interaction analysis.
    Small Group Behavior, 4, 259-304.
Hare, A. P. (1978). A comparison of Bales IPA and Parsons’ AGIL category systems. Journal of
    Social Psychology, 105, 309-310.
Hare, A. P. (1980). Consensus versus majority vote: A laboratory experiment. Small Group
    Behavior, 11, 131-143.
Hare, A. P. (1981). Group size. American Behavioral Scientist, 24, 695-708.
Hare, A. P. (1985). The significance of SYMLOG in the study of group dynamics. International
    Journal of Small Group Research, 1, 38-50.
Hare, A. P. (1989). New field theory: SYMLOG research, 1960-1988. Advances in Group
    Processes, 6, 229-257.
Hare, A. P. (1994). Types of roles in small groups: A bit of history and a current perspective.
    Small Group Research, 25, 433-448.
Hare, A. P. (2003). Roles, relationships, and groups in organizations: Some conclusions and
    recommendations. Small Group Research, 34, 123-154.
Hare, A. P., & Bales, R. F. (1963). Seating position and small group interaction. Sociometry, 26,
    480-486.
Hare, A. P., Hare, S. E., & Blumberg, H. H. (1998). Wishful thinking: Who has the least
    preferred coworker? Small Group Research, 29, 419-435.
Hare, A. P., & Muller, J. (1979). Categories for exchange analysis in small groups: With an
    illustration from group psychotherapy. Sociological Inquiry, 49, 57-64.
Hare, A. P., & Naveh, D. (1984). Group development at the Camp David Summit, 1978. Small
    Group Behavior, 15, 299-318.
Hare, A. P., & Naveh, D. (1985).Creative problem solving: Camp David, 1978. Small Group
    Behavior, 16, 123-138.
Hare, A. P., & Naveh, D. (1986). Conformity and creativity: Camp David, 1978. Small Group
    Behavior, 17, 243-268.
Hare, L. R., & O’Neill, K. (2000). Effectiveness and efficiency in small academic peer groups: A
    case study. Small Group Research, 31, 24-53.
Harinck, F. (2004). Persuasive arguments and beating around the bush in negotiations. Group
    Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 5-18.
Harkins, S. G. (1987). Social loafing and social facilitation. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 23, 1-18.
Harkins, S. G., & Jackson, J. M. (1985). The role of evaluation in eliminating social loafing.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 457-465.
Harkins, S. G., Latané, B., & Williams, K. (1980). Social loafing: Allocating effort or taking it
    easy. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 457-465.
Harkins, S. G., & Petty, R. E. (1982). Effects of task difficulty and task uniqueness on social
    loafing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 1214-1229.
Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1987). Social loafing and social facilitation: New wine in old
    bottles. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 167-188.
                                                                                            110


Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1988). Social loafing and self-evaluation with an objective
    standard. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 354-365.
Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1989). Social loafing and group evaluation. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 934-941.
Harlow, H. F. (1932). Social facilitation of feeding in the albino rat. Journal of Genetic
    Psychology, 41, 211-221.
Harmon, J. (1998). Electronic meeting and intense group conflict: Effects of a policy-modeling
    performance support system and an audio communication support system on satisfaction and
    agreement. Group Decision and Negotiations, 7, 131-155.
Harmon, J., Schneer, J. A., & Hoffman, L. R. (1995). Electronic meetings and established
    decision groups: Audioconferencing effects on performance and structural stability.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 61, 138-147.
Harmon-Jones, E., Greenberg, J., Solomon, S., & Simon, L. (1996). The effects of mortality
    salience on intergroup bias between minimal groups. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 26, 677-681.
Harnack, R. V. (1955). An experimental study of the effects of training in the recognition and
    formulation of goals upon intra-group cooperation. Speech Monographs, 22, 31-38.
Harnack, V. R. (1963). A study of the effect of an organized minority upon a discussion group.
    Journal of Communication, 13, 12-24.
Harnack, R. V. (1968). John Dewey and discussion. Western Speech, 32, 137-149.
Harper, N. L., & Askling, L. R. (1980). Group communication and quality of task solution in a
    media production organization. Communication Monographs, 47, 77-100.
Harrigan, J. A., & Steffan, J. J. (1983). Gaze as a turn-exchange signal in group conversations.
    British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 167-168.
Harrington, B., & Fine, G. A. (2000). Opening the “black box”: Small groups and twenty-first-
    century sociology. Social Psychology Quarterly, 63, 312-323.
Harrington, B., & Fine, G. A. (2006). Where the action is: Small groups and recent developments
    in sociological theory. Small Group Research, 37, 4-19.
Harris, H., Altekruse, M., & Engles, D. (2003). Helping freshman student athletes adjust to
    college life using psychoeducational groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 28, 64-
    81.
Harris, M. W., Fried, K. L., & Arana, J. (1995). The counter-gang: A program of therapeutic
    growth for New York City youth. Journal of Child and Adolescent Group Therapy, 5, 201-
    213.
Harris, J. R. (1995). Where is the child’s environment? A group socialization theory of
    development. Psychological Review, 102, 458-489.
Harris, T. E. (1992). Toward effective employee involvement: An analysis of parallel and self
    managing teams. Journal of Applied Business Research, 9, 25-33.
Harrison, A. A., & Connors, M. M. (1984). Groups in exotic environments. Advances in
    Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 50-87.
Harrison, D. A., Price, K. H., & Bell, M. P. (1988). Beyond relational demography: Time and the
    effects of surface- and deep-level diversity on work group cohesion. Academy of
    Management Journal, 41, 96-107.
Harrison, D. A., Price, K. H., Gavin, J. H., & Florey, A. T. (2002). Time, teams, and task
    performance: Changing effects of surface- and deep-level diversity on group functioning.
    Academy of Management Journal, 45, 1029-1045.
                                                                                               111


Harrison, M., & Ward, D. (1999). Values as context: Groupwork and social action. Groupwork,
    11, 88-103.
Harrison, R. (1966). Cognitive change and participation in a sensitivity training laboratory.
    Journal of Consulting Psychology, 30, 517-520.
Harrison, R. (1972). When power conflicts trigger team spirit. European Business, 72, 57-65.
Harrison, R., & Lubin, B. (1965). Personal style, group composition, and learning. Journal of
    Applied Behavioral Science, 1, 286-301.
Hart, J. W., Bridgett, D. J., & Karau, S. J. (2001). Coworker ability and effort as determinants of
    individual effort on a collective task. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5,
    181-190.
Hart, J. W., Stasson, M. F., & Karau, S. J. (1999). Effects of source expertise and physical
    distance on minority influence. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 81-92.
Hart, R. K., & McLeod, P. L. (2003). Rethinking team building in geographically dispersed
    teams: One message at a time. Organizational Dynamics, 3, 352-361.
Härtel, C. E. J., & Härtel, G. F. (1997). SHAPE-assisted intuitive decision making and problem
    solving: Information-processing-based training for conditions of cognitive busyness. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 187-199.
Hartley, D., Roback, H., & Abramowitz, S. (1976). Deterioration effects in encounter groups.
    American Psychologist, 3, 247-255.
Hartman, J. J. (1979). Small group methods of personal change. Annual Review of Psychology,
    30, 453-476.
Hartstone, M., & Augustinos, M. (1995). The minimal group paradigm: Categorization into two
    versus three groups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 179-193.
Hartzler, B., & Brownson, C. (2001). The utility of change models in the design and delivery of
    thematic group interventions: Applications to a self-defeating behaviors group. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 191-199.
Harvey, M., Novicevic, M. M., & Garrison, G. (2005). Global virtual teams: A human resource
    capital architecture. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 16, 1583-1599.
Harvey, O. J., & Consalvi, C. (1960). Status and conformity to pressures in informal groups.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 182-187.
Harvey, V., DiLuzio, G., & Hunter, W. J. (1975). A comparison of verbal and nonverbal groups.
    Small Group Behavior, 6, 210-219.
Harwod, J., Raman, P., & Hewstone, M. (2006). The family and communication dynamics of
    group salience. Journal of Family Communication, 6, 181-200.
Harwood, I. (2003). Distinguishing between the facilitating and self-serving charismatic group
    leader. Group, 27(2-3), 121-129.
Harwood, J., Raman, P., Hewstone, M. (2006). The family communication dynamics of group
    salience. Journal of Family Communication, 6, 181-200.
Harzem, P., & Damon, S. G. (1975). Social interactions of a group of severely retarded people
    with staff and peers in a ward setting. Psychological Reports, 36, 959-966.
Hasenfeld, Y., & Gidron, B. (1993). Self-help groups and human service organizations: An
    interorganizational perspective. Social Service Review, 2, 217-235.
Haskell, R. E. (1975). Presumptions of group work: A value analysis. Small Group Behavior, 6,
    469-486.
Haskell, R. E. (1982). The matrix of group talk: An empirical method of analysis and validation.
    Small Group Behavior, 13, 165-191.
                                                                                              112


Haskins, M., Liedtka, J., & Rosenblum, J. (1998). Beyond teams: Toward an ethic of
    collaboration. Organizational Dynamics, 26(4), 34-51.
Haslam, N., Bastian, B., Bain, P., & Kashima, Y. (2006). Psychological essentialism, implicit
    theories, and intergroup relations. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 63-76.
Haslam, S. A., McGarty, C., Brown, P. M., Eggins, R. A., Morrison, B. E., & Reynolds, J.
    (1998). Inspecting the emperor’s clothes: Evidence that random selection of leaders can
    enhance group performance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 168-184.
Haslam, S. A., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, C., & Turner, J. C. (1996). Stereotyping and social
    influence: The mediation of stereotype applicability and sharedness by the views of the in-
    group and out-group members. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 369-397.
Haslam, S. A., Turner, J. C., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, G., & Hayes, B. K. (1992). Context
    dependent variation in social stereotyping I: The effects of intergroup relations as mediated
    by social change and frame of reference. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 3-20.
Haslam, S. A., Turner, J. C., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, G., & Onorato, S. (1995). Contextual
   changes in the prototypicality of extreme and moderate outgroup members. European
   Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 509-530.
Hastie, R., & Kameda, T. (2005). The robust beauty of majority rules in group decisions.
   Psychological Review, 112, 494-508.
Hatch, J. A. (1987). Status and social power in a kindergarten peer group. Elementary School
    Journal, 88, 79-92.
Hatfield, F. C. (1978). Effects of interpersonal attraction and tolerance-intolerance of ambiguity
    on athletic team productivity. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 9, 214-226.
Hahn, H. (1996). Antidiscrimination laws and social research on disability: The minority
    group perspective. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 14, 42-59.
Haunschild, P. R., Moreland, R. L., & Murrell, A. J. (1994). Sources of resistance to mergers
    between groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24, 1150-1178.
Haupt, A. L., & Leary, M. R. (1997). The appeal of worthless groups: Moderating effects of trait
    self-esteem. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 124-132.
Haupt, M., Karger, A., & Jaenner, M. (2000). Improvement of agitation and anxiety in demented
    patients after psychoeducative group intervention with their caregivers. International
    Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 15, 1125-1129.
Hausken, K. (1995). The dynamics of within-group and between-group interaction. Journal of
    Math Economics, 24, 655-687.
Hautaluoma, J. E., Enge, R. S., Mitchell, T. M., & Rittwager, F. J. (1991). Early socialization
    into a work group: Severity of initiations revisited. Journal of Social Behavior and
    Personality, 6, 725-748.
Hautaluoma, J. E., & Spungin, H. (1974). Effects of initiation severity and interest on group
    attitudes. Journal of Social Psychology, 93, 245-259.
Hauser, S. T., & Shapiro, R. L. (1976). An approach to the analysis of faculty-student
    interactions in small groups. Human Relations, 29, 819-832.
Hawes, L. C., & Foley, J. M. (1978). Stationarity of group discussion. Small Group Behavior, 9,
    518-528.
Hawkins, D. M. (2000). Will the mother-group have a face? The future of the facilitating
    environment. Group, 24, 193-201.
Hawkins, K. W. (1995). Effects of gender and communication content on leadership emergence
    in small task-oriented groups. Small Group Research, 26, 234-249.
                                                                                          113


Hawkins, K. W., & Fillion, P. B. (1999). Perceived communication skill needs for work groups.
    Communication Research Reports, 16, 167-174.
Hawkins, K., & Power, C. B. (1999). Gender differences in questions asked during small
    decision-making group discussions. Small Group Research, 30, 235-256.
Hawkins, K., & Stewart, R. A. (1991). Effects of communication apprehension on perceptions of
    leadership and intragroup attraction in small task-oriented groups. Southern Communication
    Journal, 57, 1-10.
Hayne, S. C., Pollard, C. E., & Rice, R. E. (2004). Identification of comment authorship in
    anonymous group support systems. Journal of Management Information Systems, 20, 301-
    329.
Hayne, S. C., & Rice, R. E. (1997). Attribution accuracy when using anonymity in group support
    systems. International Journal of Human Computer Studies, 47, 429-452.
Haythorn, W. (1953). The influence of individual members on the characteristics of small
    groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 276-284.
Haythorn, W. W. (1968). The composition of groups: A review of the literature. Acta
    Psychologica, 28, 97-128.
Haythorn, W. W., Couch, A., Haefner, D., Langham, P., & Carter, L. F. (1956). The behavior of
    authoritarian and equalitarian personalities in groups. Human Relations, 9, 57-74.
Hearne, G. (1957). Leadership and the spatial factor in small groups. Journal of Abnormal and
    Social Psychology, 54, 269-272.
Hebert, R., Levesque, L., Vezina, J., Lavoie, J., Ducharme, F., Gendron, C., et al. (2003).
    Efficacy of a psychoeducative group program for caregivers of demented persons living at
    home: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Gerontology, 58, S58-S67.
Hecht, M. L., & Riley, P. (1985). A three-factor model of group satisfaction and consensus.
    Communication Research Reports, 2, 179-187.
Hecht, T. D., Allen, N. J., Klammer, J. D., & Kelly, E. C. (2002). Group beliefs, ability, and
    performance: The potency of group potency. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 6, 143-152.
Hechter, M. (1982). A theory of group solidarity. Research in Marketing, Suppl. 1, 285-324.
Heckathorn, D. D. (19990). Collective sanctions and compliance norms: A formal theory of
    group-mediated social control. American Sociological Review, 55, 366-384.
Hedlund, J., Ilgen, D. R., & Hollenbeck, J. R. (1988). Decision accuracy in computer-mediated
    versus face-to-face decision-making teams. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
    Processes, 76, 30-47.
Hegarty, P., & Pratto, F. (2001). The effects of social category norms and stereotypes on
    explanations for intergroup differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80,
    723-735.
Hegarty, P., Pratto, F., & Lemieux, A. F. (2004). Heterosexist ambivalence and heterocentric
    norms: Drinking in intergroup discomfort. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 119-
    130.
Hegedus, D. M., & Rasmussen, R. V. (1986). Task effectiveness and interaction process of a
    modified nominal group technique in solving an evaluation problem. Journal of
    Management, 12, 545-560.
Heinen, J. S., & Jacobson, E. J. (1976). A model of task group development in complex
    organizations and a strategy of implementation. Academy of Management Review, 1, 98-111.
Hegtvedt, K., Clay-Warner, J., & Johnson, C. (2003). The social context of responses to
                                                                                               114


    injustice: Considering the indirect and direct-effects of group-level factors. Social Justice
    Research, 16, 343-366.
Heinicke, C. M., & Bales, R. F. (1953). Developmental trends in the structure of small groups.
    Sociometry, 16, 7-38.
Helgeson, V., Cohen, S., Shultz, R., & Yasko, J. (1999). Education and peer discussion group
    interventions and adjustment to breast cancer. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 340-347.
Helgeson, V. S., Cohen, S., Schultz, R., & Yasko, J. (2000). Group support interventions for
    women with breast cancer: Who benefits from what? Health Psychology, 19, 107-114.
Helgeson, V. S., Cohen, S., Schultz, R., & Yasko, J. (2002). Long-term effects of educational
    and peer discussion group interventions on adjustments to breast cancer. Health Psychology,
    20, 387-392.
Heller, J. F., Groff, B. D., & Solomon, S. H. (1977). Toward an understanding of crowding: The
    role of physical interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 183-190.
Heller, T. (1978). Group decision-making by mentally retarded adults. American Journal of
    Mental Deficiency, 82, 480-486.
Heller, T., Roccoforte, J. A., Hsieh, K., Cook, J. A., & Pickett, S. A. (1997). Benefits of support
    groups for families of adults with severe mental illness. American Journal of
    Orthopsychiatry, 67, 187-198.
Helmreich, R. L., Merritt, A. C., & Wilhelm, J. A. (1999). The evolution of crew resource
    management training in commercial aviation. International Journal of Aviation Psychology,
    9, 19-32.
Hemphill, J. K. (1950). Relations between the size of the group and the behavior of “superior”
    leaders. Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 11-22.
Hemphill, J. K., & Sechrest, L. (1952). A comparison of three criteria of air crew effectiveness in
    combat over Korea. American Psychologist, 7, 391.
Henchy, T., & Glass, D. C. (1968). Evaluation apprehension and the social facilitation of
    dominant and subordinate responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10,
    446-454.
Henderson, J., Bourgeois, A. E., LeUnes, A., & Meyers, M. C. (1998). Group cohesiveness,
    mood disturbance, and stress in female basketball players. Small Group Research, 29, 212-
    225.
Hendrick, C., Giesen, M., & Coy, S. (1974). The social ecology of free seating arrangements in a
    small group interaction context. Sociometry, 37, 262-274.
Hendrick, H. W. (1979). Differences in group problem-solving behavior and effectiveness as a
    function of abstractness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 64, 518-525.
Hendricks, M. N. (1984). A focusing group: Model for a new kind of group process. Small
    Group Behavior, 15, 155-171.
Heneman, R. L., & von Hippel, C. (1995). Balancing group and individual rewards: Rewarding
    individual contributions to the team. Compensation and Benefits Review, 27, 63-68.
Hennessy, C. H., & Shen, J. K. M. (1986). Sources of “unreliability” in multidisciplinary team
    assessment of the elderly. Evaluation Review, 10, 178-192.
Hennessy, J., & West, M. (1999). Intergroup behavior in organizations: A field test of social
    identity theory. Small Group Research, 30, 361-382.
Henningsen, D. D., Cruz, M. G., & Miller, M. L. (2000). Role of social loafing in predeliberation
    decision making. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 168-175.
                                                                                              115


Henningsen, D. D., & Henningsen, M. L. M. (2003). Examining social influence in information-
    sharing contexts. Small Group Research, 34, 391-412.
Henningsen, D. D., & Henningsen, M. L. M. (2004). The effect of individual difference variables
    on information sharing in decision-making groups. Human Communication Research, 30,
    540-555.
Henningsen, D. D., Henningsen, M. L. M., Eden, J., & Cruz, M. G. (2006). Examining the
    symptoms of and retrospective sensemaking. Small Group Research, 37, 36-64..
Henningsen, D. D., Henningsen, M. L. M., Jakobsen, L., & Borton, I. (2004). It’s good to be
    leader: The influence of randomly and systematically selected leaders on decision-making
    groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 62-76.
Henningsen, M. L. M., Henningsen, D. D., Cruz, M. G., & Morrill, J. (2003). Social influence in
    groups: A comparative application of relational framing theory and the elaboration
    likelihood model of persuasion. Communication Monographs, 70, 175-197.
Henrick, J., & Boyd, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist transmission and the emergence of
    between-group differences. Evolution and Human Behaviour, 19, 215-241.
Henry, A. D., Nelson, D. L., & Duncombe, L. W. (1984). Choice making in group and individual
    activity. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 38, 245-251.
Henry, K. B. (2000). Perceptions of cooperation in a longitudinal social dilemma. Small Group
    Research, 31, 507-527.
Henry, K. B., Arrow, H., & Carini, B. (1999). A tripartite model of group identification: Theory
    and measurement. Small Group Research, 30, 558-581.
Henry, R. A. (1995). Improving group judgment accuracy: Information sharing and determining
    the best member. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 62, 190-197.
Hensley, T. R., & Griffin, G. W. (1986). Victims of groupthink: The Kent State University
    Board of Trustees and the 1977 gymnasium controversy. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 30,
    497-531.
Herbert, T. T., & Yost, E. B. (1979). A comparison of decision quality under nominal and
    interacting consensus group formats: The case of the structural problem. Decision Sciences,
    10, 358-370.
Herek, G. M., & Capitanio, J. P. (1996). “Some of my best friends”: Intergroup contact,
    concealable stigma, and heterosexuals’ attitudes toward gay men and lesbians. Personality
    and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 412-424.
Herman, C. P., Roth, D. A., & Polivy, J. (2003). Effects of the presence of others on food intake:
    A normative interpretation. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 873-886.
Herman, R. (1983). Intervening in groups: A repertoire and language of group skills for self-
    directed learning in decision-making groups. Small Group Behavior, 14, 445-464.
Herold, D. M. (1978). Improving the performance effectiveness of groups through a task-
    contingent selection of intervention strategies. Academy of Management Review, 3, 315-325.
Herschel, R. T. (1994). The impact of varying gender composition on group brainstorming
    performance in a GSS environment. Computers in Human Behavior, 10, 209-222.
Herschel, R. T., & Andrews, P. H. (1993, Spring). Empowering employees in group work.
    Information Strategy: The Executive’s Journal, 9, 36-42.
Herschel, R. T., Cooper, T. R., Smith, L. F., & Arrington, L. (1994). Exploring numerical
    proportions in a unique context: The group support systems meeting environment. Sex
    Roles, 31, 99-123.
                                                                                              116


Hertel, G. Aarts, H., & Zeelenberg, M. (2002). What do you think is “fair”?: Effects of ingroup
    norms and outcome control on fairness judgements. European Journal of Social Psychology,
    32, 327-341.
Hertel, G., Deter, C., & Konradt, U. (2003). Motivation gains in computer-supported groups.
    Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 33, 2080-3004.
Hertel, G., Geister, S., & Konradt, U. (2005). Managing virtual teams: A review of current
    empirical research. Human Resource Management Review, 15, 69-95.
Hertel, G., Kerr, N. L., & Messé, L. A. (2000). Motivation gains in groups: Paradigmatic and
    theoretical advances on the Koehler effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    79, 580-601.
Hertel, G., Kerry, N. L., Scheffler, M., Geister, S., & Messé, L. A. (2000). Exploring the Koehler
    motivation gain effect: Impression management and spontaneous goal setting. Zeitschrift fűr
    Socialpsychologie, 31, 204-220.
Hertel, G., Konradt, U., & Orlikowski, B. (2004). Managing distance by interdependence: Goal
    setting, task interdependence and team-based rewards in virtual teams. European Journal of
    Work and Organizational Psychology, 13, 1-28.
Heslin, R. (1964). Predicting group task effectiveness from member characteristics.
    Psychological Bulletin, 62, 248-256.
Heslin, R., & Dunphy, D. (1964). Three dimensions of member satisfaction in small groups.
    Human Relations, 17, 99-112.
Heuzé, J-P., & Fontayne, P. (2002). Questionnaire sur l’ambiance du groupe: A French-language
    instrument for the measurement of group cohesion. Journal of Sport and Exercise
    Psychology, 24, 42-67.
Heuzé, J-P., Sarrazin, P., Masiero, M., Raimbault, N., & Thomas, J-P. (2006). The relationships
    of perceived motivational climate to cohesion and collective efficacy in elite female teams.
    Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 18, 201-218.
Hewes, D. E. (1979). The sequential analysis of social interaction. Quarterly Journal of Speech,
    65, 56-73.
Hewett, T. T., O’Brien, G. E., & Hornik, J. (1974). The effects of work organization, leadership
    style, and member compatibility upon the productivity of small groups working on a
    manipulative task. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 11, 283-301.
Hewstone, M. (1990). The “ultimate attribution error”? A review of the literature on intergroup
    causal attribution. European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 311-335.
Hewstone, M., Islam, M. R., & Judd, C. M. (1993). Models of crossed categorization and
    intergroup relations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 779-793.
Hewstone, M., Jaspars, J., & Lalljee, M. (1982). Social representations, social attribution and
    social identity: The intergroup images of “public” and “comprehensive” schoolboys.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 12, 241-269.
Hewstone, M., Rubin, M., & Willis, H. (2002). Intergroup bias. Annual Review of Psychology,
    53, 575-604.
Hickman, G. R., & Creighton-Zollar, A. (1998). Diverse self-directed work teams: Developing
    strategic initiatives for 21st century organizations. Public Personnel Management, 27, 187-
    200.
Hiers, J. M., & Heckel, R. V. (1977). Seating choice, leadership, and locus of control. Journal of
    Social Psychology, 103, 313-314.
Higbee, K. L. (1973). Group influence on self-disclosure. Psychological Reports, 32, 903-909.
                                                                                             117


Highhouse, S. (2002). A history of the T-group and its early applications in management
     development. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 277-290.
Hightower, R., & Sayeed, L. (1995). The impact of computer mediated communication systems
     on biased group discussion. Computers in Human Behavior, 11, 33-44.
Hightower, R., & Sayeed, L. (1996). Effects of communication mode and predicsussion
     information distribution characteristics on information exchange in groups. Information
     Systems Research, 7, 451-465.
Hildebrand, J., & Forbes, C. (1987). Group work with mothers whose children have been
     sexually abused. British Journal of Social Work, 17, 285-303.
Hilingh, C., Fridlund, B., & Segesten, K. (1995). Social support in self-help groups, as
     experienced by persons having coronary heart disease and their next of kin. International
     Journal of Nursing Studies, 32, 224-232.
Hilkey, J. H., Wilhelm, C. L., & Horne, A. M. (1982). Comparative effectiveness of videotape
     pre-training versus no pre-training on selected process and outcome variables in group
     therapy. Psychological Reports, 509, 1151-1159.
Hill, C. E. (1990). Is individual therapy process really different from group therapy process?
     Counseling Psychologist, 18, 126-130.
Hill, G. W. (1982). Group versus individual performance: Are N + 1 heads better than one?
     Psychological Bulletin, 91, 517-539.
Hill, J. L., Estabrooks, P. A., & Milliken, G. (2001). The development of class cohesion in
     physical activity groups for older adults. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 23, S090.
Hill, R. E. (1975). Interpersonal compatibility and workgroup performance. Journal of Applied
     Behavioral Science, 11, 210-219.
Hill, T. A. (1976). An experimental study of the relationship between opinionated leadership and
     small group consensus. Communication Monographs, 43, 246-257.
Hill, W. F., & Gruner, L. (1973). A study of development in open and closed groups. Small
     Group Behavior, 4, 355-381.
Hillery, J. M., & Fugita, S. S. (1975). Group size effects in employment testing. Educational and
     Psychological Measurement, 35, 745-750.
Hills, J. (1994). A systemic approach to group therapy. Context, 18, 9-13.
Hiltz, S. R., Johnson, K., & Turoff, M. (1986). Experiments in group decision making:
     Communication process and outcome in face-to-face versus computerized conferences.
     Human Communication Research, 13, 225-252.
Hiltz, S. R., Johnson, K., & Turoff, M. (1994). Group decision support: The effects of designated
     human leaders and statistical feedback in computerized conferences. Journal of
     Management Information Systems, 8(2), 81-108.
Himber, C. (1970). Evaluating sensitivity training for teen-agers. Journal of Applied Behavioral
     Science, 6, 307-322.
Hinckle, S., Fox-Cardamone, D. L., Haseleu, J. A., Brown, R., & Irwin, L. M. (1996). Grassroots
     political activism as an intergroup phenomenon. Journal of Social Issues, 52, 39-51.
Hinckle, S., Taylor, L. A., & Fox-Cardamone, D. L. (1989). Intragroup identification and
     intergroup differentiation: A multi-component approach. British Journal of Social
     Psychology, 28, 305-317.
Hindle, P. (2000). Developing employment interview and interviewing skills in small-group
     project work. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 24, 29-36.
                                                                                              118


Hinds, P. J., & Bailey, D. E. (2003). Out of sight, out of synch: Understanding conflict in
    distributed teams. Organization Science, 14, 615-632.
Hinds, P. J., Carley, K. M., Krackhardt, D., & Wholey, D. (2000). Choosing work group
    members: Balancing similarity, competence, and familiarity. Organizational Behavior and
    Human Decision Processes, 81, 226-251.
Hinds, P. J., & Mortensen, M. (2005). Understanding conflict in geographically distributed
    teams: The moderating effects of shared identity, shared context, and spontaneous
    communication. Organization Science, 16, 290-307.
Hines, P. L., Stockton, R., & Morran, D. K. (1995). Self-talk of group therapists. Journal of
    Counseling Psychology, 42, 242-248.
Hinrichsen, G., Revenson, T., & Shinn, M. (1985). Does self-help help? An empirical
    investigation of scoliosis peer support groups. Journal of Social Issues, 41, 65-87.
Hinsz, V. B. (1990). Cognitive and consensus processes in group recognition memory
    performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 705-718.
Hinsz, V. B. (1995). Goal setting by groups performing an additive task: A comparison with
    individual goal setting. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 965-990.
Hinsz, V. B., & Davis, J. H. (1984). Persuasive arguments theory, group polarization, and choice
    shifts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 260-268.
Hinsz, V. B., & Nickell, G. S. (2004). Positive reactions to working in groups in a study of group
    and individual goal decision making. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and Practice, 8,
    253-264.
Hinsz, V. B., Tindale, R. S., & Vollrath, D. A. (1997). The emerging conceptualization of groups
    as information processors. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 43-64.
Hinsz, V. B., Vollrath, D. A., Nagao, D. H., & Davis, J. H. (1988). Comparing the structure of
    individual and small group perceptions. International Journal of Small Group Research, 4,
    159-168.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1980). A comparative analysis of communication patterns within effective and
    ineffective decision-making groups. Communication Monographs, 47, 312-321.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1982a). Consensus group decision-making, quality of decision, and group
    satisfaction: An attempt to sort fact" from “fiction.” Central States Speech Journal, 33, 407-
    415.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1982b). Group communication and problem-solving effectiveness I: A critical
    review of inconsistent findings. Communication Quarterly, 30, 134-141.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1983a). Group communication and problem-solving effectiveness: An
    investigation of group phases. Human Communication Research, 9, 291-305.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1983b). Group communication and problem-solving effectiveness II: An
    investigation of procedural functions. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 47, 59-
    74.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1985). Discussion procedures and decision-making performance; A test of a
    functional perspective. Human Communication Research, 12, 203-224.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1987). Why informed groups make faulty decisions: An investigation of
    possible interaction-based explanations. Small Group Behavior, 18, 3-29.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1988). Group communication and decision-making performance: A continued
    test of the functional perspective. Human Communication Research, 14, 487-515.
Hirokawa, R. Y. (1990). The role of communication in group decision-making efficacy: A task-
    contingency perspective. Small Group Research, 21, 190-204.
                                                                                            119


Hirokawa, R. Y. (1994). Functional approaches to the study of group discussion: Even good
     notions have their problems. Small Group Research, 25, 542-550.
Hirokawa, R. Y., DeGooyer, D., & Valde, K. (2000). Using narratives to study task group
     effectiveness. Small Group Research, 31, 573-591.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Gouran, D. S. (1989). Facilitation of group communication: A critique of
     prior research and an agenda for future research. Management Communication Quarterly, 3,
     71-92.
Hirokawa, R. Y., Gouran, D. S., & Mantz, A. E. (1988). Understanding the sources of faulty
     group decision making: A lesson from the Challenger disaster. Small Group Research, 19,
     411-433.
Hirokawa, R. Y., Ice, R., & Cook, J. (1988). Preference for procedural order, discussion
     structure, and group decision performance. Communication Quarterly, 36, 217-226.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Keyton, J. (1995). Perceived facilitators and inhibitors of effectiveness in
     organizational work teams. Management Communication Quarterly, 8, 424-446.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Pace, R. (1983). A descriptive investigation of the possible communication-
     based reasons for effective and ineffective group decision-making. Communication
     Monographs, 50, 363-379.
Hirokawa, R. Y., & Rost, K. M. (1992). Effective group decision making in organizations: Field
     test of the vigilant interaction theory. Management Communication Quarterly, 5, 267-288.
Hirota, K. (1970). Group problem solving and communication. Japanese Journal of Psychology,
     24, 176-177.
Hirschhorn, L., & Krantz, J. (1982). Unconscious planning in a natural work group: A case study
     in process consultation. Human Relations, 35, 805-843.
Hirst, G. & Mann, L. (2004). A model of R&D leadership and team communication: the
     relationship with project performance. R&D Management, 34, 147-160.
Hirt, E. R., Zillmann, D., Erickson, G. A., & Kennedy, C. (1992). Costs and benefits of
     allegiance: Changes in fans' self-ascribed competencies after team victory versus defeat.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 724-738.
Hirschhorn, L., & Krantz, J. (1982). Unconscious planning in a natural work group: A case study
     in process consultation. Human Relations, 35, 805-844.
Hitch, P. J., Fielding, R. G., & Llewelyn, S. P. (1994). Effectiveness of self-help and support
     groups for cancer patients: A review. Psychology and Health, 9, 437-448.
Ho, T. H., & Raman, K. S. (1991). The effects of GDSS and elected leadership on small group
     meetings. Journal of Management Information Systems, 8, 109-134.
Hogg, M. A. (1985). Masculine and feminine speech in dyads and groups: A study of speech
     style and gender salience. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 4, 99-112.
Hoag, M. A. (1993). Group cohesiveness: A critical review and some new directions. European
     Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 85-111.
Hoag, M. A., Abrams, D., Otten, S., & Hinckle, S. (2004). The social identity perspective:
     Intergroup relations, self-conception, and small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 246-276.
Hoag. M. A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1997a). Child and adolescent group psychotherapy: A
     narrative review of effectiveness, a case for meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical Child
     Psychology, 7(2), 51-58.
Hoag, M. A. & Burlingame, G. M. (1997b). Evaluating the effectiveness of child and adolescent
     group treatment: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 26, 234-
     246.
                                                                                             120


Hoag, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1996). Intergroup relations and group solidarity: Effects of group
   identification and social beliefs on depersonalized attraction. Journal of Personality and
   Social Psychology, 70, 295-309.
Hoag, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1998). Friendship and group identification: A new look at the role
   of cohesiveness in groupthink. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 323-341.
Hogg, M. A., Hardie, E. A., & Reynolds, K. J. (1995). Prototypical similarity, self-
   categorization, and depersonalized attraction: A perspective on group cohesiveness.
   European Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 159-177.
Hoag, M. A., & Moreland, R. L. (1993). Studying social processes in small groups. British
   Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 107-110.
Hoag, M. A., & Reid, S. A. (2006). Social identity, self-categorization, and the communication
   of group norms. Communication Theory, 16, 7-30.
Hoag, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1985a). Interpersonal attraction, social identification and
   psychological group formation. European Journal of Social Psychology, 15, 51-66.
Hoag, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1985b). When liking begets solidarity: An experiment on the role
   of interpersonal attraction in psychological group formation. British Journal of Social
   Psychology, 24, 267-281.
Hoag, M. A., Turner, J., & Davidson, B. (1990). Polarized norms and social frames of reference:
   A test of self-categorization theory of group polarization. Basic and Applied Social
   Psychology, 11, 77-100.
Hogg, M., & van Knippenberg, D. (2003). Social identity and leadership processes in groups.
   Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 1-52.
Hoag, M. A., & Williams, K. D. (200). From I to we: Social identity and the collective self.
   Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 81-97.
Hobman, E. V., & Bordia, P. (2006). The role of team identification in the dissimilarity-conflict
    relationship. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 483-508.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., & Gallois, C. Perceived dissimilarity and work group involvement:
    The moderating effects of group openness to diversity. Group & Organization
    Management, 29, 560-587.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., & Gallois, C. (2003). Consequences of feeling dissimilar from others
   in a work team. Journal of Business and Psychology, 17, 301-325.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., & Gallois, C. (2004). Perceived dissimilarity and work group
   involvement: The moderating effects of group openness to diversity. Group & Organization
   Management, 29, 560-587.
Hobman, E. V., Bordia, P., Irmer, B., & Chang, A. (2002). The expression of conflict in
   computer-mediated and face-to-face groups. Small Group Research, 33, 439-465.
Hockbaum, G. M. (1954). The relation between group members’ self-confidence and their
   reactions to group pressures to uniformity. American Sociological Review, 79, 678-687.
Hodge, L., & Carron, A. (1992). Collective efficacy and group performance. International
   Journal of Sport Psychology, 23, 48-59.
Hodgkinson, G., & Wright, G. 92002). Confronting strategic inertia in a top management team:
   learning from failure. Organization Studies, 23, 949-977.
Hodson, G., & Esses, V. M. (2002). Distancing oneself from negative attributes and the
   personal/group discrimination discrepancy. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38,
   500-507.
                                                                                              121


Hodson, G., & Sorrentino, R. M. (1997). Groupthink and uncertainty orientation: Personality
    differences in reactivity to the group situation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 1, 144-155.
Hodson, G., & Sorrentino, R. M. (2001). Just who favors in in-group? Personality differences in
    reactions to uncertainty in the minimal group paradigm. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 5, 92-101.
Hoegl, M., & Gemeunden, H. G. (2001). Teamwork quality and the success of innovative
    projects: A theoretical concept and empirical evidence. Organization Science, 12, 435-449.
Hoegl, M., & Parboteeah, K. P. (2003). Goal setting and team performance in innovative
    projects: On the moderating role of teamwork quality. Small Group Research, 34, 3-19.
Hoegl, M., Parboteeah, K. P., & Gemuenden, H. G. (2003). When teamwork really matters: Task
    innovativeness as a moderator of the teamwork-performance relationship in software
    development projects. Journal of Engineering and Technology Management, 20, 281-302.
Hoegl, M., & Weinkauf, K. (2005). Managing task interdependencies in multi-team projects: A
    longitudinal study. Journal of Management Studies, 42, 1287-1308.
Hoegl, M., Weinkauf, K., & Gemuenden, H. G. (2004). Interteam coordination, project
    commitment, and teamwork in multiteam R&D projects: A longitudinal study.
    Organizational Science, 15, 38-55.
Hoeksema-van Order, C. Y. D., Galliard, A. W. K., & Buunck, B. P. (1998). Social loafing under
    fatigue. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 1179-1190.
Hoffman, J. R., & Rogelberg, S. G. (2001). All together now? College students’ preferred project
    group grading procedures. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 33-40.
Hoffman, L. R. (1959). Homogeneity of member personality and its effects on group problem-
    solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 27-32.
Hoffman, L. R. (1965). Group problem solving. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 2,
    99-132.
Hoffman, L. R. (1979). Applying experimental research on group problem solving to
    organizations. Journal of Applied Behavior, 15, 375-391.
Hoffman, L. R., Harburg, E., & Maier, N. R. F. (1962). Differences and disagreement as factors
    in creative group problem solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64, 206-
    214.
Hoffman, L. R., & Kleinman, G. B. (1994). Individual and group in group problem solving: The
    valence model redressed. Human Communication Research, 21, 36-59.
Hoffman, L., & Maier, N. (1961). Quality and acceptance of problem solutions by members of
    homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64,
    401-407.
Hoffman, L. R., & Maier, N. R. F. (1964). Valence in the adoption of solutions by problem-
    solving groups: Concept, method and results. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
    69, 264-271.
Hoffman, R., & Maier, N. R. F. (1970). Sex differences, sex composition, and group problem-
    solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63, 453-456.
Hogan, D. B. (1974). Encounter groups and human relations training: The case against applying
    traditional forms of statutory regulation. Harvard Journal of Legislation, 11, 659-701.
Hogan, D. B., & Fox, R. A. (1990). A prospective controlled trial of a geriatric consultation team
    in an acute-care hospital. Age and Ageing, 19, 107-113.
                                                                                             122


Hogg, M. A. (1993). Group cohesiveness: A critical review and some new directions. European
    Review of Social Psychology, 4, 85-111.
Hogg, M. A., Abrams, D., Otten, S., & Hinckle, S. (2004). The social identity perspective:
    Intergroup relations, self-conception, and small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 246-276.
Hogg, M. A., Cooper-Shaw, L., & Holzworth, D. W. (1993). Group prototypicality and
    depersonalized attraction in small interactive groups. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 19, 452-465.
Hogg, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1996). Intergroup relations and group solidarity: Effects of group
    identification and social beliefs on depersonalized attraction. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 70, 295-309.
Hogg, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1998). Friendship and group identification: A new look at the role
    of cohesiveness in group think. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 323-341.
Hogg, M. A., Hains, S. C., & Mason, I. (1998). Identification and leadership in small groups:
    Salience, frame of reference, and leader stereotypicality effects on leader evaluations.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 1248-1263.
Hogg, M. A., Martin, R., Epitropaki, O., Mankad, A., Svensson, A., & Weeden, K. (2005).
    Effective leadership in salient groups: Revisiting leader-member exchange theory from the
    perspective of the social identity theory of leadership. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 31, 991-1004.
Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1985). Interpersonal attraction, social identification and
    psychological group formation. European Journal of Social Psychology, 15, 51-66.
Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1987). Intergroup behaviour, self-stereotyping and the salience of
    social categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 325-340.
Hogg, M. A., Turner, J. C., & Davidson, B. (1990). Polarized norms and social frames of
    reference: A test of the self-categorization theory of group polarization. Basic and Applied
    Social Psychology, 11, 77-100.
Hogg, M. A., & Williams, K. D. (2000). From I to we: Social identity and the collective self.
    Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 81-97.
Høigaard, R., Säfvenbom, R., & Tønnessen, F. E. (2006). The relationship between group
    cohesion, group norms, and perceived social loafing in soccer teams. Small Group Research,
    37, 217-232.
Hold-Cavell, B. C., & Borsutsky, D. (1986). Strategies to obtain high regard: Longitudinal study
    of a group of preschool children. Ethnology and Sociobiology, 7, 39-56.
Holland, S. M., Fedler, A. J., & Ditton, R. B. (1986). The group representative bias: Another
    look. Leisure Sciences, 8, 79-91.
Holland, S., Gatson, K., & Gomes, J. (2000). Critical success factors for cross-functional
    teamwork in new product development. International Journal of Management Review, 2,
    231-259.
Hollihan, T. A., & Riley, P. (1987). The rhetorical power of a compelling story: A critique of a
    “toughlove” parental support group. Communication Quarterly, 35, 13-25.
Hollenbeck, J. R., Colquit, J. A., Ilgen, D. R., LePine, J. A., & Hedlund, J. (1998). Accuracy
    decomposition and team decision making: Testing theoretical boundary conditions. Journal
    of Applied Psychology, 83, 494-500.
Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgren, D. R., LePine, J. A., Colquitt, J. A., & Hedlund, J. (1998). Extending
    the multilevel theory of team decision making: Effects of feedback and experience in
    hierarchical teams. Academy of Management Review, 9, 195-206.
                                                                                                123


Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgren, D. R., Sego, D. J., Hedlund, J., Major, D. A., & Phillips, J. (1995).
    Multilevel theory of team decision making: Decision performance in teams incorporating
    distributed expertise. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 292-316.
Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., Tuttle, D. B., & Sego, D. J. (1995). Team performance on
    monitoring tasks: An examination of decision errors in contexts requiring sustained
    attention. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 685-696.
Holleran, B. P., & Holleran, P. R. (1976). Creativity revisited: A new role for group dynamics.
    Journal of Creative Behavior, 10, 130-137.
Hollingshead, A. B. (1996). Information suppression and status persistence in group decision
    making: The effects of communication media. Human Communication Research, 23, 193-
    219.
Hollingshead, A. B. (1996b). The rank-order effect in group decision making. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 68, 181-193.
Hollingshead, A. B. (1998). Group and individual training: The impact of practice on
    performance. Small Group Research, 29, 254-280.
Hollingshead, A. B., & Brandon, D. P. (2002). Potential benefits of communication in
    transactive memory systems. Human Communication Research, 29, 607-615.
Hollingshead, A. B., McGrath, J. E., & O’Connor, K. M. (1993). Group task performance and
    communication technology: A longitudinal study of computer-mediated versus face-to-face
    work groups. Small Group Research, 24, 307-333.
Holloman, C. R., & Hendrick, H. (1972). Adequacy of group decisions as a function of the
    decision making process. Academy of Management Journal, 12, 175-184.
Holmes, C M., Sholley, B. K., & Walker, W. E. (1980). Leader, follower, and isolate personality
    patterns in Black and White emergent leadership groups. Journal of Psychology, 105, 41-46.
Holmes, P. (1983). “Dropping out” from an adolescent therapeutic group: A study of factors in
    the patients and their parents which may influence this process. Journal of Adolescence, 6,
    333-346.
Holz, R. (2004). Group cohesion, attitude projection, and opinion certainty: Beyond interaction.
    Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 112-125.
Homma, M., Tajima, K., & Hayashi, M. (1995). The effects of misperception of performance in
    brainstorming groups. Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 221-231.
Hong, D. S. (1979). The effects of concreteness, balance, and sex on the ratings of pleasantness
    and willingness to change relationship in triadic social relations. Korean Journal of
    Psychology, 2, 217-232.
Hong, L. K. (1978). Risky shift and cautious shift: Some direct evidence on the culture-value
    theory. Social Psychology, 41, 342-346.
Hong, Y., Coleman, J., Chan, G., Wong, R. Y. M., Chiu, C., Hansen, I. G., et al. (2004).
    Predicting intergroup bias: The interactive effects of implicit theory and social identity.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1035-1047.
Honey, K., Bennett, P., & Morgan, M. (2002). A brief psycho-education group intervention for
    postnatal depression. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 41, 405-409.
Honeywell-Johnson, J. A., & Dickinson, A. M. (1999). Small group incentives: A review of the
    literature. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 19, 89-120.
Hong, Y., Coleman, J., Chan, G., Wong, R. Y. M., Chiu, C., Hansen, I., et al. (2004). Predicting
    intergroup bias: The interactive effects of implicit theory and social identity. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1035-1047.
                                                                                           124


Hong, Y, Levy, S. R., & Chiu, C-Y. (2001). The contribution of the lay theories approach to the
    study of groups. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 98-106.
Hoogstraten, J., & Vorst, H. C. M. (1978). Group cohesion, task performance, and the
    experimenter expectancy effect. Human Relations, 31, 939-956.
Hooper, S. (2003). The effects of persistence and small group interaction during computer-based
    instruction. Computers in Human Behavior, 19, 211-218.
Hooper, S., & Hannafin, M. (1991). The effects of group composition on achievement,
    interaction, and learning efficiency during computer-based cooperative instruction.
    Educational Technology Research and Development, 39(3), 27-40.
Hooper, S., Ward, T., Hannafin, M., & Clark, H. (1989). The effects of aptitude composition on
    achievement during small group learning. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 16(3),
    102-109.
Hope, D. A., Heimberg, R. G., & Bruch, M. A. (1995). Dismantling cognitive-behavioral group
    therapy for social phobia. Behavior Research and Therapy, 33, 637-650.
Hopkins, K. D. (1982). The unit of analysis: Group means versus individual observations.
    American Educational Research Journal, 19, 5-18.
Hopkins, W. E., & Hopkins, S. A. (2002). Effects of cultural recomposition on group interaction
    processes. Academy of Management Review, 27, 541-554.
Hopper, E. (1997). Traumatic experience in the unconscious life of groups: A fourth basic
    assumption. Group Analysis, 30, 439-470.
Hopthrow, T., & Hulbert, L. G. (2005). The effect of group decision making on cooperation in
    social dilemmas. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 89-100.
Hopthrow, T., & Hulbert, L. G. (in press). Social dilemmas and group decision making. Group
    Processes & Intergroup Relations.
Horejsi, C. R. (1974). Small-group sex education for engaged couples. Journal of Family
    Counseling, 2(2), 23-27.
Horne, A. M., & Rosenthal, R. (1997). Research in group work: How did we get where we are?
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 128-140.
Hornsey, M. J., Blackwood, L., & O’Brien, A. (2005). Speaking for others: The pros and cons of
    group advocates using collective language. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8,
    245-258.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (1999). Subgroup differentiation as a response to an overly-
    inclusive group: A test of optimal distinctiveness theory. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 29, 543-550.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000a). Assimilation and diversity: An integrative model of
    subgroup relations. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 143-156.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000b). A comparison of the mutual intergroup differentiation
    and common ingroup identity models of prejudice reduction. Personality and Social
    Psychology Bulletin, 26, 242-256.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000c). Intergroup similarity and subgroup relations: Some
    implications for assimilation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 948-958.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2000d). Subgroup relations: Two experiments comparing
    subgroup differentiation and common ingroup identity models of prejudice reduction.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 242-256.
Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2002). The effects of status on subgroup relations. British
    Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 203-218.
                                                                                            125


Hornsey, M. J., & Imami, A. (2004). Criticizing groups from the inside and the outside: An
    identity perspective on the intergroup sensitivity effect. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 30, 365-383
Hornsey, M. J., & Jetten, J. (2003). Not being what you claim to be: Imposters as sources of
    group threat. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 639-657.
Hornsey, M. J., & Jetten, J. (2004). The individual within the group: Balancing the need to
    belong with the need to be different. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 8, 248-264.
Hornsey, M. J., Oppes, T., & Swenson, A. (2002). “It’s OK if we say it, but you can’t”:
    Responses to intergroup and intragroup criticism. European Journal of Social Psychology,
    32, 293-307.
Hornsey, M. J., Spears, R., Cremers, I., & Hogg, M. A. (2003). Relations between high and low
    power groups: The importance of legitimacy. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
    29, 216-227.
Hornsey, M. J., Trembath, M., & Gunthorpe, S. (2004). “You can criticize because you care”:
    Identity attachment, constructiveness, and the intergroup sensitivity effect. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 499-518.
Hornsey, M. J., van Leewen, E., & Van Santen, W. (2003). Dragging down and dragging up:
    How relative group status affects responses to common fate. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 7, 254-288.
Hornung, W., Northoff-Helling, U., Vogel-Helleberg, P., & Feldmann, R. (2000). Early
    rehabilitation for schizophrenia in-patients: A pilot study of combined psycho-educational-
    psychotherapeutic group therapy program. Krankenhauspsychiatrie, 11(2), 44-48.
Horowitz, L. (1962). Consensus, conflict and cooperation: A sociological inventory. Social
    Forces, 41, 177-188.
Horton, M., & Biolsi, K. (1994). Coordination challenges in a computer-supported meeting
    environment. Journal of Management Information Systems, 10(3), 7-24.
Horton, M., Rogers, OP., Austin, L., & McCormick, M. (1991-1992). Exploring the impact of
    face-to-face collaborative technology on group writing. Journal of MIS, 8(3), 27-48.
Horwitz, J. L. (1969). Dimensions of rehabilitation teamwork. Rehabilitation Record, 10, 37-48.
Horwitz, L. (1977). A group-centered approach to group psychotherapy. International Journal of
    Group Psychotherapy, 27, 423-439.
Horwitz, M. (1954). The recall of interrupted group tasks: An experimental study of individual
    motivation in relation to group goals. Human Relations, 7, 3-38.
House, R. J. (1967). T-group education and leadership effectiveness: A review of the empirical
    literature and a critical evaluation. Personnel Psychology, 20, 1-32.
Househ, M. S., & Lau, F. Y. (2005). Collaborative technology use by healthcare teams. Journal
    of Medical Systems, 29, 449-461.
Houston, T. K., Cooper, L. A., & Ford, D. E. (2002). Internet support groups for depression: A
    1-year prospective cohort study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 2062-2068.
Howard, J. W., & Rothbart, M. (1980). Social categorization and memory for in-group and out-
    group behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 301-310.
Howard, W., & Crano, W. D. (1974). Effects of sex, conversation, location, and size of observer
    group on bystander intervention in a high risk situation. Sociometry, 37, 491-507.
Howe, J. G. (1977). Group climate: An exploratory analysis of construct validity. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Performance, 19, 106-125.
                                                                                             126


Howells, L. T., & Becker, S. W. (1962). Seating arrangement and leadership emergence. Journal
    of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64, 148-150.
Hoyle, R. H., & Crawford, A. M. (1994). Use of individual-level data to investigate group
    phenomena: Issues and strategies. Small Group Research, 25, 464-485.
Hoyle, R. H., Georgesen, J. C., & Webster, J. M. (2001). Analyzing data from individuals in
    groups: The past, the present, and the future. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 5, 41-47.
Hoyle R. H., Pinkley R. L., & Insko C. A. (1989). Perceptions of behavior: Evidence of differing
    expectations for interpersonal and intergroup interactions. Personality and Social
    Psychology Bulletin, 15, 365-376.
Hoyt, C. L. & Blascovich, J. (2003). Transformational and transactional leadership in virtual and
    physical environments. Small Group Research, 34, 678-715.
Hoyt, C. L., Murphy, S. E., Halverson, S. K., & Watson, C. B. (2003). Group leadership:
    Efficacy and effectiveness. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 259-274.
Hrycenko, I., & Minton, H. L. (1974). Internal-external control, power position, and satisfaction
    in task-oriented groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 871-878.
Hsieh, E. (2004). Stories in action and the dialogic management of identities: Storytelling in
    transplant support group meetings. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 37, 39-70.
Huang, W., Raman, K. S., & Wei, K. K. (1997). Effects of group support system and task type
    on social influences in small groups. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and
    Cybernetics—Part A: Systems and Humans, 27, 578-587.
Huang, W. W., & Wei, K. K. (2000). An empirical investigation into the effects of group support
    systems (GSS) and task type on group interactions from an influence perspective. Journal of
    Management Information Systems, 17, 181-206.
Huang, W. W., Wei, K. K., & Tan, B. C. (1999). Compensating effects of GSS on group
    performance. Information and Management, 35, 195-202.
Huang, W. W., Wei, K. K., Watson, R. T., & Tan, B. C. (2002). Supporting virtual team-building
    in GSS: An empirical investigation. Decision Support Systems, 34, 359-367.
Huber, G. P. (1984). Issues in the design of group decision support systems. Management
    Information Systems Quarterly, 8, 195-204.
Huber, M. W., & Dennis, A. R. (1998). Mum’s not the word! An investigation of the effects of a
    group support system on a men’s counseling groups. Proceedings of the 31st Annual Hawaii
    International Conference on System Sciences, 1, 58-67.
Hubert, K. N., Gudykunst, W. B., & Guerrerro, S. L. (1999). Intergroup communication over
    time. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 13-46.
Huddleson, S., Doody, S. G., & Ruder, M. K. (1985). The effect of prior knowledge of social
    loafing phenomenon on performance in a group. International Journal of Sport Psychology,
    16, 176-182.
Huddy, L. (2004). Contrasting theoretical approaches to intergroup relations. Political
    Psychology, 25, 947-967.
Hughes, R. L. (2003). The flow of human crowds. Annual Review of Fluid Mechanics, 35, 169–
    182.
Huguet, P., Charbonnier, E., & Monteil, J-M. (1999). Productivity loss in performance groups:
    People who see themselves as average do not engage in social loafing. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 118-131.
                                                                                            127


Hulbert, L., G., Correa da Silva, M. L., & Adegboyega, G. (2001). Cooperation in social
    dilemmas and allocentrism: A social values approach. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 31, 641-657.
Humphreys, B., Johnson, R., & Johnson, D. W. (1982). Effects of cooperative, competitive, and
    individualistic learning on students’ achievement in science class. Journal of Research in
    Science Teaching, 19, 351-356.
Humphreys, K. (1996). World view change in Adult Children of Alcoholics/Al-Anon self-help
    groups: Restructuring the alcoholic family. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
    46, 255-263.
Humphreys, K., & Rappaport, J. (1994). Researching self-help /mutual aid groups and
    organizations: Many roads, one journey. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 3, 217-231.
Humphrys, P., & O’Brien, G. E. (1985). The proposal and evaluation of two models of group
    productivity. Australian Journal of Psychology, 37, 175-184.
Hunsaker, P. L., & Hunsaker, D. M. (1974). Luna I moon colony: An adapted format for analysis
    of group decision-making in a competitive setting. Psychological Reports, 35, 411-414.
Hunt, W., & Issacharoff, A. (1991). History and analysis of a leaderless group of professional
    therapists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 1164-1167.
Hunter, D., Gambell, T., & Randhawa, B. (2005). Gender gaps in group listening and speaking:
    Issues in social constructivist approaches to teaching and learning. Educational Review, 57,
    329-355.
Hunter, J. A., Platow, M. J., Bell, L. M., Kypri, K., & Lewis, C. A. (1997). Intergroup bias and
    self-evaluation: Domain-specific self-esteem, threats to identity and dimensional
    importance. British Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 405-426.
Huo, Y. J., & Molina, L. E. (2006). Is pluralism a viable model of diversity? The benefits and
    limits of subgroup respect. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 359-376.
Huo, Y. J., Molina, L., Sawahata, R., & Deang, J. M. (2005). Leadership and the management of
    conflicts in diverse groups: Why acknowledging versus neglecting subgroup identity
    matters. European Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 237-254.
Huo, Y. J., Smith, H. J., Tyler, T. R., & Lind, E. A. (1996). Superordinate identification,
    subgroup identification, and justice concerns. Psychological Science, 7, 40-45.
Hurley, J. R. (1975). “Some effects of trainers on their T groups” reconsidered. Journal of
    Applied Behavioral Science, 11, 190-196.
Hurley, J. R. (1997). Interpersonal theory and measures of outcome and emotional climate in 111
    personal development groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 86-97.
Hurst, A. G., Stein, K. B., Korchim, S. J., & Soskin, W. F. (1978). Leadership style
    determinations of cohesiveness in adolescent groups. International Journal of Group
    Psychotherapy, 28, 263-277.
Hurst, D. K., Rush, J. C., & White, R. E. (1989). Top management teams and organizational
    renewal. Strategic Management Journal, 10, 87-105.
Husband, R. W. (1940). Cooperative versus solitary problem solving. Journal of Social
    Psychology, 11, 405-409.
Huston-Comeraux, S. L., & Kelly, J. R. (1996). Sex differences in interaction style and group
    task per4formance: The process-performance relationship. Journal of Social Behavior and
    Personality, 11, 255-275.
                                                                                                128


Hutchison, P., Hetten, J., Christian, J., & Haycraft, E. (in press). Protecting threatened identity:
     Sticking with the group by emphasizing ingroup heterogeneity. Personality and Social
     Psychology Bulletin.
Huxman, S. S. (1997). The tragic-comic rhetorical “dance” of marginalized groups: The case of
     Mennonites in the Great War. Southern Communication Journal, 62, 305-318.
Huysman, M., Steinfield, C., Jang, C., David, K., Tveld, M., Poot, J., et al. (2003). Virtual teams
     and the appropriation of communication technology: Exploring the concept of media
     stickiness. Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 12, 411-436.
Hwang, H. G., & Guynes, J. (1994). The effect of group size and group performance in
     computer-supported decision making. Information and Management, 26, 189-198.
Hyatt, D. E., & Ruddy, T. M. (1997). An examination of the relationships between work group
     characteristics and performance: Once more into the breech. Personnel Psychology, 50, 553-
     585.
Hyde, C. (1984). The retrenchment support group: A case study in campus ministry. Religion
     and Intellectual Life, 1, 77-87.
Hyers, L. L., & Swim, J. K. (1998). A comparison of the experiences of dominant and minority
     group members during an intergroup encounter. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 1,
     143-163.
Hynes, K., & Clarkberg, M. (2005). Women’s employment patterns during early parenthood: A
     group-based trajectory analysis. Journal of Marriage and Family, 67, 222-239.
Hyrkäs, K., & Appelqvist-Schmidlechner, K. (2003). Team supervision in multiprofessional
     teams: Team members’ descriptions of the effects as highlighted by group interviews.
     Journal of Clinical Nursing, 12, 188-197.
Ilgen, D. R. (1999). Teams embedded in organizations: Some implications. American
     Psychologist, 54, 129-139.
Ilgen, D. R., Hollenbeck, J. R., Johnson, M., & Jundt, D. (2005). Teams in organizations: From
     input-process-output models to IMOI models. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 517-543.
Indik, B. P. (1965). Operational size and member participation: Some empirical tests of
     alternative explanations. Human Relations, 18, 339-350.
Ingham, A. G., Levinger, G., Graves, J., & Peckham, V. (1974). The Ringelmann effect: Studies
     of group size and group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10,
     371-384.
Innami, I. (1994). The quality of group decisions, group verbal behavior, and intervention.
     Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 60, 409-430.
Insko, C. A., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Lipsitz, A., Moehle, D., & Thibaut, J. (1983). Trade versus
     expropriation in open groups: A comparison of two types of social power. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 977-999.
Insko, C. A., Gilmore, R., Moehle, D., Lipsitz, A., Drenan, S., & Thibaut, J. W. (1982). Seniority
     in generational transition in laboratory groups: The effects of social familiarity and task
     experience. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 557-580.
Insko C. A., Hoyle R. H., Pinkley R. L., Hong G., Slim R., Dalton, G., et al. (1988). Individual-
     group discontinuity: The role of a consensus rule. Journal of Experimental Social
     Psychology, 24, 505-519.
Insko, C. A., Kirchner, J. L., Pinter, B., Efaw, J., & Wildschut, T. (2005). Interindividual-
     intergroup discontinuity as a function of trust and categorization: The paradox of expected
     cooperation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 365-385.
                                                                                                129


Insko C. A., Pinkley, R. L., Hoyle, R. H., Dalton, B., Hong, G., Slim, R., et al. (1987). Individual
     versus group discontinuity: The role of intergroup contact. Journal of Experimental Social
     Psychology, 23, 250-267.
Insko C. A., Schopler, J., Drigotas, S. M., Graetz, K., Kennedy, J., Cox, C., et al.., (1993). The
     role of communication in interindividual-intergroup discontinuity. Journal of Conflict
     Resolution, 37, 108-138.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Gaertner, L., Wildschut, T., Kozar, R., Pinter, B., et al. (2001).
     Interindividual-intergroup discontinuity reduction through the anticipation of future
     interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 95-111.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S. M., Currey, K. P., Smith, S. L., et al.
     (1994). Interindividual-intergroup discontinuity in the Prisoner’s Dilemma Game. Journal of
     Conflict Resolution, 38, 87-116.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Hoyle, R. H., Dardis, G. J., & Graetz, K. A., (1990). Individual-group
     discontinuity as a function of fear and greed. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
     58, 68-79.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Kennedy, J. F., Dahl, K. R., Graetz, K. A., & Drigotas, S. M. (1992).
     Individual-group discontinuity from the differing perspectives of Campbell’s realistic group
     conflict theory and Tajfel and Turner’s social identity theory. Social Psychology Quarterly,
     55, 272-291.
Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Pemberton, M. B., Wieselquist, J., McIlraith, S. A., Currey, D. P., et
     al. (1998). Future consequences and the reduction of interindividual-intergroup
     discontinuity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 695-711.
Insko, C. A., Smith, R. H., Alicke, M. D., Wade, J., & Taylor, S. (1985). Conformity and group
     size: The concern with being right and the concern with being liked. Personality and Social
     Psychology Bulletin, 11, 41-50.
Ip, G., W., Chiu, C-Y., & Wan, C. (in press). Birds of a feature flocking together: Physical
     versus behavioral cues may lead to trait- versus goal-based group perception. Journal Of
     Personality and Social Psychology.
Iscoe, I., Williams, M., & Harvey, J. (1963). Modification of children’s judgments by a
     simulated group technique: A normative developmental study. Child Development, 34, 963-
     978.
Isenberg, D. J. (1981). Some effects of time pressure on vertical structure and decision-making
     accuracy in small groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 27, 119-134.
Isenberg, D. J. (1986). Group polarization: A critical review and meta-analysis. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1141-1151.
Isenberg, D. J., & Ennis, J. G. (1981). Perceiving group members: A comparison of derived and
     imposed dimensions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 293-305.
Islam, G., & Zyphur, M. J. (2005). Power, voice, and hierarchy: Exploring the antecedents of
      speaking up in groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 93-103.
Islam, M. R., & Hewstone, M. (1993a). Dimensions of contact as predictors of intergroup
     anxiety, perceived out-group variability, and out-group attitude: An integrative model.
     Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 700-710.
Islam, M. R., & Hewstone, M. (1993b). Intergroup attributions and affective consequences in
     majority and minority groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 936-950.
Issac, R. M., & Walker, J. M. (1988). Group size effects in public goods provision: The
     voluntary contributions mechanism. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 103, 179-199.
                                                                                              130


Issac, R. M., Walker, J. M., & Thomas, S. H. (1984). Divergent evidence on free riding: An
     experimental examination of possible explanations. Public Choice, 43, 113-149.
Issac, R. M., Walker, J. M., & Williams, A. W. (1994). Group size and the voluntary provision
     of public goods: Experimental evidence utilizing very large groups. Journal of Public
     Economics, 54, 1-36.
Iso-Ahola, S. (1976a). Determinants of evaluation of team performance. Scandinavian Journal of
     Psychology, 17, 292-296.
Iso-Ahola, S. (1976b). Evaluation of self and team performance and feelings of satisfaction after
     success and failure. International Review of Sport Sociology, 11, 33-46.
Isdozaki, M. (1984). The effect of discussion on polarization of judgments. Japanese
     Psychological Research, 26, 187-193.
Ittyerah, M., & Modi, M. (1981). Effect of group pressure on value conformity. Personality
     Study and Group Behaviour, 16, 115-125.
Jabeur, K., Martel, J., & Khelifa, S. B. (2004). A distance-based collective preorder integrating
      the relative importance of the group’s members. Group Decision and Negotiation, 13, 327.
Jablin, F. M. (1981). Cultivating imagination: Factors that enhance and inhibit creativity in
     brainstorming groups. Human Communication Research, 7, 245-258.
Jablin, F. M., & Seibold, D. R. (1978). Implications for problem solving groups of empirical
     research on brainstorming: A critical review of the literature. Southern States Speech
     Communication Journal, 43, 327-356.
Jablin, F. M., Seibold, D. R., & Sorensen, R. L. (1977). Potential inhibitory effects of group
     participation on brainstorming performance. Central States Speech Journal, 28, 113-121.
Jablin, F. M., Sorenson, R. L., & Seibold, D. R. (1978). Interpersonal perception and group
     brainstorming performance. Communication Quarterly, 26, 36-44.
Jablin, F. M., & Sussman, L. (1978). An exploration of communication and productivity in real
     brainstorming groups. Human Communication Research, 4, 329-337.
Jackson, G., Gater, R., Goldberg, D., Tantam, D., Loftus, L., & Taylor, H. (1993). A new
     community mental health team based in primary care: A description of the service and its
     effect on service use in the first year. British Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 375-384.
Jackson, J. (1993). Contact theory of intergroup hostility: A review of the theoretical and
     empirical literature. International Journal of Group Tensions, 23, 43-65.
Jackson, J. (2002). Intergroup attitudes as a function of different dimensions of group
     identification and perceived intergroup conflict. Self and Identity, 1, 11-33.
Jackson, J. M., & Harkins, S. G. (1985). Equity in effort: An explanation of the social loafing
     effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1199-1206.
Jackson, J. M., & Saltzstein, H. D. (1958). The effect of person-group relationships on
     conformity pressures. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57, 17-24.
Jackson, J. M., & Williams, K. D. (1985). Social loafing on difficult tasks: Working collectively
     can improve performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 937-942.
Jackson, J. W. (1993). Realistic group conflict theory: A review and evaluation of the theoretical
     and empirical literature. Psychological Record, 43, 395-405.
Jackson, J. W. (2001). Effects of endowment amount and attributions on responses to a subgroup
     social dilemma. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 67-80.
Jackson, L. A., Lewandowski, D. A., Ingram, J. M., & Hodge, C. N. (1997). Group stereotypes:
     Content-gender specificity, and affect associated with typical group members. Journal of
     Social Behaviour and Personality, 12, 381-396.
                                                                                                 131


Jackson, L. A., & Sullivan, L. (1987). The ingroup favorability bias in the minimal group
     situation. Journal of Social Psychology, 127, 461-472.
Jackson, L. A., Sullivan, L. A., Harnish, R., & Hodge, C. N. (1996). Achieving positive social
     identity: Social mobility, social creativity and permeability of group boundaries. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 241-254.
Jackson, M. H., & Poole, M. S. (2003). Idea-generation in naturally occurring contexts: Complex
     appropriation of a simple group procedure. Human Communication Research, 29, 560-591.
Jackson, N. F., Aiken, M. W., Vanjani, M. B., & Hasan, B. S. (1995). Support group decisions
     via computer systems. Quality Progress, 28, 75-78.
Jackson, S. E., Brett, J. F., Sessa, V. I., Cooper, D. M., Julin, J. A., & Petronnin, K. (1991). Some
     differences make a difference: Individual dissimilarity and group heterogeneity as correlates
     of recruitment, promotions, and turnover. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, 675-689.
Jackson, S. E., Joshi, A., & Erhardt, N. L. (2003). Recent research on team and organizational
     diversity: SWOT analysis and implications. Journal of Management, 29, 801-830.
Jacobs, M. K., & Goodman, G. (1989). Psychology and self-help groups: Predictions on a
     partnership. American Psychologist, 44, 536-545.
Jacobson, D. (1981). Intraparty dissensus and interparty conflict in the context of the Middle
     East conflict. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 25, 471-494.
Jacobson, M. B. (1975). Dichotomous choices on life-dilemma problems, subjective expected
     utility, and the group shift effect. Social Behavior and Personality, 3, 71-80.
Jacobson, M. B. (1977). Effect of reinstating initial response on the shift to risk. Psychological
     Reports, 40, 631-634.
Jacobson, M. B., & Uleman, J. S. (1976). Recall of initial response, probability scale meaning,
     and the group-shift effect. Psychological Reports, 39, 1271-1278.
Jaffe, Y., & Yinon, Y. (1979). Retaliatory aggression in individuals and groups. European
     Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 177-186.
Jaffee, E. D., Nebenzahl, I. D., & Gotesdyner, H. (1989). Machiavellianism, task orientation, and
     team effectiveness. Psychological Reports, 53, 859-866.
Jahan, R., & Begum, H. A. (1977). Individual and group risk-taking as a function of sex of
     subjects. Asian Journal of Psychology and Education, 2(1), 1-9.
James, J. A. (1951). A preliminary study of the size determinant in small group interaction.
     American Sociological Review, 16, 474- 477.
James, J. (1953). The distribution of free-forming small group size. American Sociological
     Review, 18, 569-570.
James, K., & Greenberg, J. (1989). In-group salience, intergroup comparison, and individual
     performance and self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 604-616.
James, L. R., Demaree, R. G., & Wolf, G. (1984). Estimating within-group interrater reliability
     with and without bias. Journal of Applied Psychology, 69, 85-98.
James, L. R., Demaree, R. G., & Wolf, G. (1993). Rwg: An assessment of within-group interrater
     agreement. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 306-309.
James, T., & Platzer, H. (1999). Ethical considerations in qualitative research with vulnerable
     groups: Exploring lesbians’ and gay men’s experiences of health care—A personal
     perspective. Nursing Ethics, 6, 74-82.
Jang, C.-Y., Steinfield, C., & Plaff, B. (2002). Virtual team awareness and groupware support:
     An evaluation of the TeamSCOPE system. International Journal of Human-Computer
     Studies, 56, 109-126.
                                                                                             132


Janicik, G. A., & Bartel, C. A. (2003). Talking about time: Effects of temporal planning and time
     awareness norms on group coordination and performance. Group Dynamics: Theory,
     Research, and Practice, 7, 122-134.
Janis, I. L. (1971). Groupthink. Psychology Today, 5(6), 43-46.
Janssen, O., Van de Vliert, E., & Veenstra, C. (1999). How task and person conflict shape the
     role of positive interdependence in management teams. Journal of Management, 25(2), 117-
     142.
Janssens, L., & Nuttin, J. R. (1976). Frequency perception of individual and group successes as a
     function of competition, coaction, and isolation. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 34, 830-836.
Janssens, M., & Brett, J. M. (2006). Cultural intelligence in global teams: A fusion model of
     collaboration. Group & Organization Management, 31, 124-153.
Janz, B. D., Colquitt, J. A., & Noe, R. A. (1997). Knowledge worker team effectiveness: The
     role of autonomy, interdependence, team development, and contextual support variables.
     Personnel Psychology, 50, 866-904.
Janz, B. D., Wehterbe, J. C., Davis, G. B., & Noe, R. A. (1997). Reengineering the systems
     development process: The link between autonomous teams and business process outcomes.
     Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 41-68.
Jaques, M. E., & Patterson, K. M. (1974). The self-help group model: A review. Rehabilitation
     Counseling Bulletin, 18, 48-54.
Jarboe, S. (1988). A comparison of input-process, process-output, and input-process-output
     models of small group problem-solving effectiveness. Communication Monographs, 55,
     121-142.
Jarboe, S. (1991). Two multivariate methods for analyzing small group interaction: A data base
     comparison. Small Group Research, 22, 515-547.
Jarboe, S. C., & Witteman, H. R. (1996). Intragroup conflict management in task-oriented
     groups: The influence of problem sources and problem analyses. Small Group Research, 27,
     316-338.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., Knoll, K., & Leidner, D. E. (1998). Is anybody out there? Antecedents of trust
     in global virtual teams. Journal of Management Information Systems, 14, 29-65.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., & Leidner, D. E. (1999). Communication and trust in global virtual teams.
     Organization Science, 10, 791-815.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., Rao, V. S., & Huber, G. P. (1988). Computer support for meetings of groups
     working on unstructured problems: A field experiment. MIS Quarterly, 12, 645-666.
Jarvenpaa, S. L., & Shaw, M. (in press). Toward contextualized theories of trust: The role of
     trust in global virtual teams. Information Systems Research.
Jarzabkowski, P., & Wilson, D. C. (2002). Top teams and strategy in a UK university. Journal of
     Management Studies, 39, 355-381.
Jason, L. A. (1985). Using the media to foster self-help groups. Professional Psychology:
     Research and Practice, 16, 455-464.
Jayarante, S. (1977). Single-subject and group designs in treatment evaluation. Social Work
     Research & Abstracts, 13(3), 35-42.
Jeffery, A. B., Maes, J. D., & Bratton-Jeffery, M. F. (2005). Improving team decision-making
     performance with collaborative modeling. Team Performance Management, 11, 40-50.
                                                                                              133


Jehn, K. A. (1994). Enhancing effectiveness: An investigation of advantages and disadvantages
    of value-based intragroup conflict. International Journal of Conflict Management, 5, 223-
    238.
Jehn, K. A. (1995). A multimethod examination of the benefits and detriments of intragroup
    conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40, 256-282.
Jehn, K. A. (1997). A qualitative analysis of conflict types and dimensions in organizational
    groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 42, 520-557.
Jehn, K. A. (2000). The influence of proportional and perceptual conflict composition on team
    performance. International Journal of Conflict Management, 11, 56-74.
Jehn, K. A., & Bzrukova, K. (2004). A field study of group diversity, workgroup context, and
    performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 703-729.
Jehn, K. A., Chadwick, C., & Thatcher, S. M. B. (1997). To agree or not to agree: The effects of
    value congruence, individual demographic dissimilarity, and conflict on workgroup
    outcomes. International Journal of Conflict, 8, 287-305.
Jehn, K. A., & Mannix, E. A. (2001). The dynamic nature of conflict: A longitudinal study of
    intragroup conflict and group performance. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 238-251.
Jehn, K. A., Northcraft, G., & Neale, M. (1999). Why differences make a difference: A field
    study of diversity, conflict, and performance in workgroups. Administrative Science
    Quarterly, 44, 741-763.
Jehn, K. A., & Shah, P. P. (1997). Interpersonal relationships and task performance: An
    examination of mediating processes in friendship and acquaintance groups. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 775-790.
Jenab, K., & Dhillon, B. S. (2005). Group-based failure effects analysis. International Journal of
     Reliability, Quality & Safety Engineering, 12, 291-307.
Jenness, A. (1932). The role of discussion in changing opinion regarding a matter of fact.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 27, 29-34.
Jennings, L. B., & George, S. C. (1984). Group-induced distortion of visually perceived extent:
    The Asch effect revisited. Psychological Record, 34, 133-148.
Jentsch, F., & Bowers, C. A. (1998). Evidence for the validity of PC-based simulations in
    studying aircrew coordination. International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 8, 243-260.
Jessup, L. M. (1987). Group decision support systems: A need for behavioral research.
    International. Journal of Small Group Research, 3, 139-158.
Jessup, L. M., Connolly, T., & Galegher, J. (1990). The effects of anonymity on GDSS group
    process with an idea-generating task. MIS Quarterly, 14, 313-321.
Jessup, L. M., Connolly, T., & Tansik, D. A. (1990). Toward a theory of automated group
    process with an idea-generating task. MIS Quarterly, 14, 313-321.
Jessup, L. M., Connolly, T., & Tansik, D. A. (1990). Toward a theory of automated workgroup:
    The deindividuating effects of anonymity. Small Group Research, 21, 333-348.
Jessup, L. M., & George, J. F. (1997). Theoretical and methodological issues in group support
    systems research: Learning from groups gone awry. Small Group Research, 28, 394-413.
Jessup, L. M., & Kukalis, S. (1990). Better planning using group support systems. Long Range
    Planning, 23(3), 100-105.
Jessup, L. M., & Tanski, D. A. (1991). Decision making in an automated environment: The
    effects of anonymity and proximity with a group decision support system. Decision
    Sciences, 22, 266-279.
                                                                                              134


Jesuino, J. C. (1986). Influence of leadership processes on group polarization. European Journal
     of Social Psychology, 16, 413-423.
Jetten, J., Branscombe, N. R., Schmitt, M. T., & Spears, R. (2001). Rebels with a cause: Group
     identification as a response to perceived discrimination from the mainstream. Personality
     and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1204-1213.
Jetten, J., Hogg, M. A., & Mullin, B-A. (2000). In-group variability and motivation to reduce
     subjective uncertainty. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 184-198.
Jetten, J. Postmes, T., & McAuliffe, B. J. (2002). “We’re all individuals”: Group norms of
     individualism and collectivism, levels of identification, and identity threat. European
     Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 189-207.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1996). Intergroup norms and intergroup
     discrimination: Distinctive self-categorization and social identity effects. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1222-1233.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1997a). Distinctiveness threat and prototypicality:
     Combined effects on intergroup discrimination and collective self-esteem. European
     Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 635-657.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1997b). Strength of identification and intergroup
     differentiation: The influence of group norms. European Journal of Social Psychology, 27,
     603-609.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1998). Defining dimensions of distinctiveness:
     Group variability makes a difference to differentiation. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 74, 1481-1492.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (2001). Similarity as a source of discrimination: The
     role of group identification. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 621-640.
Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Postmes, T. (2004). Ingroup distinctiveness and differentiation: A meta-
     analytic integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 862-879.
Jimerson, J. B. (1999). “Who has next?” The symbolic, rational, and methodical use of norms in
     pickup basketball. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 136-156.
Jinadu, O. (2005). A multi-centre survey on the team concept of instrument design in gyn-
     endoscopy. Minimally Invasive Therapy and Applied Technologies, 14, 345-351.
Johansen, R., Miller, R. H., & Vallee, J. (1974). Group communication through electronic media:
     Fundamental choices and social effects. Educational Technology, 14, 7-20.
Johnsen, J., & Rosenvinge, J., & Gammon D. (2002). Online group interaction and mental
     health: An analysis of three online discussion forums. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
     43, 445-449.
Johnson, A. (1939). Teaching the fundamentals of speech through group discussion. Quarterly
     Journal of Speech, 25, 440-447.
Johnson, A. (1940). Discussion: A technique of applying scientific method to social problems.
     Southern Speech Journal, 6, 26-28.
Johnson, A. (1943). An experimental study in the analysis and measurement of reflective
     thinking. Speech Monographs, 10, 83-96.
Johnson, B. M. (1975). Images of the enemy in intergroup conflict. Central States Speech
     Journal, 26, 84-92.
Johnson, C., Clay-Warner, J., & Funk, S. J. (1996). Effects of authority structures and gender on
     interaction in same-sex task groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 221-236.
                                                                                             135


Johnson, D. L., & Ridener, L. R. (1974). Self-disclosure, participation, and perceived
     cohesiveness in small group interaction. Psychological Reports, 35, 361-362.
Johnson, D., Terry, D. J., & Louis, W. R. (2005). Perceptions of intergroup structure and anti-
     Asian prejudice among White Australians. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 53-
     72.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1981a). Effects of cooperative and individualistic learning
     experiences on interethnic interaction. Journal of Educational Psychology, 73, 444-449.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1982). Effects of cooperative, competitive, and individualistic
     learning experiences on cross-ethnic interaction and friendships. Journal of Social
     Psychology, 118, 47-58.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1985). Relationships between Black and White students in
     intergroup cooperation and competition. Journal of Social Psychology, 125, 421-428.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1986). Oral interaction in cooperative learning groups:
     Speaking, listening, and the nature of statements made by high-, medium-, and low-
     achieving students. Journal of Psychology, 119, 303-321.
Johnson, D. W., Maruyama, G., Johnson, R., Nelson, D., & Skon, L. (1981). Effects of
     cooperative, competitive, and individualistic goal structures on achievement: A meta-
     analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 89, 47-62.
Johnson, N. R., & Glover, M. (1978). Individual and group shifts to extreme: Laboratory
     experiment on crowd polarization. Sociological Focus, 11, 247-254.
Johnson, N. R., Stemler, J. G., & Hunter, D. (1977). Crowd behavior as risky shift: A laboratory
     experiment. Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 183-187.
Johnson, R. A., & Schulman, G. I. (1989). Gender-role composition and role entrapment in
     decision-making groups. Gender & Society, 3, 355-372.
Johnson, S. D., & Bechler, C. (1998). Examining the relationship between listening effectiveness
     and leadership emergence: Perceptions, behaviors, and recall. Small Group Research, 29,
     452-471.
Johnson, S. D., & Iacobucci, C. (1995). Teaching small group communication with the dream
     team. Communication Education, 44, 177-182.
Johnson, S. T. (1993). Work teams: What’s ahead in work design and rewards management.
     Compensation and Benefits Review, 25, 35-41.
Johnston, L., & Hewstone, M. (1992). Cognitive models of stereotype change: III. Subtyping and
     the perceived typicality of disconfirming group members. Journal of Experimental Social
     Psychology, 28, 360-386.
Johnston, W. A., & Briggs, G. E. (1968). Team performance as a function of team arrangement
     and work load. Journal of Applied Psychology, 52, 89-94.
Johnstone, W. A. (1966). Transfer of team skills as a function of type of training. Journal of
     Applied Psychology, 50, 102-108.
Jolley, J. C. (1973). Leadership and task completion in wheel and circle configurations: A small
     groups experiment. Utah State University Journal of Sociology, 4, 35-44.
Jonassen, D. H., & Kwon, H. I. (2000). Communication patterns in computer mediated and face-
     to-face group problem solving. Educational Technology Research & Development, 49, 35-
     51.
Jones, A., & Crandall, R. (1985). Preparing newcomers to enhance assimilation into groups: A
     group therapy example. Small Group Behavior, 16, 31-57.
                                                                                           136


Jones, A. C., (2004). Transforming the story: Narrative applications to a stepmother support
     group. Families in Society, 85, 129-139.
Jones, D. C. (1975). Power structure and perceptions of power holders in same-sex groups of
     young children. Women & Politics, 3(2-3), 147-164.
Jones, D. S., & Medvene, A. M. (1975). Self-actualization effects of a marathon growth group.
     Journal of Counseling Psychology, 22, 39-43.
Jones, G. R., & George, J. M. (1998). The experience and evolution of trust: Implications for
     cooperation and teamwork. Academy of Management Journal, 23, 531-546.
Jones, M. B. (1974). Regressing group on individual effectiveness. Organizational Behavior and
     Human Decision Processes, 11, 426-451.
Jones, R. E., & White, C. S. (1983). Relationships between Machiavellianism, task orientation
     and team effectiveness. Psychological Reports, 53, 859-866.
Jordan, M. H., Field, H. S., & Armenakis, A. A. (2002). The relationship of group process
     variables and team performance: A team-level analysis in a field setting. Small Group
     Research, 33, 121-150.
Jorgenson, D. O. (1980). Identifiability and behavior in a simulated commons dilemma. Catalog
     of Selected Documents in Psychology, 10, 64 (Ms. No. 2099).
Jorgenson, D. O., & Dukes, F. O. (1976). Deindividuation as a function of density and group
     membership. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 24-29.
Jorgenson, D. O., Jenks, J. A., & Reaney, D. (1980). Consistency of response to a simulated
     commons dilemma and behavior in an actual commons. Journal of Social Psychology, 111,
     297-298.
Jorgenson, D. O., & Papciak, A. S. (1981). The effects of communication, resource feedback,
     and identifiability on behavior in a simulated commons. Journal of Experimental Social
     Psychology, 17, 373-385.
José, P. E., & McCarthy, W. (1988). Perceived agentic and communal behavior in mixed-sex
     group interactions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 14, 57-67.
Jost, J. T., & Burgess, D. (2000). Attitudinal ambivalence and the conflict between group and
     system justification in low status groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26,
     293-305.
Jost, J. T., Pelham, B. W., & Carvallo, M. (2002). Non-conscious forms of system justification:
     Cognitive, affective, and behavioral preferences for higher status groups. Journal of
     Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 586-602.
Jost, J. T., & Thompson, E. P. (2000). Group-based dominance and opposition to equality as
     independent predictors of self-esteem, ethnocentrism, and social policy attitudes among
     African Americans and European Americans. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
     36, 209-232.
Jourdan, D., & Herman, G. (2005). Group identity and self-esteem: The case of young people out
     of work. Recherches Sociologiques, 36, 79-103.
Jowitt, S., & Chaundy, V. (2004). An investigation into the impact of coach leadership and
     coach-athlete relationship on group cohesion. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
     Practice, 8, 302-311.
Joyce, A. S., McCallum, M., & Piper, W. E. (1999). Borderline functioning, work, and outcome
     in intensive evening group treatment. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49,
     343-368.
                                                                                                 137


Julian, J., Bishop, D., & Fiedler, F. E. (1966). Quasitherapeutic effects of intergroup competition.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 321-327.
Julian, J. W., Hollander, E. P., & Regula, C. R. (1969). Endorsement of the group spokesman as
     a function of his source of authority, competence, and success. Journal of Personality and
     Social Psychology, 11, 42-49.
Jung, D. I. (2001). Transformational and transactional leadership and their effects on creativity in
     groups. Creativity Research Journal, 13, 185-195.
Jung, D. I., & Sosik, J. J. (1999). Effects of group characteristics on work group performance: A
     longitudinal investigation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 279-290.
Jung, D. I., & Sosik, J. J. (2002). Transformational leadership in work groups: The role of
     empowerment, cohesiveness, and collective-efficacy on perceived group performance. Small
     Group Research, 33, 313-336.
Jung, D. I., & Sosik, J. J. (2003). Group potency and collective efficacy: Examining their
     predictive validity, level of analysis, and effects of performance feedback on future group
     performance. Group & Organization Management, 28, 366-391.
Jung, D. I., Sosik, J. J., & Baik, K. B. (2002). Investigating work group characteristics and
     performance over time: A replication and cross-cultural extension. Group Dynamics:
     Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 153-171.
Jurma, W. E. (1978). Leadership structuring style, task ambiguity, and group member
     satisfaction. Small Group Behavior, 9, 124-134.
Jurma, W. E. (1979). Effects of leaders structuring style and task-orientation characteristics of
     group members. Communication Monographs, 46, 282-285.
Jurma, W. E., & Wright, B. C. (1990). Follower reactions to male and female leaders who
     maintain or lose reward power. Small Group Research, 21, 97-112.
Kabanofff, B. (1985). Potential influence structures as sources of interpersonal conflict in groups
     and organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 36, 113-141.
Kabanoff, B., & O’Brien, G. E. (1979a). Cooperation structure and the relationship of leader and
     member team effectiveness. Psychological Reports, 53, 859-866.
Kabanoff, B., & O’Brien, G. E. (1979b). The effects of task type and cooperation upon group
     products and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 23, 163-181.
Kacen, L., & Rozovski, U. (1998). Assessing group processes: A comparison among group
     participants’, direct observers’, and indirect observers’ assessment. Small Group Research,
     29, 179-211.
Kafer, N. F. (1976). A sociometric method for identifying group boundaries. Journal of
     Experimental Education, 45, 71-74.
Kahai, S. S., Sosik, J. J., & Avolio, B. J. (1997). Effects of leadership style and problem structure
     on work group process and outcomes in an electronic meeting system environment.
     Personnel Psychology, 50, 121-146.
Kaiser, A., Hahlweg, K., Fehm-Wolfsdorf, G., & Groth, T. (1998). The efficacy of a compact
     psychoeducational group training program for married couples. Journal of Consulting and
     Clinical Psychology, 66, 753-760.
Kahan, J. P. (1975). A subjective probability interpretation of risky shift. Journal of Personality
     and Social Psychology, 31, 977-982.
Kahan, J. P., & Rapoport, A. (1977). When you don’t need to join: The effects of guaranteed
     payoffs on bargaining in three-person cooperative games. Theory and Decision, 8(2), 97-
     126.
                                                                                              138


Kahan, J. P., & Rapoport, A. (1979). The influence of structural relationships on coalition
    formation in four-person apex games. European Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 339-361.
Kahn, A., Nelson, R. E., & Gaeddert, W. P. (1980). Sex of subjects and sex composition of the
    group as determinants of reward allocations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    38, 737-750.
Kalichman, S. C., Rompa, D., & Cage, M. (2005). Group intervention to reduce HIV
    transmission risk behavior among persons living with HIV/AIDS. Behavior Modification,
    29, 256-285.
Kalma, A. (1992). Gazing in triads: A powerful signal in floor apportionment. British Journal of
    Social Psychology, 31, 21-39.
Kaluzny, A. D. (1985). Design and management of disciplinary and interdisciplinary groups in
    health services: Review and critique. Medical Care Review, 42, 77-112.
Kambiz, M., & Benton, C. (1999). Rapid team learning: Lessons from team New Zealand
    America’s Cup campaign. Organization Dynamics, 27, 48-62.
Kameda, T. (1994). Group decision making and social sharedness. Japanese Psychological
    Review, 37, 367-385.
Kameda, T., Ohtsubo, Y., & Takezawa, M. (1997). Centrality in sociocognitive networks and
    social influence: An illustration in a group decision-making context. Journal of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 73, 296-309.
Kameda, T., Stasson, M. F., Davis, J. H., Parks, C. D., & Zimmerman, S. K. (1992). Social
    dilemmas, subgroups, and motivation loss in task-oriented groups: In search of an “optimal”
    team size in division of work. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 47-56.
Kameda, T., & Sugimori, S. (1993). Psychological entrapment in group decision making: An
    assigned decision rule and a groupthink phenomenon. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 65, 282-292.
Kameda, T., & Sugimori, S. (1995). Procedural influence in two-step group decision making:
    Power of local majorities in consensus formation. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 69, 865-876.
Kameda, T., Takezawa, M., & Hastie, R. (2003). The logic of social sharing: An evolutionary
    game analysis of adaptive norm development. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 7,
    2-19.
Kameda, T. & Tindale, R. S. (2004). Evolutionary/adaptive thinking as a meta-theory for
    systematic group research: An extended “fungus-eater” approach. Group Processes &
    Intergroup Relations, 7, 299-304.
Kampmeier, C., & Simon, B. (2001). Individuality and group formation: The role of
    independence and differentiation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 448-
    462.
Kanas, N. (1986). Group psychotherapy with schizophrenics: A review of controlled studies.
    International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 36, 339-351.
Kanas, N., & Barr, M. A. (1986). Process and content in a short-term inpatient schizophrenic
    group. Small Group Behavior, 17, 353-363.
Kanas, N., Stewart, P., Deri, J., Ketter, T., & Henry, K. (1989). Group process in short-term out-
    patient therapy groups for schizophrenics. Group, 13, 67-73.
Kanawattabachai, P., & Yoo, Y. (2002). Dynamic nature of trust in virtual teams. Journal of
    Strategic Information Systems, 11, 187-213.
                                                                                             139


Kane, C., DiMartino, E., & Jimenez, M. (1990). A comparison of short-term psycho-educational
    and support groups for relatives coping with chronic schizophrenia. Archives of Psychiatric
    Nursing, 4, 343-353.
Kane, R. A. (1975). The interprofessional team as a small group. Social Work in Health Care, 1,
    19-32.
Kane, T., Zaccaro, S., Tremble, T. R., Jr., & Masuda, A. D. (2002). An examination of the
    leader’s regulation of groups. Small Group Research, 33, 65-120.
Kanekar, S. (1982). Individual and group performance on an anagrams task. Australian Journal
    of Psychology, 34, 337-344.
Kanekar, S., Libby, C., Engels, J., & Jahn, G. (1978). Group performance as a function of group
    type, task condition and scholastic level. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 439-
    451.
Kanekar, S., Neelakantan, P., & Lalkaka, P. K. (1975). Nominal and real group performance in
    relation to manifest anxiety and induced stress. Social Behavior and Personality, 3, 197-204.
Kangasharju, H. (1996). Aligning as a team in multiparty conversation. Journal of Pragmatics,
    26, 291-319.
Kanin-Lovers, J., & Cameron, M. (1993). Team-based reward systems. Journal of Compensation
    and Benefits, 8, 56-60.
Kanki, B. G., & Foushee, H. C. (1989). Communication as group process mediator of aircrew
    performance. Aviation, Space and Environmental Medicine, 60, 401-410.
Kanki, B. G., Lozito, S. C. & Foushee, H. C. (1989). Communication indexes of crew
    coordination. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 60, 56-60.
Kanter, R. M. (1977). Some effects of proportions on group life: Skewed sex ratios and
    responses to token women. American Journal of Sociology, 82, 465-490.
Kaplan, I. H. (1967). Fantasies, fables and facts about groups. Journal of the Fort Logan Mental
    Health Center, 4(4), 149-162.
Kaplan, I. T., & Greenbaum, H. H. (1989). Measuring work group effectiveness: A comparison
    of three instruments. Management Communication Quarterly, 2, 424-448.
Kaplan, M. F. (1977). Discussion polarization effects in a modified jury decision paradigm:
    Informational influences. Sociometry, 40, 262-271.
Kaplan, M. F., & Martin, A. M. (1999). Effects of differential status of group members on
    process and outcome of deliberation. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 2, 347-364.
Kaplan, M. F., & Miller, C. E. (1977). Judgments and group discussion: Effect of presentation
    and memory factors on polarization. Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 337-343.
Kaplan, M. F., & Miller, C. E. (1987). Group decision making and normative versus
    informational influence: Effects of type of issue and assigned decision rule. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 306-313.
Kaplan, R. E. (1979). The conspicuous absence of evidence that process consultation enhances
    task performance. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 346-360.
Kaplan, R. E. (1985). Some hidden elements of control in group facilitation: Appreciating the
    bounded and binding aspects of openness. Small Group Behavior, 16, 462-476.
Karacapilidis, N. I., & Pappis, C. P. (1997). A framework for group decision support systems:
    Combining AI tools and OR techniques. European Journal of Operational Research, 103,
    373-388.
Karahanna, E., Ahuja, M., Srite, M., & Galvin, J. (2002). Individual differences and relative
    advantage: the case of GSS. Decision Support Systems, 32, 327-341.
                                                                                              140


Karakowsky, L., & Elangovan, A. R. (2001). Risky decision making in mixed-gender teams:
    Whose risk tolerance matters? Small Group Research, 32, 94-111.
Karakowsky, L., & McBey, K. (2001). Do my contributions matter? The influence of imputed
    expertise on member involvement and self-evaluations in the work group. Group and
    Organization Management, 26, 70-92.
Karakowsky, L., McBey, K., & Miller, D. L. (2004). Gender, perceived competence, and power
    displays: Examining verbal interruptions in a group context. Small Group Research, 35,
    407-439.
Karakowsky, L., & Siegel, J. P. (1999). The effects of proportional representation and gender
    orientation of the task on emergent leadership in mixed-gender work groups. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 84, 620-631.
Karau, S. J., & Hart, J. W. (1998). Group cohesiveness and social loafing: Effects of a social
    interaction manipulation on individual motivation within groups. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 2, 185-191.
Karau, S. J., & Kelly, J. R. (1992). The effects of time scarcity and time abundance on group
    performance quality and interaction process. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28,
    542-571.
Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (1993). Social loafing: A meta-analytic review and theoretical
    integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 681-706.
Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (1997). The effects of group cohesiveness on social loafing and
    social compensation. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 156-168.
Karim, K., Thabet, A. A., & Vostanos, P. (2005). Group crisis intervention for children during
    ongoing war conflict. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 14, 262-269.
Karp, D. A. (1992). Illness ambiguity and the search for meaning: A case study of a self-help
    group for affective disorders. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 21, 139-170.
Karterud, S., & Foss, T. (1989). The group emotionality rating system: A modification of
    Thelden's method of assessing emotionality in groups. Small Group Behavior, 20, 131-150.
Kaseman, B. M. (1976). An experimental use of structured techniques in group psychotherapy.
    Group Psychotherapy, Psychodrama and Sociometry, 29, 33-34.
Kashima, E. S., Kasima, Y., & Hardie, E. A. (2000). Self-typicality and group identification:
    Evidence for their separateness. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 3(1), 97-110.
Kashima, Y., Kashima, E., Chiu, C., Farsaides, T., Geffland, M., Hony, Y., et al. (2005). Culture,
    essentialism, and agency: Are individuals universally believed to be more real entities than
    groups? European Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 147-169.
Katovich, M., Weiland, M. W., & Couch, C. J. (1981). Access to information and internal
    structures of partisan groups: Some notes on the iron law of oligarchy. Sociological
    Quarterly, 22, 431-445.
Katz, N., Lazer, D., Arrow, H., & Contractor, N. (2004). Network theory and small groups.
    Small Group Research, 35, 307-332.
Katz, A. H., & Bender, E. I. (1976). Self-help groups in Western society: History and prospects.
    Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 12, 265-282.
Katz, G. M. (1982). Previous conformity, status, and the rejection of the deviant. Small Group
    Behavior, 13, 403-422.
Katz, R. (1977). The influence of group conflict on leadership effectiveness. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Performance, 20, 265-286.
                                                                                                141


Katz, R. (1982). The effects of group longevity on project communication and performance.
    Administrative Science Quarterly, 27, 81-104.
Katz, R., & Allen, T. J. (1982). Investigating the not invented here (NIH) syndrome: A look at
    the performance, tenure, and communication patterns of 50 R&D project groups. R&D
    Management, 12, 7-19.
Katz, R., & Tushman, M. (1979). Communication patterns, project performance, and task
    characteristics: An empirical evaluation and integration in an R & D setting. Organization
    Behavior and Group Performance, 23, 139-162.
Katz-Navon, T. Y., & Erez, M. (2005). When collective- and self-efficacy affect team
    performance: The role of task interdependence. Small Group Research, 36, 437-465.
Katzell, R. A., Miller, C. E., Rotter, N. G., & Venet, T. G. (1970). Effects of leadership and other
    inputs on group process and outputs. Journal of Social Psychology, 80, 157-169.
Katzenbach, J. R., & Smith, D. K. (1993). The discipline of teams. Harvard Business Review, 71,
    111-120.
Kaul, T. J., & Bednar, R. L. (1978). Conceptualizing group research: A preliminary analysis.
    Small Group Behavior, 9, 173-191.
Kavanaugh, R. R., Jr., & Bollet, R. M. (1983). Levels of verbal intimacy technique (LOVIT): An
    initial validation study of the measurement of verbal intimacy in groups. Small Group
    Behavior, 14, 35-49.
Kayes, A. B., Kayes, D. C., & Kolb, D. A. (2005). Experiential learning in teams. Simulation &
    Gaming, 36, 33-354.
Kayes, D. C. 92003). Proximal team learning: Lessons from United Flight 93 on 9/11.
    Organizational Dynamics, 32, 80-92.
Kayes, D. C. (2006). From climbing stairs to riding waves: Group critical thinking and its
    development. Small Group Research, 37, 612-630.
Kayworth, T. R., & Leidner, D. E. (2001/2002). Leadership effectiveness in global virtual teams.
    Journal of Management Information Systems, 18, 7-40.
Keating, J. P., & Snowball, H. (1977). Effects of crowding and depersonalization on perception
    of group atmosphere. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 44, 431-435.
Keenan, P. A., & Carnevale, P. (1989). Positive effects of within-group cooperation on between-
    group negotiation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 19, 977-992.
Kees, N. L. (1999). Women together again: A phenomenological study of leaderless women’s
    groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 24, 288-305.
Kees, N. L., & Jacobs, E. (1990). Working with groups: Conducing more effective groups: How
    to select and process group exercises. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 15, 21-29.
Keidel, R. W. (1987). Team sports models as a generic organizational framework. Human
    Relations, 40, 591-612.
Keith, R. A. (1991). The comprehensive treatment team in rehabilitation. Archives of Physical
    Medicine and Rehabilitation, 72, 269-274.
Keleman, K. S., Lewis, L. F. H., & Garcia, J. E. (1993). Script management: A link between
    group support systems and organizational learning. Small Group Research, 24, 566-382.
Keller, F., & Schuler, B. (2002). Psychoeducational groups for families of in-patients with
    affective disorder. Psychiatric Prax, 29(3), 130-135.
Keller, R. T. (1986). Predictors of the performance of project groups in R&D organizations.
    Academy of Management Journal, 29, 715-726.
                                                                                              142


Keller, R. T. (1994). Technology-information processing fit and the performance of R&D project
    groups: A test of contingency theory. Academy of Management Journal, 37, 167-179.
Keller, R. T. (2001). Cross-functional project groups in research and new product development:
    Diversity, communications, job stress, and outcomes. Academy of Management Journal, 44,
    547-555.
Kelley, H. H. (1955). Salience of membership and resistance to change of group-anchored
    attitudes. Human Relations, 3, 275-289.
Kelley, H. H., Contry, J. C., Dahlke, A. E., & Hill, A. H. (1965). Collective behavior in a
    simulated panic situation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 20-54.
Kello, A., & Ruisel, I. (1979). Effect of personality traits on group status in sportsmen. Studia
    Psychologica, 21, 155-159.
Kelly, C. (1988). Intergroup differentiation in a political context. British Journal of Social
    Psychology, 27, 319-332.
Kelly, C. (1989). Political identity and perceived intragroup homogeneity. British Journal of
    Social Psychology, 28, 239-250.
Kelly, C. (1993). Group identification, inter-group perceptions and collective action. European
    Review of Social Psychology, 4, 59-83.
Kelly, C., & Kelly, J. (1994). Who gets involved in collective action? Social psychological
    determinants of individual participation in trade unions. Human Relations, 47, 63-87.
Kelly, D. R., Cunningham, D. E., McCalister, P., Cassidy, J., & MacVicar, R. (2007). Applying
    evidence in practice through small-group learning: A qualitative exploration of success.
    Quality in Primary Care, 15, 93-99.
Kelly, J. A., Murphy, D. A., Bahr, G. R., Kalichman, S. C., Morgan, M. G., Stevenson, L. Y., et
    al. (1993). Outcome of cognitive-behavioral and support group brief therapies for depressed,
    HIV-infected persons. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1679-1686.
Kelly, J. A., Wildman, H. E., & Urey, J. R. (1982). Gender and sex role differences in group
    decision-making social interactions: A behavioral analysis. Journal of Applied Social
    Psychology, 12, 112-127.
Kelly, J. R. (2001). Mood and emotions in small groups and work teams. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 86, 99-130.
Kelly, J. R., & Barsade, S. G. (2001). Mood and emotions in small groups and work teams.
    Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 86, 99-130.
Kelly, J. R., & McGrath, J. E. (1985). Effects of time limits and task types on task performance
    and interaction of four-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49,
    395-407.
Kelly, J. R., Futoran, G. C., & McGrath, J. E. (1990). Capacity and capability: Seven studies of
    entrainment of task performance rates. Small Group Research, 21, 283-314.
Kelly, J. R., Jackson, J. W., & Hutson-Comeaux, S. L. (1997). The effect of time pressure and
    task differences on influence modes and accuracy in problem-solving groups. Personality
    and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 10-22.
Kelly, J. R., & Karau, S. J. (1993). Entrainment of creativity in small groups. Small Group
    Research, 24, 179-198.
Kelly, J. R., & Karau, S. J. (1999). Group decision making: The effects of initial preferences and
    time pressure. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1342-1354.
                                                                                             143


Kelly, J. R., & Loving, T. J. (2004). Time pressure and group performance: Exploring underlying
   processes in the Attentional Focus Model. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40,
   185-199.
Kelly, J. R., & McGrath, J. E. (1985). Effects of time limits and task types on task performance
    and interaction of four-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49,
    395-407.
Kelly, L., & Duran R. L. (1986). A replication of Parke and Houben’s study of group types.
    International Journal of Small Group Research, 2, 186-196.
Kelly, T. B. (1999). Mutual aid groups with mentally ill older adults. Social Work With Groups,
    21(4), 63-80.
Kelly, W. L. (1974). Group-training: Perspectives of professional trainees on group dynamics.
    Small Group Behavior, 427-444.
Kelman, H. (1997). Group processes in the resolution of international conflicts: Experiences
    from the Israeli-Palestinian case. American Psychologist, 52, 212-220.
Kelsey, B. L. (1998). The dynamics of multicultural groups: Ethnicity as a determinant of
    leadership. Small Group Research, 29, 602-623.
Kelsey, B. L. (2000). Increasing minority group participation and influence using a group
    support system. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences, 17, 63-75.
Keltner, J. W. (1957). Groupthink and individual thinking. Today’s Speech, 5(2), 5-6.
Keltner, J. W. (1960). Communication in discussion and group processes: Some research trends
    of the decade 1950-1959. Part I. Journal of Communication, 10, 195-204.
Keltner, J. W. (1961). Communication in discussion and group processes: Some research trends
    of the decade 1950-1959. Part II. Journal of Communication, 11, 27-33.
Keltner, J. (S.). (1989). Facilitation: Catalyst for group problem solving. Management
    Communication Quarterly, 3, 8-32.
Kenny, D. A., Hallmark, B. W., Sullivan, P., & Kashy, D. A. (1993). The analysis of designs in
    which individuals are in more than one group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32,
    173-190.
Kenny, D. A., Mannetti, L., Pierro, A., Livi, S., & Kashy, D. A. (2002). The statistical analysis
    of data from small groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 126-137.
Kenny, D. A., & La Voie, L. (1985). Separating individual and group effects. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 775-790.
Kenny, D. A., & Stigler, J. W. (1983). Program LEVEL: A FORTRAN IV program for
    correlational analysis of group-individual data structures. Behavior Research Methods and
    Instrumentation, 15, 606.
Kernaghen, J. A., & Cooke, R. A. (1987). The relationship of group process factors to the quality
    and acceptance of group output. International Journal of Small Group Research, 3, 39-60.
Kernaghen, J. A., & Cooke, R. A. (1990). Teamwork in planning innovative projects: Improving
    group performance by rational and interpersonal interventions in group process. IEEC
    Transactions on Engineering Management, 87, 109-116.
Kernberg, O. F. (1984). The couch at sea: Psychoanalytic studies of group and organizational
    leadership. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 5-23.
Kerr, N. L. (1981). Social transition schemes: Charting the group’s road to agreement. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 684-702.
Kerr, N. L. (1983). Motivation losses in small groups: A social dilemma analysis. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 819-828.
                                                                                              144


Kerr, N. (1989). Illusions of efficacy: The effects of group size on perceived efficacy in social
    dilemmas. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 287-313.
Kerr, N. L., Atkin, R. S., Stasser, G., Meek, D., Holt, R. W., & Davis, J. H. (1976). Guilt beyond
    a reasonable doubt: Effects of concept definition and assigned decision rule on the
    judgments of mock jurors. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 282-294.
Kerr, N. L., & Bruun, S. E. (1981). Ringelmann revisited: Alternative explanations for the social
    loafing effect. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 224-231.
Kerr, N. L., & Bruun, S. E. (1983). Dispensability of member effort and group motivation losses:
    Free-rider effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 78-94.
Kerr, N. L., Davis, J. H., Meek, D., & Rissman, A. K. (1975). Group position as a function of
    member attitudes: Choice shift effects from the perspective of social decision scheme
    theory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 574-593.
Kerr, N. L., & Huang, J. Y. (1986). Jury verdicts: How much difference does one juror make?
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 325-343.
Kerr, N. L., & Kaufman-Gilliland, C. M. (1994). Communication, commitment, and cooperation
    in social dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 513-529.
Kerr, N. L., & MacCoun, R. J. (1985a). The effects of jury size and polling method on the
    process and product of jury deliberation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48,
    349-363.
Kerr, N. L., & MacCoun, R. J. (1985b). Role expectations in social dilemmas: Sex roles and task
    motivation in groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1547-1556.
Kerr, N. L., MacCoun, R. J., Hansen, C. H., & Hymes, J. A. (1987). Gaining and losing social
    support: Momentum in decision-making groups. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 23, 119-145.
Kerr, N. L., MacCoun, R. J., & Kramer, G. P. (1996a). Bias in judgment: Comparing individuals
    and groups. Psychological Review, 103, 687-719.
Kerr, N. L., Messé, L. A., Park, E. S., & Sambolec, E. J. (2005). Identifiability, performance
    feedback and the Köhler effect. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 375-390.
Kerr, N. L., Niedermeier, K. E., & Kaplan, M. F. (2000). On the virtues of assuming minimal
    differences in information processing in individuals and groups. Group Processes and
    Intergroup Relations, 3, 203-217.
Kerr, N. L., & Stanfel, J. A. (1993). Role schemata and member motivation in task groups.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 432-442.
Kerr, N. L., Stasser, G., & Davis, J. H. (1979). Model testing, model fitting and social decision
    schemes. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 23, 399-410.
Kerr, N. L., & Sullaway, M. E. (1983). Group sex composition and member task motivation. Sex
    Roles, 9, 403-417.
Kerr, N. L., & Tindale, R. S. (2004). Group performance and decision making. Annual Review of
    Psychology, 55, 623-655.
Kerr, N. L., & Watts, B. L. (1982). After division, before decision: Group faction size and
    predeliberation thinking. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 198-205.
Kessler, J. (1973). An empirical study of six- and twelve-member jury decision-making
    processes. University of Michigan Journal of Law Reform, 6, 712-734.
Kessler, T., & Mummendey, A. (2001). Is there any scapegoat around? Determinants of
    intergroup conflicts at different categorization levels. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 71, 1090-1102.
                                                                                           145


Kerr, N. L., & Tindale, R. S. (2004). Group performance and decision making. Annual Review of
    Psychology, 55, 623-655.
Kessler, R. C., Mickelson, K. D., & Zhao, S. (1997). Patterns and correlates of self-help group
    membership in the United States. Social Policy, 27, 27-46.
Kessler, T., & Mummendey, A. (2001). Is there any scapegoat around? Determinants of
    intergroup conflicts at different categorization levels. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 81, 1090-1102.
Ketrow, S. M. (1991a). Communication role specializations and perceptions of leadership. Small
    Group Research, 22, 492-514.
Ketrow, S. M. (1991b). Nonverbal communication and customer satisfaction in computer-
    assisted transactions. Management Communication Quarterly, 5, 192-219.
Ketrow, S. M. (1991c). Role specialization and perceptions of leadership. Small Group
    Research, 22, 492-514.
Kets de Vries, M. F. R., & Miller, D. (1984). Group fantasies and organizational functioning.
    Human Relations, 37, 111-134.
Keyton, J. (1991). Evaluating individual group member satisfaction as a situational variable.
    Small Group Research, 22, 200-219.
Keyton, J. (1992). Challenging interpersonal compatibility in groups. Kansas Speech Journal,
    52(1), 1-18.
Keyton, J. (1993). Group termination: Completing the study of group development. Small Group
    Research, 24, 84-100.
Keyton, J. (1994). Going forward in group communication research may mean going back:
    Studying the groups of children. Communication Studies, 45, 40-51.
Keyton, J. (1999). Analyzing interaction patterns in dysfunctional teams. Small Group Research,
    30, 491-518.
Keyton, J., & Springston, J. (1990). Redefining cohesiveness in groups. Small Group Research,
    21, 234-254.
Keyton, J., & Wall, V. D. (1989). SYMLOG: Theory and method for measuring group and
    organizational communication. Management Communication Quarterly, 2, 544-567.
Kibria, N., Lee, S., & Olvera, R. (2003). Peer lending groups and success: A case study of
    working capital. Journal of Developmental Entrepreneurship, 8, 41-58.
Kichuk, S. L., & Wiesner, W. H. (1997). The Big Five personality factors and team performance:
    Implications for selecting successful product teams. Journal of Engineering and Technology
    Management, 14, 195-221.
Kichuk, S. L., & Wiesner, W. H. (1998). Work teams: Selecting members for optimal
    performance. Canadian Psychology, 39, 23-32.
Kickul, J., & Newman, G. (2000). Emergent leadership behaviors: The function of personality
    and cognitive ability in determining teamwork performance and KSAS. Journal of Business
    and Psychology, 15, 27-51.
Kidd, J. S., & Campbell, D. T. (1955). Conformity to groups as a function of group success.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 390-393.
Kidd, P. S., & Parshall, M. B. (2000). Getting the focus and the group: Enhancing analytical
    rigor in focus group research. Qualitative Health Research, 10, 293-308.
Kidwell, R. E., Jr., Mossholder, K. W., & Bennett, N. (1997). Cohesiveness and organizational
    citizenship behavior: A multilevel analysis using work groups and individuals. Journal of
    Management, 23, 775-793.
                                                                                              146


Kiesler, C. A., & De Salvo, J. (1967). The group as an influencing agent in a forced compliance
     paradigm. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 3, 160-171.
Kiesler, C. A., & Pallack, M. S. (1975). Minority influence: The effect of majority reactionaries
     and defectors, and minority and majority compromisers, upon majority opinion and
     attraction. European Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 237-256.
Kiesler, S., & Sproull, L. (1992). Group decision making and communication technology.
     Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Process, 52, 96-123.
Kilduff, M., Angelmar, R., & Mehra, A. (2000). Top management team diversity and firm
     performance: Examining the role of cognitions. Organization Science, 11, 21-34.
Kilgore, D. W. (2001). A group learning intervention into how women learn empathy in prison.
     Adult Education Quarterly, 51, 146-164.
Killian, L. M. (1952). The significance of multiple-group membership in disaster. American
     Journal of Sociology, 57, 309-314.
Killworth, P., & Bernard, H. R. (1976). A model of human group dynamics. Social Science
     Research, 5, 173-224.
Kilmann, P. R., Laughlin, J. E., Carranza, L. V., Downer, J. T., Major, S., & Parnell, M. M.
     (1999). Effects of an attachment-focused group preventive intervention on insecure women.
     Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 138-147.
Kim, S., Stevens, N. G., & Pinsky, L. (2003). Casting anxiety in small group facilitation: Faculty
     development via role play. Medical Education, 37, 489.
Kim, M. (1992). The relation of performance norms and cohesiveness for Japanese school
     athletic teams. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 74, 1096-1098.
Kim, M. (1995). Performance norms and performance by teams in basketball competition.
     Perceptual and Motor Skills, 80, 770.
Kim, P. H. (1997). When what you know can hurt you: A study of experimental effects on group
     discussion and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 69,
     165-177.
Kim, Y., & Lee, B. (1995). RandD projects team climate and team performance in Korea: A
     multidimensional approach. RandD Management, 25, 179-196.
Kimball, R. K., & Hollander, E. P. (1974). Independence in the presence of an experienced but
     deviate group member. Journal of Social Psychology, 93, 281-292.
Kimberly, J. C. (1984). Cognitive balance, inequality and consensus: Interrelations among
     fundamental processes in groups. Advances in Group Processes, 1, 95-126.
Kimberly, J. C. (1986). Instrumental and expressive structures in small groups: The stabilization
     of injustice in groups in organizational settings. Small Group Behavior, 17, 395-406.
Kimble, C. E., Yoshikawa, J. C., & Zehr, H. D. (1981). Vocal and verbal assertiveness in same-
     sex and mixed sex groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 1048-1054.
Kinzel, R., & Fisher, R. J. (1993). Ethnocentrism, group cohesion, and constituent pressure on
     negotiators in intergroup conflict. International Journal of Conflict Management, 4, 323-
     336.
Kirchler, E., & Davis, J. H. (1986). The influence of member status differences and task type on
     group consensus and member position change. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 51, 83-91.
Kirchmeyer, C. (1993). Multicultural task groups: An account of the low contribution levels of
     minorities. Small Group Research, 24, 127-48.
                                                                                               147


Kirchmeyer, C., & Cohen, A. (1992). Multicultural groups: Their performance and reactions
    with constructive conflict. Group and Organizational Management, 17, 153-170.
Kirkman, B., & Mathieu, J. (2005). The dimensions and antecedents of team Virtuality. Journal
    of Management, 31, 700-718.
Kirkman, B. L., & Rosen, B. (1999). Beyond self-management: Antecedents and consequences
    of team empowerment. Academy of Management Journal, 42, 58-74.
Kirkman, B. L., Rosen, B., Gibson, C. B., Tesluk, P. E., & McPherson, S. O. (2002). Five
    challenges to virtual team success: Lessons from Sabre, Inc. Academy of Management
    Executive, 16, 67-79.
Kirkman, B. L., Rosen, B., Tesluk, P. E., & Gibson, C. B. (2004). The impact of team
    empowerment on virtual team performance: The moderating role of face-to-face interaction.
    Academy of Management Journal, 47, 175-192.
Kirkman, B. L., & Shapiro, D. L. (1997). The impact of cultural values on employee resistance
    to teams: Toward a model of globalised self-managing work team effectiveness. Academy of
    Management Review, 22, 730-757.
Kirkman, B. L., & Shapiro, D. L. (2000). Understanding why team members won’t share: An
    examination of factors related to employee receptivity to team-based rewards. Small Group
    Research, 31, 175-209.
Kirkman, B. L., Shapiro, D. L., Novelli, L., Jr., & Brett, J. (1966). Employee concerns regarding
    self managing work teams: A multidimensional justice perspective. Social Justice Research,
    9, 27-47.
Kirkman, B. L., Tesluck, P. E., & Rosen, B. (2001). Assessing the incremental validity of team
    consensus ratings over aggregation of individual-level data in predicting team effectiveness.
    Personnel Psychology, 54, 645-667.
Kirkman, B. L., Tesluck, P. E., & Rosen, B. (2004). The impact of demographic heretogeneity
    and team leader-team member demographic fit on team empowerment and effectiveness.
    Group & Organization Management, 29, 334-368.
Kirkpatrick, R. G., & Tumminia, D. (1992). Space magic, techno-animism and the cult of the
    Goddess in a Southern California UFO contactee group: A case study of millenarianiam.
    Syzygy: Journal of Alternative Religion and Culture, 1, 159-172.
Kirkpatrick, S. A., Davis, F., & Robertson, R. D. (1976). The process of political decision-
    making in groups: Search behavior and choice shifts. American Behavioral Scientist, 20, 33-
    64.
Kirkwood, W. G. (1984). Effects of incubation sequences on communication and problem
    solving in small groups. Journal of Creative Behavior, 18, 45-61.
Kirscht, J. D., Lodahl, T. M., & Haire, M. (1959). Some factors in the selection of leaders by
    members of small groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 406-408.
Kirshner, B. J., Dies, R. R., & Brown, R. A. (1978). Effects of experimental manipulation of
    self-disclosure on group cohesiveness. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 46,
    1171-1177.
Kissane, D. W., Love, A., Hatton, A., Bloch, S., Smith, G., Clarke, D. M., et al. (2004). Effect of
    cognitive-existential group therapy on survival in early-stage breast cancer. Journal of
    Clinical Oncology, 22, 4255-4260.
Kitayama, S. (1984). The influence of a minority within a group. Japanese Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 23, 97-105.
                                                                                             148


Kittleson, J. M., & Southerland, S. A. (2004). The role of discourse in group knowledge
     construction: A case study of engineering students. Journal of Research in Science
     Teaching, 41, 267-293.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr. (1985). Feedback in group psychotherapy: Review and implications. Small
     Group Behavior, 16, 373-386.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr. (1997). Leader behavior and therapeutic gain: An application of situational
     leadership theory. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 32-38.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Angelone, E. O. (1992). Interpersonal problems: Variables influencing
     participants’ perception of group climate. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 39, 468-472.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Goldfine, D. C. (1991). Endorsement of therapeutic factors as a function
     of stage of group development and participant interpersonal attitudes. Journal of Counseling
     Psychology, 38, 150-158.
Kivlighan, D. M.,, Jr., & Jauquet, C. A. (1990). Quality of group member agendas and group
     session climate. Small Group Research, 21, 205-219.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Lilly, R. L. Developmental changes in group climate as they relate to
     therapeutic gain. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 208-221.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., McGovern, T.V., & Corazzini, J. G. (1984). Effects of content and timing
     of structuring interventions on group therapy process and outcome. Journal of Counseling
     Psychology, 31, 363-370.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Mullison, D. (1988). Participants’ perception of therapeutic factors in
     group counseling: The role of interpersonal style and stage of group development. Small
     Group Behavior, 19, 452-468.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., Multon, K. D., & Brossart, D. F. (1996). Helpful impacts in group
     counseling: Development of a multidimensional rating system. Journal of Counseling
     Psychology, 43, 347-355.
Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Tarrant, J. M. (2001). Does group climate mediate the group leadership-
     group member outcome relationship?: A test of Yalom’s hypotheses about leadership
     priorities. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 220-234.
Kiyuna, K. M. (1977). Building closer relation between Asian and American university students:
     Two group approaches. Communication, 6, 51-55.
Klass, D. (1982). Self-help groups for the bereaved: Theory, theology, and practice. Journal of
     Religion and Health, 21, 307-324.
Klausmeier, H. J., Wiersma, W., & Harris, C. W. (1963). Efficiency of initial learning and
     transfer by individuals, pairs, and quads. Journal of Educational Psychology, 54, 160-164.
Klauss, R., & Bass, B. M. (1974). Group influence on individual behavior across cultures.
     Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 5, 236-246.
Kleck, R. E., & DeJong, W. (1983). Physical disability, physical attractiveness, and social
     outcomes in children’s small groups. Rehabilitation Psychology, 28, 78-91.
Klein, E. E., & Dologie, D. G. (2000). The role of computer support tools and gender
     composition in innovative information system idea generation by small groups. Computers
     in Human Behavior, 16, 111-139.
Klein, H. J., & Mulvey, P. W. (1995). Two investigations of the relationships among group
     goals, group commitment, cohesion, and performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
     Decision Processes, 61, 44-53.
                                                                                                149


Klein, K. J., Conn, A. B., Smith, D. B., & Sorra, J. S. (2001). Is everyone in agreement? An
    exploration of within-group agreement in employee perceptions of the work environment.
    Journal of Applied Psychology, 86, 3-16.
Klein, O., & Azzi, A. E. (2001). The strategic confirmation of meta-stereotypes: How group
    members attempt to tailor an out-group’s representation of themselves. British Journal of
    Social Psychology, 40, 279-293.
Kleinberg, J. (2005). On the job after 9/11: Looking at worker’s block through a group lens.
    Group Analysis, 38, 203-218.
Kleiven, J., Fraser, C., & Gouge, C. (1974). Are individual and group decisions dependent on
    available information? Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 15, 178-184.
Klemm, P., Hurst, M., Dearholt, S. L., & Trone, S. R. (1999). Cyber solace: Gender differences
    on internet support groups. Computers in Nursing, 17, 65-72.
Klemm, P., Reppert, K., & Visich, L. A. (1998). A nontraditional cancer support group: The
    internet. Computers in Nursing, 16, 31-36.
Klenke, K. (2003). Gender influences in decision-making processes in top management teams.
    Management Decision, 41, 1024-1034.
Klimoski, R., & Mohammed, S. (1994). Team mental model: Construct or metaphor? Journal of
    Management, 20, 403-437.
Kline, F. (1972). Dynamics of a leaderless group. International Journal of Group
    Psychotherapy, 22, 234-242.
Kline, J. A. (1970). Indices of opinionated and orienting statements in problem-solving
    discussions. Speech Monographs, 37, 282-286.
Kline, J. A. (1972). Orientation and group consensus. Central States Speech Journal, 23, 44-47.
Kline, J. A., & Hollinger, J. L. (1973). Redundancy, self-orientation and group consensus.
    Speech Monographs, 40, 72-74.
Kline, S. L., Hennen-Floyd, C. L., & Farrell, K. M. (1990). Cognitive complexity and verbal
    response mode use in discussion. Communication Quarterly, 38, 350-360.
Kline, T. J. B., & Gardiner, H. (1997). The successful adoption of groupware: Perceptions of the
    users. Human Systems Management, 16, 301-306.
Kline, T., & McGrath, J. L. (1999). A review of groupware literature: Theories, methodologies,
    and a research agenda. Canadian Psychology, 40, 265-271.
Klingberg, H. E. (1973). An evaluation of sensitivity training effects on self-actualization,
    purpose in life, and religious attitudes of theological students. Journal of Psychology and
    Theology, 1(4), 31-39.
Klinger, E. (1969). Feedback effects and social facilitation of vigilance performance: Mere
    coaction versus potential evaluation. Psychonomic Science, 14, 161-162.
Klocke, U. (2007). How to improve decision making in small groups: Effects of dissent and
    training interventions. Small Group Research, 38, 437-468.
Klopfer, F. J., & Moran, T. (1978). Influences of sex composition, decision rule, and decision
    consequences in small group policy making. Sex Roles, 4, 907-915.
Knight, D., Pearce, C. L., Smith, K. G., Olian, J. D., Sims, P. H., Smith, K. A., et al. (1999). Top
    management team diversity, group process, and strategic consensus. Strategic Management
    Journal, 20, 445-465.
Knight, E., L., Alpert, M. I., & Witt, R. E. (1976). Variation in group conformity influence.
    Journal of Social Psychology, 98, 137-138.
                                                                                            150


Knight, G. P., & Dubro, A. F. (1984). Cooperative, competitive, and individualistic social
    values: An individualized regression and clustering approach. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 46, 98-105.
Knight, P. A., & Weiss, H. M. (1980). Effects of selection agent and leader origin on leader
    influence and group member perceptions. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Performance, 26, 7-21.
Knouse, S. B., & Dansby, M. R. (1999). Percentage of work-group diversity and work-group
    effectiveness. Journal of Psychology, 133, 486-494.
Knowles, E. S. (1973). Boundaries around group interaction: The effect of group size and
    member status on boundary permeability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 26,
    327-331.
Knowles, E. S. (1975). Group risk taking shifts with a payoff response mode. Journal of Social
    Psychology, 96, 297-298.
Knowles, E. S. (1976). Group size and the extension of social space boundaries. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 647-654.
Knowles, E. S., & Bassett, R. L. (1976). Groups and crowds as social entities: The effects of
    activity, size, and member similarity on nonmembers. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 34, 837-845.
Knowles, E. S., & Brickner, M. A. (1981). Social cohesion effects on spatial cohesion.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 309-313.
Knowles, E. S., Kreuser, B., Haas, S., Hyde, M., & Schuchart, G. E. (1976). Group size and the
    extension of social space boundaries. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33,
    647-654.
Knox, R. E., & Safford, R. K. (1976). Group caution at the race track. Journal of Experimental
    Social Psychology, 21, 317-324.
Knutson, T. J. (1972). An experimental study of the effects of orientation behavior on small
    group consensus. Speech Monographs, 39, 159-165.
Knutson, T. J., & Holdridge, W. E. (1975). Orientation behavior, leadership, and consensus: A
    possible functional relationship. Speech Monographs, 42, 107-114.
Knutson, T. J., & Kowitz, A. C. (1977). Effects of information type and levels of orientation on
    consensus-achievement in substantive and affective conflict. Central States Speech Journal,
    28, 54-63.
Koch, S. C. (2005). Evaluative affect displays toward male and female leaders of task-oriented
    groups. Small Group Research, 36, 678-703.
Koch, S. C., Mueller, B., Kruse, L., & Zumbach, J. (2005). Constructing gender in chat groups.
    Sex Roles, 53, 29-41.
Kock, N. (1998). Can communication medium limitations foster better group outcomes? An
    action research study. Information & Management, 34, 295-305.
Kock, N., & McQueen, R. (1997). A field study of the effects of asynchronous groupware
    support on process improvement groups. Journal of Information Technology, 12, 245-259.
Kogan, N., & Doise, W. (1969). Effects of anticipated delegate status on level of risk-taking in
    small decision-making groups. Acta Psychologica, 29, 228-243.
Kogan, N., & Wallach, M. A. (1967a). Group risk taking as a function of members’ anxiety and
    defensiveness. Journal of Personality, 35, 50-63.
                                                                                               151


Kogan, N., & Wallach, M. A. (1967b). Risky-shift phenomenon in small decision-making
    groups: A test of the information-exchange hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 3, 75-84.
Kolb, J. A. (1992). Leadership of creative teams. Journal of Creative Behavior, 26, 1-9.
Kolb, J. A. (1996). A comparison of leadership behaviors and competencies in high- and
    average-performance teams. Communication Reports, 9, 173-183.
Kolb, J. A. (1995). Leader behaviors affecting team performance: Similarities and differences
    between leader/member assessments. Journal of Business Communication, 32, 233-248.
Kolb, J. A. (1996). A comparison of leadership behaviors and competencies in high- and
    average-performance teams. Communication Reports, 9, 173-183.
Kolb, J. A. (1997). Are we still stereotyping leadership? A look at gender and other predictors of
    leader emergence. Small Group Research, 28, 370-393.
Kolb, J. A. (2004). Initial contracting issues in small group facilitation. Industrial & Commercial
    Training, 36(5), 207-209.
Komorita, S. S. (1976). A model of the N-person dilemma type game. Journal of Experimental
    Social Psychology, 12, 357-373.
Komorita, S. S., Chan, D. K-S., & Parks, C. (1993). The effects of reward structure and
    reciprocity in social dilemmas. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 29, 252-267.
Komorita, S. S., & Lapworth, LC. W. (1982). Cooperative choice among individuals versus
    groups in an N-person dilemma situation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42,
    487-496.
Konar-Goldband, E., Rice, R. W., & Monkarsh, W. (1979). Time phased interrelationships of
    group atmosphere, group performance, and leader style. Journal of Applied Psychology, 64,
    401-409.
Koneya, M. (1977). Privacy regulation in small and large groups. Group & Organization Studies,
    2, 324-335.
Koneya, M. (1978). The Steinzor effect revisited. Small Group Behavior, 9, 540-548.
Konrad, A. M., Winters, S., & Gutek, B. A. (1992). Diversity in work group sex composition:
    Implications for majority and minority members. Research in the Sociology of
    Organizations, 10, 115-140.
Koomen, W., & Sagel, P. K. (1977). The prediction of participation in two-person groups.
    Sociometry, 40, 369-373.
Korsgaard, A., Schweiger, D., & Sapienza, H. (1995). Building commitment, attachment, and
    trust in top management teams: The role of procedural justice. Academy of Management
    Journal, 38, 60-84.
Kostinskaya, A. G. (1976). Foreign investigations of risky decision-making in groups. Voprosy
    Psikhologii, 5, 171-178.
Kotlyar, I., & Karakowsky, L. (2006). Leading conflict? Linkages between leader behaviors and
    group conflict. Small Group Research, 37, 377-403.
Kottler, J. A. (1994). Working with difficult group members. Journal for Specialists in Group
    Work, 19, 3-10.
Kozlowski, S. W. J., & Hattrup, J. (1992). A disagreement about within-group agreement:
    Disentangling issues of consistency versus consensus. Journal of Applied Psychology, 77,
    161-167.
                                                                                           152


Kozub, S. A.,, & Button, C. J. (2000). The influence of a competitive outcome on perceptions of
    cohesion in rugby and swimming teams. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 31, 82-
    95.
Kraft, L. W., & Vraa, C. W. (1976). Sex composition of groups and pattern of self-disclosure by
    high school females. Psychological Reports, 37, 733-734.
Kralik, D., Warren, J., Price, K., Koch, T., & Pignone, G. (2005). The ethics of research using
    electronic mail discussion groups. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 52, 537-545.
Kramer, M. W. (2002). Communication in a community theater group: Managing multiple group
    roles. Communication Studies, 53, 151-170.
Kramer, M. W. (2004). Toward a communication theory of dialectics: An ethnographic study of
    a community theatre group. Communication Monographs, 71, 311-333.
Kramer, M. W. (2005a). Communication and social exchange processes in community theater
    groups. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 33, 159-182.
Kramer, M. W. (2005b). Communication in a fund-raising marathon group. Journal of
    Communication, 55, 257-276.
Kramer, M. W., Benoit, P. J., Dixon, M. A., & Benoit-Bryan, J. (2007). Group processes in a
    teaching renewal retreat: Communication functions and dialectical tensions. Southern
    Communication Journal, 72, 135-168.
Kramer, M. W., Kuo, C. L., & Dailey, J. C. (1997). The impact of brainstorming techniques on
    subsequent group processes: Beyond generating ideas. Small Group Research, 28, 218-242.
Kramer, R. M. (1991). Intergroup relations and organizational dilemmas: The role of
    categorization processes. Research in Organizational Behavior, 13, 191-228.
Kramer, R. M., & Brewer, M. B. (1984). Effects of group identity on resource use in a simulated
    commons dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 1044-1057.
Kramer, T. J., Fleming, G. P., & Mannis, S. M. (2001). Improving face-to-face brainstorming
    through modeling and facilitation. Small Group Research, 32, 533-557.
Kranas, G. (1982). Utility of outcomes and linking in ingroup conflict of interest. Polish
    Psychological Bulletin, 13, 63-72.
Kraus, G. (1997). The psychodynamics of constructive aggression in small groups. Small Group
    Research, 28, 122-145.
Kravitz, D. A, & Martin, B. (1986). Ringelmann rediscovered: The original article. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 936-941.
Krayer, K. J. (1988). Exploring group maturity in the classroom: Differences in behavioral,
    affective, and performance outcomes between mature and immature groups. Small Group
    Behavior, 19, 259-272.
Krebs, S. A., Hobman, E. V., & Bordia, P. 92006). Virtual teams and group member
    dissimilarity: Consequences for the development of trust. Small Group Research, 37, 721-
    741.
Kriesberg, M., & Guetzkow, H. (1950). The use of conferences in the administration process.
    Public Administration Review, 10, 93-98.
Kristof-Brown, A., Barrick, M. R., & Stevens, C. K. (2005). When opposites attract: A multi-
    sample demonstration of complementary person-team fit on extraversion. Journal of
    Personality, 73, 935-958.
Kroon, M., Kreveld, D., & Rabbie, J. (1992). Group versus individual decision making: Effects
    of accountability and gender on groupthink. Small Group Research, 23, 427-458.
                                                                                            153


Kroon, M. B. R., ‘t Hart, P., & van Kreveld, D. (1991). Managing group decision making
    processes: Individual versus collective accountability and groupthink. International Journal
    of Conflict Management, 2, 91-115.
Krueger, D. L. (1979). A stochastic analysis of communication development in self-analytic
    groups. Human Communication Research, 5, 314-324.
Kruglanski, A. W., & Webster, D. M. (1991). Group members’ reactions to opinion deviates and
    conformists at varying degrees of proximity to decision deadline and of environmental
    noise. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 212-225.
Kruglanski, A. W., Shah, J. Y., Pierro, A., & Mannetti, L. (2002). When similarity breeds
    content: Need for closure and the allure of homogeneous and self-resembling groups.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 648-662.
Kruglanski, A. W., & Webster, D. (1991). Group members’ reactions to opinion deviates and
    conformists at varying degrees of proximity to decision deadline and of environmental
    noise. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 212-225.
Krull, J. L., & MacKinnon, D. P. (2001). Multilevel modeling of individual- and group-level
    mediated effects. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36, 249-277.
Krumpel, K. (2000). Making the right (interactive) moves for knowledge-producing tasks in
    computer-mediated groups. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 43, 185-
    195.
Kugihara, N. (2001). Effects of aggressive behaviour and group size on collective escape in an
    emergency: A test between a social identity model and deindividuation theory. British
    Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 575-598.
Kuhn, T., & Poole, M. S. (2000). Do conflict management styles affect group decision making?
    Evidence from a longitudinal field study. Human Communication Research, 26, 558-590.
Kuk, G. (2000). “When to speak again”: Self-regulation under facilitation. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 4, 291-306.
Kulic, K. R., Horne, A. M., & Dagley, J. C. (2004). A comprehensive review of prevention
    groups for children and adolescents. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8,
    139-151.
Kumar, J. (2006). Working as a designer in a global team. Interactions, 13, 25-26.
Kureka, P. M., Austin, J. M., Johnson, W., & Mendoza, J. L. (1982). Full and errant coaching
    effects on assigned role leaderless group discussion performance. Personnel Psychology, 35,
    805-812.
Kurland, R., & Salmon, R. (1998). Purpose: A misunderstood and misused keystone of group
    work practice. Social Work With Groups, 21(3), 5-17.
Kurtz, L. F., & Powell, T. J. (1987). Three approaches to understanding self-help groups. Social
    Work With Groups, 10(3), 69-80.
Kush, F. R., & Fleming, L. M. (2000). An innovative approach to short-term group cognitive
    therapy in the combined treatment of anxiety and depression. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 4, 176-183.
Kuypers, B. C., Davies, D., & Glaser, K. H. (1986). Developmental arrestations in self-analytic
    groups. Small Group Behavior, 17, 269-302.
Kuypers, B. C., Davies, D., & Hazewinkel, A. (1986). Developmental patterns in self-analytic
    groups. Human Relations, 39, 793-815.
                                                                                              154


Kwok, R. C-W., Ma, J., & Vogel, D. R. (2002). Effects of group support systems and content
    facilitation on knowledge acquisition. Journal of Management Information Systems, 19,
    185-230.
Kyratzis, A. (2004). Talk and interaction among children and the co-construction of peer groups
    and peer culture. Annual Review of Anthropology, 33, 625-649.
LaBarge, E., Von Dras, D., & Wingbermuehle, C. (1998). An analysis of themes and feelings
    from a support group for people with Alzheimer’s disease. Psychotherapy: Theory,
    Research, Practice, Training, 35, 537-544.
LaCoursiere, R. (1974). A group method to facilitate learning during the stages of psychiatric
    affiliation. Interpersonal Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 24, 342-351.
LaFrance, M. (1985). Postural mirroring and intergroup relations. Personality and Social
    Psychology Bulletin, 11, 207-217.
LaFrance, M., & Broadbent, M. (1976). Group rapport: Posture sharing as a nonverbal indicator.
    Group & Organization Studies, 1, 328-333.
LaFreniere, P., & Charlesworth, W. R. (1983). Dominance, attention, and affiliation in a pre-
    school group: A nine-month longitudinal study. Ethology and Sociobiology, 4, 55-67.
Lahti, D. C. & Weinstein, B. S. (2005). The better angels of our nature: Group stability and the
    evolution of moral tension. Evolution and Human Behavior, 26, 47-63.
Laing, D. W. (2000). Investigating the encoding process of transactive memory development in
    group training. Group and Organization Management, 25, 373-396.
Laing, D. W., Moreland, R., & Argote, L. (1995). Group versus individual training and group
    performance: The mediating role of transactive memory. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 21, 384-393.
Laing, J. D., & Morrison, R. J. (1973). Coalitions and payoffs in three-person sequential games:
    Initial tests of two formal models. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 3, 3-25.
Lalonde, R. N. (1992). The dynamics of group differentiation in the face of defeat. Personality
    and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 336-342.
Lalonde, R. N. (2002). Testing the social identity-intergroup differentiation hypothesis: “We’re
    not American eh!” British Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 611-630.
Lalonde, R. N., & Camerson, J. E. (1993). An intergroup perspective on immigrant acculturation
    with a focus on collective strategies. International Journal of Psychology, 28, 57-74.
Lalonde, R. N., & Silverman, R. A. (1994). Behavioral preferences in response to social
    injustice: The effects of group permeability and social identity salience. Journal of Personal
    and Social Psychology, 66, 78-85.
Lam, S. K., & Schaubroeck, J. (2000). Improving group decisions by better pooling information:
    A comparative advantage of group decision support systems. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 85, 565-573.
Lam, S. S. (1997). The effects of group decision support systems and task structures on group
    communication and decision quality. Journal of Management Information ystems, 13, 193-
    215.
Lamb, T. A. (1980). Paralanguage hierarchies in dyads and triads: Talking first and talking the
    most. Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 221-224.
Lamb, T. A. (1981). Nonverbal and paraverbal control in dyads and triads: Sex or power
    differences? Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 49-53.
Lamb, T. A. (1986). The familiarity effect in small-group hierarchy research. Journal of Social
    Psychology, 126, 51-56.
                                                                                             155


Lamm, H., & Meyers, D. G. (1976). Machiavellianism, discussion time, and group shift. Social
    Behavior and Personality, 4, 41-48.
Lamm, H., & Myers, D. G. (1978). Group-induced polarization of attitudes and behavior.
    Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 145-195.
Lamm, H., & Sauer, C. (1974). Discussion-induced shift toward higher demands in negotiation.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 85-88.
Lamm, H., & Trommsdorff, G. (1973). Group versus individual performance on tasks requiring
    ideational proficiency (brainstorming): A review. European Journal of Social Psychology, 3,
    361-388.
Lammers, J. C., & Krikorian, D. H. (1997). Theoretical extension and operationalization of the
    bona fide group construct with an application to surgical teams. Journal of Applied
    Communication Research, 25, 17-38.
Lampton, D. R., & Parsons, J. B. (2001). The fully immersive team training (FITT) research
    system: Design and implementation. Presence, 10, 129-141.
Landry-Dattee, N., Gauvain-Piquard, A., & Cosset-Delaigue, M. (2000). A support group for
    children with one parent with cancer: Report on a 4-year experience of a talking group.
    Bulletin of Cancer, 87, 355-362.
Lane, I. M., Matthews, M. C., Chaney, C., Effmeyer, R. C., Reber, R. A., & Teddlie, C. B.
    (1982). Making the goals of acceptance and quality explicit: Effects on group decisions.
    Small Group Behavior, 13, 542-554.
Lane, K. L., Wehby, J., Menzies, H. M., Doukas, G. L., Munton, S. M., & Gregg, R. M. (2003).
    Social skills instruction for students at risk for antisocial behavior: The effects of small-
    group instruction. Behavior Disorders, 28, 229-248.
Langfred, C. W. (1998). Is group cohesiveness a double-edged sword? An investigation of the
    effects of cohesiveness on performance. Small Group Research, 29, 124-143.
Langfred, C. W. (2000a). The paradox of self-management: Individual and group autonomy in
    work groups. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 21, 563-585.
Langfred, C. W. (2000b). Work-group design and autonomy: A field study of the interaction
    between task interdependence and autonomy. Small Group Research, 31, 54-70.
Langfred, C. W. (2004). Too much of a good thing? Negative effects of high trust and individual
    autonomy in self-managing teams. Academy of Management Journal, 47, 385-399.
Langfred, C. W., & Shanley, M. T. (1977). The importance of organizational context, I: A
    conceptual model of cohesiveness and effectiveness in work groups. Public Administration
    Quarterly, 21, 349-369.
Lanzetta, J. T. (1955). Group behavior under stress. Human Relations, 8, 29-52.
Lanzetta, J. T., & Roby, T. B. (1956). Effects of work-group structure and certain variables on
    group performance. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 53, 307-314.
Lanzetta, J. T., & Roby, T. B. (1960). The relationship between certain group process variables
    and group problem-solving efficiency. Journal of Social Psychology, 52, 135-148.
Lapponi, E. (1996). Psychodynamic and systemic paradigms: An attempted integration in the
    light of personal experience with groups. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 56, 177-185.
Larey, T. S., & Paulus, P. B. (1999). Group preference and convergent tendencies in groups: A
    content analysis of group brainstorming performance. Creativity Research Journal, 12, 175-
    184.
                                                                                            156


Larkey, L. K. (1996a). The development and validation of the Workforce Diversity
    Questionnaire: An instrument to assess interactions in diverse workgroups. Management
    Communication Quarterly, 9, 296-337.
Larkey, L. K. (1996b). Toward a theory of communicative interactions in culturally diverse work
    groups. Academy of Management Review, 21, 463-491.
Larson, C. E. (1969). Forms of analysis and small group problem-solving. Speech Monographs,
    36, 452-455.
Larson, C. E. (1971). Speech communication research on small groups. Speech Teacher, 20, 89-
    107.
Larson, C. U. (1971). The verbal response of groups to the absence or presence of leadership.
    Speech Monographs, 38, 177-181.
Larson, J. R. (1997). Modeling the entry of shared and unshared information into group
    discussion: A review and BASIC language computer program. Small Group Research, 28,
    454-479.
Larson, J. R., Jr. (2007). Deep diversity and strong synergy: Modeling the impact of variability
    in members’ problem-solving strategies on group problem-solving performance. Small
    Group Research, 38, 413-436.
Larson, J. R., Jr. & Christensen, C. (1993). Groups as problem-solving units: Toward a new
    meaning of social cognition. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 5-30.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Christensen, C., & Abbott, A. S., & Franz, T. M. (1996). Diagnosing groups:
    Charting the flow of information in medical decision-making teams. Journal of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 71, 315-330.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Christensen, C., Franz, T. M., & Abbott, A. S. (1998). Diagnosing groups:
    Management and impact of shared and unshared case information in team-based mediated
    decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 93-108.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Gantz, T. M. (1998). Leadership style and the
    discussion of shared and unshared information in decision-making groups. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 482-495.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Keys, C. B. (1994). Discussion of shared and
    unshared information in decision-making groups. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 67, 446-461.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Sargis, E. G., Elstein, A. S., & Schwartz, A. (2002). Holding shared versus
    unshared information: Its impact on perceived member influence in decision-making groups.
    Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 24, 145-155.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Granz, T. M. (1998). Leadership style and the
    discussion of shared and unshared information in decision-making groups. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 482-495.
Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Keys, C. B. (1994). The discussion of shared and
    unshared information in decision-making groups. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 67, 446-461.
Latané, B. (1981). The psychology of social impact. American Psychologist, 36, 343-356.
Latané, B., & Bourgeois, M. J. (1996). Experimental evidence for dynamic social impact: The
    emergence of subcultures in electronic groups. Journal of Communication, 46(4), 35-47.
Latané, B., & Dabbs, J. M. (1975). Sex, group size and helping in three cities. Sociometry, 38,
    180-194.
                                                                                            157


Latané, B., & Darley, J. M. (1968). Group inhibition of bystander intervention in emergencies.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10, 215-221.
Latané, B., & L’Herrou, T. L. (1996). Spatial clustering in the conformity game: Dynamic social
    impact in electronic groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1218-1230.
Latané, B., & Nida, S. A. (1981). Ten years of research on group size and helping. Psychological
    Bulletin, 89, 308-324.
Latané, B., Williams, K., & Harkins, S. (1979a). Many hands make light the work: The causes
    and consequences of social loafing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 822-
    832.
Latané, B., Williams, K., & Harkins, S. (1979b). Social loafing. Psychology Today, 13(3), 104-
    110.
Latané, B., & Wolf, S. (1981). The social impact of majorities and minorities. Psychological
    Review, 88, 438-453.
Latham, V. M. (1987). Task type and group motivation: Implications for a behavioral approach
    to leadership in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 18, 56-71.
Latta, R. M., & Gorman, M. E. (1984). The small group: A bridge between sociology and social
    psychology. Psychological Reports, 54, 947-950.
Lau, D. C., & Murnighan, J. K. (2005). Interactions within groups and subgroups: The effects of
    demographic faultlines. Academy of Management Journal, 48, 645-659.
Lau, R. R. (1989). Individual and contextual influences on group identification. Social
    Psychology Quarterly, 52, 220-231.
Laughlin, P. R. (1978). Ability and group problem solving. Journal of Research and
    Development in Education, 12, 114-120.
Laughlin, P. R. (1988). Collective induction: Group performance, social combination processes,
    and mutual majority and minority influence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    54, 254-267.
Laughlin, P. R., & Adamopolous, J. (1980). Social combination processes and individual
    learning for six-person cooperative groups on an intellectual task. Journal of Personal and
    Social Psychology, 38, 941-947.
Laughlin, P. R., & Barth, J. M. (1981). Group-to-individual and individual-to-group problem
    solving transfer. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 1087-1093.
Laughlin, P. R., Bonner, B. L., & Miner, A. G. (2002). Groups perform better than the best
    individuals on letters-to-numbers problems. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
    Processes, 88, 605-620.
Laughlin, P. R., Branch, L. G., & Johnson, H. H. (1969). Individual versus triadic performance
    on a unidimensional complementary task as a function of initial ability level. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 144-150.
Laughlin, P. R., & Earley, P. C. (1982). Social combination models, persuasive arguments
    theory, social comparison theory, and choice shifts. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 48, 608-613.
Laughlin, P. R., & Ellis, A. L. (1986). Demonstrability and social combination processes on
    mathematical intellective tasks. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 177-189.
Laughlin, P. R., Gonzalez, C. M., & Sommer, D. (2003). Quantity estimations by groups and
    individuals: Effects of known domain boundaries. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 7, 55-63.
                                                                                              158


Laughlin, P. R., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1995). A theory of collective induction. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 61, 94-107.
Laughlin, P. R., Kerr, N. L., Davis, J. H., Halff, H. M., & Marciniak, K. A. (1975). Group size,
    member ability and social decision schemes on an intellective task. Journal of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 31, 522-535.
Laughlin, P. R., Kerr, N. L., Munch, M. M., & Haggarty, C. A. (1976). Social decision schemes
    of the same four-person groups on two different intellective tasks. Journal of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 33, 80-88.
Laughlin, P. R., & McGlynn, R. P. (1986). Collective induction: Mutual group and individual
    influence by exchange of hypotheses and evidence. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 22, 567-589.
Laughlin, P. R., & Shupe, E. I. (1996). Intergroup collective induction. Organizational Behavior
    and Human Decision Processes, 68, 44-57.
Laughlin, P. R., VanderStoep, S. W., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1991). Collective versus individual
    induction: Recognition of truth, rejection of error, and collective information processing.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 50-67.
Laughlin, P. R., Zander, M. L., Knievel, E. M., & Tan, T. K. (2003). Groups perform better than
    the best individuals on letters-to-numbers problems: Informative equations and effective
    strategies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 684-694.
Laux, J. M., Smirnoff, J. B., Ritchie, M. H., & Cochrane, W. S. (2007). The effect of type of
    screening on the satisfaction of students in experiential counseling training groups. Small
    Group Research, 38, 289-300.
LaVallee, K. (2005). The impact of first-grade “friendship group” experiences on child social
    outcomes in the fast track program. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 33, 301-324.
Lavery, T. A., Franz, T. M., Winquist, J. R., & Larson, J. R., Jr. (1999). The role of information
    exchange in predicting group accuracy on a multiple judgment task. Basic and Applied
    Social Psychology, 21, 281-289.
Lawrence, L. C., & Smith, P. C. (1955). Group decision and employee participation. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 39, 334-337.
Lawson, E. D. (1974a). Reinforced and non-reinforced four-man communication nets.
    Psychological Reports, 14, 287-296.
Lawson, E. D. (1964b). Reinforcement in group problem-solving with arithmetic problems.
    Psychological Reports, 18, 139-147.
Layne, C. M., Pynoos, R. S., Saltzman, W. R., Arslanagic, B., Black, M., Savjak, N., et al.
    (2001). Trauma/grief-focused group psychotherapy: School-based postwar intervention with
    traumatized Bosnian adolescents. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 277-
    290.
Lazaric, N., & Raybaut, A. (2005). Knowledge, hierarchy and the selection of routines: an
     interpretative model with group interactions. Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393-
     421.
Lazell, E. W. (1921). The group treatment of dementia praecox. Psychoanalytical Review, 8,
    168-179.
Lea, M., & Spears, R. (1991). Computer-mediated communication, deindividuation and group
    decision-making. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 34, 283-301.
                                                                                              159


Lea, M., Spears, R., & de Groot, D. (2001). Knowing me, knowing you: Effects of visual
    anonymity on self-categorization, stereotyping and attraction in computer-mediated groups.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 526-537.
Leana, C. R. (1985). A partial test of Janis’ groupthink model: Effects of group cohesiveness and
    leader behavior on defective decision making. Journal of Management, 11, 5-17.
Leary, M. R., & Forsyth, D. R. (1987). Attributions of responsibility for collective endeavors.
    Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 167-188.
Leary, M. R., Robertson, R. B., Barnes, B. D., & Miller, R. S. (1986). Self-presentations of small
    group leaders: Effects of role requirements and leadership orientation. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 742-748.
Lease, A. M., & Axelrod, J. L. (2001). Position in the peer group’s perceived organizational
    structure: Relation to social status and friendship. Journal of Early Adolescence, 21, 377-
    404.
Leathers, D. G. (1969). Process disruption and measurement in small group communication.
    Quarterly Journal of Speech, 55, 287-300.
Leathers, D. G. (1970). The process effects of trust-destroying behavior in the small group.
    Speech Monographs, 37, 180-187.
Leathers, D. G. (1971). The feedback rating instrument: A new means of evaluating discussion.
    Central States Speech Journal, 22, 32-42.
Leathers, D. (1972). Quality of group communication as a determinant of group product. Speech
    Monographs, 39, 166-173.
Leatt, P., & Schneck, R. (1984). Criteria for grouping nursing subunits in hospitals. Academy of
    Management Journal, 27, 150-165.
Leavitt, H. J. (1951). Some effects of certain communication patterns on group performance.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 38-50.
Lebbie, L., Rhoades, J., & McGrath, J. E. (1996). Interaction process in computer mediated and
    face to face groups. Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 4, 127-152.
Lecuyer, R. (1975). Space dimensions, the climate of discussion and group decisions. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 509-514.
Lee, C., Tinsley, C. H., & Bobko, P. 9200). An investigation of the antecedents and
    consequences of group-level confidence. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 1628-
    1652.
Lee, E., & Leets, L. (2002). Persuasive storytelling by hate groups online: Examining its effects
    on adolescents. American Behavioral Scientist, 45, 927-957.
Lee, E., & Nass, C. (2002). Experimental tests of normative group influence and representation
    effects in computer-mediated communication: When interacting via computers differs from
    interacting with computers. Human Communication Research, 28, 349-381.
Lee, E-J. (2006). When and how does depersonalization increase conformity to group norms in
    computer-mediated communication. Communication Research, 33, 423-447.
Lee, E-J. (2007). Deindividuation effects on group polarization in computer-mediated
    communication: The role of group identification, public self-awareness, and perceived
    argument quality. Journal of Communication, 57, 385-403.
Lee, F., & Bednar, R. L. (1977). Effects of group structure and risk-taking disposition on group
    behavior, attitudes, and atmosphere. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 24, 191-199.
Lee, H. (2005). Implosion, Virtuality, and interaction in an internet discussion group.
    Information, Communication & Society, 8, 47-63.
                                                                                             160


Lee, J. (1992). Leader-member exchange, the “Pelz effect,” and cooperative communication
    between group members. Management Communication Quarterly, 11, 266-287.
Lee, J. (1998). Maintenance communication in superior-subordinate relationships: An
    exploratory investigation of group social context and the “Pelz Effect.” Southern
    Communication Journal, 63, 144-159.
Lee, M. (1993). Gender, group composition, and peer interaction in computer-based cooperative
    learning. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 9, 549-577.
Lee, P. C., Juan, G., & Hom, A. B. (1984). Group work practice with Asian clients: A
    sociocultural approach. Social Work With Groups, 7, 37-48.
Leenders, R. T. A. J., van Englen, J. M. L., & Kratzer, J. (2003). Virtuality, communication, and
    new product team creativity: A social network perspective. Journal of Engineering and
    Technology Management, 20, 69-92.
Lefébvre, L. M., & Cunningham, J. D. (1977). The successful football team: Effects of coaching
    and team cohesiveness. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 8, 29-41.
Leibowitz, A., & Tollison, R. (1980). Free-riding, shirking, and team production in legal
    partnerships. Economic Inquiry, 18, 380-394.
Leichtentritt, J., & Schechtman, Z. (199). Therapist, trainee, and child verbal response modes in
    child group therapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 36-47.
Leidner, D. E., & Fuller, M. (1997). Improving student learning of conceptual information: GSS
    supported collaborative learning vs. individual constructive learning. Decision Support
    Systems, 20, 149-163.
Leitko, T. A., Griel, A. L., & Peterson, S. A. (1985). Lessons at the bottom: Worker
    nonparticipation in labor management committees as situational adjustment. Work &
    Occupations, 12, 285-305.
Lembke, S., & Wilson, M. G. (1998). Putting the “team” into teamwork: Alternative theoretical
    contributions for contemporary management practice. Human Relations, 51, 927-944.
Lemieux-Charles, L., Murray, M., Baker, G. R., Barnsley, J., Tasa, K., & Ibrahim, S. A. (2002).
    The effects of quality improvement practices on team effectiveness: A mediational model.
    Journal of Organizational Behavior, 23, 533-553.
Lemmens, G., Verdegem, S., Heireman, G., van Houdenhove, B., Sabbe, B., & Eisler, I. (2003).
    Helpful events in family discussion groups with chronic-pain patients: A qualitative study of
    differences in perception between therapists/observers and patients/family members.
    Families, Systems & Health: The Journal of Collaborative Family Healthcare, 21, 37-52.
Lemyre, L., & Smith, P. M. (1985). Intergroup discrimination and self-esteem in the minimal
    group paradigm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 660-670.
Lemus, D. R., Seibold, D. R., Flanagin, A. J., & Metzger, M. J. (2004). Argument and decision
    making in computer-mediated groups. Journal of Communication, 54, 302-320.
Lennie, J. (2002). Care and connection in online groups linking rural and urban women in
    Australia: Some contradictory effects. Feminist Media Studies, 2, 289-306.
Lennung, S. A. (1974-1975). Implicit theories in experiential group practices: A pedagogical
    approach. Interpersonal Development, 5, 37-49.
Leon, G. R. (1991). Individual and group process characteristics of polar expedition teams.
    Environment and Behavior, 23, 723-748.
Leonard, H., & Freedman, A. (2000). From scientific management through fun and games to
    high-performing teams: A historical perspective on team-based organizations. Consulting
    Psychology Journal: Practice and Research, 52, 3-19.
                                                                                              161


LePine, J. A., Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. A., Colquitt, J. A., & Ellis, A. 92002). Gender
    composition, situational strength, and team decision-making accuracy: A criterion
    decomposition approach. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 88, 445-
    475.
LePine, J. A., Hollenbeck, J. R., Ilgen, D. A., & Hudlund, J. (1997). Effects of individual
    differences on the performance of hierarchical decision-making teams: Much more than g.
    Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 803-811.
LePine, J. A., & Van Dyne, L. (1998). Predicting voice behavior in work groups. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 83, 835-868.
Lerea, L., & Goldberg, A. (1961). Research notes: The effects of socialization upon group
    behavior. Speech Monographs, 28, 60-64.
Lesko, W. A., & Scheider, F. W. (1978). Effects of speaking order and speaker gaze level on
    interpersonal gaze in a triad. Journal of Social Psychology, 104, 185-195.
Lester, S. W., Meglino, B. M., & Korsgaard, M. A. (2002). The antecedents and consequences of
    group potency: A longitudinal investigation of newly formed work groups. Academy of
    Management Journal, 45, 352-369.
Letende, J., & Davis, K. (2004). What really happens in violence prevention groups? A content
    analysis of leader behaviors and child responses in a school-based violence prevention
    project. Small Group Research, 35, 367-387.
Leventhal, G. S. (1976). The distribution of rewards and resources in groups and organizations.
    Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 91-131.
Levesque, L. L., Wilson, J. M., & Wholey, D. R. (2001). Cognitive divergence and shared
    mental models in software development project teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior
    Special Issue: Shared Cognition, 22, 135-144.
Levin, E. M., & Kurtz, R. R. (1974). Structured and nonstructured human relations training.
    Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21, 526-531.
Levin, S., Federioc, C. M., Sidanius, J., & Rabinowitz, J. L. (2002). Social dominance
    orientation and intergroup bias: The legitimation of favoritism for high-status groups.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 144-157.
Levin, S. Henry, P. J., Pratto, F., & Sidanius, J. (2003). Social dominance and social identity in
    Lebanon: Implications for support of violence against the West. Group Processes &
    Intergroup Relations, 6, 353-368.
Levin, S., & Sidanius, J. (1999). Social dominance and social identity in the United States and
    Israel: Intergroup favoritism or outgroup derogation? Political Psychology, 20, 99-126.
Levine, D. H. (1990). Popular groups, popular culture, and popular religion. Comparative
    Studies in Society and History, 32, 718-764.
Levine, J. M. (1999). Transforming individuals into groups: Some hallmarks of the SDS
    approach to small group research. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
    80, 21-27.
Levine, J. M., & Moreland, R. L. (1990). Progress in small group research. Annual Review of
    Psychology, 41, 585-634.
Levine, J. M., & Moreland, R. L. (1994). Group socialization: Theory and research. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 303-336.
Levine, J. M., & Ranelli, C. J. (1978). Majority reaction to shifting and stable attitudinal
    deviates. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 55-70.
                                                                                                162


Levine, J. M., & Russo, E. M. (1987). Majority and minority influence. Review of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 8, 13-54.
Levine, J. M., Sroka, K. R., & Snyder, H. N. (1977). Group support and reaction to stable and
    shifting agreement/disagreement. Social Psychology Quarterly, 40, 214-224.
Levy, L. H. (1976). Self-help groups: Types and psychological processes. Journal of Applied
    Behavioral Science, 12, 310-322.
Levy, L. H., Derby, J. F., & Martinkowski, K. S. (1993). Effects of membership in bereavement
    support groups on adaptation to conjugal bereavement. American Journal of Community
    Psychology, 21, 361-381.
Levy, S. R., Chiu, C-y., & Hong, Y-y. (2006). Lay theories and intergroup relations. Group
    Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 5-24.
Levy, S. R., Plaks, J. Hong, Y., Chiu, C-y., & Dweck, C. S. (2001). Static versus dynamic
    theories of groups: Different routes to different destinations. Personality and Social
    Psychology Review, 5, 156-168.
Levy, S. R, Tendler, C., VanDevanter, N., & Cleary, P. D. (1990). A group intervention model
    for individuals testing positive for HIV antibody. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 60,
    452-459.
Levy, S. R., West, T. L., Ramirez, L., & Karafantis, D. M. (2006). The Protestant work ethic: A
    lay theory with dual intergroup implications. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9,
    95-116.
Lewin, K. (1947a). Frontiers in group dynamics I: Concept, method and reality in social science:
    Social equilibria and social change. Human Relations, 1, 5-41.
Lewin, K. (1947b). Frontiers in group dynamics: II. Channels of group life; social planning and
    action research. Human Relations, 1, 143-153.
Lewin, K., & Lippitt, R. (1938). An experimental approach to the study of autocracy and
    democracy: A preliminary note. Sociometry, 1, 292-300.
Lewin, K., Lippitt, R., & White, R. (1939). Patterns of aggressive behavior in experimentally
    created “social climates.” Journal of Social Psychology, 10, 271-299.
Lewin, M. A., & Kane, M. (1975). Impeachment of Nixon and the risky shift. International
    Journal of Group Tensions, 5, 171-176.
Lewis, A. E. (2004). “What group?” Studying Whites and whiteness in the era of
    “colorblindness.” Sociological Theory, 22, 623-646.
Lewis, B. F. (1977). Group silences. Small Group Behavior, 8, 109-120.
Lewin, B. F. (1978). An examination of the final phase of a group development theory. Small
    Group Behavior, 9, 507-517.
Lewis, L. F. (1987). A decision support system for face-to-face groups. Journal of Information
    Sciences, 13, 211-219.
Lewis, L. F., & Keleman, K. S. (1990). Experiences with GDSS development: Lab and field
    studies. Journal of Information Science, 16, 195-205.
Lewis, P., Dawes, A. S., & Cheney, T. (1974). Effects of sensitivity training on beliefs in internal
    control of interpersonal relationships. Psychotherapy Theory, Research and Practice, 11,
    282-284.
Leyens, J., P., Rodriguez, A. P., Rodriguez, R. T., Gaunt, R., Paladino, P. M., Vaes, J., et al.
    (2001). Psychological essentialism and the differential attribution of uniquely human
    emotions to ingroups and outgroups. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 394-411.
                                                                                               163


Li, F., & Harmer, P. (1996). Confirmatory factor analysis of the Group Environment
     Questionnaire within an intercollegiate sample. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology,
     18, 49-63.
Libby, R., Trotman, K. T., & Zimmer, I. (1987). Member variation, recognition of expertise, and
     group performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 81-87.
Lichtenberg, P. A., Strzepek, D. M., & Zeiss, A. M. (1990). Bringing psychiatric aids into the
     treatment team: An application of the veterans administration’s ITTG Model. Gerontology
     & Geriatrics Education, 10, 63-73.
Lichtenstein, R., Alexander, J. A., Jinnett, K., & Ullman, E. (1997). Embedded intergroup
     relations in interdisciplinary teams. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 33, 413-434.
Lichtenstein, R., Alexander, J. A., McCarthy, J. F., & Wells, R. (2004). Status differences in
     cross-functional teams: Effects on individual member participation, job satisfaction, and
     intent to quit. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 45, 322-335.
Lickel, B., Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (2001). Elements of a lay theory of groups: Types
     of groups, relational styles, and the perception of group entitativity. Personality and Social
     Psychology Review, 5, 129-140.
Lickel, B., Hamilton, D. L., Wieczorkowska, G., Lewis, A., Sherman, S. J., & Uhles, A. N.
     (2000). Varieties of groups and the perception of group entitativity. Journal of Personality
     and Social Psychology, 78, 223-246.
Lickel, B., Rutchick, A., Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (in press). Intuitive theories of group
     types and relational principles. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology.
Liden, R. C., Wayne, S. J., & Bradway, L. K. (1997). Task interdependence as a moderator of
     the relation between group control and performance. Human Relations, 50, 169-181.
Liden, R. C., Wayne, S. J., Jaworski, R. A., & Bennett, N. (2004). Social loafing: A field
     investigation. Journal of Management, 30, 285-304.
Lieberman, M. (1976). Change induction in small groups. Annual Review of Psychology, 27,
     217-250.
Lieberman, M. A. (1990). A group therapist perspective on self-help groups. International
     Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40, 251-278.
Lieberman, M. A., & Bond, G. R. (1976). Self-help groups: Problems of measuring outcomes.
     Small Group Behavior, 9, 221-241.
Lieberman, M. A., & Golant, M. (2002). Leader behaviors as perceived by cancer patients in
     professionally directed support groups and outcomes. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
     and Practice, 6, 267-276.
Lieberman, M. A., Golant, M., & Altman, T. (2004). Therapeutic norms and patient benefit:
     Cancer patients in professionally directed support groups. Group Dynamics: theory,
     Research, and Practice, 8, 265-276.
Lieberman, M. A., & Snowden, L. R. (1993). Problems in assessing prevalence and membership
     characteristics of self-help group participants. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 29,
     166-180.
Lieberman, M. A., & Videka-Sherman, L. (1986). The impact of self-help groups on the mental
     health of widows and widowers. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56, 435-449.
Lieberman, M., & Yalom, I. (1992). Brief group psychotherapy for the spousally bereaved: A
     controlled study. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 42, 117-132.
                                                                                                 164


Liebkind, K., Haaramo, J., & Jasinskaja-Lahti, I. (2000). Effects of contact and personality on
     intergroup attitudes of different professionals. Journal of Community & Applied Social
     Psychology, 9, 171-181.
Liebkind, K., Nystöm, S., Honkanummi, E., & Lange, A. (2004). Group size, group status and
     dimensions of contact as predictors of intergroup attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup
     Relations, 7, 145-160.
Liebowitz, S. J., & Holden, K. T. (1996). Are self-managing teams worthwhile? A tale of two
     companies. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 13, 461-462.
Liebrand, W. B. G. (1984). The effect of social motives, communication and group size on
     behaviour in an N-person multi-stage mixed-motive game. European Journal of Social
     Psychology, 14, 239-264.
Lietz, C. A. (2007). Strengths-based group practice: Three case studies. Social Work with
     Groups, 30(2), 73-87.
Lievens, A., & Moenaert, R. K. (2000). Project team communication in financial service
     innovation. Journal of Management Studies, 37, 733-766.
Likert, R., & Likert, J. G. (1978). A method for coping with conflict in problem-solving groups.
     Group and Organization Studies, 3, 427-434.
Lilienthal, R. A., & Hutchison, S. L. (1979). Group polarization (risky shift) in led and leaderless
     group discussions. Psychological Reports, 45, 168.
Liljenquist, K. A., Galinsky, A. D., & kray, L. J. (2004). Exploring the rabbit hole of possibilities
     or with my group: The benefits and liabilities of activating counterfvactual mind-sets for
     information sharing and group coordination. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 17,
     263-279.
Lilly, B., & Tippins, M. J. (2002). Enhancing student motivation in marketing classes: Using
     student management groups. Journal of Marketing Education, 24, 253-264.
Lim, L., & Benbasat, I. ( 1996). A framework for addressing group biases with group
     technology. Journal of Management Information Systems, 13(3), 7-24.
Lim, L., & Benbasat, I. ( 1997). The debiasing role of group support systems: An experimental
     investigation of the representative bias. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies,
     47, 453-471.
Lim, L., Raman, K. S., & Wei, K. (1994). Interacting effects of GDSS and leadership. Decision
     Support Systems, 12, 199-211.
Limayem, M., & DeSanctis, G. D. (200). Providing decisional guidance for multicriteria decision
     making in groups. Information Systems Research, 11, 386-401.
Limon, M. S., & Boster, F. J. (2001). The impact of varying argument quality and minority size
     on influencing the majority and perceptions of the minority. Communication Quarterly, 49,
     350-365.
Limon, M. S., & Boster, F. J. (2003). The effects of performance feedback on group members’
     perceptions of prestige, task competencies, group belonging, and loafing. Communication
     Research Reports, 20, 13-23.
Limon, M. S., & La France, B. H. (2005). Communication traits and leadership emergence:
     Examining the impact of argumentativeness, communication apprehension, and verbal
     aggressiveness in work groups. Southern Communication Journal, 70, 123-133.
Lind, M. R. (1999). The gender impact of temporary virtual work groups. IEEE Transactions on
     Professional Communication, 42, 276-285.
                                                                                             165


Lindeman, M. (1997). Ingroup bias, self-enhancement and group identification. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 337-355.
Lindholm, L-P., & Lundquist, B. (1973). Cooperation and independent: Studies of assessment
    techniques in observations of small groups. Didakometry and Sociometry, 5, 9-26.
Lindow, J. A., Wilkenson, L. C., & Peterson P. L. (1985). Antecedents and consequences of
    verbal disagreements during small-group learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 77,
    658-667.
Lindsay, J., Turcotte, D., Montminy, L., & Roy, C. (2003). Therapeutic factors in groups for
    abusive spouses: A review of research. Canadian Social Work, 5, 126-137.
Lindsay, J. S. (1976). On the number and size of subgroups. Human Relations, 29, 1103-1114.
Lindkvist, L. (2005). Knowledge communities and knowledge collectivities: A typology of
    knowledge work in groups. Journal of Management Studies, 42, 1189-1210.
Lindskold, S., Albert, K. P., Baer, R., & Moore, W. C. (1976). Territorial boundaries of
    interacting groups and passive audiences. Sociometry, 39, 71-76.
Lindskold, S., & Han, G. (1988). Group resistance to influence by a conciliatory member. Small
    Group Behavior, 19, 19-34.
Lindskold, S., & Collins, M. G. (1978). Inducing cooperation by groups and individuals:
    Applying Osgood’s GRIT strategy. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 679-690.
Lindskold, S., & Han, G. (1988). Group resistance to influence by a conciliatory member. Small
    Group Behavior, 19, 19-34.
Lindskold, S., McElwain, D. C., & Wayner, M. (1977). Cooperation and the use of coercion by
    groups and individuals. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 21, 531-550.
Lingard, L., Reznick, R., DeVito, I., & Espin, S. (2002). Forming professional identities on the
    health care team: Discursive constructions of the “other” in the operating room. Medical
    Education, 36, 728-734.
Lingard, L., Reznick, R., Espin, S., Regehr, G., & De Vito, I. (2002). Team communications in
    the operating room: Talk patterns, sites of tensions, implications for novices. Academic
    Medicine, 77, 232-237.
Linville, P. W., Fischer, G. W., & Salovey, P. (1989). Perceived distributions of the
    characteristics of in-group and out-group members: Empirical evidence and a computer
    simulation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 165-188.
Linville, P. W., & Jones, E. E. (1980). Polarized appraisal of out-group members. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 689-703.
Lion, C., & Gruenfeld, L. W. (1993). The behavior and personality of work group and basic
    assumption group members. Small Group Research, 24, 236-257.
Liou, Y. I., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1993). An investigation into knowledge acquisition using a
    group decision support system. Information & Management, 24, 121-132.
Lipforth, J. W. (1995). Group size and the free-rider hypothesis: An examination of new
    evidence from churches. Public Choice, 83, 291-303.
Lipgar, R. M. (1999). Guide to patient-staff large group meetings: A sociotherapeutic approach.
    Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 51-60.
Lipman, E. L., & Boyle, M. H. (2005). Social support and education groups for single mothers:
    A randomized controlled trial of a community-based program. Canadian Medical
    Association Journal, 173, 1451-1456.
Lipnack, J., & Stamps, J. (1999). Distributed teams: The new way to work. Strategy &
    Leadership, 27, 4-9.
                                                                                             166


Lippitt, R. (1939). Field theory and experiment in social psychology: Autocratic and democratic
     group atmospheres. American Journal of Sociology, 45, 26-49.
Lippitt, R. (1940). An experimental study of the effect of democratic and authoritarian group
     atmospheres. University of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare, 16, 43-195.
Lippitt, R. (1986). The small group and participatory democracy: Comment on Graebner.
     Journal of Social Issues, 42, 155-156.
Lippitt, R., Polansky, N., & Rosen, S. (1952). The dynamics of power: A field study of social
     influence in groups of children. Human Relations, 5, 37-64.
Lipponen, J., Helkama, K., & Juslin, M. (2003). Subgroup identification, superordinate
     identification and intergroup bias between the subgroups. Group Processes & Intergroup
     Relations, 6, 239-250.
List, D. (2001). The consensus group technique in social research. Field Methods, 13, 277-290.
Little, B. L., & Madigan, R. M. (1997). The relationship between collective efficacy and
     performance in manufacturing work teams. Small Group Research, 28, 517-534.
Littlepage, G. E. (1991). Effects of group size and task characteristics on group performance: A
     test of Steiner’s model. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 449-456.
Littlepage, G.E., Cowart, L., & Kerr, B. (1989). Relationship between group environment scales
     and group performance and cohesiveness. Small Group Behavior, 20, 50-61.
Littlepage, G. E., & Karau, S. J. (1997). Utility and limitations of the SHAPE-assisted intuitive
     decision-making procedure. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 200-207.
Littlepage, G. E., & Mueller, A. L. (1997). Recognition and utilization of expertise in problem-
     solving groups: Expert characteristics and behavior. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
     and Practice, 1, 324-328.
Littlepage, G. E., Robison, W., & Reddington, K. (1997). Effects of task experience and group
     experience on group performance, member ability, and recognition of expertise.
     Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 69, 133-147.
Littlepage, G. E., & Silbiger, H. (1992). Recognition of expertise in decision-making groups:
     Effects of group size and participation patterns. Small Group Research, 23, 344-355.
Littlepage, G. E., Schmidt, G. W., Whisler, E. W., & Frost, A. G. (1995). An input-process-
     output analysis of influence and performance in problem-solving groups. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 877-889.
Litwak, E., & Szelenyi, I. (1969). Primary group structures and their functions: Kin, neighbors,
     and friends. American Sociological Review, 34, 465-481.
Liu, J. H., & Allen, M. W. (1999). Evolution of political complexity in Maori Hawke’s Bay:
     Archaeological history and its challenge to intergroup theory in psychology. Group
     Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 64-80.
Liu, J. H., & Latané, B. (1998). Extremitization of attitudes: Does thought- and discussion-
     induced polarization cumulate? Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 20, 103-110.
Lobb, M. O. H. 91982). Seating arrangement as a predictor of small group interaction. Journal of
     Advanced Nursing, 7, 163-166.
Loch, C. H., Huberman, B. A., & Stout, S. (2000). Status, competition and performance in work
    groups. Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 43, 35-55.
Locke, E. A., & Latham, G. P. (2002). Building a practically useful theory of goal setting and
     task motivation: A 35-year odyssey. American Psychologist, 57, 705-717.
Lockheed, M. E. (1977). Cognitive style effects on sex status in student work groups. Journal of
     Educational Psychology, 69, 158-165.
                                                                                                167


Lockheed, M. E., Harris, A. M., & Nemceff, W. P. (1983). Sex and social influence: Does sex
    function as a status characteristic in mixed-sex groups of children? Journal of Educational
    Psychology, 75, 877-888.
Locksley, A., Ortiz, J., & Hepburn, C. (1980). Social categorization and discriminatory behavior:
    Extinguishing the minimal intergroup discrimination effect. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 39, 773-783.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (1997). Severity of initiation revisited: Does severity
    of initiation increase attractiveness in real groups? European Journal of Social Psychology,
    27, 275-300.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (2001). Affiliation during naturalistic severe and
    mild initiations: Some further evidence against the severity-attraction hypothesis. Current
    Research in Social Psychology, 4(7), 90-107.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., Wildschut, T., Syroit, J. E. E. M., & Rabbie, J. M. (1999). Competition
    between individuals and groups: Do incentives matter? A group adaptiveness perspective.
    Small Group Research, 30, 387-404.
Lodewijkx, H. F. M., Van Zomeran, M., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (2005). The anticipation of a
    severe initiation: Gender differences in effects on affiliation tendencies and group attraction.
    Small Group Research, 36, 237-262.
Lois, J. (1999). Socialization to heroism: Individualism and collectivism in a voluntary search
    and rescue group. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 117-135.
Lois, J. (2001). Managing emotions, intimacy, and relationships in a volunteer search and rescue
    group. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 30, 131-179.
Loisel, P., Falardeau, M., Baril, R., José-Durand, M., Langley, A., Sauvé, S., et al. (2005). The
   values underlying team decision-making in work rehabilitation for musculoskeletal disorders.
   Disability & Rehabilitation, 27, 561-569.
London, K., & Nunez, N. (2000). The effect of jury deliberations on jurors’ propensity to
    disregard inadmissible evidence. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 932-939.
London, M. (1975). Effects of shared information and participation on group process and
    outcomes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60, 537-543.
London, M., & Oldham, G. R. (1977). A comparison of group and individual incentive plans.
    Academy of Management Journal, 20, 34-41.
London, M., & Walsh, B. W. (1975). The development and application of a model of long-term
    group process for the study of interdisciplinary teams. Catalog of Selected Documents in
    Psychology, 5, 188.
Lonetto, R., & Williams, D. (1974). Personality, behavioural and output variables in a small
    group task situation: An examination of consensual leader and non-leader differences.
    Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 6, 59-74.
Long, L. D., & Cope, C. S. (1980). Curative factors in a male felony offender group. Small
    Group Behavior, 11, 389-398.
Long, S. (1984). Early integration in groups: “A group to join, and a group to create.” Human
    Relations, 37, 311-332.
Long, T. J., & Schultz, E. W. (1973). Empathy: A quality of an effective group leader.
    Psychological Reports, 32, 699-705.
Longley, J., & Pruitt, D. G. (1980). Groupthink: A critique of Janis’s theory. Review of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 74-93.
                                                                                              168


Lonetto, R., & Williams, D. (1974). Personality, behavioural and output variables in a small
     group task situation: An examination of consensual leader and non-leader differences.
     Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 6, 59-74.
Loo, R., & Loewen, P. (2002). A confirmatory factor-analytic and psychometric examination of
     the Team Climate Inventory. Small Group Research, 33, 254-265.
Lord, R. G. (1976). Group performance as a function of leadership behavior and task structure:
     Toward an explanatory theory. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 17, 76-
     96.
Lord, R. G., Phillips, J. S., & Rush, M. C. (1980). Effects of sex and personality on perceptions
     of emergent leadership, influence, and social power. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65,
     176-182.
Lorenzi-Cioldi, F. (1993). They all look alike and so do we . . . sometimes: Perceptions of in-
     group and out-group homogeneity as a function of sex and context. British Journal of Social
     Psychology, 32, 111-124.
Lorenzi-Cioldi, F, Deaux, R., & Dafflon, A. (1998). Group homogeneity as a function of relative
     social status. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 57, 255-273.
Lorge, I., Aikman, L., Moss, G., Spiegel, J., & Tuckman, J. (1955). Solutions by teams and by
     individuals to a field problem at different levels of reality. Journal of Educational
     Psychology, 46, 17-24.
Lorge, I., Fox, D., Davitz, J., & Brenner, M. (1958). A survey of studies contrasting quality of
     group performance and individual performance, 1920-1957. Psychological Bulletin, 55, 337-
     372.
Lorge, I., & Solomon, H. (1955). Two models of group behavior in the solution of eureka-type
     problems. Psychometrika, 20, 139-148.
Lott, A. J., & Lott, B. E. (1965). Group cohesiveness as interpersonal attraction: A review of
     relationships with antecedent and consequent variables. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 259-30
Lott, A. J., & Lott, B. E. (1966). Group cohesiveness and individual learning. Journal of
     Educational Psychology, 57, 61-73.
Lou, H., & Scamell, R. W. (1996). Acceptance of groupware: The relationships among use,
     satisfaction, and outcomes. Journal of Organizational Computing and Electronic
     Commerce, 6, 173-190.
Lou, Y., Abrami, P. C., Spence, J. C., Poulsen, C., Chambers, B., & d’Appollonia, S. (1996).
     Within-class grouping: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 66, 423-458.
Lowry, P. B., Roberts, T. L., Romano, N. C., Jr., Cheney, P. D., & Hightower, R. T. (2006). The
     impact of group size and social presence on small-group communication: Does computer-
     mediated communication make a difference? Small Group Research, 37, 631-661.
Luche, C., & Magnier, J. P. (1978). Group development: Effects on intergroup and intragroup
     relations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 387-391.
Loughead, T. M., Coleman, M. M., & Carron, A. V. (2001). Investigating the mediational
     relationship of leadership, class cohesion, and adherence in an exercise setting. Small Group
     Research, 32, 558-575.
Louis, W. R., & Taylor, D. M. (2002). Understanding the September 11th terrorist attach on
     America: The role of intergroup theories of normative influence. Analysis of Social Issues
     and Public Policy, 2, 87-100.
                                                                                              169


Louis, W. R., Taylor, D. M., & Douglas, R. L. (2005). Normative influence and rational conflict
    decision: group norms and cost-benefit analyses for intergroup behavior. Group Processes
    & Intergroup Relations, 8, 355-374.
Louis, W., & Terry, D. (2003). Whom to fight when about what: Social identity and strategic
    decisions in multi-group conflicts. Australian Journal of Psychology, 55, 51-56.
Lovaglia, M. J., & Houser, J. A. (1996). Emotional reactions and status in groups. American
    Sociological Review, 61, 867-883.
Lovelace, K., Shapiro, D. L., & Weingart, L. R. (2001). Maximizing cross-functional new
    product teams’ innovativeness and constraint adherence: A conflict communications
    perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 779-793.
Lovett, L., & Lovett, J. (1991). Group therapeutic factors on an alcohol in-patient unit. British
    Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 365-370.
Lowry, P. B., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (2003). Using internet-based, distributed collaborative
    writing tools to improve coordination and group awareness in writing teams. IEEE
    Transactions on Professional Communication, 46, 277-297.
Lu, M., Watson-Manheim, M., Chudoba, K., & Wynn, E. (2006). Virtuality and team
    performance: Understanding the impact of variety of practices. Journal of Global
    Information Technology Management, 9, 4-23.
Lubin, H., Loris, M., Burt, J., & Johnson, D. (1998). Efficacy of psychoeducational group
    therapy in reducing symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder among mutiply traumatized
    women. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 1172-1177.
Lucas, J. W., & Lovaglia, M. J. (1998). Leadership status, gender, group-size, and emotion in
    face-to-face groups. Sociological Perspective, 41, 617-637.
Luhtanen, R., & Crocker, J. (1992). A collective self-esteem scale: Self-evaluation of one’s
    social identity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 302-318.
Luke, D. A., Roberts, L., & Rappaport, J. (1993). Individual, group context, and individual-
    group fit predictors of self-help group attendance. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science,
    29, 216-238.
Lumsden, G. (1974). An experimental study of the effect of verbal agreement on leadership
    maintenance in problem-solving discussion. Central States Speech Journal, 25, 270-276.
Lundberg, C., & Lundberg, J. (1974). Encounter co-training: Benefits and pitfalls. Training and
    Development Journal, 28(10), 20-26.
Lundberg, G. A. (1940). Some problems of group classification and measurement. American
    Sociological Review, 5, 351-360.
Lundgren, D. C. (1971). Trainer style and patterns of group development. Journal of Applied
    Behavioral Science, 7, 689-709.
Lundgren, D. C. (1974). Trainer-member influence in T groups: One-way or two-way? Human
    Relations, 27, 755-766.
Lundgren, D. C. (1975). Interpersonal needs and member attitudes toward trainer and group.
    Small Group Behavior, 6, 371-388.
Lundgren, D. C. (1977). Developmental trends in the emergence of interpersonal issues in T
    groups. Small Group Behavior, 8, 179-200.
Lundgren, D. C., & Bogart, D. H. (1974a). Group size, member dissatisfaction, and group
    radicalism. Human Relations, 27, 339-355.
Lundgren, D., & Knight, D. J. (1974b). Leadership styles and member attitudes in T groups.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1, 263-266.
                                                                                             170


Lundgren, D., & Knight, D. (1977). Trainer styles and member attitudes in T groups. Small
    Group Behavior, 8, 47-64.
Lundgren, D., & Knight, D. J. (1978). Sequential stages of development in sensitivity training
    groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 14, 204-222.
Lundgren, D. C., & Schaeffer, C. (1976). Feedback processes in sensitivity training groups.
    Human Relations, 29, 763-782.
Luong, A., & Rogelberg, S. G. (2005). Meetings and more meetings: The relationship between
    meeting load and the daily well-being of employees. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
    and Practice, 9, 58-67.
Lurey, J. S., & Raisinghani, M. S. (2001). An empirical study of best practices in virtual teams.
    Information & Management, 38, 523-544.
Luther, N. (2000). Integrity testing and job performance within high performance work teams: A
    short note. Journal of Business and Psychology, 15, 19-25.
Lyle, J. (1961). Communication, group atmosphere, productivity, and morale in small task
    groups. Human Relations, 14, 369-379.
Ma, J. L. C. (1992). Social support, mutual aid groups, the mentally ill and their families. Hong
    Kong Journal of Mental Health, 21, 16-27.
Maass, A. (1999). Linguistic intergroup bias: Stereotype perpetuation through language.
    Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 79-121.
Maass, A., Ceccarelli, R., & Rudin, S. (1996). Linguistic intergroup bias: Evidence for in-group-
    protective motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 512-526.
Maass, A., & Clark, R. D., III. (1984). Hidden impact of minorities: Fifteen years of minority
    influence research. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 428-450.
Maass, A., Milesi, A., Zabbini, S., & Stahlberg, D. (1995). Linguistic intergroup bias:
    Differential expectancies or in-group protection? Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 68, 116-126.
Maass, A., Salvi, D., Arcuri, L., & Semin, G. (1989). Language use in intergroup contexts: The
    linguistic intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 981-993.
Maass, A., West, S. G., & Cialdini, R. B. (1987). Minority influence and conversion. Review of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 55-79.
Mabry, E. A. (1975a). Exploratory analysis of a developmental model for task-oriented small
    groups. Human Communication Research, 2, 66-74.
Mabry, E. A. (1975b). An instrument for assessing content themes in group interaction.
    Communication Monographs, 42, 291-297.
Mabry, E. A. (1975c). Sequential structure of interaction in encounter groups. Human
    Communication Research, 1, 302-307.
Mabry, E. A. (1985). The effects of gender composition and task structure on small group
    interaction. Small Group Behavior, 16, 75-96.
Mabry, E. A. (1989). Developmental aspects of nonverbal behavior in small group settings.
    Small Group Behavior, 20, 190-202.
Mabry, E. A., & Attridge, M. D. (1990). Small group interaction and outcome correlates for
    structured and unstructured tasks. Small Group Research, 21, 315-332.
MacCoun, R., & Kerr, N. L. (1988). Asymmetric influence in mock jury deliberations: Jurors’
    bias for leniency. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 21-33.
MacDevitt, J. W. (1987). Conceptualizing therapeutic components of group work. Journal for
    Specialists in Group Work, 12, 78-84.
                                                                                             171


MacDevitt, J. W., & Sanislow, C., III. (1987). Curative factors in offender groups. Small Group
   Behavior, 18, 72-81.
MacGowan, M. J., & Levenson, J. S. (2003). Psychometrics of the Group Engagement Measure
   with male sex offenders. Small Group Research, 34, 155-169.
MacKenzie, K. R. (1981). Measurement of group climate. International Journal of Group
   Psychotherapy, 31, 287-295.
MacKenzie, K. R. (1987). Therapeutic factors in group psychotherapy: A contemporary view.
   Group, 11, 26-31.
MacKenzie, K. R. (1997). Clinical application of group development ideas. Group Dynamics:
   Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 275-287.
Mackenzie, R. (1995). Time limited group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group
   Psychotherapy, 46, 41-59.
Mackie, D. M. (1986). Social identification effects in group polarization. Journal of Personality
   and Social Psychology, 50, 720-728.
Mackie, D. M. (1987). Systematic and nonsystematic processing of majority and minority
   persuasive communications. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 41-52.
Mackie, D. M., & Cooper, J. (1984). Attitude polarization: Effects of group membership.
   Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 575-585.
Mackie, D. M., Devos, T., & Smith, E. R. (2000). Intergroup emotions: Explaining offensive
   action tendencies in an intergroup context. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
   79, 602-616.
Mackie, D. M. Gastardo-Conaco, M. C., & Skelly, J. J. (1992). Knowledge of the advocated
   position and the processing of ingroup and outgroup persuasive messages. Personality and
   Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 145-151.
Mackie, D. M., & Smith, E. R. (1998). Intergroup relations: Insights from a theoretically
   integrative approach. Psychological Review, 105, 499-529.
Mackie, D. M., Worth, L., & Asuncion, A. (1990). Processing of persuasive in-group messages.
   Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 812-822.
MacKinnon, G. E. III. (2000). Facilitating the understanding of the formulary decision making
   process using group projects. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 64, 54-58.
MacKinnon, W. J., & Anderson, L. M. (1976). The SPAN III computer program for synthesizing
   group decisions: Weighting participants’ judgments in proportion to confidence. Behavior
   Research Methods and Instrumentation, 8, 409-410.
MacNair-Semands, R. R. (2002). Predicting attendance and expectations for group therapy.
   Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 219-228.
MacNair-Semands, R. R., & Lese, K. P. (2000). Interpersonal problems and the perception of
   therapeutic factors in group therapy. Small Group Research, 31, 158-174.
MacNeil, M. K., Davis, L. E., & Pace, D. J. (1975). Group status displacement under stress: A
   serendipitous finding. Sociometry, 38, 293-307.
Macpherson, N. (1977). Adaptation of groups to Antartic isolation. Polar Record, 18, 581-585.
MacPherson, R., Jones, A., Whitehouse, C. R., & O’Neill, P. A. (2001). Small group learning in
   the final year of a medical degree: A quantitative and qualitative evaluation. Medical
   Teacher, 23, 494-502.
Macy, J., Jr., Christie, L. S., & Luce, R. D. (1953). Coding noise in a task-oriented group.
   Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 401-409.
                                                                                             172


Madsen, D. B. (1978). Issue importance and choice shifts: A persuasive arguments approach.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 1118-1127.
Madsen, D. B., & Finger, J. R., Jr. (1978). Comparison of a written feedback procedure, group
    brainstorming, and individual brainstorming. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 120-123.
Maddux, W. W., & Brewer, M. B. (2005). Gender differences in the relational and collective
    bases for trust. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 159-171.
Magaro, P. A., & Ashbrook, R. M. (1985). The personality of societal groups. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1479-1489.
Magen, R., & Glajchen, M. (1999). Cancer support groups: Client outcome and the context of
    group process. Research on Social Work Practice, 9, 541-554.
Mager, W., & Milich, R., & Harris, M., & Howard, A. (2005). Intervention groups for
    adolescents with conduct problems: Is aggregation harmful or helpful? Journal of Abnormal
    Child Psychology, 33, 349-347.
Magill, R. S. (1993). Focus groups, program evaluation and the poor. Journal of Sociology and
    Social Welfare, 20, 103-114.
Maier, N. R. (1950). The quality of group decisions as influenced by the discussion leader.
    Human Relations, 3, 155-174.
Maier, N. R. F. (1953). An experimental test of the effect of training on discussion leadership.
    Human Relations, 3, 155-174.
Maier, N. R. F. (1967). Assets and liabilities in group problem-solving: The need for an
    integrative function. Psychological Review, 74, 239-249.
Maier, N. R. F. (1970). Male versus female discussion leaders. Personnel Psychology, 23, 455-
    471.
Maier, N. R. F., & Hoffman, L. R. (1960). Quality of first and second solutions in group
    dynamics. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44, 278-283.
Maier, N. R. F., & Maier, R. A. (1957). An experimental test of the effects of “development” vs.
    “free” discussions on the quality of group decisions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 41,
    320-323.
Maier, N. R. F., & Solem, A. R. (1952). The contribution of a discussion leader to the quality of
    group thinking: The effective use of minority opinions. Human Relations, 5, 277-288.
Maines, D. R. (1984). The sand and the castle: Some remarks concerning G. P. Stone’s critique
    of small group research. Studies in Symbolic Interaction, 5, 23-34.
Maitland, K. A., & Goldman, J. R. (1974). Moral judgment as a function of peer group
    interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 699-704.
Majchrazak, A., Malhotra, A., Stamps, J., & Lipnak, J. (2004). Can absence make a team group
    stronger? Harvard Business Review, 82(5), 131-140.
Majchrzak, A., Rice, R., King, N., Malhotra, A., & Ba, S. (2000). Computer-mediated
    interorganizational knowledge-sharing: Insights from a virtual team innovating using a
    collaborative tool. Information Resource Management Journal, 13, 44-53.
Majchrzak, A., Rice, R., Malhotra, A., King, N., & Ba, S. (2000). Technology adaptation: The
    case of a computer-supported inter-organizational virtual team. MIS Quarterly, 24, 569-600.
Major, B. (1994). From social inequality to personal entitlement: The role of social comparisons,
    appraisals, and group memberships. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 293-
    355.
                                                                                            173


Major, B., Gramzow, R. H., McCoy, S. K., Levin, S., Schmader, T., & Sidanius, J. (2002).
    Perceiving personal discrimination: The role of group status and legitimizing ideology.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 269-282.
Major, B., Quintoin, W. J., & Schmader, T. (2003). Attributions to discrimination and self
    esteem: Impact of group identification and situational ambiguity. Journal of Experimental
    Social Psychology, 38, 220-231.
Major, B., Schiacchitano, A. M., & Crocker, J. (1993). In-group versus out-group comparisons
    and self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 711-721.
Majuika, R. J., & Baldwin, T. T. (1991). Team-based employee involvement programs for
    continuous organizational improvement: Effects of design and administration. Personnel
    Psychology, 44, 793-812.
Malekoff, A. (1994). Moments and madness: Humanizing the scapegoat in the group. Journal of
    Child and Adolescent Group Therapy, 4, 171-176.
Mallinger, M. A. (1981). Effective coping: A study of behavior in stressful small group
    situations. Small Group Behavior, 12, 269-284.
Mamali, C., & Paunn, G. (1982). Group size and the genesis of subgroups: Objective restrictions.
    Revue Roumaine des Sciences Sociales Serie de Psychologie, 26, 139-148.
Mamola. C. (1979). Women in mixed groups: Some research findings. Small Group Behavior,
    10, 431-440.
Man, D. C., & Lam, S. S. K. (2003). The effects of job complexity and autonomy on
    cohesiveness in collectivistic and individualistic work groups: A cross-cultural analysis.
    Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 979-1001.
Mangham, I. (1977). Definitions, interactions, and disengagement: Notes towards a theory of
    intervention processes in T-groups. Small Group Behavior, 8, 487-510.
Mann, L. (1969). Queue culture. The waiting line as a social system. American Journal of
    Sociology, 75, 340-354.
Mann, L. (1970). The psychology of waiting lines. American Scientist, 58, 390-398.
Mann, L. (1977). The effect of stimulus queues on queue-joining behaviour. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 6, 437-442.
Mann, L. (1981). The baiting crowd in episodes of threatened suicide. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 41, 703-709.
Mann, L., Newton, J. W., & Innes, J. M. (1982). A test between deindividuation and emergent
    norm theories of crowd aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 260-
    272.
Mann, R. D. (1959). A review of the relationships between personality and performance in small
    groups. Psychological Bulletin, 56, 241-270.
Madd, R. D. (1961). Dimensions of individual performance in small groups under task and
    socio-emotional conditions. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62, 674-682.
Mann, R. D. (1966). The development of member and member-trainer relationships in self-
    analytic groups. Human Relations, 19, 85-115.
Manning, B. A., Pierce-Jones, J., & Parelman, R. L. (1974). Cooperative, trusting behavior in a
    “culturally deprived” mixed-ethnic group population. Journal of Social Psychology, 92, 133-
    144.
Manning, F. J., & Fullerton, T. D. (1988). Health and well being in highly cohesive units of the
    U.S. Army. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 18, 503-519.
                                                                                              174


Mannix, E. A. (1993). Organizations as resource dilemmas: The effects of power balance on
   coalition formation in small groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
   Processes, 55, 1-22.
Mannix, E., & Neale, M. A. (2005). What differences make a difference? The promise and
   reality of diverse teams in organizations. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 6, 31-
   55.
Mannix, E. A., Thompson, L. L., & Bazerman, M. H. (1989). Negotiation in small groups.
   Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 508-517.
Manz, C. C. (1992). Self-leading work teams: Moving beyond self-management myths. Human
   Relations, 45, 1119-1140.
Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P., Jr. (1982). The potential for groupthink in autonomous work groups.
   Human Relations, 35, 773-784.
Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P., Jr. (1984). Searching for the “unleader”: Organizational member
   views on leading self-managed groups. Human Relations, 37, 409-424.
Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P. (1987). Leading workers to lead themselves: The external leadership
   of self-managing work teams. Administrative Science Quarterly, 32, 106-128.
Manzo, J. (1993). Jurors’ narratives of personal experience in deliberation talk. Text, 13, 267-
   290.
Manzo, J. (1996). Taking turn and taking sides: Opening scenes from two jury deliberations.
   Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 107-125
Maoz, I. (2000a). An experiment in peace: Reconciliation-aimed workshops of Jewish-Israeli
   and Palestinian youth. Journal of Peace Research, 37, 721-736.
Maoz, I. (2000b). Multiple conflicts and competing agendas: A framework for conceptualizing
   structured encounters between groups in conflict—The case of a coexistence project of Jews
   and Palestinians in Israel. Peace and Conflict: Journal Peace Psychology, 6, 135-156.
Maoz, I. (2000c). Power relations in intergroup encounters: A case study of Jewish-Arab
   encounters in Israel. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24, 259-277.
Maoz, I. (2001). Participation, control, and dominance in communication between groups in
   conflict: Analysis of dialogues between Jews and Palestinians in Israel. Social Justice
   Research, 14, 189-208.
Maoz, I., & Bar-On, D. (2002). From working through the Holocaust to current ethnic conflicts:
   Evaluating the TRT group workshop in Hamburg. Group, 26, 29-48.
Maoz, I., Bar-On, D., Steinberg, S., & Farkhadeen, M. (in press). The dialogue between the
   “self” and the “other”: A process analysis of Palestinian-Jewish encounters in Israel. Human
   Relations.
Maples, M. F. (1988). Group development: Extending Tuckman’s theory. Journal for Specialists
   in Group Work, 13, 17-23.
Marcus, D. K. (1998). Studying group dynamics with the social relations model. Group
   Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 230-240.
Marcus, D. K., & Kashy, D. A. (1995). The social relations model: A tool for group
   psychotherapy research. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 42, 383-389.
Marcus-Newhall, A., Miller, N., Holtz, R., & Brewer, M. B. (1993). Cross-cutting category
   membership with role assignment: A means of reducing intergroup bias. British Journal of
   Social Psychology, 32, 125-146.
Marcy, M. R., & Fromme, D. K. (1979). Group modification of affective verbalizations: “Here-
   and-now” and valance effects. Small Group Behavior, 10, 547-556.
                                                                                             175


Markham, S. E., & McKee, G. H. (1995). Group absence behavior and standards: A multilevel
   analysis. Academy of Management Journal, 38, 1174-1190.
Markovitz, R. J., & Smith, J. E. (1983). Patients’ perceptions of curative factors in short term
   group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 21-39.
Marks, M. A. (2000). A critical analysis of computer simulations for conducting team research.
   Small Group Research, 31, 653-675.
Marks, M. A., Mathieu, J. E., & Zaccaro, S. J. (2001). A temporally based framework and
   taxonomy of team processes. Academy of Management Review, 26, 356-376.
Marks, M. A., & Panzer, F. J. (2004). The influence of team monitoring on team processes and
   performance. Human Performance, 17, 25-41.
Marks, M. A., Sabella, M. J., Burke, C. S., & Zaccaro, S. J. (2002). The impact of cross-training
   on team effectiveness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 3-13.
Marks, M. A. Zaccaro, S. J., & Mathieu, J. E. (2000). Performance implications of leader
   briefings and team-interaction training for team adaptation to novel environments. Journal
   of Applied Psychology, 85, 971-986.
Marks, M. L., Mirvis, P. H., Grady, F. & Hackett, E. J. (1985). Employee participation in a
   quality circle program: Impact on quality of work life, productivity, and absenteeism.
   Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 61-69.
Marks, M. W., & Vestre, N. D. (1974). Self-perception and interpersonal behavior changes in
   marathon and time-extended encounter groups. Journal of Consulting and Clinical
   Psychology, 42, 729-733.
Markus, H. (1978). The effect of mere presence on social facilitation: An unobtrusive test.
   Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 389-397.
Marmar, C. R., Horowitz, M. J., Weiss, D. S., & Wilner, N. R. (1988). A controlled trial of brief
   psychotherapy and mutual-help group treatment of conjugal bereavement. American Journal
   of Psychiatry, 145, 203-209.
Marmarosh, C. L., & Corazzini, J. G. (1997). Putting the group in your pocket: Using collective
   identity to enhance personal and collective self-esteem. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
   and Practice, 1, 65-74.
Marmarosh, C., Holz, A., & Schottenbaur, M. (2005). Group cohesiveness, group-derived
   collective self-esteem, group-derived hope, and the well-being of group therapy members.
   Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 32-44.
Marotta, S., & Asner, K. (1999). Group psychotherapy for women with a history of incest: The
   research base. Journal of Counseling and Development, 77, 315-323.
Marple, C. H. (1933). The comparative susceptibility of three age levels to the suggestion of
   group versus expert opinion. Journal of Social Psychology, 10, 3-40.
Marquart, D. I. (1955). Group problem solving. Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 103-113.
Marques, J. M., Abrams, D., Paez, D., & Matinez-Taboada, C. (1998). The role of categorization
   and in-group norms in judgments of groups and their members. Journal of Personality and
   Social Psychology, 75, 976-988.
Marques, J. M., Abrams, D., & Serodio, R. (2001). Being better by being right: Subjective group
   dynamics and derogation of in-group deviants when generic norms are undermined. Journal
   of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 436-447.
Marques, J., Abrahms, D., Paez, D., & Martinez-Taboada, C. (1998). The role of categorization
   and in-group norms in judgments of groups and their members. Journal of Personality and
   Social Psychology, 75, 976-988.
                                                                                             176


Marques, J. M., & Páez, D. (1994). The “black sheep effect”: Social categorization, rejection of
    ingroup deviates, and perception of group variability. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 5, 37-68.
Marques, J. M., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (1988). The black sheep effect: Judgmental extremity towards
    ingroup members in inter- and intra-group situations. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 18, 287-292.
Marques, J. M., Yzerbyt, V. Y., & Leyens, J. P. (1988). The “black sheep effect”: Extremity of
    judgments towards ingroup members as a function of group identification. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 1-16.
Marr, T. J. (1974). Conciliation and verbal responses as functions of orientation and threat in
    group interaction. Speech Monographs, 41, 6-18.
Marsden, J. R., & Mathiyalankan, S. (1999). A mutisession comparative study of group size and
    group performance in an electronic meeting system environment. IEEE Transcations on
    Systems, Man and Cybernetics, 29(2, Part C), 169-185.
Marsh, C. (1931). Group treatment for the psychosis by the psychological equivalent of the
    revival. Mental Hygiene, 15, 328-349.
Marshall, J. E., & Heslin, R. (1975). Boys and girls together: Sexual composition and the effect
    of density and group size on cohesiveness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    31, 952-961.
Marshall, N. P., Pederson, L. M., & Weller, E. M. (1978). Interactional analysis of the task and
    maintenance behaviors of college men and women in problem-solving small-group
    interaction. Catalog of Selected Documents in Psychology, 8, 61-62.
Marshall, R. J. (1999). Facilitating cooperation and creativity in group supervision. Modern
    Psychoanalysis, 24, 181-186.
Martell, R. F., & Guzzo, R. A. (1991). The dynamics of implicit theories of group: When and
    how do they operate? Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50, 51-74.
Martens, R., & Peterson, J. A. (1971). Group cohesiveness as a determinant of success and
    member satisfaction is team performance. International Review of Sport Sociology, 6, 49-71.
Martin, J. D. (1979). Suspicion of confederates by group members. Small Group Behavior, 10,
    284-294.
Martin, L., & Jacobs, M. (1980). Structured feedback delivered in small groups. Small Group
    Behavior, 11, 88-107.
Martin P. Y., &. Shanahan, K. (1983). Transcending the effects of sex composition in small
    groups. Social Work in Groups, 6, 19-32.
Martin, R., & Davids, K. (1995). The effects of group development techniques on a professional
    athletic team. Journal of Social Psychology, 135, 533-535.
Martin, R., & Hewstone, M. (2003). Majority and minority influence: When, not whether, source
    status instigates heuristic or systematic processing. European Journal of Social Psychology,
    33, 313-330.
Martin, V., & Thomas, M. C. (2000). A model psychoeducation group for shy college students.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 79-88.
Martins, L. L., & Gilson, L. L. (2004). Virtual teams: What do we know and where do we go
    from here. Journal of Management, 30, 805-835.
Martins, L. L., Milliken, F. J., Wisenfeld, B. M., & Salgada, S. R. (2003). Racioethnic diversity
     and group member’s experiences: The role of racioethnic diversity of the organizational
     context. Group & Organization Management, 28, 75-106.
                                                                                           177


Martz, W. B., Jr., & Shepherd, M. M. (2000). A discussion of process losses in GSS: Exploring
     the consensus gap. Informatica, 24, 167-174.
Martz, W. B., Jr., & Shepherd, M. M. (2004). Group consensus: The impact of multiple
     dialogues. Group Decision and Negotiation, 13, 315.
Martz, W. B., Vogel, D. R., & Nunamaker, J. F., Jr. (1992). Electronic meeting systems: Results
    from the field. Decision Support Systems, 8, 141-158.
Maruping, L. M., & Agarwal, R. (2004). Managing team interpersonal processes through
    technology: A task-technology fit perspective. Journal of Management Information Systems,
    19, 129-155.
Marwell, G., & Ames, R. E. (1979). Experiments on the provision of public good. I. Resources,
    group size, and the free-rider problem. American Journal of Sociology, 84, 1335-1360.
Mason, C. M. (2006). Exploring the processes underlying within-group homogeneity. Small
    Group Research, 37, 233-270.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2002). Group task satisfaction: Applying the construct of job
    satisfaction to groups. Small Group Research, 33, 271-312.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2003a). Group absenteeism and positive affective tone: A
    longitudinal study. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 667-687.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2003b). Identifying group task satisfaction at work. Small
    Group Research, 34, 413-442.
Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2005). Group task satisfaction: The group’s shared attitude to
    the task and work environment. Group and Organization Management, 30, 625-652.
Mason, D. A., & Good, T., L. (1993). Effects of two-group and whole-class teaching on
    regrouped elementary students’ mathematics achievement. American Educational Research
    Journal, 30, 328-360.
Massey, A. P., & Clapper, D. L. (1995). Element finding: The impact of a group support system
    on a crucial phase of sense making. Journal of Management Information Systems, 11, 149-
    176.
Massey, A. P., Montoya-Weiss, M. M., & Hung, Y. (2003). Because time matters: Temporal
    coordination in global virtual project teams. Journal of Management Information Systems,
    19, 129-155.
Materska, M. (1982). Serial transmission and processing of information in chains of small task-
    solving groups. Polish Psychological Bulletin, 13, 53-61.
Mathes, E. W., & Guest, T. A. (1976). Anonymity and group antisocial behavior. Journal of
    Social Psychology, 100, 257-262.
Mathewson, K., Cole, B., & Majka, K. (2003). Dissidence from within: Examining the effects of
    intergroup context on group members’ reactions to attitudinal opposition. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 161-169.
Mathews, C. O. (1992). An application of general system theory (GST) to group therapy.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 17, 161-169.
Mathews, R. C., Lane, I. M., Reber, R. A. Buco, S. M., Chaney, C. M., & Erffmeyer, R. C.
    (1982). Toward designing optimal problem-solving procedures: Comparisons of male and
    female interacting groups. Group and Organization Studies, 7, 497-507.
Mathieu, J. E., Goodwin, G. F., Heffner, T. S., Salas, E., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (2000). The
    influence of shared mental models on team process and performance. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 85, 273-283.
                                                                                              178


Mathis, R. D., Tanner, Z. (2000). Structured group activities with family-of-origin themes.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 89-103.
Maton, K. I. (1993). Moving beyond the individual level of analysis in mutual help group
    research: An ecological paradigm. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 29, 272-286.
Matsui, T., Takashi, K., & Onglatco, M. L. (1987). Effects of goals and feedback on
    performance in groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 73, 407-415.
Matthews, J., & Bendig, A. W. (1955). The index of agreement: A possible criterion for
    measuring the outcome of group discussion. Speech Monographs, 22, 39-42.
Maxmen, J. (1973). Group therapy as viewed by hospitalized patients. Archives of General
    Psychiatry, 28, 404-408.
Maxmen, J. (1978). An educative model for in-patient group therapy. International Journal of
    Group Psychotherapy, 28, 321-338.
May, G. L., & Gueldenzoph, L. E. (2006). The effect of social style on peer evaluation ratings in
    project teams. Journal of Business Communication, 43, 4-20.
Mayer, M. E. (1985). Explaining choice shift: An effects coded model. Communication
    Monographs, 52, 92-101.
Mayer, M. E. (1998). Behaviors leading to more effective decisions in small groups embedded in
    organizations. Communication Reports, 11, 123-132.
Mayer, M. E., Sonoda, K. T., & Gudykunst, W. B. (1997). The effect of time pressure and type
    of information on decision quality. Southern Communication Journal, 62, 280-292.
Maznevski, M. L. (1994). Understanding our differences: Performance in decision-making
    groups with diverse members. Human Relations, 47, 531-552.
Maznevski, M. L., & Chudoba, K. M. (2000). Bridging space over time: Global virtual team
    dynamics and effectiveness. Organizational Science, 11, 473-492.
Mazur, A. (1973). A cross-species comparison of status in established small groups. American
    Sociological Review, 38, 513-529.
Mazur, A. (1985). A biosocial model of status in face-to-face primate groups. Social Forces, 64,
    377-402.
McAuliffe, B. J., Jetten, J., Hornsey, M. J., & Hogg, M. A. (2003). Individualist and collectivist
    group norms: When it’s OK to go your own way. European Journal of Social Psychology,
    33, 57-70.
McCallum, D. M., Harring, K., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Chase, J., Insko, C. A., & Thibaut, J.
    (1985). Competition and cooperation between groups and between individuals. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 301-320.
McCallum, M., & Piper, W. E. (1990). A controlled study of effectiveness and patient suitability
    for short-term group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40,
    431-452.
McCallum, M., & Piper, W. E. (1999). Personality disorders and response to group-oriented
    evening treatment. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 3-14.
McCallum, M., Piper, W. E., Ogrodniczuk, J. S., & Joyce, A. S. (2002). Early process and
    dropping out from short-term group therapy for complicated grief. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 243-254.
McCallum, R., Rusbult, C. E., Hong, G. K., Walden, T., & Schopler, J. (1979). Effects of
    resource availability and importance of behavior on the experience of crowding. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1304-1313.
                                                                                             179


McCammon, S. L., & Long, T. E. (1993). A post-tornado support group: Survivors and
   professionals in concert. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 131-148.
McCann, C. D., Baranski, J. V., Thompson, M. M., & Pigeau, R. A. (2000). On the utility of
   experimental cross-training for team decision-making under time stress. Ergonomics, 43,
   1095-1110.
McCann, C. D., Ostrom, T. M., Tyner, L. K., & Mitchell, M. L. (1985). Person perception in
   heterogeneous groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1449-1459.
McCanne, L. P. (1977). Dimensions of participant goals, expectations, and perceptions in small
   group experiences. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 13, 533-541.
McCarrick, A. K., Manderscheid, R. W. & Silbergeld, S. (1981). Gender differences in
   competition and dominance during married-couples group therapy. Social Psychology
   Quarterly, 44, 164-177.
McCarthy, M. M., Thompson, A., Rivers, S., & Jahanzeb, M. (1999). The benefits of support
   group participation to lung cancer survivors: An evaluation. Clinical Lung Cancer, 1, 110-
   117.
McCauley, C. (1989). The nature of social influence in groupthink: Compliance and
   internalization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 250-260.
McCauley, C. (1998). Groupthink dynamics in Janis’s theory of groupthink: Backward and
   forward. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 142-162.
McClernon, T. R., & Swanson, R. A. (1995). Team building: An experimental investigation of
   the effects of computer-based and facilitator-based interventions on work groups. Human
   Resource Development Quarterly, 6, 39-58.
McClintock, E., & Sonquist, J. A. (1976). Cooperative task-oriented groups in a college
   classroom: A field application. Journal of Educational Psychology, 68, 588-596.
McClure, B. A. (1987). Metaphoric illumination in groups. Small Group Behavior, 18, 179-187.
McCluskey, U. (2002). The dynamics of attachment and systems-centered group psychotherapy.
   Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 131-142.
McConnell, A. R., Sherman, S. J., & Hamilton, D. L. (1997). Target entitativity: Implications for
   information processing about individual and group targets. Journal of Personality and
   Social Psychology, 72, 750-762.
McCorcle, M. D. (1982). Critical issues in the functioning of interdisciplinary groups. Small
   Group Behavior, 13, 291-310.
McCorkle, L. W., & Elias, A. (1960). Group therapy in correctional institutions. Federal
   Probation, 24, 57-63.
McCormick, M. B., Lundgren, E. F., & Cecil, E. A. (1980). Group search and decision-making
   processes: A laboratory test of Soelberg’s confirmation hypothesis. Journal of Social
   Psychology, 100, 79-86.
McCoy, S. K., & Major, B. (2003). Group identification moderates emotional responses to
   perceived prejudice. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1005-1017.
McCrimmon, M. (1995). Teams without roles: Empowering teams for greater creativity. Journal
   of Management Development, 14, 35-41.
McCrone, P., Beecham, J., & Knapp, M. (1994). Community psychiatric nurse teams: Cost-
   effectiveness of intensive support versus generic care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 165,
   218-221.
McCurdy, H. G., & Lambert, W. E. (1952). The efficiency of small human groups in the solution
   of problems requiring genuine co-operation. Journal of Personality, 20, 478-494.
                                                                                             180


McDermut, W., Miller, I. W., & Brown, R. A. (2001). The efficacy of group psychotherapy for
   depression: A meta-analysis and review of the empirical research. Evidence-Based Mental
   Health, 4(3), 82-101.
McDonough, E. F., III, Kahn, K. B., & Barczak, G. (2001a). Effectively managing global,
   collocated, and distributed new product development teams. Journal of Product Innovation
   Management, 18, 110-120.
McDonough, E. F., III, Kahn, K. B., & Barczak, G. (2001b). An investigation of the use of
   global, virtual, and colocated new product development teams. Journal of Product
   Innovation Management, 18, 110-120.
McFarland, P., & Sanders, S. (2000). Educational support groups for male caregivers of
   individuals with Alzheimer’s disease. American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, 15, 367-
   373.
McFarland, W., Link, B., Dushay, R., Marchal, J., & Crilly, J. (1995). Psychoeducational
   multiple family groups: Four-year relapse outcome in schizophrenia. Family Process, 34,
   127-144.
McFarland, W., Lukens, E., Link, B., Dushay, R., Deakins, S., Newmark, M., et al. (1995).
   Multiple-family groups and psychoeducation in the treatment of schizophrenia. Archives of
   General Psychiatry, 52, 679-687.
McGaffey, T. N. (1976). Motivational determinants of decision-making in a triadic coalition
   game. Journal of General Psychology, 94, 167-185.
McGarty, C., Haslam, S. A., Hutchinson, K. J., & Grace, D. M. (1995). Determinants of
   perceived consistency: The relationship between group entitativity and the meaningfulness
   of categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 237-256.
McGarty, C., Haslam, S. A., Hutchinson, K. J., & Turner, J. C. (1994). The effects of salient
   group membership on persuasion. Small Group Research, 25, 267-293.
McGarty, C., Turner, J. C., Hogg, M. A., David, B., & Wetherell, W. S. (1992). Group
   polarization as conformity to the prototypical group member. British Journal of Social
   Psychology, 31, 1-20.
McGlynn, R. P., McGurk, D., Effland, V. S., Johll, N. L., & Harding, D. J. (2004).
   Brainstorming and task performance in groups constrained by evidence. Organizational
   Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 93, 75-87.
McGrath, J. E., Arrow, H., Gruenfeld, D. H., Hollingshead, A. B., & O’Connor, K. M. (1993).
   Group tasks and technology: The effect of experience and change. Small Group Research,
   24, 406-420.
McGrath, C., Blythe, J., & Krackhardt, D. (1996). Seeing groups in graph layouts. Connections,
   19(2), 22-29.
McGrath, J. E. (1991). Time, interaction, and performance (TIP): A theory of groups. Small
   Group Research, 22, 147-174.
McGrath, J. E. (1993). Introduction: The JEMCO workshop: Description of a longitudinal study.
   Small Group Research, 24, 285-306.
McGrath, J. E. (1997). Small group research, that once and future field: An interpretation of the
   past with an eye to the future. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 7-27.
McGrath, J. E., Arrow, H., & Berdahl, J. L. (2000). The study of groups: Past, present, and
   future. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 95-105.
                                                                                             181


McGrath, J. E., Arrow, H., Gruenfeld, D. H., Hollingshead, A. B., & O’Connor, K. M. (1993).
   Groups, tasks, and technology: The effects of experience and change. Small Group
   Research, 24, 406-420.
McGrath, J. E., & Julian, J. W. (1963). Interaction process and task outcome in experimentally-
   created negotiation groups. Journal of Psychological Studies, 14, 117-138.
McGrath, J. E., & Kravitz, D. A. (1982). Group research. Annual Review of Psychology, 33, 195-
   230.
McGraw, K. M., & Bloomfield, J. (1987). Social influence on group moral decisions: The
   interactive effects of moral reasoning and sex role orientation. Journal of Personality and
   Social Psychology, 53, 1080-1087.
McGraw, K. M., & Ling, C. (2003). Media priming of presidential and group evaluations.
   Political Communication, 20, 23-40.
McGrew, J. F., Bilotta, J. G., & Deeney, J. M. (1999). Software team formation and decay:
   Extending the standard model for small groups. Small Group Research, 30, 209-234.
McGrew, P. L., & McGrew, W. C. (1975). Interpersonal spacing behavior of preschool children
   during group formation. Man-Environment Systems, 5, 43-48.
McGuire, L. E. (2003). Using qualitative methods to evaluate a group: Does the survival skills
   for women program increase self-sufficiency? Social Work with Groups, 26(4), 43-58.
McGuire, M. (1974). Group size, group homogeneity, and the aggregate provision of a pure
   public good under cournot behavior. Public Choice, 18, 107-126.
McGuire, M. V.., & Bermant, G. (1977). Individual and group decisions in response to a mock
   trial: A methodological note. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 7, 220-226.
McGuire, T. W., Kiesler, S., & Siegel, J. (1987). Group and computer-mediated discussion
   effects in risk decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 917-930.
McHugh, M., West, P., Assatly, C., Duprat, L., Niloff, J., Waldo, K., et al. (1996). Establishing
   an interdisciplinary patient care team: Collaboration at the bedside and beyond. Journal of
   Nursing Administration, 26(4), 21-27.
McKenna, K. Y. A., & Green, A. S. (2002). Virtual group dynamics. Group Dynamics: Theory,
   Research, and Practice, 6, 116-127.
McKillip, J., DiMiceli, A. J., & Luebke, J. (1977). Group salience and stereotyping. Social
   Behavior and Personality, 5, 81-85.
McKimmie, B. M., Terry, D. J., Hogg, M. A., Manstead, A. S. R., Spears, R., & Doosje, B.
   (2003). I’m a hypocrite, but so is everyone else: Group support and the reduction of
   cognitive dissonance. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 214-224.
McKinney, B. C. (1982). The effects of reticence on group interaction. Communication
   Quarterly, 30, 124-128.
McKinney, E. H., Jr., Barker, J. R., Davis, K. J., & Smith, D. (2004). The role of communication
   values in swift starting action teams: IT insights from flight crew experience. Information &
   Management, 41, 1043-1056.
McKinney, E. H., Jr., Barker, J. R., Davis, K. J., & Smith, D. (2005). How swift starting action
   teams get off the ground: What United Flight 232 and airline flight crews can tell us about
   team communication. Management Communication Quarterly, 19, 198-237.
McKinney, K., & Graham-Buxton, M. (1993). The use of collaborative learning groups in the
   large class: Is it possible. Teaching Sociology, 21, 403-408.
McKinney, V., & Mabry, E. (1999). Online collaboration of groups with varying tasks and goals.
   Proceedings of the Fifth American Conference on Information Systems, 5, 352-354.
                                                                                             182


McLachlan, A. (1986). Polarization and discussion context. British Journal of Social
   Psychology, 25, 129-138.
McLaughlin, M. L., & Jordan, W. J. (1975). Impression formation in triads. Speech Monographs,
   42, 47-55.
McLean, P. D., Whittal, M. L., Thordarson, D. S., Taylor, S., Scochting, I., Koch, W. J., et al.
   (2001). Cognitive versus behavioral therapy in the group treatment of obsessive-compulsive
   disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 205-214.
McLeish, J., & Park, J. (1972). Outcomes associated with direct and vicarious experience in
   training groups: I. Personality changes. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology,
   11, 333-341.
McLeod, J. (1984). Group process as drama. Small Group Behavior, 15, 319-332.
McLeod, P. L. (1992). An assessment of the experimental literature on electronic support of
   group work: Results of a meta-analysis. Human Computer Interaction, 7, 257-280.
McLeod, P. L., Baron, R. S., Marti, M. W., & Yoon, K. (1997). The eyes have it: Minority
   influence in face-to-face and computer-mediated group discussion. Journal of Applied
   Psychology, 82, 706-718.
McLeod, P. L., & Kettner-Polley, R. B. (2004). Contributions of psychodynamic theories to
   understanding small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 333-361.
McLeod, P. L., Liker, J. K., & Lobel, S. A. (1992). Process feedback in task groups: An
   application of goal setting. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 28, 15-41.
McLeod, P. L., Lobel, S. A., & Cox, T. H. (1996). Ethnic diversity and creativity in small
   groups. Small Group Research, 27, 248-264.
McMahon, P. M., & Fehr, L. A. (1984). Methodological problems in mock jury research.
   Journal of Social Psychology, 123, 277-278.
McNally, L. (1993). Comitative coordination: A case study in group formation. Natural
   Language & Linguistic Theory, 11, 347-379.
McNaughton-Cassill, M., Bostwick, J., Arthur, N., Robinson, R., & Neal, G. (2002). Efficacy of
   brief couples support groups developed to manage the stress of in vitro fertilization
   treatment. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 77, 1060-1066.
McPherson, J. M., & Rotolo, T. (1996). Testing a dynamic model of social composition:
   Diversity and change in voluntary groups. American Sociological Review, 61, 179-202.
McPherson, J. M., & Smith-Lovin, L. (1987). Homophily in voluntary organizations: Status
   distance and the composition of face-to-face groups. American Sociological Review, 52,
   370-379.
McPhail, C., & Wohlstein, R. R. (1983). Individual and collective behaviors within gatherings,
   demonstrations, and riots. Annual Review of Sociology, 9, 579-600.
McRoberts, C., Burlingame, G. M., & Hoag, M. J. (1998). Comparative efficacy of individual
   and group psychotherapy: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics: Theory, research,
   and Practice, 2, 101-117.
McWhirter, B., & Page, G. (1999). Effects of anger management and goal setting group
   intervention on state-trait anger and self-efficacy beliefs among high risk adolescents.
   Current Psychology: Developmental, Learning, Personality, Social, 18, 223-237.
McWhirter, J. J., & Frey, R. E. (1987). Group leader and member characteristics and attraction to
   initial and final group sessions and to the group and group leader. Small Group Behavior,
   18, 533-547.
                                                                                             183


Meade, R. D., & Barnard, W. A. (1975). Group pressure effects on American and Chinese
    females. Journal of Social Psychology, 96, 137-138.
Meadow, A., Parnes, S. J., & Reese, H. (1959). Influence of brainstorming instructions and
    problem sequence on a creative problem solving test. Journal of Applied Psychology, 43,
    413-416.
Meadow, D. (1988). Preparation of individuals for participation in a treatment group:
    Development and empirical testing of a model. International Journal of Group
    Psychotherapy, 38, 367-385.
Medow, H., & Zander, A. (1965). Aspirations for group chosen by central and peripheral
    members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 224-228.
Medvene, L. J., & Krauss, D. H. (1989). Causal attributions and parent-child relationships in a
    self-help group for families of the mentally ill. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 19,
    1413-1430.
Meeker, B. F., & Weitzel-O’Neill, P. A. (1977). Sex roles and interpersonal behavior in task-
    oriented groups. American Sociological Review, 42, 91-105.
Mehaffey, J. L., & Sandberg, S. K. (1992). Conducting social skills training groups with
    elementary school children. School Counselor, 40, 61-67.
Mehrabian, A., & Diamond, S. G. (1971). Seating arrangement and conversation. Sociometry,
    34, 281-289.
Meir, E. I., & Segal-Halevi, A. (2001). Environmental congruence, group importance, and well-
    being among paratroopers. Journal of Career Assessment, 9, 169-183.
Mejias, R. J. (2007). The interaction of process losses, process gains, and meeting satisfaction
    within technology-supported environments. Small Group Research, 38, 156-194.
Mejias, R., Lazeno, L., Rico, A., Torres, A., Vogel, D., & Shepherd, M. (1996). A cross-cultural
    comparison of GSS and non-GSS consensus and satisfaction level within and between the
    U.S. and Mexico. Proceedings of the Twenty-Ninth Hawaii International Conference on
    System Sciences, 3, 408-417.
Mejias, R. J., Shepherd, M. M., Vogel, D. R., & Lazaneo, L. (1996-1997). Consensus and
    perceived satisfaction levels: A cross-cultural comparison of GSS and non-GSS outcomes
    within and between the United States and Mexico. Journal of Management Information
    Systems, 13(3), 137-161.
Mellor, M., J., Hyer, K., & Howe, J. L. (2002). The geriatric interdisciplinary team approach:
    Challenges and opportunities in educating trainees together from a variety of disciplines.
    Educational Gerontology, 28, 867-880.
Melnick, J., & Wicher, D. (1977). Social risk taking propensity and anxiety as predictors of
    group performance. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 24, 415-419.
Melnick, J., & Woods, M. (1976a). Analysis of group composition research and theory for
    psychotherapeutic and growth-oriented groups. Journal of Behavioral Science, 12, 493-512.
Melnick, J., & Woods, M. (1976b). Group composition research and theory for
    psychotherapeutic and growth-oriented groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 12,
    493-512.
Melnick, M., & Chemersw, M. M. (1974). Effects of group social structure on the success of
    basketball teams. Research Quarterly, 45, 1-8.
Mennecke, B. E. (1997). Using group support systems to discover hidden profiles: An
    examination of the influence of group size and meeting structures on information sharing
    and decision quality. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 387-405.
                                                                                             184


Mennecke, B. E., & Bradley, J. H. (1998). Making project groups work: The impact of
   structuring group roles on the performance and perception of information systems project
   teams. Journal of Computer Information Systems, 29, 30-36.
Mennecke, B. E., Bradley, J. H., & McLeod, M. (1999). The impact of group process training
   and role assignments on the performance and perceptions of student IS project teams.
   Journal of Informatics Education and Research, 29, 30-36.
Mennecke, B. E., Hoffer, J. A., & Wynne, B. E. (1992). The implications of group development
   and history for group support system theory and practice. Small Group Research, 23, 524-
   572.
Mennecke, B. E., & Valachich, J. S. (1998). Information is what you make of it: The influence of
   group history and computer support on information sharing, decision quality, and member
   perceptions. Journal of Management Information Systems, 15, 173-197.
Menon, T., Morris, M., Chiu, C-y., & Hong, Y. (1999). Culture and attributions to individuals
   versus groups: North Americans attribute to personal dispositions; East Asians attribute to
   the dispositions of social collectives. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 701-
   717.
Mesch, D., Marvin, L., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1988). Impact of positive
   interdependence and academic group contingencies on achievement. Journal of Social
   Psychology, 128, 345-353.
Messé, L.A., Aronoff, J., & Wilson, J. P. (1956). Motivation as a mediator of the mechanisms
   underlying role assignments in small groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
   24, 84-90.
Messé, L.A., Hertel, G., Kerr, N. L., Lount, R. B. Jr., & Park, E. S. (2002). Knowledge of
   partner’s ability as a moderator of group motivation gains: An exploration of the Koehler
   discrepancy effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 935-946.
Messé, L.A., Vallacher, R., & Phillips, J. L. (1974). Equity and coalition formation in triads.
   Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1, 249-251.
Messé, L.A., Vallacher, R., & Phillips, J. L. (1975). Equity and the formation of revolutionary
   and conservative coalitions in triads. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31,
   1141-1146.
Messick, D. M., & Mackie, D. M. (1989). Intergroup relations. Annual Review of Psychology,
   40, 45-81.
Messick, D. M., & Liebrand, W. B. G. (1995). Individual heuristics and the dynamics of
   cooperation in large groups. Psychological Review, 102, 131-145.
Meyer, H. H. (1951). Factors related to success in the human relations aspect of workgroup
   leadership. Psychological Monographs, 65(3, Serial No. 320).
Meyers, R. A. (1989a). Persuasive arguments theory: A test of assumptions. Human
   Communication Research, 15, 357-381.
Meyers, R. A. (1989b). Testing persuasive argument theory’s predictor model: Alternative
   interactional accounts of group argument and influence. Communication Monographs, 56,
   112-132.
Meyers, R. A., & Brashers, D. E. (1994). Expanding the boundaries of small group
   communication research: Exploring a feminist perspective. Communication Studies, 45, 68-
   85.
                                                                                             185


Meyers, R. A., & Brashers, D. E. (1998). Argument in group decision making: Explicating a
   process model and investigating the argument-outcome link. Communication Monographs,
   65, 261-281.
Meyers, R. A., Brashers, D. E., & Hanner, J. (2000). Majority-minority influence: Identifying
   argumentative patterns and predicting argument-outcome links. Journal of Communication,
   50, 3-30.
Meyers, R. A., Brashers, D. E., Winston, L., & Grob, L. (1997). Sex differences and group
   argument: A theoretical framework and empirical investigation. Communication Studies, 48,
   19-41.
Meyers, R. A., Seibold, D. R., & Brashers, D. (1991). Argument in initial group decision-making
   discussions: Refinement of a coding scheme and a descriptive quantitative analysis. Western
   Journal of Speech Communication, 55, 47-68.
Michaelsen, L. K., Watson, W. E., & Black, R. H. (1989). A realistic test of individual versus
   group consensus decision making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 834-839.
Michaelsen, L. K., Watson, W. E., Cragin, J., & Fink, D. (1982). Team learning: A potential
   solution to the problem of large classes—exchange. Organizational Behavior Teaching
   Journal, 7, 21-33.
Michaelsen, L. K., Watson, W. E., Schwartzkopf, A., & Black, R. H. (1992). Group decision
   making: How you frame the question determines what you find. Journal of Applied
   Psychology, 77, 106-108.
Michalec, B. (2005). Exploring the multidimensional benefits of breast cancer support groups.
   Journal of Psychosocial Oncology, 23, 159-179.
Michelini, R. L., Passalacqua, R., & Cusimano, J. (1976). Effects of seating arrangement on
   group participation. Journal of Social Psychology, 99, 179-186.
Michel, J. G., & Hambrick, D. C. (1992). Diversification posture and top management team
   characteristics. Academy of Management Journal, 35, 9-37.
Michener, H. A., Fleishman, J. A., & Baske, J. J. (1976). A test of the bargaining theory of
   coalition formation in four-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
   34, 1114-1126.
Michener, H. A., Fleishman, J. A., Vaske, J. J., & Statza, G. R. (1975). Medium resource and
   pivotal power theories: A competitive test in four-personal coalitional situations. Journal of
   Conflict Resolution, 19, 89-107.
Michener, H. A., Ginsberg, I. J., & Yuen, K. (1979). Effects of core prosperities in four-person
   games with side-payments. Behavioral Science, 24, 263-280.
Michinov, N., Michinov, E., & Toczek-Capelle, M-C. (2004). Social identity, group processes,
   and performance in synchronous computer-mediated communication. Group Dynamics:
   Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 27-39.
Mickelson, J. S., & Campbell, J. H. (1975). Information behavior: Groups with varying levels of
   interpersonal acquaintance. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 13, 193-
   205.
Miesing, P., & Preble, J. F. (1985). Group processes and performance in a complex business
   simulation. Small Group Behavior, 16, 325-338.
Migdal, M. J., Hewstone, M., & Mullen, B. (1998). The effects of crossed categorization on
   intergroup evaluations: A meta-analysis. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 303-324.
                                                                                              186


Mikolic, J. M., Parker, J. C., & Pruitt, D. G. (1997). Escalation in response to persistent
    annoyance: Groups versus individuals and gender effects. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 72, 151-163.
Milanovich, D. M., Driskell, J. E., Stout, R. J., & Salas, E. (1998). Status and cockpit dynamics:
    A review and empirical study. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 155-
    167.
Miles, J. A. (2000). Relationship of collective orientation and cohesion to team outcomes.
    Psychological Reports, 86, 435-444.
Miles, J. A., & Greenberg, J. (1993). Using punishment threats to attenuate social loafing effects
    among swimmers. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 56, 246-265.
Milgram, S. (1964). Group pressure and action against a person. Journal of Abnormal and Social
    Psychology, 67, 371-378.
Milgram, S. (1965). Liberating effects of group pressure. Journal of Personal and Social
    Psychology, 1, 127-134.
Milgram, D., & Rubin, J. S. (1992). Resisting resistance: Involuntary substance abuse group
    therapy. Social Work With Groups, 15, 95-110.
Milgram, S., Bickman, L., & Berkowitz, L. (1969). Note on the drawing power of crowds of
    different size. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 79-82.
Milgram, S., Liberty, H. J., Toledo, R., & Wackenhut, J. (1986). Response to intrusion into
    waiting lines. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 683-689.
Miller, A. H., Gurin, P., Gurin, G., & Malanchuk, O. (1981). Group consciousness and political
    participation. American Journal of Political Science, 25, 494-511.
Miller, C. E. (1979). Probabilistic theories of coalition formation in groups. Behavioral Science,
    24, 359-368.
Miller, C. E. (1981). Coalition formation in triads: Effects of liking and resources. Personality
    and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 296-301.
Miller, C. E. (1985). Group decision making under majority and unanimity decision rules. Social
    Psychology Quarterly, 48, 51-61.
Miller, C. E., & Anderson, P. D. (1979). Group decision rules and the rejection of deviates.
    Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 354-363.
Miller, C. E., Jackson, P., Mueller, J., & Schersching, C. (1987). Some social psychological
    effects of group decision rules. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 325-332.
Miller, C. E., & Komorita, S. S. (1995). Reward allocation in task-performing groups. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 80-90.
Miller, D. A., Smith, E. R., & Mackie, D. M. (2004). Effects of intergroup contact and political
    predispositions on prejudice: Role of intergroup emotions. Group Processes & Intergroup
    Relations, 7, 221-237.
Miller, D. C. (1939). An experiment in the measurement of social interaction in group
    development. American Sociological Review, 4, 241-251.
Miller, D. L. (2001). Reexamining teamwork: KSAs and team performance. Small Group
    Research, 32, 745-766.
Miller, D. T., & Prentice, D. A. (1994). Collective errors and errors about the collective.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 541-550.
Miller, E. J. (1998). A note on the protomental system and “groupishness”: Bion’s basic
    assumptions revisited. Human Relations, 51, 1495-1508.
                                                                                             187


Miller, F. D. (1976). The problem of transfer of training in learning groups: Group cohesion as
    an end in itself. Small Group Behavior, 7, 221-236.
Miller, M. J. (1987). Flow charting: the group membership screening interview. Journal of
    Human Behavior and Learning, 4, 14-16.
Miller, N., Butler, D. C., & McMartin, J. A. (1969). The ineffectiveness of punishment power in
    group interaction. Sociometry, 32, 24-42.
Miller, N., & Davidson-Podgorny, G. (1987). Theoretical models of intergroup relations and the
    use of cooperative teams as an intervention for desegregated settings. Review of Personality
    and Social Psychology, 9, 41-67.
Miller, R. S., Goldman, H. J., & Schenkler, B. R. (1978);. The effects of task importance and
    group performance on group members’ attributions. Journal of Psychology, 99, 53-58.
Miller, R. S., & Schenkler, B. R. (1985). Egotism in group members: Public and private
    attributions of responsibility for group performance. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 85-
    89.
Millhous, L. (1999). The experience of culture in multicultural groups: Case studies of Russian-
    American collaboration in business. Small Group Research, 30, 280-308.
Milliken, F. J., & Martins, L. L. (1996). Searching for common threads: Understanding the
    multiple effects of diversity in organizational groups. Academy of Management Review, 21,
    402-433.
Milliken, F. J., & Vollrath, D. A. (1991). Strategic decision-0making tasks and group
    effectiveness: Insights from theory and research on small group performance. Human
    Relations, 44, 1229-1253.
Mills, C. J., & Bohannopn, W. E. (1980). Character structure and jury behavior: Conceptual and
    applied implications. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 662-667.
Mills, J., Clark, M. S., Ford, T. E., & Johnson, M. (2004). Measurement of communal strength.
    Personal Relationships, 11, 213-230.
Mills, T. M. (1962). A sleeper variable in small groups research: The experimenter. Pacific
    Sociological Review, 5, 21-28.
Mills, T. N. (1967). Power relations in three-person groups. American Sociological Review, 18,
    351-357.
Mills, T. M. (1979). Changing paradigms for studying human groups. Journal of Applied
    Behavioral Science, 15, 407-423.
Milton, G. A. (1965). Enthusiasm vs. effectiveness in group and individual problem-solving.
    Psychological Reports, 16, 1197-1202.
Minami, H., & Tanaka, K. (1995). Social and environmental psychology: Transaction between
    physical space and group-dynamic processes. Environment and Behavior, 27, 43-55.
Minde, K., Shosenberg, N., Marton, P., Thompson, J., Ripley, J., & Burns, S. (1980). Self-help
    groups in a premature nursery: A controlled valuation. Journal of Pediatrics, 96, 933-940.
Miner, F. C., Jr. (1979). A comparative analysis of three diverse group decision making
    approaches. Academy of Management Journal, 22, 81-93.
Miner, F. C., Jr. (1984). Group versus individual decision making: An investigation of
    performance measures, decision strategies, and process losses/gains. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Performance, 33, 112-124.
Mintz, A. (1951). Non-adaptive group behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
    46, 150-159.
                                                                                            188


Miranda, S. M. (1994). Avoidance of groupthink: Meeting management using group support
    systems. Small Group Research, 25, 105-136.
Miranda, S. M., & Bostrom, R. P. (1993-1994). The impact of group support systems on group
    conflict and conflict management. Journal of Management Information Systems, 10, 63-96.
Miranda, S. M., & Bostrom, R. P. (1999). Meeting facilitation: process versus content
    interventions. Journal of Management Information Systems, 15(4), 89-114.
Miron, A. M., Branscombe, N. R., & Schmitt, M. T. (2006). Collective guilt as distress over
    illegitimate intergroup inequality. Group Processes & Interpersonal Relations, 9, 163-180.
Mischel, L. J., & Northcraft, G. B. (1997). “I think we can, I think we can . . .”: The role of
    efficacy beliefs in group and team effectiveness. Advances in Group Processes, 14, 177-197.
Mishra, P. K., & Das Braja, K. (1983). Group size and helping behavior: A comprehensive
    review. Perspectives in Psychological Researches, 6(2), 60-64.
Misumi, J., & Nakano, S. (1960b). A cross-cultural study of the effect of democratic,
    authoritarian, and laissez-faire atmosphere in children’s groups. Japanese Journal of
    Educational Social Psychology, 1, 119-135.
Misumi, J., Nakano, S., & Veno, Y. (1958). An experimental study of group decision. Research
    Bulletin of Faculty of Education Kyushu University, 4, 17-26.
Misumi, J., & Okamura, N. (1961). A cross-cultural study of the effect of democratic,
    authoritarian, and laissez -faire atmosphere in children’s groups. Research Bulletin of
    Faculty of Education Kyushu University, 22, 38-42.
Mitchell, A. M., Gale, D. D., Garland, L., & Wesner, S. (2003). The use of narrative data to
    inform the psychotherapeutic group process with suicide survivors. Issues in Mental Health
    Nursing, 24, 91-107.
Mitchell, J. E., Pyle, R. L., Pomeroy, C., Zollman, M., Crosby, R., Seim, H., et al. (1993).
    Cognitive-behavioral group psychotherapy of bulimia nervosa: Importance of logistical
    variables. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 14, 277-287.
Mitchell, R. C., & Mitchell, R. R. (1984). Constructive management of conflict in groups.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 9, 137-144.
Mitchell, R. R. (1975). Relationships between personal characteristics and change in sensitivity
    training groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 414-420.
Mitchell, R. R. (1986). Team building by disclosure of internal frames of reference. Journal of
    Applied Behavioral Science, 21, 15-28.
Mitchell, T., Larson, J. R., & Green, S. G. (1977). Leader behavior, situational moderators, and
    group performance: An attributional analysis. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Performance, 18, 254-268.
Mitchell, T. R., & Silver, W. S. (1990). Individual and group goals when workers are
    interdependent: Effects of task strategies and performance. Journal of Applied Psychology,
    75, 185-193.
Miura, A., & Hida, M. (2004). Synergy between diversity and similarity in group-idea
    generation. Small Group Research, 35, 540-564.
Moghaddam, F. M., & Perreault, S. (1991). Individual and collective mobility strategies among
    minority group members. Journal of Social Psychology, 132, 343-357.
Mohamed, A., & Wiebe, F. (1996). Toward a process theory of groupthink. Small Group
    Research, 27, 416-430.
Mohammed, S., & Angell, L. C. (2003). Personality heterogeneity in teams: Which differences
    make a difference for team performance? Small Group Research, 34, 651-677.
                                                                                             189


Mohammed, S., & Angell, L. C. (2004). Surface- and deep-level diversity in workgroups:
   Examining the moderating effects of team orientation and team process on relationship
   conflict. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 1015-1039.
Mohammed, S., & Dumville, B. C. (2001). Team mental models in a knowledge framework:
   Expanding theory and measurement across disciplinary boundaries. Journal of
   Organizational Behavior, 22, 89-106.
Mohammed, S., Mathieu, J. E., & Bartlett, A. L. (2002). Technical-administrative task
   performance, leadership task performance, and contextual performance: Considering the
   influence of team- and task-related composition variables. Journal of Organizational
   Behavior, 23, 795-814.
Mok, B. H. (2001). Cancer self-help groups in China: A study of individual change, perceived
   benefit, and community impact. Small Group Research, 32, 115-132.
Mok, B. H., Chau, K. L., Fung, H. L., & Ngai, N. P. (2003). Prevalence, role and functions of
   self-help groups in Hong Kong. Hong Kong Journal of Social Work, 37, 87-96.
Mok, E., & Martinson, I. (2000). Empowerment of Chinese patients with cancer through self-
   help groups in Hong Kong. Cancer Nursing, 23, 206-213.
Molinari, D. L. (2004). The role of social comments in problem-solving groups in an online
  class. American Journal of Distance Education, 18, 89-101.
Molleman, E. (2005a). Diversity in demographic characteristics, abilities and personality traits:
     Do faultlines affect team functioning? Group Decision and Negotiation, 14, 173.
Molleman, E. (2005b). The multilevel nature of team-based work research. Team Performance
     Management, 11, 113-124.
Mollleman, E., Nauta, A., & Jehn, K. A. (2004). Person-fit applied to teamwork: A multilevel
   approach. Small Group Research, 35, 515-539.
Molleman, E., & Slomp, J. (1999). Functional flexibility and team performance. International
   Journal of Production Research, 37, 1837-1858.
Moller, J., & Eggen, A. B. (2005). Team leadership in upper secondary education. School
     Leadership and Managment, 25, 331-347.
Monahan, D., Greene, V., & Coleman, P. (1992). Caregiver support groups: Factors affecting use
   of services. Social Work, 37, 254-260.
Money, W. H. (1996). Applying group support systems to classroom settings: A social cognitive
   learning theory explanation. Journal of Management Information Systems, 12, 65-80.
Mongeau, P. A., Hale, J. L., & Smith, M. (1993). An involvement moderated model of choice
  shifts. Communication Reports, 6, 34-40.
Monk-Turner, E., & Payne, B. (2005). Addressing issues in group work in the classroom.
  Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 16, 166-179.
Montanari, J. R., & Moorhead, G. (1989). Development of the Groupthink Assessment
  Inventory. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 49, 209-219.
Montgomery, B. M. (1986). An interactionist analysis of small group peer assessment. Small
   Group Behavior, 17, 19-37.
Montoya-Weiss, M. M., Massey, A. P., & Song, M. (2001). Getting it together: Temporal
   coordination and conflict management in global virtual teams. Academy of Management
   Journal, 44, 1251-1262.
Mooij, T. (1980). Conflict behavior during cooperation within groups. Nederlands Tijdschrift
   voor de Psychologie en haar Grensgebieden, 35, 299-314.
                                                                                            190


Moore, O. K., & Anderson, S. B. (1954). Search behavior in individual and group problem
   solving. American Sociological Review, 19, 702-714.
Moore, R. M., III. (2000). Creativity of small groups and of persons working alone. Journal of
   Social Psychology, 140, 142-143.
Moorehead, G. (1982). Groupthink: Hypothesis in need of testing. Group and Organization
   Studies, 7, 429-444.
Moorhead, G., Ference, R., & Neck, C. P. (1991). Group decision fiascoes continue: Space
   shuttle Challenger and a revised groupthink framework. Human Relations, 44, 539-550.
Moorhead, G., & Montanari, J. R. (1986). An empirical investigation of the groupthink
   phenomenon. Human Relations, 39, 399-410.
Moorhead, G., Neck, C. P., & West, M.S. (1998). The tendency toward defective decision
   making within self-managing teams: The relevance of groupthink for the 21st century.
   Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 327-351.
Moos, R. H., & Speisman, J. C. (1962). Group compatibility and productivity. Journal of
   Abnormal and Social Psychology, 654, 190-196.
Moos, R. H., Van Dort, B., Smail, P., & DeYoung, A. J. (1975). A typology of university student
   living groups. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 359-367.
Morasch, B., Groner, N., & Keating, J. (1979). Type of activity and failure as mediators of
   perceived crowding. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 223-226.
Morgeson, F. P. (in press). The external relationship of self-managing teams: Intervening in the
   context of novel and disruptive events. Journal of Applied Psychology.
Moreland, R. L. (1985). Social categorization and the assimilation of “new” group members.
   Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1173-1190.
Moreland, R. L. (1987). The formation of small groups. Review of Personality and Social
   Psychology, 8, 80-110.
Moreland, R. L., Hogg, M. A., & Hains, S. C. (1994). Back to the future: Social psychological
   research on groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 527-555.
Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1982). Socialization in small groups: Temporal changes in
   individual-group relations. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 137-192.
Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (2002). Socialization and trust in work groups. Group
   Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 185-201.
Moreland, R. L., & McMinn, J. G. (1999). Views from a distant shore: A social psychological
   perspective on group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3,
   15-19.
Moreland, R. L., & Myaskovsky, L. (2000). Exploring the performance benefits of group
   training: Transactive memory or improved communication? Organizational Behavior and
   Human Decision Processes, 82, 117-133.
Moreno, K. N., & Bodenhausen, G. V. (2001). Intergroup affect and social judgment: Feelings as
   inadmissible information. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 21-29.
Morey, J., Simon, R., & Jay, G. (2002). Error reduction and performance improvement in the
   emergency department through formal teamwork training. Health Services Research, 37,
   1553-1581.
Morgan, B., & Hensely, L. (1998). Supporting work mothers through group work. Journal for
   Specialists in Group Work, 23, 298-311.
Morgan, B. B., Salas, E., & Glickman, A. S. (1993). An analysis of team evolution and
   maturation. Journal of General Psychology, 120, 277-291.
                                                                                             191


Morgan, C. P., & Aram, J. D. (1975). The preponderance of arguments in the risky shift
   phenomenon. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 25-34.
Morgan, D. L. (1996). Focus groups. Annual Review of Sociology, 22, 129-152.
Morgan, P. M., & Tindale, R. S. (2002). Group vs. individual performance in mixed-motive
   situations: Exploring an inconsistency. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
   Processes, 87, 44-65.
Morgan, R. D., Ferrell, S. W., & Winterowd, C. L. (1999). Therapist perceptions of important
   therapeutic factors in psychotherapy groups for male inmates in state correctional facilities.
   Small Group Research, 30, 712-729.
Morgan, R. D., & Flora, D. B. (2002). Group psychotherapy with incarcerated offenders: A
   research synthesis. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 203-218.
Morgeson, F. P., Reider, M. H., & Campion, M. A. (2005). Selecting individuals in team
    settings: The importance of social skills, personality characteristics, and teamwork
    knowledge. Personnel Psychology, 58, 583-611.
Moritz, S. E., & Watson, C. B. (1998). Levels of analysis issues in group psychology: Using
   efficacy as an example of a multilevel model. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
   Practice, 2, 285-298.
Morran, D. K., & Hulse, D. (1984). Group leader and member reactions to selected intervention
   statements: A comparison. Small Group Behavior, 15, 278-288.
Morran, D. K., Robison, F. F., & Hulse-Kallacky, D. (1990). Group research and the unit of
   analysis problem: The use of ANOVA designs with nested factors. Journal for Specialists in
   Group Work, 15, 10-14.
Morran, D. K., Robison, F. F., & Stockton, R. (1985). Feedback exchange in counseling groups:
   An analysis of message content and receive acceptance as a function of leader versus
   member delivery, session and valence. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 32, 57-67.
Morran, D. K., Stockton, R., Cline, R. J., & Teed, C. (1998). Facilitating feedback exchange in
   groups: Leader interventions. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 23, 257-268.
Morris, C. G. (1966). Task effects on group interaction. Journal of Personality and Social
   Psychology, 4, 545-554.
Morris, C. G. (1970). Changes in group interaction during problem solving. Journal of Social
   Psychology, 81, 157-165.
Morris, L., Hulbert, L., & Abrams, D. (2000). An experimental investigation of group members'
   perceived influence over leader decisions. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
   Practice, 4, 157-167.
Morris, M. W., Menon, T., & Ames, D. R. (2001). Culturally conferred conceptions of agency: A
   key to social perception of persons, groups, and other actors. Personality and Social
   Psychology Review, 5, 169-182.
Morris, W. N., Worchel, S., Bois, J. L., Pearson, J. A., Rountree, C. A., Samaha, G. M., et al.
   (1976). Collective coping with stress: Group reactions to fear, anxiety, and ambiguity.
   Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 674-679.
Morrison, T. L. (1984). Member reactions to group leaders in varying leadership roles. Journal
   of Social Psychology, 122, 49-53.
Morrison, T. L., Greene, L. R., & Tischler, N. G. (1979). Member learning in analytic self-study
   groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 109, 59-67.
Morrisette, J. O., Hornseth, J. P., & Shellar, K. (1975). Team organization and monitoring
   performance. Human Factors, 17, 296-300.
                                                                                            192


Morse, J. J., & Caldwell, D. F. (1979). Effects of personality and perception of the environment
   on satisfaction with task groups. Journal of Psychology, 103, 183-192.
Mortensen, C. D. (1966). Should the discussion group have an assigned leader? Speech Teacher,
   15, 34-41.
Mortensen, C. D. (1970). The state of small group research. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 56,
   304-309.
Mortenson, M., & Hinds, P. J. (2001). Conflict and shared identity in geographically distributed
   teams. International Journal of Conflict Management, 12, 212-238.
Moscovici, S., & Lage, E. (1976). Studies in social influence: III. Majority versus minority
   influence in a group. European Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 149-174.
Moscovici, S., Lage, E., & Naffrechoux, M. (1969). Influence of a consistent minority on the
   responses of a majority in a color perception task. Sociometry, 12, 365-380.
Moscovici, S., & Néve, P. (1973). Studies on polarization of judgments: III. Majorities,
   minorities and social judgments. European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 479-484.
Moscovici, S., & Personnaz, B. (1980). Studies in social influence. V. Minority influence and
   conversion behavior in a perceptual task. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16,
   270-282.
Moscovici, S., & Zavalloni, M. (1969). The group as a polarizer of attitudes. Journal of
   Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 125-135.
Moier, J. N., & Tammaro, S. G. (1994). Video teleconference use among geographically
   dispersed work groups: A field investigation of usage patterns. Journal of Organizational
   Computing, 4, 343-365.
Mossholder, K. W., & Bedein, A. G. (1983). Group interactional processes: Individual and group
   level effects. Group and Organization Studies, 8, 187-202.
Mowday, R. T., & Sutton, R. I. (1993). Organizational behavior: Linking individuals and groups
   to organizational contexts. Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 195-229.
Moxley, R. L., & Moxley, N. F. (1974). Determining point centrality in uncontrived social
   networks. Sociometry, 37, 122-130.
Moxnes, P. (1999). Understanding roles: A psychodynamic model for role differentiation in
   groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 99-113.
Mudrack, P. E. (1989a). Defining group cohesiveness: A legacy of confusion. Small Group
   Behavior, 20, 37-49.
Mudrack, P. E. (1989b). Group cohesiveness and productivity: A closer look. Human Relations,
   42, 771-785.
Mudrack, P. E., & Farrell, G. M. (1994). The need for dominance scale of the Manifest Needs
   Questionnaire and role behaviour in groups. Applied Psychology: An International Review,
   43, 399-413.
Mudrack, P. E., & Farrell, G. M. (1995). An examination of functional role behavior and its
   consequences for individuals in group settings. Small Group Behavior, 26, 542-571.
Mugny, G., & Doise, W. (1978). Socio-cognitive conflict and structure of individual and
   collective performance. European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 181-192.
Mugny, G., Kaiser, C., Papastamou, SA., & Perez, J. A. (1984). Intergroup relations,
   identification and social influence. British Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 317-322.
Muijen, M., Cooney, M., Strathdee, G., Bell, R., & Hudson, A. (1994). Community psychiatric
   nurse teams: Intensive support versus generic care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 211-
   217.
                                                                                             193


Mulcahey, A. L., & Young, M. (1995). A bereavement support group for children: Fostering
   communication and grief and healing. Cancer Practice, 2, 150-156.
Mulcahy, A. L., & Young, M. A. (1995). Bereavement support group for children: Fostering
   communication about grief and healing. Cancer Practice, 3, 150-156.
Mulder, C. L., Antoni, M. H., Emmelkamp, P. M. G., Veugelers, P. J., Sandfort, T. G. M., van de
   Vijver, F. A. J. R. et al. (1995). Psychosocial group intervention and the rate of decline of
   immunological parameters in asymptomatic HIV infected homosexual men. Psychotherapy
   and Psychosomatics, 63(3-4). 185-192.
Mulder, C. L., Emmelkamp, P. M., Antoni, M. H., Mulder, J. W., Sandfort, T. G., & DeVries, M.
   J. (1994). Cognitive-behavioral and experiential group psychotherapy for HIV-infected
   homosexual men: A comparative study. Psychosomatic Medicine, 56, 423-431.
Mulder, I., Swaak, J., & Kessels, J. (2002). Assessing group learning and shared understanding
   in technology-mediated interaction. Educational Technology & Society, 5(1), 35-47.
Mulder, M. (1959a). Group-structure and group-performance. Acta Psychologica, 16, 356-402.
Mulder, M. (1959b). Power and satisfaction in task-oriented groups. Acta Psychologica, 16, 178-
   225.
Mulder, M. (1960). Communication structure, decision structure and group performance.
   Sociometry, 23, 1-14.
Mulder, M., & Stemerding, A. (1963). Threat, attraction to group, and need for strong leadership.
   Human Relations, 16, 317-334.
Mulder, M., Van Dijk, R., SountenDijk, S., Stelwagen, T., & Verhagen, J. (1965). Non-
   instrumental liking tendencies toward powerful group members. Acta Psychologica, 22,
   367-386.
Mullen, B. (1982). Operationalizing the effect of the group on the individual: A self-attention
   perspective. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 295-322.
Mullen, B. (1986a). Atrocity as a function of lynch mob composition: A self-attention
   perspective. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 187-197.
Mullen, B. (1986b). Effects of strength and immediacy in group contexts: Reply to Jackson.
   Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 514-516.
Mullen, B. (1991). Group composition, salience, and cognitive representations: The
   phenomenology of being in a group. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27, 297-
   323.
Mullen, B., Anthony, T., Salas, E., & Driskell, J. E. (1994). Group cohesiveness and quality of
   decision making: An integration of tests of the groupthink hypothesis. Small Group
   Research, 25, 189-204.
Mullen, B., & Baumeister, R. F. (1987). Group effects on self-attention and performance: social
   loafing, social facilitation, and social impairment. Review of Personality and Social
   Psychology, 9, 189-206.
Mullen, B., Brown, R., & Smith, C. (1992). Ingroup bias as a function of salience, relevance, and
   status: An integration. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 103-122.
Mullen, B., Bryant, B., & Driskell, J. E. (1997). Presence of others and arousal: An integration.
   Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 52-64.
Mullen, B., & Copper, C. (1994). The relation between group cohesiveness and performance: An
   integration. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 210-227.
                                                                                                194


Mullen, B., Cooper, C., Cox, P., Fraser, C., Hu, L., Meisler, A., et al. (1990). Boundaries around
   group interaction: A meta-analytic integration of the effects of group size. Journal of Social
   Psychology, 12, 271-283.
Mullen, B., Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1998). Meta-analysis and the study of group dynamics.
   Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 213-229.
Mullen, B., Johnson, C. & Salas, E. (1991). Productivity loss in brainstorming groups: A meta-
   analytic review. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 12, 3-23.
Mullen, B., Salas, E., & Driskell, J. (1989). Salience, motivation, and artifacts as contributors to
   the relationship between participation rate and leadership. Journal of Experimental Social
   Psychology, 25, 545-559.
Mullen, B., Symons, C., Hu, L., & Salas, E. (1989). Group size, leadership behavior, and
   subordinate satisfaction. Journal of General Psychology, 116, 155-170.
Mullender, A., & Ward, D. (1985). Towards an alternative model of social groupwork. British
   Journal of Social Work, 15, 155-172.
Mulvey, P. W., Bowes-Sperry, L., & Klein, H. (1998). The effect of perceived loafing and
   defensive impression management on group effectiveness. Small Group Research, 29, 394-
   416.
Mulvey, P. W., & Kline, H. J. (1998). The impact of perceived loafing and collective efficacy on
   group goal processes and group performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
   Decision Processes, 74, 62-87.
Mulvey, P. W., & Ribbens, B. A. (1999). The effects of intergroup competition and assigned
   group goals on group efficacy and group effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30, 651-677.
Mulvey, P. W., Veiga, J. F., & Elass, P. M. (1996). When teammates raise a white flag. Academy
   of Management Executive, 10, 40-49.
Mumford, M. S. (1974). A comparison of interpersonal skills in verbal and activity groups.
   American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 28, 281-283.
Mummendey, A., Klink, A., Mielke, R., Wenzel, M., & Blanz, M. (1999). Socio-cultural
   characteristics of intergroup relations and identity management strategies: Results from a
   field test in East Germany. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 259-285.
Mummendey, A., Otten, S., & Blanz, M. (1994). Social categorization and intergroup
   discrimination. The asymmetry in positive versus negative outcome allocations. Revue
   Internationale de Pschologie Sociale, 1, 15-30.
Mummendey, A., & Schreiber, H. J. (1983). Better or just different? Positive social identity by
   discrimination against or differentiation from outgroups. European Journal of Social
   Psychology, 13, 389-397.
Mummendey, A., Simon, B., Dietze, C., Grûnert, M., Haeger, G., Kessler, S., et al. (1992).
   Categorization is not enough: Intergroup discrimination in negative outcome allocation.
   Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 103-122.
Mummendey, A., & Wenzel, M. (1999). Social discrimination and tolerance in intergroup
   relations: Reactions to intergroup difference. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 3,
   158-174.
Munroe, K., Eastabrooks, P., Dennis, P., & Carron, A. V. (1999). A phenomenological analysis
   of group norms in sports teams. Sport Psychologist, 13, 171-182.
Munroe-Blum, H., & Marziali, E. (1995). A controlled trial of short-term group treatment for
   borderline personality disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 9, 190-198.
                                                                                              195


Murningham, J. K. (1985). Coalitions in decision-making groups: Organizational analogs.
   Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 35, 1-26.
Murnighan, J. K., & Castore, C. H. (1975). An experimental test of three choice shift hypotheses.
   Memory and Cognition, 3, 171-174.
Murnighan, J. K., & Conlon, D. E. (1991). The dynamics of intense work groups: A study of
   British string quartets. Administrative Science Quarterly, 36, 165-186.
Murnighan, J. K., Komorita, S. S., & Szwajkowski, E. (1977). Theories of coalition formation
   and the effects of reference groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 166-
   181.
Murnighan, J. K., & Roth, A. E. (1978). Large group bargaining in a characteristic function
   game. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 299-317.
Murnighan, J. K., & Roth, A. E. (1980). Effects of group size and communication availability on
   coalition bargaining in a veto game. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 92-
   103.
Murphy, S. E., Blythe, D., & Fiedler, F. E. (1992). Cognitive resource theory and the ultilization
   of the leader’s and group members’ technical competence. Leadership Quarterly, 3, 237-
   255.
Murray, A. I. (1989). Top management group heterogeneity and firm performance. Strategic
   Management Journal, 10, 125-141.
Murrell, A. J., Stewart, A. C., & Engel, B. T. (1993). Consensus versus devil’s advocacy: The
   influence of decision process and task structure on strategic decision making. Journal of
   Business Communication, 30, 399-414.
Murthy, U., & Kerr, D. S. (2003). Decision making performance of interacting groups: An
   experimental investigation of the effects of task type and communication mode. Information
   & Management, 40, 351-360.
Myers, A. E. (1962). Team competition, success, and the adjustment of group members. Journal
   of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 325-332.
Myers, B. D., Feltz, D. L., & Short, S. E. (2004). Collective efficacy and team performance: A
   longitudinal study of collegiate football teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
   Practice, 8, 126-138.
Myers, D. G. (1973). Summary and bibliography of experiments on group-induced response
   shift. Catalog of Selected Documents in Psychology, 3, 123-124.
Myers, D. G. (1975). Discussion-induced attitude polarization. Human Relations, 28, 699-714.
Myers, D. G. (1978). Polarizing effects of social comparison. Journal of Experimental Social
   Psychology, 14, 554-563.
Myers, D. G., & Bach, P. J. (1974). Discussion effects on militarism-pacifism: A test of the
   group polarization hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 741-747.
Myers, D. G., & Bach, P. J. (1976). Group discussion effects on conflict behavior and self-
   justification. Psychological Reports, 38, 135-140.
Myers, D. G., & Bishop, G. D. (1970). Discussion effects on racial attitudes. Science, 169, 778-
   789.
Myers, D. G., & Kaplan, M. F. (1976). Group-induced polarization in simulated juries.
   Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 2, 63-66.
Myers, D. G., & Lamm, H. (1975). The polarizing effect of group discussion. American
   Scientist, 63, 297-303.
                                                                                              196


Myers, D. G., & Lamm, H. (1976). The group polarization phenomenon. Psychological Bulletin,
    83, 602-627.
Myers, J. L., DiCecco, J. V., & Lorch, R. F., Jr. (1981). Group dynamics and individual
    performances: Pseudogroup and quasi-F analyses. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 40, 86-98.
Myers, K. K., & McPhee, R. D. (2006). Influences on member assimilation in workgroups in
    high-reliability organizations: A multilevel analysis. Human Communication Research, 32,
    440-468.
Myers, N. D., Payment, C. A., & Feltz, D. L. (2004). Reciprocal relationships between collective
    efficacy and team performance in women’s ice hockey. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
    and Practice, 8, 182-195.
Mynatt, C., & Sherman, S. J. (1975). Responsibility attribution in groups and individuals: A
    direct test of the diffusion of responsibility hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 32, 1111-1118.
Nacci, P. L., & Tedeschi, J. T. (1976). Liking and power as factors affecting coalition choices in
    the triad. Social Behavior and Personality, 4, 27-32.
Nadler, A., Goldberg, M., & Jaffe, Y. (1982). Effect of self-differentiation and anonymity in
    group deindividuation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 1127-1136.
Nadler, D. A. (1979). The effects of feedback on task group behavior: A review of the
    experimental literature. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 23, 309-338.
Nadler, E. B. (1959). Yielding, authoritarianism, and authoritarian ideology regarding groups.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 408-410.
Nadler, E. B., & Fink, S. L. (1970). Impact of laboratory training on socio-political ideology.
    Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 6, 79-92.
Nagasundaram, M., & Bostrom, R. P. (1994-1995). The structuring of creative processing using
    GSS: A framework for research. Journal of MIS, 11(3), 87-114.
Nagasundaram, M., & Dennis, A. R. (1993). When a group is not a group: The cognitive
    foundation of group idea generation. Small Group Research, 24, 463-489.
Nagel, T. W., & O’Driscoll, M. P. (1978). Group polarization in a real-life context: Analysis of
    choice shifts in an educational situation. Australian Journal of Psychology, 30, 229-240.
Nagi, S. Z. (1975). Teamwork in health care in the U.S.: A sociological perspective. Milbank
    Memorial Fund Quarterly, 53, 75-91.
Nahavandi, A., & Aranda, E. (1994). Restructuring teams for the re-engineered organization.
    Academy of Management Executive, 8, 58-68.
Nakanishi, M. (1988). Group motivation and group task performance: The expectancy-valence
    theory approach. Small Group Behavior, 19, 35-55.
Nandhakumar, J., & Jones, M. (2001). Accounting for time: Managing time in project-based
    team-working. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 26, 193-214.
Narayana, V. K., & Nath, R. (1984). The influence of group cohesiveness on some changes
    induced by flextime: A quasi-experiment. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 20, 265-
    276.
Nathan, V., & Poulsen, S. (2004). Group-analytic training for groups for psychology students: A
    qualitative study. Group Analysis, 37, 163-175.
Naumann, S. E., & Bennett, N. (2002). The effects of procedural justice climate on work group
    performance. Small Group Research, 33, 361-377.
                                                                                             197


Navarrette, C. D., Kurzban, R., Fessler, D. M. T., & Kirkpatrick, L. A. (2004). Anxiety and
    intergroup bias: Terror management or coalitional psychology? Group Processes &
    Intergroup Relations, 7, 370-397.
Near, J. P. (1978). Comparison of developmental patterns in groups. Small Group Behavior, 9,
    493-506.
Neck, C. P., Connerley, M. L., Zuniga, C. A., & Goel, S. (1999). Gamily therapy meets self-
    managing teams: Examining self-managing team performance through team member
    perception. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 35, 245-259.
Neck, C. P., & Manz, C. C. (1994). From groupthink to teamthink: Toward the creation of
    constructive thought patterns in self managing teams. Human Relations, 47, 929-952.
Neck, C. P., & Moorhead, G. (1995). Groupthink remodeled: The importance of leadership, time
    pressure, and methodical decision-making procedures. Human Relations, 48, 537-557.
Neff, P. J. (1995). Cross-cultural research teams in a global enterprise. Research-Technology
    Management, 38, 15-19.
Neimeyer, G. J., & Merlizzi, T. V. (1982). Group structure and group process: Personal construct
    theory and group development. Small Group Behavior, 13, 150-164.
Nelson, R. E. (1989). The strength of strong ties: Social networks and intergroup conflict in
    organizations. Academy of Management Journal, 32, 377-401.
Nemeth, C. (1977). Interaction between jurors as a function of majority vs. unanimity decision
    rules. Journal of Applied Psychology, 7, 38-56.
Nemeth, C. (1983). Creating problem solving as a result of majority influence. European Journal
    of Social Psychology, 13, 44-55.
Nemeth, C. J. (1985). Dissent, group process, and creativity: The contribution of minority
    influence. Advances in Group Processes, 2, 57-75.
Nemeth, C. J. (1986). Differential contributions of majority and minority influence.
    Psychological Review, 93, 23-32.
Nemeth, C. J., Endicott, J., & Wachtler, J. (1976). From the ‘50s to the ‘70s: Women in jury
    deliberations. Sociometry, 39, 293-304.
Nemeth, C. J., & Kwan, J. L. (1985). Originality of word associations as a function of majority
    vs. minority influence. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 277-282.
Nemeth, C. J., & Kwan, J. L. (1987). Minority influence, divergent thinking, and detection of
    correct solutions. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 17, 788-799.
Nemeth, C., Mayseless, O., Sherman, J., & Brown, Y. (1990). Exposure to dissent and recall of
    information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 429-437.
Nemeth, C., Mosier, K., & Chiles, C. (1992). When convergent thought improves performance:
    Majority versus minority influence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 139-
    144.
Nemeth, C. J., & Staw, B. M. (1989). The tradeoffs of social control in groups and organizations.
    Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 175-210.
Nemeth, C. J., Swedlund, M., & Kanki, B. (1974). Patterning of the minority’s responses and
    their influence on the majority. European Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 53-64.
Nemeth, C. J., & Wachtler, J. (1974). Creating the perceptions of consistency and confidence: A
    necessary condition for minority influence. Sociometry, 37, 529-540.
Nemeth, C. J., & Wachtler, J. (1983). Creative problem solving as a result of majority vs.
    minority influence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 13, 45-55.
                                                                                            198


Nemeth, C., Wachtler, J., & Endicott, J. (1977). Increasing the size of the minority: Some gains
    and some losses. European Journal of Psychology, 7, 15-27.
Nemiroff, P. M., & King, D. C. (1975). Group decision-making performance as influenced by
    consensus and self-orientation. Human Relations, 28, 1-21.
Nemiroff, P. M., Pasmore, W. A., & Ford, D. L., Jr. (1976). The effects of two normative
    structural interventions on established and ad hoc groups: Implications for improving
    decision making effectiveness. Decision Sciences, 7, 841-855.
Neubert, M. J. (1999). Too much of a good thing or the more the merrier? Exploring the
    dispersion and gender composition of informal leadership in manufacturing teams. Small
    Group Research, 30, 635-647.
Neuman, G. A., Wagner, S. H., & Christiansen, N. D. (1999). The relationship between work-
    team personality composition and the job performance in teams. Group & Organization
    Management, 24, 28-45.
Neuman, G. A., & Wright, J. (1999). Team effectiveness: Beyond skills and cognitive ability.
    Journal of Applied Psychology, 84, 376-389.
Néve, P., & Gautier, J. M. (1977-1978). Phenomena of polarization in group decisions:
    Experimental study of the effects of contradiction. Bulletin de Psychologie, 31, 361-370.
Neville, B. W. (1978). Interpersonal functioning and learning in the small group. Small Group
    Behavior, 9, 349-361.
Neville, B. W. (1983). Carkhuff, Maslow, and interpersonal perception in small groups. Small
    Group Behavior, 14, 211-226.
Newcomb, A. F., Bukowski, W. M., & Pattee, L. (1993). Children’ peer relations: A meta-
    analytic review of popular, rejected, neglected, controversial, and average sociometric
    status. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 99-128.
Newcomb, T. M. (1981). Heiderean balance as a group phenomenon. Journal of Personality and
    Social Psychology, 40, 862-867.
Newman, D. L., & Brown, R. D. (1992). Patterns of school board decision making: Variations in
    behavior and perceptions. Journal of Research and Development in Education, 26, 1-6.
Newsletter, W. I. (1937). An experiment in the defining and measuring of group adjustment.
    American Sociological Review, 2, 230-236.
Nezlek, J. B., Austin-Lane, J., & Null, C. H. (2001). Multidimensional scaling analyses of the
    perceived social structure of informal groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 5, 200-207.
Nezlek, J. B., & Zyzniewski, L. E. (1998). Using hierarchical linear modeling to analyze grouped
    data. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 313-320.
Ng, S. H. (1981). Equity theory and the allocation of rewards between groups. European Journal
    of Social Psychology, 11, 439-444.
Ng, S. H., Bell, D., & Brooke, M. (1993). Gaining turns and achieving high influence ranking in
    small conversational groups. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 265-275.
Ng, S. H., Brooke, M., & Dunne, M. (1995). Interruption and influence in discussion groups.
    Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 14, 369-381.
Ng, S. H., & Cram, F. (1988). Intergroup bias by defensive and offensive groups in majority and
    minority conditions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 749-757.
Ngqenyama, O. K., & Bryson, N. (1999). Eliciting and mapping qualitative preferences to
    numeric rankings in group decision making. European Journal of Operational Research,
    116, 487-497.
                                                                                            199


Nicholas, J. M. (1989). Interpersonal and group-behavior skills training for crews on space
    station. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 60, 603-608.
Nicholas, M. W. (1989). A systemic perspective of group therapy supervision: Use of energy in
    the supervision-therapist-group systems. Journal of Independent Social Work, 3(4), 27-39.
Nichols, M. L., & Day, V. E. (1982). A comparison of moral reasoning in groups and individuals
    on the “Defining Issues Test.” Academy of Management Journal, 25, 201-208.
Nickel, J. E., & O’Neal, S. (1990). Small group incentives: Gain sharing in the microcosm.
    Compensation and Benefits Review, 22, 37-44.
Nickerson, A. B., & Coleman, M. N. (2006). An exploratory study of member attraction, climate,
    and behavioral outcomes of anger-coping group therapy for children with emotional
    disturbance. Small Group Research, 37, 115-139.
Niederman, F., Beise, C. M., & Beranek, P. M. (1996). Issues and concerns about computer-
    supported meetings: The facilitator’s perspective. MIS Quarterly, 20, 1-22.
Niederman, F., & Volkema, R. J. (1999). The effects of facilitator characteristics on meeting
    preparation, set up, and implementation. Small Group Research, 30, 330-360.
Nielsen, M. E., & Miller, C. E. (1992). Expectations regarding the use of various group decision
    rules. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 7, 43-58.
Nielsen, M. E., & Miller, C. E. (1997). The transmission of norms regarding group decision
    rules. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 516-525.
Nier, J. A., Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Banker, B. S., Ward, C. M., & Rust, M. C. (2001).
    Changing interracial evaluations and behavior: The effects of a common group identity.
    Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 299-316.
Ninane, P. (1980). Groups and individuals. Connexions, 31, 113-143.
Nixon, H. L. (1976). Team orientations, interpersonal relations, and team success. Research
    Quarterly, 47, 429-435.
Nixon, H. L. (1977). Reinforcement effects of sports team success cohesiveness-related factors.
    International Review of Sport Sociology, 12, 17-38.
Noe, F. P., McDonald, C. D., & Hammitt, W. E. (1983). Comparison of perceived risk taking in
    groups and implications drawn from the risky-shift paradigm. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
    56, 199-206.
Noel, J. G., Wann, D. L., & Branscombe, N. R. (1995). Peripheral ingroup membership status
    and public negativity toward outgroups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68,
    127-137.
Nogami, G. Y. (1976). Crowding: Effects of group size, room size, or density? Journal of
    Applied Social Psychology, 6, 105-125.
Noma, E., & Smith, D. R. (1978). SHED: A FORTRAN IV program for the analysis of small
    group sociometric structure. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation, 10, 60-62.
Nordholm, L. A. (1975). Effects of group size and stimulus ambiguity on conformity. Journal of
    Social Psychology, 97, 123-130.
Norland, S. (1978). Unacknowledged accounts and the negotiation of deviant identity in small
    groups. Sociological Forum, 1, 60-71.
Norton, R. W. (1979a). The coalition game: Isolating social system subgroups. Simulation and
    Games, 10, 385-402.
Norton, R. W. (1979b). Identifying coalitions: Generating units of analysis. Small Group
    Behavior, 10, 343-354.
                                                                                             200


Norvell, N., & Forsyth, D. R. (1984). The impact of inhibiting or facilitating causal factors on
    group members’ reactions after success and failure. Social Psychology Quarterly, 47, 293-
    297.
Nosanop, M., Hage, S., & Levin, J. Group intervention with college students from divorced
    families. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 14, 43-57.
Nosek, B. A., Banaji, M., & Greenwald, A. G. (2002). Harvesting implicit group attitudes and
    beliefs from a demonstration web site. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 6,
    101-115.
Nowak, A., Szamrej, J., & Latané, B. (1990). From private attitude to public opinion: A dynamic
    theory of social impact. Psychological Review, 97, 362-376.
Nowakowska, M. (1978). A model of participation in group discussions. Behavioral Science, 23,
    209-212.
Nugent, W. R. (1996). Integrating single-case and group-comparison designs for evaluation
    research. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 32, 209-226.
Nunamakmer, J. F., Jr. (1997). Future research in group support systems: Needs, some questions
    and possible directions. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 47, 357-385.
Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., Applegate, L. M., & Konsynski, B. R. (1988). Computer-aided
    deliberation: Model management and group decision support. Operations Research, 36, 826-
    848.
Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., Briggs, R. O., Mittleman, D. D., Vogel, D. R., & Balthazard, P. A. (1996).
    Lessons from a dozen years of group support systems research: A discussion of lab and field
    findings. Journal of Management Information Systems, 13, 163-207.
Nunamaker, J. F., Jr., Dennis, A. R., Valachich, J. S., Vogel, D. R., & George, J. F. (1991).
    Electronic meeting systems to support group work. Communications of the ACM, 34(7), 40-
    61.
Nurco, D. N., Primm, B. J., Lerner, M., & Stephenson, P. (1995). Changes in locus-of-control
    attitudes about drug misuse in a self-help group in a methadone maintenance clinic.
    International Journal of the Addictions, 30, 765-778.
Nurmi, H. (1984). On the strategic properties of some modern methods of group decision
    making. Behavioral Science, 29, 248-257.
Nussbaum, E. M. (2002). The process of becoming a participant in small-group critical
    discussions: A case study. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 45, 488-497.
Nydegger, R. V. (1975). Leadership in small groups: A rewards-cost analysis. Small Group
    Behavior, 6, 353-368.
Nydegger, R. V., & Owen, G. (1977). The norm of equity in a three-person majority game.
    Behavioral Science, 22, 32-37.
Nye, J. L. (1994). Discussion: The social perceiver as a social being Small Group Research, 25,
    316-322.
Nye, J. L. (2002). The eye of the follower: Information processing effects on attributions
    regarding leaders of small groups. Small Group Research, 33, 337-360.
Nye, J. L., & Forsyth, D. R. (1991). The effects of prototype-based biases on leadership
    appraisals: A test of leadership categorization theory. Small Group Research, 22, 360-379.
O’Keefe, R. D., Kernaghan, J. A., & Rubenstein, A. H. (1975). Group cohesiveness: A factor in
    the adoption of innovations among scientific work groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 282-
    292.
                                                                                            201


Oaker, G., & Brown, R. J. (1986). Intergroup relations in a hospital setting: A further test of
    social identity theory. Human Relations, 39, 767-778.
Oakes, P. J., & Turner, J. C. (1980). Social categorization and intergroup behavior: Does
    minimal intergroup discrimination make social identity more positive? European Journal of
    Social Psychology, 10, 295-301.
Oakes, W. F., Droge, A. E., & August, B. (1960). Reinforcement effects on participation in
    group discussion. Psychological Reports, 7, 503-514.
Oakley, J. G. (1998). Leadership processes in virtual teams and organizations. Journal of
    Leadership Studies, 5, 3-17.
Obert, S. L. (1983). Developmental patterns of organizational task groups: A preliminary study.
    Human Relations, 36, 37-52.
O’Brien, G. E., & Gross, W. F. (1981). Structural indices for potential participation in groups.
    Australian Journal of Psychology, 33, 134-148.
O’Brien, G. E., & Haray, F. (1977). Measurement of the interactive effects of leadership style
    and group structure upon group performance. Australian Journal of Psychology, 29, 59-71.
O’Brien, G. E., & Kabanoff, B. (1981). The effects of leadership style and group structure upon
    small group productivity: A test of a discrepancy theory of leader effectiveness. Australian
    Journal of Psychology, 33, 157-168.
O’Brien, G. E., & Owens, A. G. (1969). Effects of organizational structure on correlations
    between member abilities and group productivity. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 525-
    530.
O’Brien, J. F. (1939). A definition and classification of the forms of discussion. Quarterly
    Journal of Speech, 25, 236-243.
O’Brien, W. H., Korchynsky, R., Fabrizio, J., McGrath, J., & Swank, A. (1999). Evaluating
    group process in stress management intervention: Relationships between perceived process
    and cardiovascular reactivity to stress. Research on Social Work, 9, 608-630.
Ochsman, R. B., & Chapanis, A. (1974). The effects of 10 communication modes on the
    behavior of teams during co-operative problem-solving. International Journal of Man-
    Machine Studies, 6, 579-619.
Ocker, R. J. (2005). Influences on creativity in asynchronous virtual teams: A qualitative
    analysis of experimental teams. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication, 48, 22-
    39.
Ocker, R., Hiltz, S. R., Turoff, M., & Fjermestad, J. (1996). The effects of distributed group
    support and process structuring on software requirements development teams: Results on
    creativity and quality. Journal of Management Information Systems, 12, 127-153.
Ocker, R. J., & Moreland, D. (2002). Exploring the mediating effect of group development on
    satisfaction in virtual and mixed-mode environments. e-Service Journal, 1(2), 25-41.
O’Connor, B. P., & Dyce, J. (1997). Interpersonal rigidity, hostility, and complementarity in
    musical bands. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 362-372.
O’Connor, G. G. (1980). Small groups: A general system model. Small Group Behavior, 11,
    145-174.
O’Connor, K. M., Gruenfeld, D. M., & McGrath, J. E. (1993). The experience and effects of
    conflict in continuing work groups. Small Group Research, 24, 362-382.
O’Connor, M. C. (2001). “Can any fraction be turned into a decimal? A case study of a
    mathematical group discussion. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 46, 143-185.
                                                                                             202


O’Connor, P. (1996). Groups for families who have children in care: An evaluative case study.
    Children & Society, 10, 64-76.
O’Dell, J. W. (1968). Group size and emotional interaction. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 8, 75-78.
O’Dell, S., & Seiler, G. (1975). The effects of short-term personal growth groups on anxiety and
    self-perception. Small Group Behavior, 6, 251-271.
O’Dwyer, A., Berkowitz, N. H., & Alfred-Johnson, D. (2002). Group and person attributions in
    response to criticism of the in-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 563-588.
Oestterheld, A., McKenna, M., & Gould, N. (1987). Group psychotherapy of bulimia: A critical
    review. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 37, 163-187.
Oetzel, J. G. (1998a). Culturally homogeneous and heterogeneous groups: Explaining
    communication processes through individualism-collectivism and self-construal.
    International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 22, 135-161.
Oetzel, J. G. (1998b). Explaining individual communication processes in homogeneous and
    heterogeneous groups through individualism-collectivism and self-construal. Human
    Communication Research, 25, 202-224.
Oetzel, J. G. (2001). Self-construals, communication processes, and group outcomes in
    homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Small Group Research, 32, 19-54.
Oetzel, J. G., & Bolton-Oetzel, K. D. (1997). Exploring the relationship between self-construal
    and dimensions of group effectiveness. Management Communication Quarterly, 10, 289-
    315.
Offerman, L. R. (1984). Short-term supervisory experience and LPC score: Effects of leader’s
    sex and group sex composition. Journal of Social Psychology, 123, 115-121.
Offner, A. K., Kramer, T. J., & Winter, J. P. (1996). The effects of facilitation, recording, and
    pauses on group brainstorming. Small Group Research, 27, 283-298.
Ogawa, D. M., & Welden, T. A. (1972). Cross-cultural analysis of feedback behavior within
    Japanese American and Caucasian American small groups. Journal of Communication, 22,
    189-195.
Ogilvie, J. R., & Haslett, B. (1985). Communicating peer feedback in a task group. Human
    Communication Research, 12, 79-98.
Ogrodniczuk, J. S., & Piper, W. E. (2003). The effect of group climate on outcome in two forms
    of short-term group therapy. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 64-76.
Ogunlade, J. O. (1977). Some effects of asymmetry of rewards on productivity in simulated
    industrial groups. Social Behavior and Personality, 5, 73-80.
Ohtsubo, Y., & Masuchi, A. (2004). Effects of status difference and group size in group decision
    making. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 161-172.
Ohtsubo, Y., Masuchi, A., Nakanishi, D. (2002). Majority influence process in group judgment:
    Test of the social judgment scheme model in a group polarization context. Group Processes
    & Intergroup Relations, 5, 249-261.
Ohtsubo, Y., Miller, C. E., Hayashi, N., & Masuchi, A. (2004). Effects of group decision
    rules on decisions involving continuous alternatives: The unanimity rule and extreme
    decisions in mock civil juries. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 320-331.
Ohtsubo, Y, Miller, C. E., Hayashi, N., & Masuchi, A. (2004). Effects of group decision rules on
   decisions involving continuous alternatives: The unanimity rule and extreme decisions in
   mock civil juries. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 320-332.
                                                                                               203


Okey, J. R., & Majer, K. (1976). Individual and small group learning with computer assisted
    instruction. Audio-Visual Communication Review, 24, 79-86.
Okhyuysen, G. (2001). Structuring change: Familiarity and formal interventions in problem-
    solving groups. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 794-808.
Okhyuysen, G., & Eisenhardt, K. (2002). Integrating knowledge in groups: How formal
    interventions enable flexibility. Organization Science, 13, 370-386.
Okuguchi, K. (1984). Utility function, group size, and the aggregate provision of a pure public
    good. Public Choice, 42, 247-255.
Okun, M. A., & di Vesta, J. F. (1971). Cooperation and competition in coacting groups. Journal
    of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 615-620.
Olaniran, B. A. (1994). Group performance in computer-mediated and face-to-face
    communication media. Management Communication Quarterly, 7, 256-281.
Olaniran, B. A. (1996). A model of group satisfaction in computer-mediated communication and
    face-to-face meetings. Behaviour & Information Technology, 15, 24-36.
Olaniran, B. A., Savage, G. T., & Sorenson, R. L. (1996). Experimental and experiential
    approaches to teaching face-to-face and computer mediated group communication.
    Communication Education, 45, 244-259.
O’Leary-Kelly, A. M., Martocchio, J. J., & Frink, D. D. (1994). A review of the influence of
    group goals on group performance. Academy of Management Journal, 73, 1285-1301.
Oliver, K., & Walker, M. (1984). The free rider problem: Experimental evidence. Public Choice,
    43, 3-24.
Oliver, P. E., & Marwell, G. (1988). The paradox of group size in collective action: A theory of
    the crucial mass III. American Sociological Review, 53, 1-8.
Olivera, F., & Straus, S. G. (2004). Group-to-individual transfer of learning: Cognitive and social
    factors. Small Group Research, 35, 440-465.
Olson, L. (2006). A qualitative research study of one parent-child activity group. Occupational
    Therapy in Mental Health, 22(3/4), 49-92.
Olson, G. M., Olson, J. S., Carter, M. R., & Storrosten, M. (1992). Small group design meetings:
    An analysis of collaboration. Human Computer Interaction, 7, 347-374.
Olson, J. S., & Teasley, S. (1996). Groupware in the wild: Lessons learned from a year of virtual
    collocation. Proceedings of the ACM Conference on Computer-Supported Cooperative
    Work 1996, 419-427.
O’Neill, M., & Sockwell, G. (1991). Worthy of discussion: Collaborative group therapy.
    Australian & New Zealand Journal of Group Therapy, 12(4), 201-206.
O’Neill, P., & Levings, D. E. (1979). Inducing biased scanning in a group setting to change
    attitudes toward bilingualism and capital punishment. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 37, 1432-1438.
Operario, D., & Fiske, S. T. (2001). Ethnic identity moderates perceptions of prejudice:
    Judgments of personal versus group discrimination and subtle versus blatant bias.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 550-561.
Opie, A. (1997). Thinking teams thinking clients: Issues of discourse and representation in the
    work of health care teams. Sociology of Health and Illness, 19, 259-280.
Opie, A. (1998). “Nobody’s asked me for my view”: Users’ empowerment by multidisciplinary
    health teams. Qualitative Health Research, 8, 188-206.
Orbe, M. P. (1998). From the standpoint(s) of traditionally muted groups: Explicating a co-
    cultural communication theoretical model. Communication Theory, 8, 1-26.
                                                                                              204


Orbell, J. M., van de Kragt, A. J. C., & Dawes, R. M. (1988). Explaining discussion-induced
     cooperation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 811-819.
Orcutt, J. D. (1973). Societal reaction and the response to deviation in small groups. Social
     Forces, 52, 261-267.
O’Reilly, C. A., Caldwell, D. F., & Barnett, W. P. (1989). Work group demography, social
     integration, and turnover. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34, 21-37.
Orengo, V., Zornoza, A. M., Prieto, F., & Peiró, J. M. (2000). The influence of familiarity among
     group members, group atmosphere and assertiveness on uninhibited behavior through three
     different communication media. Computers in Human Behavior, 16, 141-159.
Orlikowski, W. J. (1993). Learning from notes: Organizational issues in groupware
     implementation. Information Society, 9, 237-250.
Orlitzky, M., & Hirokawa, R. Y. (2001). To err is human, to correct for it divine: A meta-
     analysis of research testing the functional theory of group decision-making effectiveness.
     Small Group Research, 32, 313-341.
Orive, R. (1984). Group similarity, public self-awareness, and opinion extremity: A social
     projection explanation of deindividuation effects. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 47, 727-737.
Orpen, C. (1986). Improving organizations through team development. Management and Labor
     Studies, 11, 1-12.
Ormont, L. R. (1984). The leader's role in dealing with aggression in groups. International
     Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 553-572.
Osterlund, J. (1995). Individual competence and group behavior within a living system.
     Behavioral Science, 40, 15-21.
Ostroff, C. (1993). Comparing correlations based on individual-level and aggregated data.
     Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 569-582.
Ostrom, T., & Sedikides, C. (1992). Out-group homogeneity effects in natural and minimal
     groups. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 536-552.
Otten, S., Mummendey, A., & Blanz, M. (1996). Intergroup discrimination in positive and
     negative outcome allocations: The impact of stimulus, valence, group status, and relative
     group size. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 568-581.
Ouwerkerk, J. W., De Gilder, D., & De Vries, N. K. (2000). When the going get tough, the tough
     get going: Social identification and individual effort in intergroup competition. Personality
     and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1550-1559.
Overbeck, J. R., Jost, J. T., Mosso, C. O., & Hlizik, A. (2004). Resistance versus acquiescent
     responses to ingroup inferiority as a function of social dominance orientation in the USA
     and Italy. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 35-54.
Oxley, N. L., Dzindolet, M. T., & Paulus, P. B. (1996a). The effects of facilitators on the
     performance of brainstorming groups. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 11, 633-
     646.
Oxley, N. L., Dzindolet, M. T., & Paulus, P. B. (1996b). XXX of brainstorming groups. Journal
     of Social Behavior and Personality, 11, 1-14.
Owen, W. F. (1985). Metaphor analysis of cohesiveness in small discussions groups. Small
     Group Behavior, 16, 415-424.
Owen, W. F. (1986). Rhetorical themes of emergent female leaders. Small Group Behavior, 17,
     475-486.
                                                                                                205


Oygard, L., & Theun, F. (2000). An evaluation of divorce support groups: A qualitative
     approach. Journal of Divorce & Remarriage, 32, 149-164.
Pace, R. C. (1988). Communication patterns in high and low consensus discussions: A
     descriptive analysis. Southern Speech Communication Journal, 53, 184-202.
Pace, R. C. (1990). Personalized and depersonalized conflict in small group discussions: An
     examination of differentiation. Small Group Research, 21, 79-96.
Page, R. C., & Kubiak, L. (1978). Marathon groups: Facilitating the personal growth of
     imprisoned, Black female heroin abusers. Small Group Behavior, 9, 409-416.
Page, R. H., & McGinnies, E. (1959). Composition of two styles of leadership in small group
     discussion. Journal of Applied Psychology, 43, 240-245.
Pagerey, P. D., & Chapanis, A. (1983). Communication control and leadership in
     telecommunications by small groups. Behaviour and Information Technology, 2, 179-196.
Pagliari, C., & Grimshaw, J. (2002). Impact of group structure and process on multidisciplinary
     evidence-based guideline development: An observational study. Journal of Evaluation in
     Clinical Practice, 8, 145-153.
Paicheler, G. (1977a). Norms and attitude change: I. Polarization and styles of behavior.
     European Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 405-427.
Paicheler, G. (1977b). Norms and attitude change: II. The phenomenon of bipolarization.
     European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 5-14.
Paicheler, G. (1979). Polarization of attitudes in homogeneous and heterogeneous groups.
     European Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 85-96.
Paletz, S. B. F., Peng, K., Erez, M., & Maslach, C. (2004). Ethnic composition and its
     differential impact on group processes in diverse teams. Small Group Research, 35, 128-
     157.
Palisi, A. T., & Ruzicka, M. F. (1974-1975). Panel analysis, comparison of theories of group
     development. Interpersonal Development, 5, 234-244.
Paloutzian, R. F. (1974). Some consequences of individuation and deindividuation: Aggression
     and altruism as functions of responsibility and group size. Catalog of Selected Documents in
     Psychology, 4, 124-125.
Pan, P. J. D. (1998). A study on group effects, verbal interaction, and related factors of volunteer
     human relations groups. Journal for Chinese Association of Mental Hygiene, 11, 29-72.
Pan, P. J. D. (2000). The effectiveness of structured and semistructured Satir model groups on
     family relationships with college students in Taiwan. Journal for Specialists in Group Work,
     25, 305-318.
Pan, P. J. D., & Lin, C. W. (2004). Members’ perceptions of leader behaviors, group
     experiences, and therapeutic factors in group counseling. Small Group Research, 35, 174-
     194.
Papacharissi, Z. (2004). Democracy online: Civility, politeness, and the democratic potential of
     online political discussion groups. New Media and Society, 6, 259-284.
Park, B., & Judd, C. M. (1990). Measures and models of perceived group variability. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 173-191.
Park, B., & Rothbart, M. (1982). Perception of outgroup homogeneity and levels of social
     categorization: Memory for the subordinate attributes of ingroup and outgroup members.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 1051-1068.
Park, E. S., Levine, T. R., Harms, C. M., & Ferrara, M. H. (2002). Group and individual
     accuracy in deception detection. Communication research Reports, 19, 99-106.
                                                                                              206


Park, W. W. (1990). A review of the research on groupthink. Journal of Behavioral Decision
     Making, 3, 229-245.
Park, W. (2000). A comprehensive empirical investigation of the relationships among variables
     in the groupthink model. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 21, 873-887.
Parke, B. K., & Houben, H. C. (1985). An objective analysis of group types. International
     Journal of Group Research, 1, 131-149.
Parker, K. C. (1988). Speaking turns in small group interaction: A context-sensitive event
     sequence model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 965-971.
Parks, C. D., & Cowlin, R. A. (1996). Acceptance of uncommon information into group
     discussion when that information is or is not demonstrable. Organizational Behavior and
     Human Decision Processes, 66, 307-315.
Parks, C. D., & Komorita, S. S. (1997). Reciprocal strategies for large groups. Personality and
     Social Psychology Review, 1, 314-322.
Parks, C. D., & Nelson, N. L. (1999). Discussion and decision: The interrelationship between
     initial preference distribution and group discussion content. Organizational Behavior and
     Human Decision Processes, 80, 87-101.
Parks, C. D., & Vu, A. D. (1994). Social dilemma behaviour of individuals from highly
     individualistic and collectivist cultures. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 38, 708-718.
Parloff, M. (1970). Group therapy and the small group field: An encounter. International Journal
     of Group Psychotherapy, 20, 268-304.
Parloff, M., & Dies, M. (1977). Group psychotherapy outcome research. International Journal of
     Group Psychotherapy, 27, 281-319.
Parris, M. A., & Vickers, M. H. (2005). Working in teams: The influence of rhetoric—from
     sensemaking to sadness. Administrative Theory & Praxis, 27, 277-300.
Paskevich, D., M., Brawley, L. R., Dorsch, L. R., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1995). Implications of
     individual and group level analyses applied to the study of collective efficacy and cohesion.
     Journal of Applied Sports Psychology, 7(Suppl.), 95.
Paskevich, D., M., Brawley, L. R., Dorsch, L. R., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1999). Relationship
     between collective efficacy and team cohesion: Conceptual and measurement issues. Group
     Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 210-222.
Patrick, B. A. (2006). Group ethos and the communication of social action. Small Group
     Research, 37, 425-458.
Patterson, D. A., & Basham, R. E. (2002). A data visualization procedure for the evaluation of
     group treatment outcomes across units of analysis. Small Group Research, 33, 209-232.
Patterson, D. L., & Smits, S. J. (1974). Communication bias in black-white groups. Journal of
     Psychology, 88, 9-25.
Patterson, M. L., Kelley, C. E., Kondracki, B. A., & Wulf, L. J. (1979). Effects of seating
     arrangement on small-group behavior. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 180-185.
Patterson, M. L., Roth, C. P., & Schenk, C. (1979). Seating arrangement, activity, and sex
     differences in small group crowding. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 100-
     103.
Patterson, M. L., & Schaeffer, R. E. (1977). Effects of size and sex composition on interaction
     distance, participation, and satisfaction in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 8, 433-442.
Pattison, E. (1965). Evaluation studies of group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group
     Psychotherapy, 15, 382-397.
                                                                                            207


Pattison, E., Brissenden, A., & Wohl, T. (1967). Assessing specific effects of inpatient group
     psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 17, 311-328.
Paul, S., Samarah, I. M., Seetharaman, P., & Myktyn, P. P. (2005). An empirical investigation of
     collraborative conflict management style in group support system-based global virtual
     teams. Journal of Management Information Systems, 21, 185-222.
Paul, S., Seetharaman, P., Samarah, I., & Mykytn, P. P. (2004). Impact of heterogeneity and
     collaborative conflict management style on the performance of synchronous global virtual
     teams. Information and Management, 41, 303-321.
Pauleen, D. J. (2003a). An inductively derived model of leader-initiated relationship building
     with virtual team members. Journal of Management Information Systems, 20, 227-256.
Pauleen, D. J. (2003b). Leadership in a global virtual team: An action learning approach.
     Leadership and Organization Development, 24, 153-162.
Pauleen, D. J., & Yoong, P. (2001). Facilitating virtual team relationships via internet and
     conventional communication channels. Internet Research: Electronic Networking
     Applications and Policies, 11, 190-202.
Paulus, P. B. (2000). Groups, teams, and creativity: The creative potential of idea-generating
     groups. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 49, 237-262.
Paulus, P. B., Annis, A. B., Seta, J. J., Schkade, J. K., & Matthews, R. W. (1976). Density does
     affect task performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 248-353.
Paulus, P. B., Dugosh, K. L., Dzindolet, M. T., Coskun, H., & Putman, V. L. (2002). Social and
     cognitive influences in group brainstorming: Predicting production gains and losses.
     European Review of Social Psychology, 12, 299-325.
Paulus, P. B., & Dzindolet, M. T. (1993). Social influence processes in group brainstorm.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 575-586.
Paulus, P. B., Dzindolet, M. T., Poletes, G., & Camacho, L. M. (1993). Perception of
     performance in group brainstorming: The illusion of group productivity. Personality and
     Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 78-89.
Paulus, P. B., Larey, T. S., Putnam, V. L., Leggett, K. L., & Rowland, E. J. (1996). Social
     influence processes in computer brainstorming. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 18, 3-
     14.
Paulus, P. B., & Yang, H. (2000). Idea generation in groups: A basis for creativity in
     organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 82, 76-87.
Paulus, T. M., Bichelmeyer, B., Malopinsky, L., Pereria, M., & Rastogi, P. (2005). Power
     distance and group dynamics of an international project team: A case study. Teaching in
     Higher Education, 10, 43-55.
Pavelshak, M. A., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1986). Effects of prior group memberships
     on subsequent reconnaissance activities. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50,
     56-66.
Pavitt, C. (1992). Describing know-how about group discussion procedure: Must the
     representation be recursive? Communication Studies, 43, 150-170.
Pavitt, C. (1993a). Does communication matter in social influence during small group
     discussion? Five positions. Communication Studies, 44, 216-227.
Pavitt, C. (1993b). What (little) we know about formal group discussion procedures: A review of
     relevant research. Small Group Research, 24, 217-235.
Pavitt, C. (1994). Theoretical commitments presupposed by functional approaches to group
     discussion. Small Group Research, 25, 520-541.
                                                                                             208


Pavitt, C. (2003a). Why we have to be reductionists about group memory. Human
    Communication Research, 29, 592-599.
Pavitt, C. (2003b). Why we still have to be reductionists about group memory. Human
    Communication Research, 29, 624-629.
Pavitt, C., & Hopkins, J. (2004). Cooperative discussion in a group setting. Atlantic Journal of
    Communication, 12, 105-119.
Pavitt, C., & Johnson, K. K. (1999). An examination of the coherence of group discussions.
    Communication Research, 26, 303-321.
Pavitt, C., & Johnson, K. K. (2001). The association between group procedural MOPs and group
    discussion procedure. Small Group Research, 32, 595-623.
Pavitt, C., & Johnson, K. K. (2002). Scheidel and Crowell revisited: A descriptive study of group
    proposal sequencing. Communication Monographs, 69, 19-32.
Pavitt, C., Philipp, M., & Johnson, K. K. (2004). Who owns a group’s proposals: The initiator or
    the group as a whole? Communication Research Reports, 21, 221-230.
Pavitt, C., & Sackaroff, P. (1990). Implicit theories of leadership and judgments of leadership
    among group members. Small Group Research, 21, 374-392.
Pavitt, C., Whitchurch, G. G., McClurg, H., & Petersen, N. (1995). Melding the objective and
    subjective sides of leadership: Communication and social judgments in decision-making
    groups. Communication Monographs, 62, 243-264.
Pavitt, C., Whitchurch, G. G., Siple, H., & Petersen, N. (1997). Communication and emergent
    group leadership: Does content count? Communication Research Reports, 14, 470-480.
Paxton, P., & Moody, J. (2003). Structure and sentiment: Explaining emotional attachment to
    group. Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 34-47.
Payne, R. (1981). Stress in task-focused groups. Small Group Behavior, 12, 253-268.
Pearce, C. L., & Ensley, M. D. (2004). A reciprocal and longitudinal investigation of the
    innovation process: The central role of shared vision in product and process innovation
    teams (PPITs). Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 259-278.
Pearce, C. L., & Sims, H. P. (2002). Vertical versus shared leadership as predictors of the
    effectiveness of change management teams: An examination of aversive, directive,
    transactional, transformational, and empowering leader behaviors. Group Dynamics:
    Theory, Research, and Practice, 6, 172-197.
Pearce, J. A., II, & Ravlin, E. C. (1987). The design and activation of self-regulating work
    groups. Human Relations, 40, 751-782.
Pearce, M. J., Sikkema, K. J., & Tarakeshwar, N. (2005). Development and implementation of a
    spiritual coping group intervention for adults living with HIV/AIDS: A pilot study. Mental
    Health, Religion & Culture, 8, 179-191.
Pearson, M. J., & Girling, A. (1990). The value of the Claybury Selection Battery in predicting
    benefit from group psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 384-388.
Peay, M. Y., & Peay, E. R. (1983). The effects of density, group size, and crowding on behavior
    in an unstructured interaction. British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 13-18.
Pecorino, P. (1999). The effect of group size on public good provision in a repeated game
    setting. Journal of Public Economics, 72, 121-134.
Pedersen, P. B. (1985). Decision making in a multicultural group. Journal for Specialists in
    Group Work, 10(3), 164-174.
Pedersen, D. M. (1977). Factors affecting personal space toward a group. Perceptual and Motor
    Skills, 45, 735-743.
                                                                                               209


Pedigo, J. M., & Singer, B. (1982). Group process development: A psychoanalytic view. Small
     Group Behavior, 13, 496-517.
Peeters, M. A. G., Rutte, C. G., van Tuihl, H. F. M., & Reyen, I. M. M. J. (2006). The big five
     personality traits and individual satisfaction with the team. Small Group Research, 37, 187-
     211.
Peters, M. A. G., Van Tuijl, H. F. J. M., Rutte, C. G., & Reymen, I. M. M. J. (in press).
     Personality and team performance: A meta-analysis. European Journal of Personality.
Pelled, L. H. (1996a). Demographic diversity, conflict, and work group outcomes: An
     intervening process theory. Organization Science, 7, 615-631.
Pelled, L. H. (1996b). Relational demography and perceptions of group conflict and
     performance: A field investigation. International Journal of Conflict Management, 7, 230-
     246.
Pelled, L. H., Eisenhardt, K. M., & Xin, K. R. (1999). Exploring the black box: An analysis of
     work group diversity, conflict, and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44, 1-28.
Pellegrini, R. J. (1971). Some effects of seating position on social perception. Psychological
     Reports, 28, 887-893.
Pemberton, M. B., Insko, C. A., & Schopler, J. (1996). Memory for and experience of
     differential competitive behavior of individuals and groups. Journal of Personality and
     Social Psychology, 71, 953-966.
Pemberton, M. B., & Sedikides, C. (2001). When do individuals help close others improve? The
     role of information diagnosticity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 234-
     246.
Peňa, J., Walther, J. B., & Hancock, J. T. (2007). Effects of geographic distribution on
     dominance perceptions in computer-mediated groups. Communication Research, 34, 313-
     331.
Pendell, S. D. (1990). Deviance and conflict in small group decision making: An exploratory
     study. Small Group Research, 21, 393-403.
Pennington, N., & Hastie, R. (1992). Explaining the evidence: Tests of the story model for juror
     decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 189-206.
Penrod, S., & Hastie, R. (1979). Models of jury decision-making: A critical review.
     Psychological Bulletin, 86, 462-492.
Penrod, S., & Hastie, R. (1980). A computer simulation of jury decision making. Psychological
     Review, 87, 133-159.
Pepinsky, P. N., Hemphill, J. K., & Shevitz, R. N. (1958). Attempts to lead, group productivity
     and morale under conditions of acceptance and rejection. Journal of Abnormal and Social
     Psychology, 57, 47-54.
Pepinsky, P. N., Pepinsky, H. B., & Pavlik, W. B. (1960). The effects of task complexity and
     time pressure upon team productivity. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44, 34-38.
Pepitone, A., & Kleiner, R. J. (1957). The effects of threat and frustration on group cohesiveness.
     Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 54, 192-199.
Pepitone, A., & Reichling, G. (1955). Group cohesiveness and the expression of hostility.
     Human Relations, 8, 327-337.
Perdue, C. W., Dovidio, J. F., Gurtman, M. B., & Tyler, R. B. (1990). Us and them: Social
     categorization and the process of intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 59, 475-486.
                                                                                              210


Perez, D. A., Hosch, H. M., Ponder, B., & Trejo, G. C. (1993). Ethnicity of defendants and jurors
     as influences on jury decisions. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 1249-1262.
Peri, A., Barbarito, M., Barattoni, M., & Abraham, A. (2000). The dynamics and interpersonal
     and intrapersonal relations within an isolated group in extreme environments. Small Group
     Research, 31, 251-274.
Perlmutter, H. V., & de Montmollin, G. (1952). Group learning of nonsense syllables. Journal of
     Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 762-769.
Perlow, L. A., Hoffer Gittell, J., & Katz, N. (2004). Contextualizing patterns of work group
     interaction: Toward a nested theory of structuration. Organization Science, 15, 520-536.
Perosa, L., Hansen, J., & Perosa, S. (1981). Development of the structured family interaction
     scale. Family Therapy, 8, 77-90.
Perrone, K. M., & Sedlacek, W. E. (2000). A comparison of group cohesiveness and client
     satisfaction in homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Journal for Specialists in Group
     Work, 25, 243-251.
Perry, B., & Stewart, T. (2005). Insights into effective partnership in interdisciplinary team
     teaching. System, 33, 563-573.
Pescosolido, A. T. (2001). Informal leaders and the development of group efficacy. Small Group
     Research, 32, 74-93.
Pescosolido, A. T. (2003). Group efficacy and group effectiveness: The effects of group efficacy
     over time on group performance and development. Small Group Research, 34, 20-42.
Peteroy, E. T. (1980). Expectational composition and development of group cohesiveness across
     time periods. Psychological Reports, 47, 243-249.
Peters, J. (1973). Do encounter groups hurt people? Psychotherapy: Theory, Research &
     Practice, 10, 33-35.
Peters, R. W., & Torrence, E. P. (1973). Effects of triadic interaction on performance of five-
     year-old disadvantaged children. Psychological Reports, 32, 755-758.
Peterson, C., Mitchell, J., Engbloom, S., Nugent, S., Pederson, M., Crow, S., et al. (2001). Self-
     help versus therapist-led group cognitive-behavior treatment of binge eating disorder at
     follow-up. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 30, 363-374.
Peterson, C., Zaccaro, S. J., & Daly, D. C. (1986). Learned helplessness and the generality of
     social loafing. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 10, 563-570.
Peterson, L-E., & Blank, H. (2003). Ingroup bias in the minimal group paradigm shown by three-
     person groups with high or low state self-esteem. European Journal of Social Psychology,
     33, 149-162.
Peterson, L-E., Dietz, J., & Freu, D. (2004). The effects of intragroup interaction and cohesion
     on intergroup bias. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 107-118.
Peterson, L-E., Mitchell, T. R., Thompson, L., & Burr, R. (2000). Collective efficacy and aspects
     of shared mental models as predictors of performance over time in work groups. Group
     Processes & Intergroup Relations, 3, 296-313.
Peterson, P. L., & Swing, S. R. (1985). Students’ cognitions as mediators of the effectiveness of
     small-group learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 299-312.
Peterson, R. L. (1973). Small groups: Selected bibliography. Catalog of Selected Documents in
     Psychology, 3, 47.
Peterson, R. S. (1997). A directive leadership style in group decision making can be both virtue
     and vice: Evidence from elite and experimental groups. Journal of Personality and Social
     Psychology, 72, 1107-1121.
                                                                                             211


Peterson, R. S., & Behfar, K. J. (2003). The dynamic relationship between performance
     feedback, trust, and conflict in groups: A longitudinal study. Organizational Processes &
     Human Decision Processes, 92, 102-112.
Peterson, R. S., & Nemeth, C. J. (1996). Focus versus flexibility: Majority and minority
     influence can both improve performance. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22,
     14-23.
Peterson, R. S., Owens, P. D., & Martorana, P. V. (1999b). The group dynamics q-sort in
     organizational research: A new method for studying familiar problem. Organizational
     Research Methods, 2, 107-136.
Peterson, R. S., Owens, P. D., Tetlock, P. E., Fan, E. T., & Martorana, P. (1998). Group
     dynamics in top management teams: Groupthink, vigilance, and alternative models of
     organizational failure and success. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
     Processes, 73, 272-305.
Peterson, R. S., Smith, D. B., Martorana, P. V., & Owens, P. D. (2003). The impact of chief
     executive officer personality on top management team dynamics: One mechanism by which
     leadership affects organizational performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 795-808.
Petrocelli, J. V., Smith, E. (2005). Who I am, who we are, and why: Links between emotions and
     causal attributions for self- and group discrepancies. Personality and Social Psychology
     Bulletin, 31, 1628-1642.
Petronio, S., Ellemers, N., Giles, H. & Gallois, C. (1998). (Mis)communicating across
     boundaries: Interpersonal and intergroup considerations. Communication Research, 25, 571-
     595.
Petrovic, O., & Kicki, O. (1994). Traditionally-moderated versus computer support
     brainstorming: A comparative study. Information and Management, 27, 233-243.
Petrovskii, A. V. (1983). The new status of psychological theory concerning groups and
     collectives. Soviet Psychology, 21(4), 57-78.
Petrovskii, A. V. (1985). Some new aspects of the development of the stratometric concept of
     groups and collectives. Soviet Psychology, 23(4), 51-67.
Petrovic, O., & Kricki, O. (1994). Traditionally-moderated versus computer supported
     brainstorming: A comparative study. Information & Management, 27, 233-243.
Pettigrew, T. F. (1958). Personality and sociocultural factors in intergroup attitudes: A cross-
     national comparison. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 2, 29-42.
Pettigrew, T. F. (1997). Generalized intergroup contact effects on prejudice. Personality and
     Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 173-185.
Pettigrew, T. F. (1998). Intergroup contact theory. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 65-85.
Pettit, G. S., Bakshi, A., Dodge, K. A., & Coie, J. D. (1990). The emergence of social dominance
     in young boys’ play groups: Developmental differences and behavior correlates.
     Developmental Psychology, 26, 1018-1025.
Petty, R. E., Fleming, M. A., Priester, J. R., & Feinstein, A, H. (2001). Individual versus group
     interest violation: Surprise as a determninant of argument scrutiny and persuasion. Social
     Cognition, 19, 418-442.
Petty, R. E., Harkins, S. G., & Williams, K. D. (1980). The effects of group diffusion of
     cognitive effort on attitudes: An information-processing view. Journal of Personality and
     Social Psychology, 38, 81-92.
Petty, R. E., Harkins, S. G., Williams, K. D., & Latané, B. (1977). The effects of group size on
     cognitive effort and evaluation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 3, 579-582.
                                                                                              212


Petzel, T. P., Johnson, J. E., Homer, H., & Kowalski, J. (1981). Behavior of depressed subjects in
     problem solving groups. Journal of Research in Personality, 15, 389-398.
Pfister, G. (1975). Outcomes of laboratory training for police officers. Journal of Social Issues,
     31, 115-121.
Philipsen, G., Mulac, A., & Dietrich, D. (1979). The effects of social interaction in group idea
     generation. Communication Monographs, 46, 119-125.
Phillips, G. M. & Santoro, G. M. (1989). Teaching group discussion via computer-mediated
     communication. Communication Education, 38, 151-161.
Phillips, J. M. (1999). Antecedents of leader utilization of staff input in decision making teams.
     Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 77, 215-242.
Phillips, J. M. (2001). The role of decision influence and team performance in member self-
     efficacy, withdrawal, satisfaction with the leader, and willingness to return. Organizational
     Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 84, 122-147.
Phillips, J. M. (2002). Antecedents and consequences of procedural justice perceptions in
     hierarchical decision-making teams. Small Group Research, 33, 32-64.
Phillips, J. M., Douthitt, E., & Hyland, M. A. M. (2001). The role of justice in team member
     satisfaction with the leader and attachment to the team. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86,
     316-325.
Phillips, J. S., & Lord, R. G. (1982). Schematic information processing and perceptions of
     leadership in problem-solving groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 486-492.
Phillips, K. W, & Lloyd, D. L. (2006). When surface and deep-level diversity colledie: The
     effects on dissenting group members. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
     Processes, 99, 143-160.
Phillips, K. W., Mannix, E., Neale, M., & Gruenfeld, D. (2004). Diverse groups and information
     sharing: The effects of congruent ties. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 498-
     510.
Phillips, K. W., Northcraft, G. B., & Neale, M. A. (2006). Surface-level diversity and decision-
     making in groups: When does deep-level similarity help? Group Processes & Intergroup
     Relations, 9, 467-482.
Phinney, J. S. (1989). Stages of ethnic identity development in minority group adolescents.
     Journal of Early Adolescence, 9, 34-49.
Phinney, J. S. (1992). The Multigroup Ethnic Identity Measure: A new scale for use with
     adolescents and youth adults from diverse group. Journal of Adolescent Research, 7, 156-
     176.
Phinney, J. S. (1996). When we talk about American ethnic groups, what do we mean? American
     Psychologist, 51, 918-927.
Phinney, J. S., Ferguson, D. L., & Tate, J. D. 91997). Intergroup attitudes among ethnic minority
     adolescents: A causal model. Child Development, 68, 955-969.
Piccoli, G., & Ives, B. (2003). Trust and the unintended effects of behavior control in virtual
     teams. MIS Quarterly, 27, 365-395.
Pickett, C. L. (2001). The effects of entitativity beliefs on implicit comparisons of group
     members. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 515-525.
Pickett, C. L., & Brewer, M. B. (2001). Assimilation and differentiation needs as motivational
     determinants of perceived in-group and out-group homogeneity. Journal of Experimental
     Social Psychology, 37, 341-348.
                                                                                              213


Pierro, A., Mannetti, L., De Grada, E., Livi, S., & Kruglanski, A. W. (2003). Autocracy bias in
     informal groups under need for closure. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29,
     405-417.
Pilialoha, B. R. Y., & Brewer, M. B. (2006). Motivated entitativity: Applying balance theory to
     group perception. Group Processes & Interpersonal Relations, 9, 235-248.
Piliavin, J. A., & Martin, R. R. (1978). The effects of the sex composition of groups on style of
     social interaction. Sex Roles, 4, 281-296.
Pillai, R. (1996). Crisis and the emergence of charismatic leadership in groups: An experimental
     investigation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 543-562.
Pillai, R., & Williams, E. S. (2004). Transformational leadership, self-efficacy, group
     cohesiveness, commitment, and performance. Journal of Organizational Change
     Management, 17, 144-159.
Pincus, D. (2001). A framework and methodology for the study of nonlinear self-organizing
     family dynamics. Nonlinear Dynamics, Psychology, and the Sciences, 5, 139-173.
Pincus, D., & Gustello, S. J. (2005). Nonlinear dynamics and interpersonal correlates of verbal
     turn-taking patterns in a group therapy session. Small Group Research, 36, 635-677.
Pinsonneault, A., Barki, H., Gallupe, R. B., & Hoppen, N. (1999). Electronic brainstorming: The
     illusion of productivity. Information Systems Research, 10, 110-133.
Pinsonneault, A., & Heppel, N. (1998). Anonymity in group support systems research: New
     conceptualization, measure, and contingency framework. Journal of MIS, 14(3), 89-108.
Pinsonneault, A., & Kraemer, K. L. (1989). The impact of technological support on groups: An
     assessment of the empirical research. Decision Support Systems, 4, 197-216.
Pinsonneault, A., & Kraemer, K. L. (1990). The effects of electronic meetings on group
     processes and outcomes: An assessment of the empirical research. European Journal of
     Operational Research, 46, 143-161.
Pinto, M. B., & Pinto, J. K. (1990). Project team communication and cross-functional
     cooperation in new program development. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 7,
     200-212.
Pinto, M. B., Pinto, J. K., & Prescott, J. E. (1993). Antecedents and consequences of project team
     cross-functional cooperation. Management Science, 39, 1281-1297.
Piper, W. E., Debbane, E. G., Garant, J., & Bienvenu, J. P. (1979). Pretraining for group
     psychotherapy: A cognitive-experiential approach. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36,
     1250-1256.
Piper, W. E., Jones, B. D., Lacroix, R., Marrache, M., & Richardsen, A. M. (1984). Pregroup
     interactions and bonding in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 15, 51-62.
Piper, W. E., & Joyce, A. (1996). A consideration of factors influencing the utilization of time-
     limited, short-term group therapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 311-
     328.
Piper, W. E., Marrache, M., Lacroix, R., Richardsen, A. M., & Jones, B. D. (1983). Cohesion as
     a basic bond in groups. Human Relations, 36, 93-108.
Piper, W. E., & McCallum, M. (1991). Group interventions for persons who have experiences
     loss: Description and evaluative research. Group Analysis, 24, 363-373.
Piper, W. E., Ogrodniczuk, J. S., McCallum, M., Joyce, A. S., & Rosie, J. S. (2003). Expression
     of affect as a mediator of the relationship between quality of object relations and group
     therapy outcome for patients with complicated grief. Journal of Counseling and Clinical
     Psychology, 71, 664-771.
                                                                                                214


Piper, W. E., & Perrault, E. L. (1989). Pretherapy preparation for group members. International
     Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 39, 17-34.
Plant, H., Richardson, J., Stubbs, D., Lynch, D., Ellwood, J., Selvin, M., et al. (1987). Evaluation
     of a support group of cancer patients and their families and friends. British Journal of
     Hospital Medicine, 37, 317-322.
Platania, J., & Moran, G. P. (2001). Social facilitation as a function of mere presence of others.
     Journal of Social Psychology, 141, 190-197.
Platow, M. J., Durante, M., Williams, N., Garrett, M., Walshe, J., Cincotta, S., et al. (1999). The
     contribution of sport fan social identity to the production of prosocial behavior. Group
     Dynamics: theory, Research, and Practice, 3, 161-169.
Platow, M. J., Reid, S., & Andrew, S. (1998). Leadership endorsement: The role of distributive
     and procedural behavior in interpersonal and intergroup contexts. Group Processes &
     Intergroup Relations, 1, 35-47.
Platow, M. J., & van Knippenberg, D. 92001). A social identity analysis of leadership
     endorsement: The effects of leader ingroup prototypicality and distributive intergroup
     fairness. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1508-1519.
Plax, T. G., & Cecchi, L. F. (1989). Manager decisions based on communication facilitated in
     focus groups. Management Communication Quarterly, 2, 511-535.
Plott, C. R., & Levine, M. E. (1978). A model of agenda influence on committee decisions.
     American Economic Review, 68, 443-454.
Plous, S. (1995). A comparison of strategies for reducing interval overconfidence in group
     judgments. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 443-454.
Plutchik, R., & Landau, H. (1973). Perceived dominance and emotional states in small groups.
     Psychotherapy Theory, Research and Practice, 10, 341-342.
Podsakoff, P. M., Ahearne, M., & MacKenzie, S. B. (1997). Organizational citizenship behavior
     and the quantity and quality of work group performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82,
     262-270.
Podsakoff, P. M., MacKenzie, S. B., & Ahearne, M. (1997). Moderating effects of goal
     acceptance on the relationship between group cohesiveness and productivity. Journal of
     Applied Psychology, 82, 974-983.
Polansky, M., Lauterbach, W., Litzke, C., Coulter, B., & Sommers, L. (2006). A qualitative
     study of an attachment-based parenting group for mothers with drug addictions: On being
     and having a mother 1. Journal of Social Work Practice, 20, 115-131.
Polansky, N., Lippitt, R., & Redl, F. (1950). An investigation of behavioral contagion in groups.
     Human Relations, 3, 319-348.
Pollack, B. N. (1998). Hierarchical linear modeling and the “unit of analysis” problem: A
     solution for analyzing responses of intact group members. Group Dynamics: Theory,
     Research, & Practice, 2, 299-312.
Polley, R. B. (1985). The diagnosis of intact work groups. Consultation, 4, 273-283.
Polley, R. B. (1987). Exploring polarization in organizational groups. Group & Organization
     Studies, 12, 424-434.
Polley, R. B. (1988). Group field dynamics and effective mediation. International Journal of
     Small Group Research, 4, 55-75.
Pollio, D., North, C., & Osborne, V. (2002). A family-responsive psychoeducation group for
     families with an adult member with mental illness: Pilot results. Community Mental Health
     Journal, 38, 413-421.
                                                                                              215


Polozova, T. A. (1980). Methodological problems in the study of interpersonal conflicts within
    groups. Voprosy Psikhologii, 4, 123-129.
Pood, E. A. (1980). Functions of communication: An experimental study in group conflict
    situations. Small Group Behavior, 11, 76-87.
Pool, J. (1976). Coalition formation in small groups with incomplete communication networks.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 82-91.
Polzer, J. T. (1996). Intergroup negotiations: The effects of negotiating teams. Journal of
    Conflict Resolution, 40, 678-698.
Polzer, J. T., Kramer, R. M., & Neale, M. A. (1997). Positive illusions about oneself and one’s
    group. Small Group Research, 28, 243-266.
Polzer, J. T., Milton, L. P., & Swann, W. B., Jr. (2002). Capitalizing on diversity: Interpersonal
    congruence in small work groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 47, 296-324.
Pomeroy, E., Klam, R., & Green, D. (2000). Reducing depression, anxiety, and trauma of male
    inmates: An HIV/AIDS psychoeducational group intervention. Social Work Research, 24(3),
    156-167.
Poole, M. S. (1981). Decision development in small groups I: A comparison of two models.
    Communication Monographs, 48, 1-24.
Poole, M. S. (1983a). Decision development in small groups II: A study of multiple sequences in
    decision making. Communication Monographs, 50, 206-232.
Poole, M. S. (1983b). Decision development in small groups III: A multiple sequence model of
    group decision development. Communication Monographs, 50, 321-341.
Poole, M. S. (1990). Do we have any theories of group communication? Communication Studies,
    41, 237-247.
Poole, M. S. (1994). Breaking the isolation of small group communication studies.
    Communication Studies, 45, 20-28.
Poole, M. S., & DeSanctis, G. (1992). Microlevel structuration in computer-supported group
    decision-making. Human Communication Research, 19, 5-49.
Poole, M. S., & Folger, J. P. (1981). Modes of observation and the validation of interaction
    analysis schemes. Small Group Behavior, 12, 477-493.
Poole, M. S., Hollingshead, A. B., McGrath, J. E., Moreland, R. M., & Rohrbaugh, J. (2004).
    Interdisciplinary perspectives on small groups. Small Group Research, 35, 3-16.
Poole, M.. S., & Holmes, M. E. (1995). Decision development in computer-assisted group
    decision making. Human Communication Research, 22, 90-127.
Poole, M. S., Holmes, M., & DeSanctis, G. (1991). Conflict management in a computer-
    supported meeting environment. Management Science, 37, 926-953.
Poole, M. S., Holmes, M. E., Watson, R., & DeSanctis, G. (1993). Group decision support
    systems and group communication: A comparison of decision-making processes in
    computer-supported and nonsupported groups. Communication Research, 20, 176-213.
Poole, M. S., McPhee, R. D., & Seibold, D. R. (1982). A comparison of normative and
    interactional explanations of group decision-making: Social decision schemes versus
    valence distributions. Communication Monographs, 49, 1-19.
Poole, M. S., & Roth, J. (1989a). Decision development in small groups IV: A typology of group
    decision paths. Human Communication Research, 15, 323-356.
Poole, M. S., & Roth, J. (1989b). Decision development in small groups V: A test of a
    contingency model. Human Communication Research, 15, 549-589.
                                                                                                216


Poole, M. S., McPhee, R. D., & Seibold, D. R. (1982). A comparison of normative and
    interactional explanations of group decision-making: Social decision schemes versus
    valence distributions. Communication Monographs, 49, 1-19.
Poole, M. S., Seibold, D. R., & McPhee, R. D. (1985). Group decision-making as a
    structurational process. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 71, 74-102.
Poppe, E. (2001). Effects of changes in GNP and perceived group characteristics on national and
    ethnic stereotypes in central and eastern Europe. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 31,
    1689-1708.
Porter, C. O. L. H., Hollenback, J. R., Ilgen, D. R., Ellis, A. P. J., West, B. J., & Moon, H.
    (2003). Backing up behaviors in teams: The role of personality and legitimacy of need.
    Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 391-403.
Porter, L. E., & Alison, L. (2001). A partially ordered scale of influence in violent group
    behavior: An example from gang rape. Small Group Research, 32, 475-497.
Porter, L. E., & Alison, L. J. (2004). Behavioural coherence in violent group activity: An
    intrapersonal model of sexually violent gang behavior. Aggressive Behavior, 30, 449-468.
Porter, L. E., & Alison, L. J. (2005). The primacy of decision-action as an influence strategy of
    violent gang leaders. Small Group Research, 36, 188-207.
Porter, N., Geis, F. L., Cooper, E., & Newman, E. (1985). Androgyny and leadership in mixed-
    sex groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 808-823.
Porter, T. W., & Lilly, B. S. (1996). The effects of conflict, trust, and task commitment on
    project team performance. International Journal of Conflict Management, 7, 361-376.
Posner, C., Wilson, K., Kral, M., Lander, S., & Mcllwraith, R. (1992). Family psycho-education
    support groups in schizophrenia. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 62, 206-218.
Posner-Weber, C. (1987). Update on groupthink. Small Group Behavior, 18, 118-125.
Post, J. M. (1986). Hostilite, conformite, fraternite: The group dynamics of terrorist behavior.
    International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 36, 211-224.
Postmes, T., Haslam, S. A., & Swaab, R. (2005). Social influence in small groups: An interactive
    model of social identity formation. European Review of Social Psychology, 16, 1-42.
Postmes, T., & Lea, M. (2000). Social processes and group decision making: Anonymity in
    group decision support systems. Ergonomics, 43, 1252-1274.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Cihangir, S. (2001). Quality of decision making and group norms.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 918-930.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Lea, M. (2000). The formation of group norms in computer-mediated
    communication. Human Communication Research, 26, 341-371.
Postmes, T. Spears, R., & Lea, M. (2002a). The effects of anonymity in intergroup discussions:
    Bipolarization in computer-mediated groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 6, 2-16.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Lea, M. (2002b). Intergroup differentiation in computer-mediated
    communication: Effects of depersonalization. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 6, 3-16.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., Lee, A. T., & Novak, R. J. (in pres). Individuality and social influence in
    groups: Inductive and deductive routes to group identity. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology.
Postmes, T., Spears, R., Sakhel, K., & de Groot, D. (2001). Social influence in computer-
    mediated communication: The effects of anonymity on group behavior. Personality and
    Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1234-1254.
                                                                                               217


Potter, R. E., & Balthazard, P. A. (2002). Virtual team interaction styles: Assessment and effects.
     International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 56, 423-443.
Poulin, J. E., Walter, C. A., & Walker, J. L. (1994). Interdisciplinary team membership: A
     survey of gerontological social workers. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 22, 93-107.
Powell, A., Piccoli, G., & Ives, B. (2004). Virtual teams: A review of current literature and
     directions for future research. DATABASE for Advances in Information Systems, 35(1), 6-36.
Powell, A. A., Branscombe, N. R., & Schmitt, M. T. (2005). Inequality as “ingroup privilege” or
     “outgroup disadvantage”: The impact of group focus on collective guilt and interracial
     attitudes. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 501-521.
Powell, G. N., & Butterfield, D. A. (1980). The female leader: Attributional effects of group
     performance. Psychological Reports, 47, 891-897.
Powell, J. P. (1974). Small group teaching methods in higher education. Educational Research,
     16, 163-171.
Prabhu, J. C., & Singh, P. (1975). Small group research and risky shift: A review of research
     findings. Management and Labour Studies, 1, 61-72.
Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1996). The effect of group cohesion on competitive state
     anxiety. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 18, 64-74.
Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1997a). Cohesion and work output. Small Group Research, 28,
     294-301.
Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1997b). Sacrifice, cohesion, and conformity to norms in sports
     teams. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 231-240.
Pratarelli, M. E., & McIntyre, J. A. (1994). Effects of social loafing on word recognition.
     Perceptual and Motor Skills, 78, 455-464.
Pratt, J. (1945). The group method in the treatment of psychosomatic disorders. Sociometry, 8,
     323-331.
Prentice, D. A., Miller, D. T., & Lightdale, J. R. (1994). Asymmetries in attachments to groups
     and their members: Distinguishing between common-identity and common bond groups.
     Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 484-493.
Press, S. J., Ali, M. W., & Yang, C-F.. E. (1979). An empirical study for a new method for
     forming group judgments: Qualitative controlled feedback. Technological Forecasting and
     Social Change, 15, 171-189.
Preston, M. (1938). Note on the reliability and validity of group judgment. Journal of
     Experimental Psychology, 22, 462-471.
Preston, M. G., & Heintz, R. K. (1949). Effects of participatory vs. supervisory leadership on
     group judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 44, 345-355.
Price, K. H. (1987). Working hard to get people to loaf. Basic and Applied Social Psychology,
     14, 329-344.
Price, K. H., & Garladn, H. (1978). Leader interventions to ameliorate the negative consequences
     of collective group failure. Journal of Management, 4, 7-15.
Price, V., Nir, L., & Capella, J. N. (2006). Normative and informational influences in online
     political discussions. Communication Theory, 16, 47-74.
Pridham, K. F. (1975). Acts of turning as stress-resolving mechanisms in work groups: With
     special reference to the work of W. R. Bion. Human Relations, 28, 229-248.
Priem, R. L., Lyon, D. W., & Dess, G. G. (1999). Inherent limitations of demographic proxies in
     top management team heterogeneity research. Journal of Management, 25, 935-953.
                                                                                              218


Priem, R. L., & Price, K. H. (1991). Process and outcome expectations for the dialectical inquiry,
     devil’s advocacy, and consensus techniques of strategic decision making. Group &
     Organization Studies, 16, 206-225.
Printz-Feddersen, V. (1990). Group process effect on caregiver burden. Journal of Neuroscience
     Nursing, 22(3), 164-168.
Priola, V., Smith, J. L., & Armstrong, S. J. (2004). Group work and cognitive style: A discursive
     investigation. Small Group Research, 35, 565-595.
Prislin, R., & Christensen, P. N. (2002). Group conversion versus group expansion as modes of
     change in majority and minority positions: All losses hurt but only some gains gratify.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1095-1102.
Prislin, R., Limbert, W. M., & Bauer, E. (2000). From majority to minority and vice versa: The
     asymmetrical effects of losing and gaining majority position within a group. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 385-397.
Pritchard, R. D., Jones, S., Roth, P., Stuebing, K., & Ekeberg, S. (1988). Effects of group
     feedback, goal setting, and incentives on organizational; productivity. Journal of Applied
     Psychology, 73, 337-358.
Probst, T., Carnevale, P. J., & Triandis, H. C. (1999). Cultural values in intergroup and single-
     group social dilemmas. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 77, 171-
     191.
Propp, K. M. (1995). An experimental examination of biological sex as a status cue in decision-
     making groups an its influence on information use. Small Group Research, 26, 451-474.
Propp, K. M. (1997). Information utilization in small group decision making: A study of the
     evaluative interaction model. Small Group Research, 28, 424-453.
Propp, K. M. (2002). In search of the assembly effect: Continued exploration of
     communication’s role in group memory. Human Communication Research, 29, 600-606.
Propp, K. M., & Julian, K. M. (1994). Enhancing accurate information processing: An
     investigation of the role of verbal information probes in decision making. Communication
     Reports, 7, 145-152.
Propp, K. M., & Kreps, G. L. (1994). A rose by any other name: The vitality of group
     communication research. Communication Studies, 45, 7-19.
Propp, K. M., & Nelson, D. (1996). Problem-solving performance in naturalistic groups: A test
     of the ecological validity of the functional perspective. Communication Studies, 47, 35-45.
Pruitt, D. G. (1971). Choice shifts in group discussion: An introductory review. Journal of
     Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 339-360.
Pruitt, D. G., & Cosentino, C. (1975). The role of values in the choice shift. Journal of
     Experimental Social; Psychology, 11, 301-316.
Pruitt, D. G., & Teger, A. O. (1969). The risky shift in group betting. Journal of Experimental
     Social Psychology, 5, 115-126.
Prussia, G. E., & Kinicki, A. J. (1996). A motivational investigation of group effectiveness using
     social-cognitive theory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 187-198.
Pryer, M. W., Flint, A. W., & Bass, B. M. (1962). Group effectiveness and consistency of
     leadership. Sociometry, 25, 391-397.
Pugh, M. D., & Wahrman, R. (1983). Neutralizing sexism in mixed-sex groups: Do women have
     to be better than men? American Journal of Sociology, 88, 746-762.
Puncochar, J. M., & Fox, P. W. (2004). Confidence in individual and group decision making:
    when “two heads” are worse than one. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96, 582-591.
                                                                                                219


Putler, D. S., & Wolfe, R. A. (2002). How tight are the ties that bind stakeholder groups?
    Organizational Science, 13, 64-80.
Putnam, L. L. (1979). Preference for procedural order in task-oriented small groups.
    Communication Monographs, 46, 193-218.
Putnam, L. L. (1983). Small group work climates: A lag-sequential analysis of group interaction.
    Small Group Behavior, 14, 465-494.
Putnam, L. L. (1994). Revitalizing small group communication: Lessons learned from a bona
    fide group perspective. Communication Studies, 45, 97-102.
Putnam, L. L., & Stohl, C. (1990). Bona fide group: A reconceptualization of groups in context.
    Communication Studies, 41, 248-265.
Pyron, H. C. (1964). An experimental study of the role of reflective thinking in business and
    professional conferences and discussions. Speech Monographs, 31, 157-161.
Pyron, H. C., & Sharp, H., Jr. (1963). A quantitative study of reflective thinking and professional
    conferences and discussions. Speech Monographs, 31, 157-161.
Quattrone, G. A., & Jones, E. E. (1980). The perception of variability within in-groups and out-
    groups: Implications for the law of small numbers. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 38, 141-152.
Queller, S., Mackie, D. M., & Stroessner, S. J. (1996). Ameliorating some negative effects of
    positive mood: Encouraging happy people to perceive intragroup variability. Journal of
    Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 361-386.
Query, J. L., Jr., & James, A. C. (1989). The relationship between interpersonal communication
    competence and social support among elderly support groups in retirement communities.
    Health Communication, 1, 165-184.
Quillian, L. (1996). Group threat and regional change in attitudes toward African-Americans.
    American Journal of Sociology, 102, 816-860.
Quirk, T. J., & DiMarco, N. (1979). Relationship between operation inventory scores and overt
    small-group problem-solving behavior. Group and Organization Studies, 4, 103-115.
Qureshi, S., & Vogel, D. (2001). Adaptiveness in virtual teams: Organizational challenges and
    research directions. Group Decision and Negotiation, 10, 27-46.
Rabbie, J. M. (1998). Is there a discontinuity or a reciprocity effect in cooperation or competition
    between individuals and groups? European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 483-507.
Rabbie, J. M., & Bekkers, F. (1978). Threatened leadership and intergroup competition.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 9-20.
Rabbie, J. M., Benoist, F., Oosterbaan, H., & Visser, L. (1974). Differential power and effects of
    expected competitive and cooperative intergroup interaction on intragroup and outgroup
    attitudes. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 30, 46-56.
Rabbie, J. M., & Horowitz, M. (1969). Arousal of ingroup-outgroup bias by a chance win or loss.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 269-277.
Rabbie, J. M., & Horwitz, M. (1988). Categories versus groups as explanatory concepts in
    intergroup relations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 117-123.
Raes, A. M. L., Glunk, U., Heijtjes, M. G., & Roe, R. A. (2007). Top management team and
    middle managers: Making sense of leadership. Small Group Research, 38, 360-386.
Rafaeli, S., & Ravid, G. (2003). Information sharing as an enabler for the virtual team: An
    experimental approach to assessing the role of electronic mail in disintermediation.
    Information Systems Journal, 13, 191-206.
Ragone, G. (1981). Fashion, “crazes,” and collective behavior. Communications, 7, 249-268.
                                                                                              220


Rail, G. (1987). Perceived role characteristics and executive satisfaction in voluntary sport
     associations. Journal of Sport Psychology, 9, 376-384.
Rains, S. A. (2005). Leveling the organizational playing field—Virtually: A meta-analysis of
     experimental research assessing the impact of group support system use on member
     influence behaviors. Communication Research, 32, 193-234.
Rains, S. A. (2007). The impact of anonymity on perceptions of source credibility and influence
     in computer-mediated group communication: A test of two competing hypotheses.
     Communication Research, 34, 100-125.
Randall, D. (1995). Currative factor ranking for female incest survivor groups: A summary of
     three studies. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 20, 232-239.
Randel, A. E. (2002). Identity salience: A moderator of the relationship between group gender
   composition and work group conflict. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 23, 749-766.
Rantilla, A. K. (2000). Collective task responsibility allocation: Revisiting the group-serving
     bias. Small Group Research, 31, 739-766.
Rao, V. S., & Jarvenpaa, S. L. (1991). Computer support of groups: Theory based models for
     GSS research. Management Science, 37, 1374-1362.
Rapoport, A., & Kahan, J. P. (1976). When three is not always two against one: Coalitions in
     experimental three-person games. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 253-273.
Rapoport, A., & Kahan, J. P. (1981). The power of a coalition and payoff disbursement in three-
     person negotiable conflicts. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 8, 193-224.
Rasker, P. C., Post, W. M., & Schraagen, M. C. (2000). Effects of two types of intra-team
     feedback on developing a shared mental model in command and control teams. Ergonomics,
     43, 1167-1189.
Rasters, G., Vissers, G., & Dankbaar, B. (2002). An inside look: Rich communication through
     lean media in a virtual research team. Small Group Research, 33, 718-754.
Ratner, R. K., & Miller, D. T. (2001). The norm of self-interest and its effects on social action.
     Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 5-16.
Ratner, R. S., & Hathaway, C. T. (1984). Mutuality between men and women in self-analytic
     groups. Small Group Behavior, 15, 471-495.
Rau, D. (2005). The influence of relationship conflict and trust on the transactive memory:
     Performance relation in top management teams. Small Group Research, 36, 746-771.
Rausch, H. L. (1976). Intra- or interaction: Discussion. Small Group Behavior, 7, 65-72.
Raven, B. H. (1998). Groupthink, Bay of Pigs, and Watergate reconsidered. Organizational
     Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 352-361.
Raven, B. H., & Rietsma, J. (1957). The effects of varied clarity of group goal and group path
     upon the individual and his relation to the group. Human Relations, 10, 29-44.
Raver, J. L., & Gelfand, M. J. (2005). Beyond the individual victim: Linking sexual harassment,
     team processes, and team performance. Academy of Management Journal, 48, 387-400.
Read, P. B. (1974). Source of authority and the legitimization of leadership in small groups.
     Sociometry, 37, 189-204.
Reading, R. (2004). Impact of a general practice based group parenting programme: Quantitative
     and qualitative results from a controlled trial at 12 months. Child: Care, Health &
     Development, 30, 560-561.
Reagan, P., & Rohrbaugh, J. (1990). Group decision process effectiveness: A competing values
     approach. Group & Organization Studies, 15, 20-43.
                                                                                              221


Reagan-Cirircione, P. (1994). Improving the accuracy of group judgment: A process intervention
    combining group facilitation, social judgment analysis, and information technology.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 58, 246-270.
Reagans, R., & Zuckerman, E. W. (2001). Networks, diversity, and productivity: The social
    capital of corporate R&D teams. Organization Science, 12, 502-517.
Reckman, R. F., & Goethals, G. R. (1973). Deviancy and group orientation as determinants of
    group composition preferences. Sociometry, 36, 419-423.
Redburn, D. E., & Juretich, M. (1989). Some considerations for using widowed self-help group
    leaders. Gerontology & Geriatrics Education, 9, 89-98.
Reddon, J. R., Payne, L. R., & Starzyk, K. B. (1999). Therapeutic factors in group treatment
    evaluated by sex offenders: A consumers’ report. Journal of Offender Rehabilitation,
    28(3/4), 91-101.
Reddy, W. B. (1972a). On affection, group composition, and self-actualization in sensitivity
    training. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 38, 211-214.
Reddy, W. B. (1972b). Interpersonal compatibility and self-actualization in sensitivity training.
    Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 8, 1-5.
Reddy, W. B. (1973). The impact of sensitivity training on self-actualization: A one-year follow-
    up. Small Group Behavior, 4, 407-413.
Reddy, W. B. (1975). Diagnosing team problem-solving effectiveness: A comparison of four
    populations. Small Group Behavior, 6, 174-186.
Reddy, W. B., & Beers, T. (1977). Sensitivity training . . . and the healthy become self-
    actualized. Small Group Behavior, 8, 525-532.0
Reddy, W. B., & Byrnes, A. (1972). Effects of interpersonal group composition on the problem-
    solving behavior of middle managers. Journal of Applied Psychology, 56, 516-517.
Redl, F. (1942). Group emotion and leaders. Psychiatry, 5, 573-596.
Reed, B. G. (1983). Women leaders in small groups: Social-psychological perspectives and
    strategies. Social Work With Groups, 6(3-4), 174-186.
Reeker, J., Ensing, D., & Ellliott, R. (1997). A meta-analytic investigation of group treatment
    outcomes for sexually abused children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 21, 669-680.
Rees, C. R., & Segal, M. W. (1984). Role differentiation in groups: The relationship between
    instrumental and expressive leadership. Small Group Behavior, 15, 109-123.
Reich, R. B. (1987). Entrepreneurship reconsidered: The team as hero. Harvard Business
    Review, 65(3), 77-83.
Reicher, S. D. (1984a). Social influence in the crowd: Attitudinal and behavioural effects of de-
    individuation in conditions of high and low group silence. British Journal of Social
    Psychology, 23, 341-350.
Reicher, S. D. (1984b). The St. Pauls’ riot: An explanation of the limits of crowd action in terms
    of a social identity model. European Journal of Social Psychology, 14, 1-21.
Reicher, S. D. (1996). “The Battle of Westminster”: Developing the social identity model of
    crowd behavior in order to explain the initiation and development of collective conflict.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 115-134.
Reicher, S. D., & Levine, M. (1994). Deindividuation, power relations between groups and the
    expression of social identity: The effects of visibility to the out-group. British Journal of
    Social Psychology, 33, 145-163.
                                                                                              222


Reicher, S. D., Levine, M., & Gordijn, E. (1998). More on deindividuation, power relations
    between groups and the expression of social identity: Three studies on the effects of
    visibility of the in-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 161-198.
Reicher, S., & Fabio, S. (1998). Introducing SAGA: Structural analysis of group arguments.
    Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2, 267-284.
Reichl, A. J. (1997). Ingroup favoritism and outgroup favoritism in low status minimal groups:
    Differential responses to status-related and status-unrelated measures. European Journal of
    Social Psychology, 27, 617-633.
Reid, F. J. M., & Reed, S. (2000). Cognitive entrainment in engineering design teams. Small
    Group Research, 31, 354-382.
Reid, S. A., & Giles, H. (2005). Intergroup relations: Its linguistic and communicative
    parameters. Group Processing & Intergroup Relations, 8, 211-214.
Reid, S. A., & Ng, S. H. (1999). Language, power, and intergroup relations. Journal of Social
   Issues, 55, 119-139.
Reid, S. A., & Ng, S. H. (2006). The dynamics of intragroup differentiation in an intergroup
   social context. Human Communication Research, 32, 504-525.
Reimer, T., & Hoffrage, U. (2005). Can simply group heuristics detect hidden profiles in
   randomly generated environments? Swiss Journal of Psychology, 64, 21-37.
Reimer, T., & Hoffrage, U. (2006). The ecological rationality of simple group heuristics: Effects
   of group member strategies on decision accuracy. Theory and Decision, 60, 403-438.
Reimer, T., & Katsikopoulos, K. V. (2004). The use of recognition in group decision-making.
   Cognitive Science, 28, 1009-1029.
Reimer, T., Juendig, S., Hoffrage, U., Park, E., & Hinsz, V. (2007). Effects of the information
    environment on group discussions and decisions in the hidden-profile paradigm. Human
    Communication Research, 74, 1-28.
Reingen, P. H. (19777). Effects of skewness of initial choices on the risky shift: An experimental
    test with the use of consumer stimuli. Psychological Reports, 40, 95-101.
Reinig, B. A. (2003). Towards an understanding of satisfaction with the process and outcomes of
    teamwork. Journal of Management Information Systems, 19, 4.
Reinig, B. A., Briggs, B. O., Shepherd, M. M., Yen, J., & Nunamaker, J. F. (1995/1996).
    Affective reward and the adoption of group support systems: Productivity is not always
    enough. Journal of Management Information Systems, 12, 171-185.
Reinig, B. A., & Shin, B. 92002). The dynamic effects of group support systems on group
    meetings. Journal of Management Information Systems, 19, 303-325.
Reinig, B. A., & Mejias, R. J. (2004). The effects of national culture and anonymity on flaming
    and criticalness in GSS-supported discussions. Small Group Research, 35, 698-723.
Reitan, H. T., & Shaw, M. E. (1964). Group membership, sex-composition of the group, and
    conformity behavior. Journal of Social Psychology, 64, 45-51.
Remers, L., Widmeyer, W. N., Williams, J. M., & Myers, L. (1995). Possible mediators and
    moderators of the class size-member adherence relationship in exercise. Journal of Applied
    Sport Psychology, 7, 38-49.
Remus, W., & James, S. (1979). Playing business games: Attitudinal differences between
    students playing singly and as teams. Simulation and Games, 10, 75-85.
Renjilan, D. A., Perri, M. G., Nezu, A. M., McKelvey, W. F., Shermer, R. L., & Anton, S. D.
    (2001). Individual versus group therapy for obesity: Effects of matching participants to their
    treatment preferences. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 717-721.
                                                                                              223


Rentsch, J. R., Heffner, T., & Duffy, L. (1994). What you know is what you get from experience:
    Team experience related to teamwork schemas. Group & Organization Management, 19,
    450-474.
Renolds, K. J., Oaks, P. J., Haslam, S. A., Nolan, M. A., & Dolnik, L. (2000). Responses to
    powerlessness: Stereotyping as an instrument of social conflict. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 4, 275-290.
Rentsch, J. R., & Klimoski, R. J. (2001). Why do “great minds” think alike? Antecedents of team
    member scheme agreement. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 107-120.
Renz, M. A. (2006). The meaning of consensus and blocking for cohousing groups. Small Group
    Research, 37, 351-376.
Renzulli, J. S., Owen, S. V., & Callahan, C. M. (1974). Fluency, flexibility, and originality as a
    function of group size. Journal of Creative Behavior, 8, 107-113.
Reus, T. H. (2004). Rhyme and reason: Emotional capability and the performance of knowledge-
    intensive work groups. Human Performance Journal, 17, 245-266.
Reynolds, P. D. (1984). Leaders never quit: Talking, silence, and influence in interpersonal
    groups. Small Group Behavior, 15, 404-413.
Rice, C. A. (1996). Premature termination of group therapy: A clinical perspective. International
    Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 5-23.
Rich, A. L. (1971). Some problems in interracial communication: An interracial group case
    study. Central States Speech Journal, 22, 228-235.
Richardson, S. A., Ronald, L., & Kleck, R. E. (1974). The social status of handicapped and
    nonhandicapped boys in a camp setting. Journal of Special Education, 8, 143-152.
Rickard, H. (1962). Selected group psychotherapy evaluation studies. Journal of General
    Psychology, 67, 35-50.
Riddle, B. R., Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (20002). Small group socialization scale:
    Development and validity. Small Group Research, 31, 554-572.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1978). Conformity, group-oriented motivation, and status attainment in small
    groups. Social Psychology, 41, 175-188.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1981). Nonconformity, competence, and influence in groups: A test of two
    theories. American Sociological Reviews, 46, 333-347.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1982). Status in groups: The importance of motivation. American Sociological
    Review, 47, 76-88.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1984). Dominance, performance, and status in groups: A theoretical analysis.
    Advances in Group Processes, 1, 59-93.
Ridgeway, C. L. (1987). Nonverbal behavior, dominance, and the basis of status in task groups.
    American Sociological Review, 52, 683-694.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Balkwell, J. W. (1997). Group processes and the diffusion of status beliefs.
    Social Psychology Quarterly, 60, 14-31.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Berger, J. (1986). Expectations, legitimation, and dominance behavior in
    task groups. American Sociological Review, 51, 603-617.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Diekema, D. (1989). Dominance and collective hierarchy formation in male
    and female task groups. American Sociological Review, 51, 603-617.
Ridgeway, C. L., Diekema, D., & Johnson, C. (1995). Legitimacy, compliance, and gender in
    peer groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, 298-311.
Ridgeway, C. L., & Jacobson, C. K. (1977). Sources of status and influence in all female and
    mixed sex groups. Sociological Quarterly, 18, 413-425.
                                                                                               224


Ridley, D. R., Young, P., & Johnson, D. E. (1981). Salience as a dimension of individual and
    group risk taking. Journal of Psychology, 109, 283-291.
Riecken, H. W. (1958). The effects of talkativeness on ability to influence group solutions to
    problems. Sociometry, 21, 309-321.
Riedesel, P. L. (1974). Bales reconsidered: A critical analysis of popularity and leadership
    differentiation. Sociometry, 37, 557-564.
Riedlinger, M., Gallois, C., McKay, S., & Pittam, J. (2004). Impact of social group processes and
    functional diversity on communication in networked organizations. Journal of Applied
    Communication Research, 32, 55-79.
Riefer, D. M. (1993). Behavior engineering proposals: V. An experimental comparison of team
    versus solo proofreading. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 76, 111-117.
Riehl, C. (1988). We gather together: Work, discourse, and constitutive social action in
    elementary school faculty meetings. Educational Administration Quarterly, 34, 91-125.
Riess, M. (1982). Seating preferences as impression management: A literature review and
    theoretical integration. Communication, 11, 85-113.
Riess, M., & Rosenfeld, P. (1980). Seating preferences as nonverbal communication: A self-
    presentational analysis. Journal of Applied Communications Research, 8, 22-30.
Riggio, R. E., Riggio, H. R., Salinas, C., & Cole, E. J. (2003). The role of social and emotional
    communication skills in leader emergence and effectiveness. Group Dynamics: Theory,
    Research, and Practice, 7, 83-103.
Riggs, M. L., & Knight, P. A. (1994). The impact of perceived group success-failure on
    motivational beliefs and attitudes: A causal model. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 755-
    766.
Rim, Y. (1977). Personality variables and interruptions in small discussions. European Journal
    of Social Psychology, 7, 245-251.
Rioch, M. J. (1970). The word of Wilfred Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33, 56-66.
Riordan, C. M., & Weatherly, E. W. (1999). Defining and measuring employees’ identification
    with their work groups. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 59, 310-324.
Riordan, R. J., & Beggs, M. S. (1988). Some critical differences between self-help and therapy
    groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 13, 24-29.
Riskin, J., & Faunce, E. E. (1972). An evaluation review of family interaction research, Family
    Process, 11, 365-455.
Ritchie, M. H., & Huss, S. N. (2000). Recruitment and screening of minors for group counseling.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 146-156.
Riva, M. T., & Cornish, J. A. E. (1995). Group supervision practices at psychology predoctoral
    internship programs: A national survey. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 26,
    523-525.
Riva, M. T., & Kalodner, C. R. (1997). Group research: Encouraging a collaboration between
    practitioners and researchers. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 226-227.
Riva, M. T., Lippert, L., & Tackett, M. J. (2000). Selection practices of group leaders: A national
    survey. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25, 157-169.
Riva, M. T., & Smith, R. D. (1997). Looking into the future of group research: Where do we go
    from here? Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 266-276.
Roback, H. B., Ochoa, E., Bloch, F., & Purdon, S. (1992). Guarding confidentiality in clinical
    groups: The therapist’s dilemma. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 42, 81-
    103.
                                                                                               225


Roberts, C. S., Piper, L., Denny, J., & Cuddeback, G. (1997). A support group intervention to
   facilitate young adults’ adjustment to cancer. Health and Social Work, 22, 133-141.
Roberts, T. L., Cheney, P., & Sweeney, P. (2002). Project characteristics and group
   communication: An investigation. IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication,
   45(2), 84-98.
Roberts, T. L., Cheney, P., Sweeney, P., & Hightower, R. (2005). The effects of information
   technology project complexity on group interaction. Journal of Management Information
   Systems, 21, 223-247.
Robertson, R. D. (1980). Small group decision making: The uncertain role of information in
   reducing uncertainty. Political Behavior, 2, 163-188.
Robertson, Q. M. (2006). Justice in teams: The activation and role of sensemaking in the
   emergence of justice climates. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
   100, 177-192.
Robey, D., Khoo, H. M., & Powers, C. (2000). Situated learning in cross-functional virtual
   teams. Technical Communication, 43, 51-66.
Robichaux, B. P. (1994). Sex and beliefs about computer-based information systems: An
   examination of group support systems. Omega International Journal of Management
   Science, 22, 381-389.
Robichaux, B. P., & Cooper, R. B. (1998). GSS participation: A cultural examination.
   Information and Management, 33, 287-300.
Robins, G. L., & Wexley, K. N. (1975). Modification through modeling and reinforcement in
   leaderless groups. Journal of Psychology, 91, 87-91.
Robinson, K. F. (1941). An experimental study of the effects of group discussion upon the social
   attitudes of college students. Speech Monographs, 8, 34-57.
Robinson, R. J., Keltner, D., Ward, A., & Ross, L. (1995). Actual versus assumed differences in
   construal: Realism in intergroup perception and conflict. Journal of Personality and Social
   Psychology, 68, 404-417.
Robinson, S. L., & O’Leary-Kelly, A. M. (1998). Monkey see, monkey do: The influence of
   work groups on the antisocial behavior of employees. Academy of Management Journal, 41,
   658-673.
Robinson-Kurpius, S. E., & Keim, J. (1994). Team building for nurses experiencing burnout and
   poor morale. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 19, 155-161.
Roby, T. B. (1952). The influence of subgroup relationships on the performance of group and
   subgroup tasks. American Psychologist, 7, 313-314.
Roby, T. B., & Lanzetta, J. T. (1958). Considerations in the analysis of group tasks.
   Psychological Bulletin, 55, 88-101.
Roccas, S. (2003). The effects of status on identification with multiple groups. European Journal
   of Social Psychology, 33, 351-366.
Roccas, S., & Schwartz, S. H. (1993). Effects of intergroup similarity on intergroup relations.
   European Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 581-595.
Roch S. G., & Ayman R. (2005). Group decision making and perceived decision success: The
   role of communication medium. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 15-
   31.
Roch, S. G., Lane, J. A. S., Samuelson, C. D., Allison, S. T., & Dent, J. L. (2000). Cognitive load
   and the equality heuristic: A two-stage model of resource overconsumption in small groups.
   Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 83, 185-212.
                                                                                             226


Rodriguez, R. A. (1998). Challenging demographic reductionism: A pilot study investigating
    diversity in group composition. Small Group Research, 29, 744-759.
Rogelberg, S. G., Barnes-Farrell, J. L., & Lowe, C. A. (1992). The stepladder technique: An
    alternative group structure facilitating effective group decision making. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 77, 730-737.
Rogelberg, S. G., & O’Connor, M. S. (1998). Extending the stepladder technique: An
    examination of self-paced stepladder groups. Group Dynamics: theory, Research, and
    Practice, 2, 82-91.
Rogelberg, S. G., & Rumery, S. M. (1996). Gender diversity, team decision quality, time on task,
    and interpersonal cohesion. Small Group Research, 27, 79-90.
Roger, D. B., & Reid, R. L. (1978). Small group ecology revisited: Personal space and role
    differentiation. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 17, 43-46.
Rogers, D. (1932). Teamwork within the hospital. American Journal of Nursing, 32, 657-659.
Rogers, P., & Lea, M. (2005). Social presence in distributed group environments: The role of
    social identity. Behaviour & Information Technology, 24, 151-158.
Rohde, K. J. (1974). Polarization—what is it? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1,
    207-209.
Rohrbaugh, J. (1979). Improving the quality of group judgment: Social judgment analysis and
    the Delphi technique. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 24, 73-92.
Rohrbaugh, J. (1981). Improving the quality of group judgment: Social judgment analysis and
    the nominal group technique. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 28, 278-
    288.
Rohrbaugh, M., & Bartels, B. D. (1975). Participants’ perceptions of curative factors in therapy
    and growth groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 430-456.
Rokke, P., Tomhave, J., & Zocic, Z. (2000). Self-management therapy and educational group
    therapy for depressed elders. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 24, 99-119.
Rom, E., & Mukulincer, M. (2003). Attachment theory and group processes: The association
    between attachment style and group-related representations, goals, memories, and
    functioning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1220-1235.
Romano, N. C., Jr., Lowry, P. B., & Roberts, T. L. (2007). Technology-supported small group
    interaction: Extending a tradition of leading research for virtual teams and global
    organizations. Small Group Research, 38, 3-11.
Romer, D., Jamieson, K. H., & De Coteau, N. J. (1998). The treatment of persons of color in
    local television news: Ethnic blame discourse or realistic group conflict? Communication
    Research, 25, 286-305.
Rosa, E., & Mazur, A. (1979). Incipient status in small groups. Social Forces, 58, 18-37.
Rose, G. R., & Bednar, R. L. (1980). Effect of positive and negative self-disclosure and feedback
    on early group development. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 27, 63-70.
Rose, S. (1981). How group attributes relate to outcome in behavior group therapy. Social Work
    Research and Abstracts, 17, 25-29.
Rose, S. (1984). Use of data in identifying and resolving group problems in goal oriented
    treatment groups. Social Work With Groups, 7(2), 23-26.
Rose, S. R. (1989). Members leaving groups: Theoretical and practical considerations. Small
    Group Behavior, 20, 524-535.
Rosenbaum, A., Gearan, P., & Ondovic, C. (2002). Completion and recidivism among court and
    self-referred batterers in a psychoeducational group treatment program: Implications for
                                                                                             227


    intervention and public policy. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma, 5, 199-
    220.
Rosenbaum, L. L., & Rosenbaum, W. B. (1971). Morale and productivity consequences of group
    leadership style, stress, and type of work. Journal of Applied Psychology, 55, 343-348.
Rosenbaum, M. E., Moore, D. L., Cotton, J. L., Cook, M. S., Hieser, R., Shovar, M., et al.
    (1980). Group productivity and process: Pure and mixed reward structures and task
    interdependence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 626-642.
Rosenberg, L. A. (1961). Group size, prior experience, and conformity. Journal of Abnormal and
    Social Psychology, 51, 195-203.
Rosenberg, P. P. (1984). Support groups: A special therapeutic entity. Small Group Behavior, 15,
    173-186.
Rosenberg, S., Erlick, D. E., & Berkowitz, L. (1955). Some effects of varying combinations of
    group members on group performance measures and leadership behaviors. Journal of
    Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 195-203.
Rosenfeld, L. B., & Fowler, G. D. (1976). Personality, sex, and leadership style. Communication
    Monographs, 43, 320-324.
Rosenfeld, L. B., & Gilbert, J. R. (1989). The measurement of cohesion and its relationship to
    dimensions of self-disclosure in classroom settings. Small Group Behavior, 20, 291-301.
Rosenfeld, L. B., & Richman, J. M. (1997). Developing effective social support: Team building
    and the social support process. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 9, 153-155.
Rosenfield, D., Stephan, W. G., & Lucker, G. W. (1981). Attraction to competent and
    incompetent members of cooperative and competitive groups. Journal of Applied Social
    Psychology, 11, 416-433.
Rosenvinge, J. H. (1990). Group therapy for anorexic and bulimic patients: Some aspects on the
    conduction of group therapy and a critical review of some recent studies. Acta Psychiatrica
    Scaqndinavica, 82(Suppl. 361), 38-43.
Ross, S. M., & Offermann, L. R. (1997). Transformational leadership: Measurement of
    personality attributes and work group performance. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 10, 1078-1086.
Rossel, R. D. (1981). Word play: Metaphor and humor in the small group. Small Group
    Behavior, 12, 116-136.
Rothbart, M., & John, O. P. (1985). Social categorization and behavioral episodes: A cognitive
    analysis of the effects of intergroup contact. Journal of Social Issues, 41, 81-104.
Rothbart, M., & Hallmark, W. (1988). In-group—out-group differences in the perceived efficacy
    of coercion and conciliation in resolving social conflict. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 55, 248-257.
Rotheram, M., la Cour, J., & Jacobs, A. (1982). Variations in group process due to valence,
    response mode, and directness of feedback. Group and Organization Studies, 7, 67-75.
Rothgerber, H. (1997). External intergroup threat as an antecedent to perceptions in in-group and
    out-group homogeneity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1206-1212.
Rothgerber, H., & Worchel, S. (1997). The view from below: Intergroup relations from the
    perspective of the disadvantaged group. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73,
    1191-1205.
Rothrock, L., Harvey, C. M., & Burns, J. (2005). A theoretical framework and quantitative
    architecture to assess team task complexity in dynamic environments. Theoretical Issues in
    Ergonomics Science, 6, 157-172.
                                                                                            228


Rousseau, V., Aubé, C., & Savoie, A. (2006). Teamwork behaviors: A review and an integration
    of frameworks. Small Group Research, 37, 540-570.
Rowatt, W. C., Nesselroade, K. P., Beggan, J. K., & Allison, S. T. (1997). Perception of
    brainstorming in groups: The quality over quantity hypothesis. Journal of Creative
    Behavior, 31, 130-150.
Roy, M. C., Gauvin, S., & Limayem, M. (1996). Electronic group brainstorming: The role of
    feedback on productivity. Small Group Research, 27, 214-247.
Roy, V., Turcotte, D., Montminy, L., & Lindsay, J. (2005). Therapeutic factors at the beginning
    of the intervention process in groups for men who batter. Small Group Research, 36, 106-
    132.
Roya, S., & Ayman, R. (2005). Group decision making and perceived decision success: The role
    of communication medium. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 15-31.
Royal, E. & Golden, S. (1981). Attitude similarity and attraction to an employee group.
    Psychological Reports, 48, 251-254.
Rozell, E. J., & Gundersen, D. E. (2003). The effects of leader impression management on group
    perceptions of cohesion, consensus, and communication. Small Group Research, 34, 197-
    222.
Rozell, E., & Vaught, R. (1988). The interaction effects of women in groups: A review of the
    literature and implications. Arkansas Business and Economic Review, 21, 1-15.
Ruback, R. B., Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Hopper, C. H. (1984). The process of brainstorming: An
    analysis with individual and group vocal parameters. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 47, 558-567.
Rubenfeld, S. (2001). Group therapy and complexity theory. International Journal of Group
    Psychotherapy, 51, 449-471.
Rubenstein, F. D., Watyzke, G., Doktor, R. H., & Dana, J. (1975). The effect of two incentive
    schemes upon the conservation of shared resource by five-person groups. Organizational
    Behavior and Human Performance, 13, 330-338.
Rubenstein, L. Z., Josephson, K. R., Wieland, D., English, P. A., Sayre, J. A., & Kane, R. L.
    (1984). Effectiveness of a geriatric evaluation unit. New England Journal of Medicine, 311,
    1664-1670.
Rubin, J. Z. (1980). Experimental research on third-party intervention in conflict: Toward some
    generalizations. Psychological Bulletin, 87, 379-391.
Rubin, M., Hewstone, M., & Voci, A. (2001). Stretching the boundaries: Strategic perceptions of
    intragroup variability. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 413-429.
Ruble, D. N., & Higgins, E. T. (1976). Effects of group sex composition on self-presentation and
    sex-typing. Journal of Social Issues, 32, 125-132.
Ruder, M. K., & Gill, D. L. (1982). Immediate effects of win-loss on perceptions of cohesion
    intramural and intercollegiate volleyball teams. Journal of Sport Psychology, 4, 227-234.
Ruef, M., Aldrich, H. E., & Carter, N. M. (2003). The structure of founding teams: Homophily,
    strong ties, and isolation among U.S. entrepreneurs. American Sociological Review, 68, 195-
    222.
Rugel, R. P., & Meyer, D. J. (1984). The Tavistock group: Empirical findings and implications
    for group therapy. Small Group Behavior, 15, 361-374.
Rugs, D., & Kaplan, M. F. (1993). Effectiveness of informational and normative influences in
    group decision making depends on the group interactive goal. British Journal of Social
    Psychology, 32, 147-158.
                                                                                             229


Rugel, R. P., & Meyer, D. J. (1984). The Tavistock group: Empirical findings and implications
    for group therapy. Small Group Behavior, 15, 361-374.
Ruhe, J. A., & Eatman, J. (1977). Effects of racial composition on small work groups. Small
    Group Research, 8, 479-486.
Rule, B. G., & Gareau, A. (1977). Polarization as a function of meaning and consequences.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 303-315.
Rumsey, M. G., Allgeier, E. R., & Castore, C. H. (1978). Group discussion, sentencing
    judgments, and the leniency shift. Journal of Social Psychology, 105, 249-257.
Rumsey, M. G., & Castore, C. H. (1980). Group discussion, commitment, and penalty shifts.
    Small Group Behavior, 11, 108-119.
Runkell, R. J., Lawrence, M., Oldfield, S., Rider, M., & Clark, C. (1971). Stages of group
    development: An empirical test of Tuckman’s hypothesis. Journal of Applied Behavioral
    Science, 7, 180-189.
Runyan, D. L. (1974). The group risky-shift effect as a function of emotional bonds, actual
    consequences, and extent of responsibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
    29, 670-676.
Rushton, J. P. (1989). Genetic similarity, human altruism, and group selection. Behavioral and
    Brain Sciences, 12, 503-559.
Russ, R. C., & Gold, J. A. (1975). Task expertise and group communication. Journal of
    Psychology, 91, 187-196.
Rutkowski, A-F., Saunders, C., Vogel, D., & van Genuchten, M. (2007). “Is it already 4 a.m. in
    your time zone?” Focus immersion and dissociation in virtual teams. Small Group Research,
    38, 98-129.
Rutkowski, G. K., Gruder, C. L., & Romer, D. (1983). Group cohesiveness, social norms, and
    bystander intervention. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 545-552.
Rutte, C. G., & Wilke, H. A. (1985). Preference for decision structures in a social dilemma
    situation. European Journal of Social Psychology, 15, 367-370.
Ruzicka, M. F., Palisi, A. T., & Berven, N. L. (1979). Use of Cattell’s three panel model:
    Remedying problems in small group research. Small Group Behavior, 10, 40-48.
Ruzicka, M. F., Palisi, A. T., Kelly, M. D., & Corrado, N. R. (1979). The relation of perceptions
    of leaders and members to creative group behavior. Journal of Psychology, 103, 95-101.
Ryan, A. H., & Kahn, A. (1975). Effects of intergroup orientation on group attitudes and
    proxemic behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 302-310.
Rybak, C. J., & Brown, B. M. (1997). Group conflict: Communication patterns and group
    development. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 22, 31-42.
Ryan, C. S., & Bogart, L. M. (1997). Development of new group members’ in-group and out-
    group stereotypes: Changes in perceived group variability and ethnocentrism. Journal of
    Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 719-732.
Ryen, A. H., & Kahn, A. (1975). The effects of intergroup orientation on group attitudes and
    proxemic behavior: A test of two models. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31,
    302-310.
Ryfe, D. (2006). Narrative and deliberation in small group forums. Journal of Applied
    Communication Research, 34, 72-93.
Saavedra, R., & Kwun, S. K. (1993). Peer evaluation in self-managing work groups. Journal of
    Applied Psychology, 78, 450-462.
                                                                                             230


Saavedra, R., Earley, P. C., & Van Dyne, L. (1993). Complex interdependence in task-
    performing groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 61-72.
Sabourin, T. C., & Geist, P. (1990). Collaborative production of proposals in group decision
    making. Small Group Research, 21, 404-427.
Sachdev, I., & Bourhis, R. (1987). Status differentials and intergroup behaviour. European
    Journal of Social Psychology, 17, 277-293.
Sachdev, I., & Bourhis, R. (1991). Power and status differentials in minority and majority group
    relations. European Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 1-24.
Sadler, C. (1994). Guidelines for group work. National Teaching and Learning Forum, 3(6), 8-
    11.
Safán-Gerard, D. (2005). “How could you!”: Self-righteousness under scrutiny in a therapy
    group. Psychoanalytic Review, 92, 281-302.
Sager, K. L., & Gastil, J. (1999). Reaching consensus on consensus: A study of the relationships
    between individual decision-making styles and use of the consensus decision rule.
    Communication Quarterly, 47, 67-79.
Sager, K. L., & Gastil, J. (2002). Exploring the psychological foundations of democratic group
    deliberation: Personality factors, confirming interaction, and democratic decision making.
    Communication Research Reports, 19, 54-65.
Sager, K. L., & Gastil, J. (2006). The origins and consequences of consensus decision making: A
    test of the social consensus model. Southern Communication Journal, 71, 1-24.
Saine, T. J., & Brock, D. G. (1973). A comparison of the distributional and sequential structures
    of interaction in high and low consensus groups. Central States Speech Journal, 24, 125-
    130.
Saks, M. J., & Marti, M. W. (1997). A meta-analysis of the effects of jury size. Law and Human
    Behavior, 21, 451-467.
Sakurai, M. M. (1975). Small group cohesiveness and detrimental conformity. Sociometry, 38,
    340-357.
Salanova, M., Llorens, S., Cifre, E., Martínez, I. M., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2003). Perceived
    collective efficacy, subjective well-being, and task performance among electronic work
    groups: An experimental study. Small Group Research, 34, 43-73.
Salas, E., Bowers, C. A., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (1995). Military team research: 10 years of
    progress. Military Psychology, 7, 55-75.
Salas, E., Prince, C., Bowers, C., Stout, R., Oser, R. L., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (1999). A
    methodology for enhancing crew resource management training. Human Factors, 41, 161-
    172.
Salas, E., Rozell, D., Mullen, B., & Driskell, J. E. (1999). The effect of team building on
    performance: An integration. Small Group Research, 30, 309-329.
Salas, E., Sims, D. E., & Burke, C. S. 92005). Is there a “big five” in teamwork? Small Group
    Research, 36, 555-599.
Salazar, A. J. (1995). Understanding the synergistic effects of communication in small groups:
    Making the most out of group member abilities. Small Group Research, 26, 169-199.
Salazar, A. J. (1996a). Ambiguity and communication effects on small group decision making
    performance. Human Communication Research, 23, 155-192.
Salazar, A. J. (1996b). An analysis of the development and evolution of roles in the small group.
    Small Group Research, 27, 475-503.
                                                                                             231


Salazar, A. J. (1997). Communication effects on small group decision-making: Homogeneity and
     task as moderators of the communication-performance relationship. Western Journal of
     Communication, 61, 35-65.
Salazar, A. J., Hirokawa, R. Y., Propp, K. M., Julian, K. M., & Leatham, G. B. (1994). In search
     of true causes: Examination of the effect of group potential and group interaction on
     decision performance. Human Communication Research, 20, 529-559.
Salem, M. A., & Banner, D. K. (1992). Self-managing work teams: An international perspective.
     Leadership and Organization Development Journal, 13, 3-8.
Salomon, G., & Globerson, T. (1989). When teams do not function the way they ought to.
     International Journal of Educational Research, 13, 89-99.
Satlz, C. (1992). The interdisciplinary team in geriatric rehabilitation. Geriatric Social Work
     Education, 18, 133-143.
Saltzstein, H. D. (1975). Effects of rejection and acceptance from a group on conformity to two
     types of social influence. Psychological Reports, 37, 839-848.
Salzer, M. S., McFadden, L., & Rappaport, J. (1994). Professional views of self-help groups.
     Administration and Policy in Mental Health, 22(2), 85-95.
Salzer, M. S., Rappaport, J., & Segre, L. (2001). Mental health professionals’ support of self-
     help groups. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 11, 1-10.
Salzman, W. R., Pynoos, R. S., Layne, C. M., Steinberg, A. M., & Aisenberg, E. (2001).
     Trauma- and grief-focused intervention for adolescents exposed to community violence:
     Results of a school-based screening and group treatment protocol. Group Dynamics: Theory,
     Research, and Practice, 5, 291-303.
Samarel, N., & Fawcett, J. (1992). Enhancing adaptation to breast cancer: The addition of
     coaching to support groups. Oncology Nursing Forum, 19, 591-596.
Samarel, N., Fawcett, J., & Tulman, L. (1997). Effect of support groups with coaching on
     adaptation to early stage breast cancer. Research in Nursing & Health, 20, 15-26.
Sambamurthy, V., & Chin, W. W. (1994). The effects of group attitudes toward alternative
     GDSS designs on the decision-making performance of computer-supported groups. Decision
     Sciences, 25, 215-241.
Sambamurthy, V., & Poole, M. S. (1992). The effects of variations in capabilities of GDSS
     designs on management of cognitive conflict in groups. Information Systems Research, 3,
     224-251.
Sambamurthy, V., Poole, M. S., & Kelly, J. (1993). The effects of variations in GDSS
     capabilities on decision-making processes in groups. Small Group Research, 24, 523-546.
Sampson, E. E., & Brandon, A. C. (1964). The effects of role and opinion deviation on small
     group behavior. Sociometry, 27, 261-281.
Sanchez-Burks, L, Nisbett, R. E., & Ybarra, O. (2000). Cultural styles, relational schemas, and
     prejudice against out-groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 174-189.
Sandahl, C., & Ronnbers, S. (1990). Brief group therapy in relapse prevention for alcohol
     dependent patients. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 40, 453-476.
Sandelands, L., & St. Clair, L. (1993). Toward an empirical concept of group. Journal for the
     Theory of Social Behavior, 23, 423-458.
Sanders, G. S. (1978). An integration of shifts toward risk and caution in gambling situations.
     Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 409-416.
Sanders, G. S. (1981). Driven by distraction: An integrative review of social facilitation theory
     and research. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 17, 227-251.
                                                                                               232


Sanders, G. S., & Baron, R. S. (1977). Is social comparison irrelevant for producing choice
    shifts? Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 303-314.
Sanders, G. S., Baron, R. S., & Moore, D. L. (1978). Distraction and social comparison as
    mediators of social facilitation effects. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 291-
    303.
Sanders, G. S., & Mullen, B. (1983). Accuracy in the perception of consensus: Differential
    tendencies of people with majority and minority positions. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 13, 57-70.
Sanders, K., & Nauta, A. (2004). Social cohesiveness and absenteeism: The relationship between
    characteristics of employees and short-term absenteeism within an organization. Small
    Group Research, 35, 724-741.
Sanderson, D. (1938). Group description. Social Forces, 16, 309-319.
Sandor, M. K., Copeland, D., & Robinson, S. (1998). Team-building interventions for
    interdisciplinary teams: A case study of a pediatric client. Rehabilitation Nursing, 23, 290-
    294.
Sands, R. G. (1993). “Can you overlap here?”: A question for an interdisciplinary team.
    Discourse Processes, 16, 545-564.
Sands, R. G., Stafford, J., & McClelland, M. (1990). “I beg to differ”: Conflict in the
    interdisciplinary team. Social Work in Health Care, 14, 53-73.
Sani, F., & Reicher, S. D. (2000). Contested identities and schisms in groups: Opposing the
    ordination of women as priests in the Church of England. British Journal of Social
    Psychology, 39, 95-112.
Sani, F., Todman, J., & Lunn, J. (2005). The fundamentality of group principles and perceived
    group entitativity. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 41, 567-573.
Sanna, L. J. (1992). Self-efficacy theory: Implications for social facilitation and social loafing.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 774-786.
Sanna, L. J., & Parks, C. D. (1997). Group research trends in social and organizational
    psychology: Whatever happened to intragroup research? Psychological Science, 8, 261-267.
Sanna, L. J., & Parks, C. D. (1997). Group research trends in social and organizational
    psychology: Whatever happened to intragroup research? Psychological Science, 8, 261-267.
Sanna, L. J., & Shotland, R. L. (1990). Valence of anticipated evaluation and social facilitation.
    Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 82-92.
Santee, R. T., & Jackson, S. E. (1982). Sex differences in evaluative implications of conformity
    and dissent. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 121-125.
Santee, R. T., & Maslach, C. (1982). To agree or not to agree: Personal dissent amid social
    pressure to conform. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 690-700.
Santos, A. P. (2006). Case studies in culture and communication: A group. Discourse Studies, 8,
    847-848.
Sapia, J. (2001). Using groups for the prevention of eating disorders among college women.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 26, 256-266.
Sapp, S. G., Harrod, W. J., & Zhao, L. (1996). Leadership emergence in task groups with
    egalitarian gender-role expectations. Sex Roles, 34, 65-83.
Sapsed, J., Bessant, J., Partington, D., Tranfield, D., & Young, M. (2001). Teamworking and
    knowledge management: A review of converging themes. International Journal of
    Management Review, 4, 71-85.
                                                                                            233


Saravay, S. M. (1978). A psychoanalytic theory of group development. International Journal of
    Group Psychotherapy, 28, 481-507.
Sarbin, T. R., & Allen, V. L. (1968). Increasing participation in a natural group setting: A
    preliminary report. Psychological Record, 18, 1-7.
Sargent, J. F., & Miller, G. R. (1971). Some differences in certain communication behaviors of
    autocratic and democratic leaders. Journal of Communication, 21, 233-252.
Sargent, L. D., & Sue-Can, C. (2001). Does diversity affect group efficacy? The intervening role
    of cohesion and task interdependence. Small Group Research, 32, 426-450.
Sargis, E. G., & Larson, J. R. (2002). Informational centrality and member participation during
    group decision making. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 333-347.
Sarin, S., & McDermott, C. (2003). The effect of team leader characteristics on learning,
    knowledge application, and performance of cross-functional new product development
    teams. Decision Sciences, 34, 707-739.
Sarker, S. (2005). Knowledge transfer and collaboration in distriubuted U.S.-Thai teams. Journal
    of Computer-Mediated Communication, 10(4).
Sarker, S., & Sahay, S. (2001). Using an adapted grounded theory approach for interpretive
    theory building about virtual team development. DATABASE for Advances in Information
    Systems, 32, 38-56.
Sarker, S., & Sahay, S. (2003). Understanding virtual team development: An interpretive study.
    Journal of the Association for Information Systems, 4, 1-38.
Sarkidi, A., & Rsenqvist, U. (1999). Study circles at the pharmacy—a new model for diabetes
    education in groups. Patient Education Counseling, 37, 89-96.
Sasaki, K. (1979). Present status of research on group norms in Japan. American Journal of
    Community Psychology, 7, 147-158.
Sassenberg, K. (2002). Common bond and common identity groups on the internet: Attachment
    and normative behavior in on-topic and off-topic chats. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
    and Practice, 6, 27-37.
Sassenberg, K., & Boos, M. (2003). Attitude change in computer-mediated communication:
    Effects of anonymity and category norms. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 405-
    422.
Sassenberg, K., & Postmes, T. (2002). Cognitive and strategic processes in small groups: Effects
    of anonymity of the self and anonymity of the group on social influence. British Journal of
    Social Psychology, 41, 463-480.
Sato, K. (1988). Trust and group size in a social dilemma. Japanese Psychological Research, 30,
    88-93.
Satzinger, J. W., Garfield, M. J., & Nagasundaram, M. (1999). The creative process: The effects
    of group memory on individual idea generation. Journal of MIS, 15(4), 143-160.
Satzinger, J. W., & Olfman, L. (1995). Computer support for group work: Perceptions of the
    usefulness of support scenarios and end-user tools. Journal of Management Information
    Systems, 11, 115-148.
Saulnier, C. F. (2000). Groups as data collection method and data analysis technique: Multiple
    perspectives on urban social work education. Small Group Research, 31, 607-627
Saunders, C. S., & Ahuja, M. K. (2006). Are all distributed teams the same? Differentiating
    between temporary and ongoing distributed teams. Small Group Research, 37, 662-700.
Saunders, C. S., Robey, D., & Vavarek, K. A. (1994). The persistence of status differentials in
    computer conferencing. Human Communication Research, 20, 443-472.
                                                                                             234


Saunders, C., van Slyke, C., & Vogel, D. R. (2004). My time or yours? Managing time visions in
    global virtual teams. Academy of Management Executive, 18, 19-31.
Saunders, D. G., & Hanusa, D. (1986). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of men who batter: The
    short-term effects of group therapy. Journal of Family Violence, 1, 357-370.
Savadori, L., Van Swol, L. M., & Sniezek, J. A. (2001). Information sampling and confidence
    within groups and judge advisor systems. Communication Research, 28, 737-771.
Savicki, B., Kelley, M., & lingenfelter, D. (1996). Gender, group composition, and task type in
    small task groups using computer-mediated communication. Computers in Human
    Behaviour, 12, 549-565.
Savin-Williams, R. C. (1977). Dominance in a human adolescent group. Animal Behavior, 25,
    400-406.
Savin-Williams, R. C. (1980). Dominance hierarchies in groups of middle to late adolescent
    males. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 9, 75-85.
Sawyer, J. E., Houlette, M. A., & Yeagley, E. L. (2006). Decision performance and diversity
    structure: Comparing faultlines in convergent, crosscut, and racially homogeneous groups.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 99, 1-15.
Sawyer, J. E., Latham, W. R., Pritchard, B. D., & Bennett, W. R. (1999). Analysis of work group
    productivity in an applied setting: Application of a time series panel design. Personnel
    Psychology, 52, 927-967.
Scalia, L. M., & Sackmary, B. (1996a). Groupware and computer-supported cooperative work in
    the college classroom. Business Communication Quarterly, 59, 98-110.
Scalia, L. M., & Sackmary, B. (1996b). Groupware in the classroom: Applications and
    guidelines. Computers in the Schools, 12, 39-53.
Scannell, E. E. (1992). We’ve got to stop meeting like this. Training and Development, 46(1),
    70-71.
Scapillato, D., & Manassis, K. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral/interpersonal group treatment for
    anxious adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,
    41, 739-741.
Scapinello, K. F., & Sibbard, C. P. (1976). Structured group interaction: An evaluation of Bales’
    and Leary’s methods of scoring interactions of first incarcerates. Ontario Psychologist, 8,
    22-25.
Schachter, S., Ellertson, N., McBride, D., & Gregory, D. (1951). An experimental study of
    cohesiveness and productivity. Human Relations, 4, 229-238.
Schafer, M., & Crichlow, S. (1996). Antecedents of groupthink: A quantitative study. Journal of
    Conflict Resolution, 40, 415-435.
Schaffer, J., & Dreyer, S. (1982). Staff and in-patient perceptions of change mechanisms in
    group psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 127-128.
Schaffer, S., & Pollak, J. (1984). Parallel process and the forced termination of a milieu group.
    Clinical Social Work Journal, 12, 118-128.
Schaeffer, G. H., & Patterson, M. L. (1980). Immediacy, arousal, and small group crowding.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 283-290.
Schaible, T. D., & Jacobs, A. (1975). Feedback III: Sequential effects. Enhancement of feedback
    acceptance and group attractiveness by manipulation of the sequence and valence of
    feedback. Small Group Behavior, 6, 151-173.
                                                                                             235


Schaller, M., & Conway, L. G., III. (19999). Influence of impression management goals on the
    emerging contents of group stereotypes: Support for a social-evolutionary process.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 819-833.
Schanck, R. L. (1932). A study of a community and its groups and institutions conceived as
    behaviors of individuals. Psychological Monographs, 43(2) (Whole No. 195).
Scheepers, D., Branscombe, N. R., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (2002). The emergence and effects
    of deviants in low and high status groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38,
    611-673.
Schei, V., & Rognes, J. K. (2005). Small group negotiation: When members differ in
    motivational; orientation. Small Group Research, 36, 289-320.
Scheidel, T. M., & Crowell, L. (1964). Idea development in small discussion groups. Quarterly
    Journal of Speech, 50, 140-145.
Scheidel, T. M., & Crowell, L. (1966). Feedback in small group communication. Quarterly
    Journal of Speech, 52, 273-278.
Scheidel, T. M., Crowell, L., & Shepherd, J. R. (1958). Personality and discussion behavior: A
    study of possible relationships. Speech Monographs, 25, 261-267.
Scheidlinger, S. (1974). On the concept of the “mother-group.” International Journal of Group
    Psychotherapy, 24, 417-428.
Scheidlinger, S. (1997). Group dynamics and group psychotherapy revisited: Four decades later.
    International Journal of Group Psychoherapy, 47, 141-159.
Schellenberg, J. A. (1974). The effect of pretesting upon the risky shift. Journal of Psychology,
    88, 197-200.
Schellenberg, J. A. (1976). Is there a pessimistic shift? Psychological Reports, 39, 359-362.
Schellens, T., & Valcke, M. (2005). Collaborative learning in asynchronous discussion groups:
    What about the impact on cognitive processing? Computers in Human Behavior, 21, 957-
    976.
Schellens, T., & Valcke, M. (2005). The impact of role assignment on knowledge construction in
    asynchronous discussion groups: A multilevel analysis. Small Group Research, 36, 704-745.
Schellens, T., & Valcke, M. (in press). Fostering knowledge construction in university students
    through asynchronous discussion groups. Computers and Education.
Scherer, J. J. (1979). Can team building increase productivity? or How can something that feels
    so good not be worthwhile? Group and Organizational Studies, 4, 335-351.
Schermer, V. L., & Klein, R. H. (1996). Termination in group psychotherapy from the
    perspectives of contemporary object relations theory and self psychology. International
    Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 46, 99-115.
Schettino, A. P., & Borden, R. J. (1976). Sex differences in responses to naturalistic crowding:
    Affective reactions to group size and group density. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 2, 67-70.
Scheuble, K. J., Dixon, K. N., Levy, A. B., & Kagan-Moore, L. (1987). Premature termination:
    A risk in eating disorder groups. Group, 11, 85-93.
Schick, C., & McGlynn, R. P. (1976). Cooperation versus competition in group concept
    attainment under conditions of information exchange. Journal of Social Psychology, 100,
    311-312.
Schiff, M., & Bargal, D. (2000). Helping characteristics of self-help and support groups: Their
    contribution to participants’ subjective well-being. Small Group Research, 31, 275-304.
                                                                                              236


Schilder, P. (1937). Analysis of ideologies as a psychotherapeutic method especially in group
    treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 93, 601-615.
Schiller, L. (1997). Rethinking stages of development in women’s groups: Implications for
    practice. Social Work with Groups, 20, 3-19.
Schiller, S. Z., & Mandviwalla, M. (2007). Virtual team research: An analysis of theory use and
    a framework for theory appropriation. Small Group Research, 38, 12-59.
Schippers, M. D., Den Hartog, D. N., Koopman, P. L., & Wienk, J. A. (2003). Diversity and
    team outcomes: The moderating effects of outcome interdependence and group longevity
    and the mediating effect of reflectivity. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 779-802.
Schittekatte, M. (1996). Facilitating information exchange in small decision-making groups.
    European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 537-556.
Schittekatte, M., & Van Hiel, A. (1996). Effects of partially shared information and awareness of
    unshared information on information sampling. Small Group Research, 27, 431-449.
Schlenker, B. R. (1975a). Group members’ attributions of responsibility for prior group
    performance. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 6, 98-108.
Schlenker, B. R. (1975b). Liking for a group following initiation: Impression management or
    dissonance reduction? Sociometry, 38, 99-118.
Schlenker, B. R., & Miller, R. S. (1977a). Group cohesiveness as a determinany of egocentric
    perceptions in cooperative groups. Human Relations, 30, 1039-1055.
Schlenker, B. R., & Miller, R. S. (1977b). Egocentrism in groups: Self-serving biases or logical
    information processing? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 755-764.
Schlenker, B. R., Miller, R. S., Leary, M. R., & McGown, B. E. (1979). Group performance and
    interpersonal evaluations as determinants of egotistical attributions in groups. Journal of
    Personality, 47, 575-594.
Schlenker, B. R., Soraci, S., & McCarthy, B. (1976). Self-esteem and group performance as
    determinants of egocentric perceptions in cooperative groups. Human Relations, 29, 1163-
    1176.
Schlesinger, I. M. (1974). Towards a structural analysis of discussions. Semiotica, 11, 109-122.
Schlosser, J. (2003). Commentary on “Primary Health care Teams: Opportunities and Challenges
    in Evaluation of Service Delivery Innovations.” Journal of Ambulatory Care Management,
    26, 36-38.
Schmidt, I., Claesson, C. B., Westerholm, B., Nilsson, L. G., & Svarstad, B. L. (1998). The
    impact of multidisciplinary team interventions on psychotropic prescribing in Swedish
    nursing homes. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 46, 77-82.
Schmidt, J. B., Motoya-Weiss, M. M., & Massey, A. P. (2001). New product development
    decision-making effectiveness: Comparing individuals, face-to-face teams, and virtual
    teams. Decision Sciences, 32, 575-600.
Schmitt, B. H., Dubé, L., & Leclerc, F. (1992). Intrusions into waiting lines: Does the queue
    constitute a social system? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 806-815.
Schmitt, B. H., Gilovich, T., Goore, N., & Joseph, L. (1986). Mere presence and social
    facilitation: One more time. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 242-248.
Schmitt, D. R. (1981). Performance under cooperation or competition. American Behavioral
    Scientist, 24, 649-679.
Schmitt, M. H., Farrell, M. P., & Heinemann, G. D. (1988). Conceptual and methodological
    problems in studying the effects of interdisciplinary geriatric teams. Gerontologist, 28, 753-
    764.
                                                                                              237


Schmitt, M. T., & Branscombe, N. R. (2001). The good, the bad, and the manly: Threats to one’s
    prototypicality and evaluations of fellow in-group members. Journal of Experimental Social
    Psychology, 37, 510-517.
Schmitt, M. T., Silvia, P.J., & Branscombe, N.R. (2000). The intersection of self-evaluation
    maintenance and social identity theories: Intragroup judgment in interpersonal and
    intergroup contexts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1598-1606.
Schmitt, M. T., Spears, R., & Branscombe, N. R. (2003). Constructing a minority group identity
    out of shared rejection: The case of international students. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 33, 1-12.
Schnake, M. E. (1991). Equity in effort: The “sucker effect” in co-acting groups. Journal of
    Management, 17, 41-55.
Schneider, F. W., Coutts, L. M., & Garrett, W. A. (1977). Interpersonal give in a triad as a
    function of sex. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 44, 184.
Schneider, F. W., & Delaney, J. G. (1972). Effect of individual achievement motivation on group
    problem solving efficiency. Journal of Social Psychology, 86, 291-298.
Schneier, C. E. (1978). The contingency model of leadership: An extension to emergent
    leadership and leader’s sex. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 21, 220-
    239.
Schneier, C. E., & Bartol, K. M. (1980). Sex effects in emergent leadership. Journal of Applied
    Psychology, 65, 341-345.
Schnurr, P. P., Friedman, M. J., Foy, D. W., Shea, T., Hsieh, F. Y., Lavori, P. W., et al. (2003).
    Randomized trial of trauma-focused group therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: Results
    from a Department of Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study. Archives of General Psychiatry,
    60, 481-489.
Schnurr, P. P., Friedman, M. J., Lavori, P. W., & Hsieh, F. Y. (2001). Design of Department of
    Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study No. 420: Group treatment of posttraumatic stress
    disorder. Controlled Clinical Trials, 22, 74-88.
Schoch, N. A., & White, M. D. (1997). A study of the communication patterns of participants in
    consumer health electronic discussion groups. Journal of the American Society for
    Information Science Proceedings, 34, 280-292.
Schofield, R. G., & Admodeo, M. (1999). Interdisciplinary teams in health care and human
    services settings: Are they effective? Health and Social Work, 24, 210-219.
Schönemann, P. H. (1979). Alternative decision schemes for six-person mock juries.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 23, 388-398.
Schopler, J., & Galinsky, M. (1981). When groups go wrong. Social Work, 26, 424-429.
Schopler, J., & Galinsky, M. (1993). Support groups as open systems: A model for practice and
    research. Health and Social Work, 18, 195-207.
Schopler, J., & Insko, C. A. (1992). The discontinuity effect in interpersonal and intergroup
    relations: Generality and mediation. European Review of Social Psychology, 3, 121-151.
Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Currey, D., Smith, S., Brazil, D., Riggins, T., Gaertner, L., &
    Kilpatrick, S. (1994). The survival of a cooperative tradition in the intergroup discontinuity
    context. Motivation and Emotion, 18, 301-315.
Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Drigotas, S. M., Wieselquist, J., Pemberton, M., & Cox, C. (1995).
    The role of identifiability in the reduction of interindividual-intergroup discontinuity.
    Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 553-574.
                                                                                              238


Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S. M., & Smith, V. A. (1991). The generality
    of the individual-group discontinuity effect: Variations in positivity-negativity of outcomes,
    players’ relative power, and magnitude of outcomes. Personality and Social Psychology
    Bulletin, 17, 612-624.
Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S., Smith, V. A., & Dahl, K. (1993).
    Individual-group discontinuity: Further evidence for mediation by fear and greed.
    Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 419-431.
Schriesheim, J. F. (1980). The social context of leader-subordinate relations: An investigation of
    the effects of group cohesiveness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65, 183-194.
Schubert, M. A., & Borkman, T. J. (1991). An organizational typology for self-help groups.
    American Journal of Community Psychology, 19, 769-787.
Schullery, N. M., & Shcullery, S. E. (2002). Relationships between group skills, temperament,
    and argumentativeness. Communication Research Reports, 19, 246-257.
Schultz, B. (1974). Characteristics of emergent leaders of continuing problem-solving groups.
    Journal of Psychology, 88, 167-173.
Schultz, B. (1978). Predicting emergent leaders: An exploratory study of the salience of
    communicative functions. Small Group Research, 9, 109-114.
Schultz, B. (1980). Communicative correlates of perceived leaders. Small Group Behavior, 11,
    175-191.
Schultz, B. (1982). Argumentativeness: Its effect in group decision-making and its role in
    leadership perception. Communication Quarterly, 30, 368-375.
Schultz, B. (1986). Communicative correlates of perceived leaders in the small group. Small
    Group Behavior, 17, 51-65.
Schultz, B., & Anderson, J. (1984). Training in the management of conflict: A communication
    theory perspective. Small Group Behavior, 15, 333-348.
Schultz, B., Ketrow, S. M., & Urban, D. M. (1995). Improving decision quality in the small
    group: The role of the reminder. Small Group Research, 26, 521-451.
Schultz, B., Ketrow, S. M., & Urban, D. M. (1995). An examination of functional role behavior
    and its consequences of individuals in group settings. Small Group Research, 26, 521-541.
Schulz-Hardt, S., Brodbeck, F. C., Mojzisch, A., Kerschreiter, R., & Frey, D. (2006). Group
    decision making in hidden profile situations: Dissent as a facilitator for decision quality.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 1080-1093.
Schulz-Hardt, S., Frey, D., Luethgens, C., & Moscovici, S. (2000). Biased information search in
    group decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 655-669.
Schulz-Hardt, S., Jochims, M., & Frey, D. (2002). Productive conflict in group decision making:
    Genuine and contrived dissent as strategies to counteract biased information seeking.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 88, 563-586.
Schuster, B. (1996). Mobbing, bullying, and peer rejection. Psychological Science Agenda, 9(4),
    12-13.
Schutz, R. W., Eom, H. J., Smoll, F. L., & Smith, R. E. (1994). Examination of the factorial
    validity of the group environment questionnaire. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport,
    65, 226-236.
Schutz, W. C. (1955). What makes groups productive? Human Relations, 8, 429-465.
Schutz, W. C. (1961). On group composition. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62,
    275-281.
                                                                                              239


Schwartz, J. P., Magee, M. M. Griffin, L. D., & Dupuis, C. W. (2004). Effects of a group
    preventive intervention on risk and protective factors related to dating violence. Group
    Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 8, 221-231.
Schwartz, J. P., & Waldo, M. (1999). Therapeutic factors in spouse-abuse group treatment.
    Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 24, 197-207.
Schwartz, T. M., Wullwick, V. J., & Shapiro, H. J. (1980). Self-esteem and group decision
    making: An empirical study. Psychological Reports, 46, 951-956.
Schwarz, A., & Schwarz, C. (2007). The role of latent beliefs and group cohesion in predicting
    group decision support system success. Small Group Research, 38, 195-229.
Schweiger, D. M., & Jago, A. G. (1982). Problem-solving styles and participative decision-
    making. Psychological Reports, 50, 1311-1316.
Schweiger, D. M., & Sandberg, W. (1989). The utilization of individual capabilities in group
    approaches to strategic decision-making. Strategic Management Journal, 10, 31-43.
Schweiger, D. M., Sandberg, W. R., & Ragan, J. W. (1986). Group approaches for improving
    strategic decision making: A comparative analysis of dialectical inquiry, devil’s advocacy
    and consensus. Academy of Management Journal, 29, 51-71.
Schweiger, D. M., Sandberg, W. R., & Ragan, J. W. (1989). Experiential effects of dialectical
    inquiry, devil’s advocacy, and consensus approaches to strategic decision-making. Academy
    of Management Journal, 32, 745-772.
Schweiger, D. M., Sandberg, W. R., & Rechner, P. L. (1989). Experimental effects of dialectical
    inquiry, devil’s advocacy, and consensus approaches to strategic decision making. Academy
    of Management Journal, 32, 745-772.
Schwenk, C. R. (1988). Effects of devil’s advocacy on escalating commitment. Human
    Relations, 41, 769-782.
Schwenk, C. R., & Cosier, R. A. (1980). Effects of the expert, devil’s advocate, and dialectical
    inquiry methods on prediction performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
    Performance, 26, 409-424.
Schwenk, C. R., & Cosier, R. A. (1993). Effects of consensus and devil’s advocacy on strategic
    decision-making. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 126-139.
Schwenk, C. R., & Valacich, J. S. (1994). Effects of devil’s advocacy and dialectical inquiry on
    individuals versus groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 59,
    210-222.
Schyns, B. (2006). Are group consensus in leader-member exchange (LMX) and shared work
    values related to organizational outcomes. Small Group Research, 37, 20-35.
Schyns, B., & Felfe, J. (2006). The personality of followers and its effects on the perception of
    leadership: An overview, a study, and a research agenda. Small Group Research, 37, 522-
    539.
Scioli, F. P., Jr., Dyson, J. W., & Fleitas, D. W. (1974). The relationship of personality and
    decisional structure to leadership. Small Group Behavior, 5, 3-22.
Scontrino, M. P. (1972). The effects of fulfilling and violating group members’ expectations
    about leadership style. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 8, 118-138.
Scott, A. M. (1988). Group projects in technical writing courses. Technical Writing Teacher, 15,
    138-142.
Scott, C. R. (1999). The impact of physical and discursive anonymity on group members’
    multiple identifications during computer-support decision making. Western Journal of
    Communication, 63, 456-487.
                                                                                              240


Scott, C. R., & Easton, A. (1996). Examining equality of influence in group decision-making
    system interaction. Small Group Research, 27, 360-382.
Scott, C. R., & Fontenot, J. C. (1999). Multiple identifications during team meetings: A
    comparison of conventional and computer-supported interactions. Communication Reports,
    12, 91-100.
Scott, C. R., Quinn, L., Timmerman, C. E., & Barrett, D. M. G. (1998). Ironic uses of group
    communication technology: Evidence from meeting transcripts and interviews with group
    decision support systems users. Communication Quarterly, 46, 353-374.
Scott, D. (1990). The problematic nature of participation in contract bridge: A qualitative study
    of group-related constraints. Leisure Sciences, 13, 321-336.
Scott, W. A., & Cohen, R. D. (1978). Sociometric indices of group structure. Australian Journal
    of Psychology, 30, 41-57.
Scott, W. A., & Scott, R. (1981). Intercorrelations among structural properties of primary groups.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 279-292.
Seal, D. W., Bogart, L. M., & Ehrhardt, A. A. (1998). Small group dynamics: The utility of focus
    group discussion as a research method. Group Dynamics, 2, 253-267.
Sechrist, G. B., & Stangor, C. (2001). Perceived consensus influences intergroup behavior and
    stereotype accessibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 645-654.
Sedikides, C. (1997). Differential processing of ingroup and outgroup information: The role of
    relative group status in permeable boundary groups. European Journal of Social
    Psychology, 27, 121-144.
Seeborg, I., Lafollette, W., & Belahlav, J. (1980). An exploratory analysis of effect of sex on
    shift in choices. Psychological Reports, 46, 499-504.
Seeger, J. A. (1983). No innate phases in group problem solving. Academy of Management
    Review, 8, 683-689.
Seel, R. (2001). Anxiety and incompetence in the large group: A psychodynamic perspective.
    Journal of Organizational Change Management, 14, 493-503.
Seeley, E. A., Gardner, W. L., Pennington, G., & Gabriel, S. (2003). Circle of friends or
    members of a group? Sex differences in relational and collective attachment to groups.
    Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 251-263.
Seers, A. (1989). Team-member exchange quality: A new construct for role-making research.
    Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 43, 118-135.
Seers, A., Petty, M. M., & Cashman, J. F. (1995). Team-member exchange under team and
    traditional management: A naturally occurring quasi-experiment. Group & Organization
    Management, 20, 18-38.
Seers, A., & Woodruff, S. (1997). Temporal pacing in task forces: Group development or
    deadline pressure? Journal of Management, 23, 169-187.
Segal, M. W. (1977). A reconfirmation of the logarithmic effect of group size. Sociometry, 40,
    187-190.
Segal, M. W. (1979). Varieties of interpersonal attraction and their interrelationships in natural
    groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 253-261.
Segal, U. A. (1982a). The cyclical nature of decision making: An exploratory empirical
    investigation. Small Group Behavior, 13, 333-348.
Segal, U. A. (1982b). Micro-behaviors in group decision-making: An exploratory study. Journal
    of Social Service Research, 5(1-2), 1-14.
                                                                                            241


Sehmel, H. (2002). Websites and advocacy campaigns: Decision making, implementation, and
     audience in an environmental advocacy group’s use of websites as part of its communication
     campaigns. Business Communication Quarterly, 65, 100-107.
Seibold, D. R. (1979). Making meetings more successful: Plans, formats and procedures for
     group problem-solving. Journal of Business Communication, 16, 3-20.
Seibold, D. R. (1994). More reflection or more research? To (re)vitalize small group
     communication research, let’s “just do it.” Communication Studies, 45, 103-110.
Seibold, D. R., & Meyers, R. A. (2007). Group argument: A structuration perspective and
     research program. Small Group Research, 38, 312-336.
Seijts, G. H., Latham, G. P., & Whyte, G. (2000). Effects of self- and group efficacy on group
     performance in a mixed-motive situation. Human Performance, 13, 279-298.
Sekaquaptewa, D., & Espinoza, P. (2004). Biased processing of stereotype-incongruency is
     greater for lkow than high status groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40,
     128-135.
Sekaquaptewa, D., & Thompson, M. (2002). The differential effects of solo status on members
     of high- and low-status groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 694-707.
Seldman, M. L., McBrearty, J. F., & Seldman, S. L. (1974). Deification of marathon encounter
     group leaders. Small Group Behavior, 5, 80-91.
Sell, J., Griffith, W. I., & Wilson, R. K. (1993). Are women more cooperative than men in social
     dilemmas? Social Psychology Quarterly, 56, 211-222.
Sell, J., Lovaglia, M. J., Mannix, E. A., Samuelson, C.D., & Wilson, R.K. (2004). Investigating
     conflict, power, and status within and among groups. Small Group Research, 35, 44-72.
Sell, J., & Wilson, R. K. (1999). The maintenance of cooperation: Expectations of future
     interaction and the trigger of group punishment. Social Forces, 77, 1551-1570.
Semin, G. R. (1975). Two studies on polarization. European Journal of Social Psychology, 5,
     121-132.
Semin, G. R., Gil de Montes, L., & Vlencia, J. F. (2003). Communication constraints on the
     linguistic intergroup bias. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 142-148.
Sengupta, M., & Dutta, B. (1979). A condition for Nash-stability under binary and democratic
     group decision functions. Theory and Decision, 10, 293-309.
Senior, B. (1997). Team roles and team performance: Is there “really” a link? Journal of
     Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 70, 241-258.
Senior, B. (1998). An empirically based assessment of Belbin’s team roles. Human Resource
     Management Journal, 8(3), 54-60.
Serva, M. A., & Fuller, M. A. (2004). The effects of trustworthiness perceptions on the
     formation of initial trust. Implications for MIS student teams. Journal of Information
     Systems Education, 15, 383-395.
Serva, M. A., Fuller, M. A., & Mayer, R. C. (2005). The reciprocal nature of trust: A
     longitudinal study of interacting teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 26, 625-648.
Seta, J. J., Paulus, P. B., & Schkade, J. K. (1976). Effects of group size and proximity under
     cooperative and competitive conditions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34,
     47-53.
Seta, J. J., Seta, C. E., & Hundt, G. M. (2001). Exaggerating the differences between relatively
     successful and unsuccessful groups: Identity orientation as a perceptual lens. Group
     Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 19-32.
                                                                                            242


Sethi, R. (2000). New product quality and product development teams. Journal of Marketing,
    64(2), 1-14.
Sewell, G. (1998). The discipline of teams: The control of team-based industrial work through
    electronic and peer surveillance. Administrative Science Quarterly, 43, 397-428.
Sewell, G. (2005). Doing what comes naturally? Why we need a practical ethics of teamwork.
   International Journal of Human Resource Management, 16, 202-218.
Seymour, D. T., McQuarrie, E. F., & McIntyre, S. H. (1987). Focus groups and the development
    of new products by technologically driven companies: A comment. Journal of Product
    Innovation Management, 4, 50-60.
Seymour, G. E. (1971). The concurrent validity of unobtrusive measures of conflict in small
    isolated groups. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 27, 431-435.
Shackelford, S., Wood, W., & Worchel, S. (1996). Behavioral styles and the influence of women
    in mixed-sex groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 284-293.
Shaffer, D. R., Plummer, D., & Hammock, G. (1986). Hath he suffered enough? Effects of jury
    dogmatism, defendant similarity, and defendant’s pretrial suffering on juridic decisions.
    Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1059-1067.
Shaffer, L. S. (1978). On the current confusion of group-related behavior and collective
    behavior: A reaction to Buys. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 564-567.
Shah, J. Y., Kruglanski, A. W., & Thompson, E. P. (1998). Membership has its (epistemic)
    rewards: Need for closure effects on in-group bias. Journal of Personality and Social
    Psychology, 75, 383-393.
Shah, P., & Jehn, K. (1993). Do friends perform better than acquaintances? The interaction of
    friendship, conflict, and task. Group Decision and Negotiation, 2, 149-166.
Shalinsky, W. (1983). One-session meetings: Aggregate or group? Small Group Behavior, 14,
    495-514.
Shambaugh, P. W. (1978). The development of the small group. Human Relations, 31, 283-295.
Shambaugh, P. W. (1985). The mythic structure of Bion’s groups. Human Relations, 38, 937-
    951.
Shanley, M., & Langfred, C. W. (1998). The importance of organizational context: An empirical
    test of work group cohesiveness and effectiveness in two government bureaucracies. Public
    Administration Quarterly, 21, 465-485.
Shapcott, K. M., Carron, A. V., Burke, S. M., Bradshaw, M. H., & Estabrooks, P. A. (2006).
    Member diversity and cohesion and performance in walking groups. Small Group Research,
    37, 701-720.
Shapiro, D. L., & Kirkman, B. L. (1999). Employees’ reaction to the change to work teams: The
    influence of “anticipatory” injustice. Journal of Organizational Change Management, 12,
    51-66.
Shapiro, R. J., & Klein, R. H. (1975). Perceptions of leaders in an encounter group. Small Group
    Behavior, 6, 238-248.
Sharan, S. (1980). Cooperating learning in teams: Recent methods and effects on achievement,
    attitudes, and ethnic relations. Review of Educational Research, 50, 241-272.
Sharan, S., Hertz-Lazarowitz, R., & Ackerman, Z. (1980). Academic achievement of elementary
    school children in small group vs. whole class instruction. Journal of Experimental
    Education, 48, 125-129.
Sharf, B. F. (1978). A rhetorical analysis of leadership in small groups. Communication
    Monographs, 45, 156-172.
                                                                                             243


Sharp, J., Jr., & Millikin, J. (1964). Reflective thinking ability and the product of problem-
    solving discussion. Speech Monographs, 31, 124-127.
Sharry, J., & Owens, C. (2000). “The rules of engagement”: A case study of a group with
    “angry” adolescents. Clinical Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 5, 53-62.
Shaw, J. B. 92004). The development and analysis of a measure of group faultlines.
    Organization Research Methods, 7, 66-100.
Shaw, J. B., & Barrett-Power, E. (1998). The effects of diversity on small work group processes
    and performance. Human Relations, 51, 1307-1325.
Shaw, J. D., Duffy, M. K., & Stark, E. M. (2000). Interdependence and preference for group
    work: Main and congruence effects on the satisfaction and performance of group members.
    Journal of Management, 26, 259-279.
Shaw, M. E. (1932). A comparison of individuals and small groups in the rational solution of
    complex problems. American Journal of Psychology, 44, 491-504.
Shaw, M. E. (1954a). Some effects of problem complexity upon problem solution efficiency in
    different communication nets. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 48, 211-217.
Shaw, M. E. (1954b). Some effects of unequal distribution of information upon group
    performance in various communication nets. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
    49, 547-553.
Shaw, M. E. (1955). A comparison of two types of leadership in various communication nets.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 50, 127-134.
Shaw, M. E. (1958). Some effects of irrelevant information upon problem-solving by small
    groups. Journal of Social Psychology, 47, 33-37.
Shaw, M. E. (1959a). Acceptance of authority, group structure, and the effectiveness of small
    groups. Journal of Personality, 27, 196-210.
Shaw, M. E. (1959b). Some effects of individually prominent behavior upon group effectiveness
    and member satisfaction. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59, 382-386.
Shaw, M. E. (1960). A note concerning homogeneity of membership and group problem solving.
    Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 448-450.
Shaw, M. E. (1961a). Group dynamics. Annual Review of Psychology, 12, 129-156.
Shaw, M. E. (1961b). Some factors influencing the use of information in groups. Psychological
    Reports, 10, 758.
Shaw, M. E. (1963). Some effects of varying amounts of information exclusively possessed by a
    group member upon his behavior in the group. Journal of General Psychology, 68, 71-79.
Shaw, M. E. (1964). Communication networks. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 1,
    111-147.
Shaw, M. E. (1973). Scaling group tasks: A method for dimensional analysis. JSAS Catalog of
    Selected Documents in Psychology, 3, 8.
Shaw, M. E., Ackerman, B., McCown, N. E. Worsham, A. P., Haugh, L. D., Gebhardt, B. M., et
    al. (1979). Interaction patterns and facilitation of peer learning. Small Group Behavior, 10,
    214-223.
Shaw, M. E., & Ashton, N. (1976). Do assembly bonus effects occur on disjunctive tasks? A test
    of Steiner’s theory. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 8, 469-471.
Shaw, M. E., & Blum, J. M. (1965). Group performance as a function of task difficulty and the
    group’s awareness of member satisfaction. Journal of Applied Psychology, 49, 151-154.
Shaw, M. E., & Blum, J. M. (1966). Effects of leadership styles upon group performance as a
    function of task structure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 238-242.
                                                                                               244


Shaw, M. E., & Breed, G. R. (1970). Effects of attribution of responsibility for negative events
    on behavior in small groups. Sociometry, 33, 382-393.
Shaw, M. E., & Gilchrist, J. C. (1956). Intra-group communication and leader choice. Journal of
    Social Psychology, 43, 133-138.
Shaw, M. E., & Harkey, B. (1976). Some effects of congruency of member characteristics and
    group structure upon group behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34,
    412-418.
Shaw, M. E., & Penrod, W. T., Jr. (1962a). Does more information available to a group always
    improve group performance? Sociometry, 25, 377-390.
Shaw, M. E., & Penrod, W. T., Jr. (1962b). Validity of information, attempted influence, and
    quality of group decisions. Psychological Reports, 10, 19-23.
Shaw, M. E., & Penrod, W. T., Jr. (1964). Group effectiveness as a function of “legitimate”
    information. Journal of Social Psychology, 62, 241-246.
Shaw, M. E., & Rothschild, G. H. (1956). Some effects of prolonged experience in
    communication nets. Journal of Applied Psychology, 40, 281-286.
Shaw, M. E., Rothschild, G. H., & Strickland, J. F. (1957). Decision processes in communication
    nets. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 54, 323-330.
Shaw, M. E., & Shaw, L. M. (1962). Some effects of sociometric grouping upon learning in a
    second grade classroom. Journal of Social Psychology, 57, 453-458.
Shaw, M. E.,, & Tremble, T. R., Jr. (1971). Effects of attribution of responsibility for a negative
    event to a group member upon group process as a function of the structure of the event.
    Sociometry, 34, 504-514.
Shaw, M. E., & Webb, J. N. (1982). When compatibility interferes with group effectiveness.
    Small Group Behavior, 13, 555-564.
She, H. (1999). Students’ knowledge construction in small groups in the seventh grade biology
    laboratory: Verbal communication and physical engagement. International Journal of
    Science Education, 21, 1051-1066.
Shea, G. P., & Guzzo, R. A. (1987a). Group effectiveness: What really matters. Sloan
    Management Review, 4, 25-31.
Shea, G. P., & Guzzo, R. A. (1987b). Groups as human resources. Research in Personnel and
    Human Resource Management, 5, 323-356.
Shearn, M. A., & Fireman, B. H. (1985). Stress management and mutual support groups in
    rheumatoid arthritis. American Journal of Medicine, 78(5), 23-27.
Shears, L. M., & Gunderson, E. K. E. (1966). Stable attitude factors in natural isolated groups.
    Journal of Social Psychology, 70, 199-204.
Shebilske, W. L., Jordon, J. A., Goettl, B. P., & Paulus, L. E. (1998). Observation versus hands-
    on practice of complex skills in dyadic, triadic, and tetradic training-teams. Human Factors,
    40, 525-540.
Shechtman, Z. (2001a). Prevention groups for angry and aggressive children. Journal for
    Specialists in Group Work, 26, 228-236.
Shechtman, Z. (2001b). Therapeutic factors and outcomes in group and individual therapy of
    aggressive boys. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 225-237.
Shechtman, Z. (2002). Child group psychotherapy in the school at the threshold of a new
    millennium. Journal of Counseling and Development, 80, 293-299.
Shechtman, Z. (2003). Therapeutic factors and outcomes in group and individual therapy of
    aggressive boys. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 7, 225-237.
                                                                                             245


Schechtman, Z., & Ben-David, M. (1999). Individual and group psychotherapy of childhood
    aggression: A comparison of outcomes and processes. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research,
    and Practice, 3, 263-274.
Shechtman, Z., & Gluk, G. (2005). An investigation of the therapeutic factors in children’s
    groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 9, 127-144.
Shechtman, Z., & Perl-Dekel, O. (2000). A comparison of therapeutic factors in two group
    treatment modalities: Verbal and art therapy. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 25,
    288-304.
Shechtman, Z., & Rybko, J. (2004). Attachment style and observed initial self-disclosure as
    explanatory variables of group functioning. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and
    Practice, 8, 207-220.
Shechtman, Z., & Yapov, H. (2001). Interpretives (confrontation, interpretation, and feedback) in
    preadolescent counseling groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 5, 120-
    135..
Sheehan, A. L., & Martin, R. (2003). Understanding diversity to maximize work team
    effectiveness: Field studies designed to unravel the complex relationship between diversity
    and team effectiveness. Australian Journal of Psychology, 55, 144-159.
Sheehan, J. J. (1979). Conformity prior to the emergence of a group norm. Journal of
    Psychology, 103, 121-127.
Sheikh, A. A., & Koch, R. J. (1977). Recall of group tasks as a function of group cohesiveness
    and interruption of tasks. Psychological Reports, 40, 275-278.
Shelley, H. P. (1954). Level of aspiration phenomena in small groups. Journal of Social
    Psychology, 40, 149-164.
Shelley, H. (1960). Focused leadership and cohesiveness in small groups. Sociometry, 23, 209-
    216.
Shelly, R. K. (1997). Sequences and cycles in social interaction. Small Group Research, 28, 333-
    356.
Shelly, R. K., & Troyer, L. (2001a). Emergence and completion of structure in initially
    undefined and partially defined groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 64, 318-332.
Shelly, R. K., & Troyer, L. (2001b). Speech duration and dependencies in initially structured and
    unstructured task groups. Sociological Perspectives, 44, 419-444.
Shelton, J. N. (2003). Interpersonal concerns in social encounters between majority and minority
    group members. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 171-185.
Shepperd, J. A. (1993). Productivity loss in performance groups: A motivation analysis.
    Psychological Bulletin, 113, 67-81.
Shepperd, J. A. (1995). Remedying motivation and productivity loss in collective settings.
    Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 131-133.
Shepperd, J. A., & Wright, R. A. (1989). Individual contributions to a collective effort: An
    incentive analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 141-149.
Sherif, M. (1954). Sociocultural influences in small group research. Sociology and Social
    Research, 39, 50-64.
Sherif, M. (1958). Superordinate goals in the reduction of intergroup conflicts. American Journal
    of Sociology, 63, 349-356.
Sherif, M., White, B. J., & Harvey, O. J. (1955). Status in experimentally produced groups.
    American Journal of Sociology, 60, 370-379.
                                                                                              246


Sherman, A. C., Leszcz, M., Mosier, J., Burlingame, G. M., Cleary, T., Ulman, K. H., et al. (in
     press). Group interventions for patients with cancer and HIV disease: Part II. Effects on
     immune, endocrine, and disease outcomes at different phases of illness. International
     Journal of Group Psychotherapy.
Sherman, A. C., Mosier, J., Leszcz, M., Burlingame, G. M., Ulman, K. H., Cleary, T. et al. (in
     press). Group interventions for patients with cancer and HIV disease: Part I. Effects of
     psychosocial and functional outcomes at different phases of illness. International Journal of
     Group Psychotherapy.
Sherman, S. J., Castelli, L., & Hamilton, D. L. (2002). The spontaneous use of a group typology
     as an organizing principle in memory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82,
     328-342.
Sherman, T. M., & Smith, B. V. (1976). Application of behavioral technology to small group
     discussion with university students. Instructional Science, 5, 93-105.
Shields, D. L. L., Gardner, D. E., Bredemeier, B. J. L., & Bostro, A. (1997). The relationship
     between leadership behaviors and group cohesion in team sports. Journal of Psychology,
     131, 196-210.
Shifett, S. (1979a). Temporal changes in the prediction of group performance. Journal of Applied
     Psychology, 61, 455-462.
Shifett, S. (1979b). Toward a general model of small group productivity. Psychological Bulletin,
     86, 67-79.
Shirakashi, S. (1984). Social loafing of Japanese students. Hiroshima Forum for Psychology, 10,
     35-40.
Shirakashi, S., & Yoshida, M. (1975). The effects of success vs. failure and leader’s LPC on
     member reactions. Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient, 18,
     22-29.
Shirani, A. I., Tafti, M. H., & Affisco, J. F. (1999). Task and technology fit: A comparison of
     two technologies for synchronous and asynchronous group communication. Information and
     Management, 36, 139-150.
Shockley-Zalabak, P. (2002). Protean places: Teams across time and space. Journal of Applied
     Communication Research, 30, 231-250.
Shrivastra, R. S. (1973). Formation and functioning of friendship groups: A sociological study
     among prison inmates. Sociological Bulletin, 22, 98-111.
Shure, G. H., Rogers, M. S., Larsen, I. M., & Tassone, J. (1962). Group planning and task
     effectiveness. Sociometry, 25, 263-282.
Shuter, R. (1977). Cross-cultural small group research: A review, an analysis, and a theory.
     Journal of Intercultural Relations, 1, 90-104.
Shwalb, D. W., Shwalb, B. J., & Murata, K. (1991). Individualistic striving and group dynamics
     of fifth- and eighth-grade Japanese boys. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 22, 347-
     361.
Sia, C., Tan, B. C. Y., & Wei, K. (1996). Exploring the effects of some display and task factors
     on GSS user groups. Information & Management, 30, 35-41.
Sia, C., Tan, B. C. Y., & Wei, K. (1997). Effects of GSS interface and task type on group
     interaction: An empirical study. Decision Support Systems, 19, 289-299.
Sia, C., Tan, B. C. Y., & Wei, K. (2002). Group polarization and computer-mediated
     communication: Effects of communication cues, social presence, and anonymity.
     Information Systems Research, 13, 70-90.
                                                                                                 247


Sidanius, J., Pratto, F., & Brief, D. (1995). Group dominance and the political psychology of
     gender: A cross-cultural comparison. Political Psychology, 16, 381-396.
Sidanius, J., Pratto, F., & Rabinowitz, J. (1994). Gender, ethnic status, ingroup attachment and
     social dominance orientation. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 25, 194-216.
Siebert, S., & Gruenfeld, L. (1992). Masculinity, femininity and behavior in groups. Small
     Group Research, 23, 95-112.
Siegel, A. I., & Federman, P. J. (1973). Communications content training as an ingredient in
     effective team performance. Ergonomics, 16, 403-416.
Siegal, L., Dubrovsky, V., Kiesler, S., & McGuire, T. W. (1986). Group processes in computer-
     mediated communication. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 37,
     157-187.
Sigman, S. J. (1984). Talk and interaction strategy in a task-oriented group. Small Group
     Behavior, 15, 33-50.
Silver, G. (1958). Beyond general practice: The health team. Yale Journal of Biology and
     Medicine, 31, 29-38.
Silver, S. D., Cohen, B. P., & Crutchfield, J. H. (1994). Status differentiation and information
     exchange in face-to-face and computer-mediated idea generation. Social Psychology
     Quarterly, 57, 108-123.
Silver, S. D., Cohen, B. P., & Rainwater, J. (1988). Group structure and information exchange in
     innovative problem solving. Advances in Group Processes, 5, 169-194.
Silver, W. S., & Bufianio, K. M. (1996). The impact of group efficacy and group goals on group
     task performance. Small Group Research, 27, 347-349.
Silver, W. S., & Bufiano, K. M. (1997). Reciprocal relationships, causal influences, and group
     efficacy: A reply to Kaplan. Small Group Research, 28, 559-562.
Silverstein, C. H., & Stang, D. J. (1976). Seating position and interaction in triads: A field study.
     Sociometry, 39, 166-170.
Silvester, J., Anderson, N. R., & Patterson, F. (1999). Organizational culture change: An inter-
     group attributional analysis. Journal of Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 72, 1-
     23.
Silzer, R. F., & Clark, D., III. (1977). The effects of proportion, strength and value orientation of
     arguments on decision-making. European Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 451-464.
Siman, M. L. (1977). Application of a new model of peer group influence to naturally existing
     adolescent friendship groups. Child Development, 48, 270-274.
Simkin, D. K., Lederer, J. P., & Seligman, M. E. (1983). Learned helplessness in groups.
     Behaviour Research & Therapy, 21, 613-622.
Simmel, G. (1902). The number of